The Truth About The Privately Owned Federal Reserve Bank

By Andrew C. Wallace

For more than one hundred years, since 1913, this unconstitutional political construct has been transferring wealth from hardworking Americans to the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC). This unlawful organization also allows government access to unlimited quantities of unconstitutional fiat money (no backing or store of value) to finance wars, theft and boondoggles. This unconstitutional and heinous activity is designed to reduce the people to poverty and slavery throughout eternity. That is what Communism and the PSRRC has always done. Remember, we have been fighting the Communists and the PSRRC since our founding.

I call these people parasitic whores who are enemies of the people because, unlike working girls, they give nothing and take everything without a conscience or any loyalty to America.

I write for ordinary Americans, the salt of the earth, who defend the country and work. I don’t attempt to communicate with the ignorant, apathetic, or Lenin’s useful idiots. It is impossible to inform most compromised effete snowflakes, professors, officials in government and corporations, media, flag officers, DOJ, SCOTUS, et al; they will die as anti-American Communists. I gave up trying years ago. My language is too unpolished, common, direct and plain-spoken for the so-called elites. To encourage readership, I also try to stay out of the weeds.

The combination of an unconstitutional Privately – Owned Federal Reserve Bank and Tax-Free Foundations is destroying our country and forcing the working people into poverty, while transferring unlimited wealth to the PSRRC unto eternity. In simple terms the Private Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) produces the fiat currency out of thin air to fund the various scams used to rule the world and impoverish the people throughout eternity. Every time they turn on the printing press your cost of living increases with inflation.

There have been many books written about the private FRB, but I think Eustace Mullins in “The Federal Reserve Conspiracy” was spot on. He said there was a conspiracy among the Rockefeller family, Benjamin Strong, Paul Warburg, J.B.Morgan, Edward Mandell House, Woodrow Wilson, Otto Kahn, and European and American bankers resulting in the FRB. Mullins said the FRB violates Article 1, Section B, Paragraph 5 of the Constitution.

Founders of the FRB listed by Mullins are also some of the members of the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), 1/4 of 1%. There is nothing legal or Constitutional about the FRB or its Fiat Dollars.

Our founders knew from brutal experience throughout history that a proper currency was required to have a stable nation, equity, and a prosperous economy. Our constitution stipulates for damn good reasons that only Gold and Silver will be used for currency because it is a “Store of Value”, “Unit of Account”, and “Medium of Exchange”. Our dollar today is not a “Store of Value”; it is Fiat, subject to dramatic changes in purchasing power due to uncontrolled printing, without any backing by gold and silver as required by the Constitution.

As an important point of fact, the Communists (who called themselves progressives at the time) and the PSRRC passed the laws authorizing the “Income Tax”, “Private Federal Reserve Bank” and “Tax Free Foundations” in 1913. Many say that all three laws are unconstitutional and must be repealed for our survival.

A good way to demonstrate the Fiat Dollar’s lack of “Store of Value” is to compare the $35.00 price of an ounce of gold in 1934 to the average cost today of $1,800.00 an ounce. In other words the cost of gold in fiat dollars increased 50 times by 100% during this period ( compute it any way you please). During the 1950s, I could have purchased a new VW for $1,300 or a new Chevrolet for $2,000. This proves that unconstitutional fiat dollars are not a “Store of Value” You can see that the “Value of Gold” is relatively stable, but its price in dollars is not, because the fiat dollar is not a “Store of Value”. The fiat dollar is a risky and dangerous unconstitutional currency being used to benefit the PSRRC and Communists in government with major theft of the people’s real wealth.

To reiterate, our Founders knew that a Constitutional currency (store of value with gold and silver) makes it difficult for the PSRRC and its government minions to increase the quantity of currency required to wage no- win wars and steal us blind in so many ways.

For any degree of economic stability, long term growth and equity, there must be a reasonable correlation between changes in productivity and the money supply. But remember that the FRB is private and owned by banks, for the benefit of banks owned by the PSRRC. The motto of the FRB must be “To Hell With The People”.

The FRB admitted to causing the Great Depression of the thirties by its handling of the money supply causing massive transfers of wealth to the PSRRC. They are doing the same thing today in a slightly different way that will result in the greatest economic collapse in history. First, money was made available to the government, which flooded the country with money, causing many people not to work. This was responsible for a serious decline in goods and services resulting in serious inflation. In the process, people were led to falsely believe that this was a precursor to a national income ( which is impossible ). People who work and object to supporting those who do not want to work are not racists.

The primary concern of the FRB is Wall Street and the Stock Market, not Main Street. FRB loans huge amounts of fiat money at low interest rates which ends up in the hands of the government and the stock market. The stock market is run by and for the big professionals (PSRRC) to finance all kinds of blood-sucking scams that harm working people, small business, America and our economy. I would need to write a book to list all of the scams made possible by the FRB, but here are a few perpetrated in the stock market with fiat money from the FRB:

Long-established companies with quality products are taken over, downsized, or sold for short term gains, sacrificing customers, debt holders, long term stock holders, retirement programs and employees. This would not be possible without the FRB and Fiat money.

These FRB whores and market manipulators are also responsible for trying to end “The American Dream of Home Ownership” and for one of the few opportunities for a family to accumulate wealth. This anti-American activity is accomplished by corporations using FRB funds for stock market manipulation, to purchase single-family homes for rental income. They effectively outbid families which raises the cost of housing and also deprives families of accumulated wealth. Even the Chinese have taken exception to this practice.

Larry Getlen (Commercial Observer) reported some of these Blood Sucking Anti-Americans. The Blackstone Group is the largest holder of residential real-estate. Warren Buffett, B.W. Hughes, and The Carlyle Group are also big players, among many others. 300,000 homes are owned by these anti-American pigs.( I should use stronger terms to describe such despicable acts). This would not be possible without cheap fiat money from the FRB.

The FRB and the PSRRC’s government minions are planning on instituting “Digital Currency” which would totally destroy all Constitutional freedoms and leave the people with nothing but their chains. With digital money you would no longer be able to have even a fiat dollar in your possession to pay the boy for cutting your grass. It would mean total control of the people, which is why China is doing it. There are even greedy corporations promoting this scheme.

Conclusion: The Private Federal Bank is the root of all evil, it is unconstitutional and owned by the PSRRC. The FRBs ability to print unlimited quantities of Fiat Dollars permits all types of stock market scams, transfers the peoples wealth to the PSRRC, finances unjustified wars for profits of the PSRRC’s Military Industrial Complex, allows graft from aide programs, subsidizes government boondoggles, etc. The FRB is not The Peoples Bank. It is the fox in the hen house, and a criminal enterprise.

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

2020 US Election: A Déjà Vu

By: Amil Imani

The insidious similarity between the 2020 rigged US presidential election and the 2009 Islamic Republic of Iran sham election, is striking and quite mindboggling. How could America, the beacon of freedom, the leader and the envy of the free world have an election resembling the most repressive country in the world? Allow me to explain.

The Islamic Republic President Ahmadinejad, a veteran of the Islamic Republic’s repressive Revolutionary Guard, took office on August 3, 2005, after an unexpected win in a sham presidential election — there are no democratic elections in the Islamic Republic of Iran. All candidates are prescreened by the Guardian Council before they can run for office. In practice, a president of Iran is already chosen through a farce process of giving the voters a chance to elect one of the men hand-picked from the regime’s functionaries, as was the case with President Ahmadinejad.

During the previous “election,” only a small percentage of the voters bothered to vote, since voting under the pre-screening and undemocratic system of the mullahs is more like selection than election. The result of staying away from the polls materialized in the person of the fascist Ahmadinejad. The votes, more than anything else, are protest ballots cast against the entire system, rather than indications of support for the so-called conservative-moderate coalition. It took less than 4 years for Iranians to realize that boycotting the so-called elections in the Islamic Republic of Iran can only bring to power an even worse bunch of Islamofascists.

On June 12, 2009, the Iranian people went to the polls, challenging not only the incumbent president Ahmadinejad, but the entire establishment of the Islamic regime. Iran’s elections are considered extremely unfair and the Islamist government does not allow international monitors to be present. The ruling clerics put their stamp on the elections from the very beginning by deciding who can run. It is really a joke.

More than 470 people sought to join the presidential race, but only Ahmadinejad and three rivals were cleared. However, the turnout was massive, a near record high 85 percent of Iran’s 49.2 million eligible voters. Based on the information from Mousavi’s website, a group of Interior Ministry employees have leaked out the following results which seem to be closer to reality than the one released by the establishment: Total eligible: 49.2 million participated in the election. Mir Hussein Mousavi was the front runner and received 45% of the votes. Mehdi Karoobi, 33%, Mahmoud Ahmadinejad 13%, Mohsen Rezai 9%. Cancelled votes: 3%. It was clear that Mr. Mir Hussein Mousavi won the election by a large margin. Ahmadinejad came out third. But on Friday June 12, 2009, in the Islamic election (selection) something happened. Something beyond what anyone could have ever imagined. A daylight coup d’état by the elements of the establishment, particularly, the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC).

An Iranian journalist said, “The important event that took place in Iran is that it wasn’t an election; it was a coup d’état. [They] stole 24 million votes of the nation and took them away for themselves.”

The political chief of the powerful Revolutionary Guard warned it would crush revolution against the Islamic system by Mousavi’s “green movement” — the signature color of his campaign.

Briefly, the 25 million votes for Mir Hussein Mousavi was removed and placed in Ahmadinejad’s ballot box. Just like that.

History is full of ironies. What we witnessed in the Islamic Republic was repeated in the United States. On November 3^rd, 2020, over seventy-four million (perhaps a great many more) Americans cast their votes to re-elect President Trump for his second term.

The Democrats, under the pretense of Chinese virus hysteria, implemented a national, orchestrated drive to relax accountability in the voting process, and allowed massive mail-in ballots to pour in, which they evidently exploited with massive voter fraud that enabled them to flip a lopsided presidential election.

“The Navarro Report, assesses the fairness and integrity of the 2020 Presidential Election by examining six dimensions of alleged election irregularities across six key battleground states. Evidence used to conduct this assessment includes more than 50 lawsuits and judicial rulings, thousands of affidavits and declarations, testimony in a variety of state venues, published analyses by think tanks and legal centers, videos and photos, public comments, and extensive press coverage. “

“The matrix below indicates that significant irregularities occurred across all six battleground states and across all six dimensions of election irregularities. This finding lends credence to the claim that the election may well have been stolen from President Donald J. Trump.”

The release of a forensic audit of Dominion Voting Systems Software in Antrim County, Michigan has shown that the voting machines are “intentionally and purposefully designed with inherent errors to create systemic fraud and influence election results.” There is also an undeniable mathematical evidence the election was stolen.

In his recent rally in Georgia, President Trump said: “The people that are questioning the votes aren’t interested in the people that committed the voter fraud, they’re only interested in me and others because I bring voter fraud to the forefront in order to save our nation from corrupt elections and to make sure that this never, ever happens again.”

The 2020 election was stolen by longtime planning and a concerted effort by the previous administration, high tech companies, corrupt media, the “Deep State” and other actors. They exploited the coronavirus pandemic to purge laws that were put in place over the course of decades to preserve the integrity of the ballot box. The reason Obama never left Washington D.C. as all former presidents do, is because Biden for him is his third term. He worked hard behind the scenes with his friends in the CIA, FBI and other agencies to undermine President Trump first term and to enable this enormous election fraud.

This was a déjà vu for me, a reminiscent of a rigged election in Iran. President Trump won the election in a landslide. No question about it. The legislatures and courts ignored the evidence of fraud and the judiciary refused to even hear it. Like the Islamic Republic election, this one was also an orchestrated coup attempt to remove President Trump from office. Each of us will need to come to terms with the fact that 2020 presidential election was rigged in a massive scale. None of us can hide any longer from this fact and each of us will need to consider the ramifications to our children of the immorality of this action.

Permanent Apportionment Gaslighting

By Paul Engel

Gaslighting is the process of repeating a lie long enough and forcefully enough for people to believe it is the truth.
We’ve been told that Congress set the size of the House of Representatives at 435 members. But is that legal?
What would the House of Representatives look like if we actually followed the Constitution?

When you hear a lie so often you think it’s the truth, we say you’ve been “gaslighted”. That is just as true for government as any other part of your life. From early in the 20th century, Congress has been telling the American people the lie that they limited the number of members in the House of Representatives by law, even though that law is invalid and void. Yet the American people sit back and allow their employees in Congress to violate the law, and do so with blatant disregard for the supreme law of the land and their oath or affirmation to support it. We act like the people in the Hans Christian Anderson tale, “The Emperor’s New Clothes”. We nod our heads and go along with what we’ve been told our entire lives: That the House of Representatives legally has 435 members. I’m here to play the role of the small boy in the story and cry out, “The Emperor has no clothes.” Specifically, the House of Representatives has denied you the proper representation you are entitled to in Congress, and it’s about time we do something about it.

At The Beginning

Let’s start this tale where all good stories should start: At the beginning.

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

The Constitution of the United States is the supreme law of the land. Only laws of the United States made in pursuance of (following) the Constitution are considered supreme as well. Any act of Congress that is not pursuant to the Constitution is repugnant (contrary) to the supreme law of the land. According to the Supreme Court of the United States, such an act of Congress is void (empty or vacant).

Thus, the particular phraseology of the Constitution of the United States confirms and strengthens the principle, supposed to be essential to all written Constitutions, that a law repugnant to the Constitution is void, and that courts, as well as other departments, are bound by that instrument.

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

This idea, that the Constitution of the United States is the supreme law of the land, is the bedrock to the rule of law, the concept of self-governances, and our constitutional republic. So when those in government violate the Constitution, they are not merely acting unconstitutionally, they are violating the law, exercising unjust powers, and stealing from the American people their ability to consent to the actions of their government. Which brings me to the Apportionment Acts that Congress has passed.

Apportionment

Representatives shall be apportioned among the several States according to their respective numbers, counting the whole number of persons in each State, excluding Indians not taxed.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV, Section 2

Article I, Section 2, Clause 3 of the Constitution was amended by the Fourteenth Amendment to remove the Three-Fifths Clause, which limited the counting of non-free persons for the purpose of apportionment. The reason the federal government conducts a census every ten years is because it’s required by Article I, Section 2, Clause 3 of the Constitution.

To understand this apportionment of representatives, we have to understand why we have a bi-cameral national legislature. Many compromises had to be made in order for the Constitution to be signed and ratified. One of those compromises had to do with representation in Congress. Large states wanted representation based on population, which would give them an advantage in Congress. Smaller states didn’t like that idea and wanted equal representation among the states, which would give them, and their citizens, a greater say in legislation. The compromise was a bi-cameral, or two house, legislature, how their members would be chosen, and most important to this discussion, the role of those houses.

All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House of Representatives.

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 1, Clause 1

The very first legally binding line of the Constitution states that all legislative or law making power would be vested in a Congress consisting of a Senate and House of Representatives. To understand the role of these two houses, we need to read the first line of the section of Article I that creates them.

The House of Representatives shall be composed of Members chosen every second Year by the People of the several States,

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 2, Clause 1

Members of the House of Representatives are chosen by the people, because their job is to represent the people. Since the population of a country changes overtime, the Framers of the Constitution allowed for those changes by requiring an enumeration every ten years so the representatives could be apportioned properly. More on that later.

The Senate of the United States shall be composed of two Senators from each State, chosen by the Legislature thereof, for six Years; and each Senator shall have one Vote.

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 3, Clause 1

On the other hand, the Senate was to be made up of an equal number from each state. Although the method of choosing electors was changed by the Seventeenth Amendment, the role of the Senate is obvious from the original method of doing so, by the legislature of the state they were to represent.

So the framers of the Constitution gave us this bi-cameral legislature, with one house chosen by the people and the other chosen by the states. One house was to represent the people, the other the states. To accommodate the changes in population that would inevitably happen, we enumerate the people every ten years so we can apportion the representatives properly.

Back to the apportionment. Today, we focus on how the 435 seats in the House are divided up among the states, which is the definition of apportion. However, the Constitution does not set a fixed limit on the number of representatives.

The Number of Representatives shall not exceed one for every thirty Thousand, but each State shall have at Least one Representative;

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 2, Clause 3

The 2020 Census recorded a population in America of 331, 449, 281 residents. With a little simple math, that means that the House of Representatives should be have at least 11,049 members. So why doesn’t the House have eleven thousand members? Because of a “law” Congress passed early in the 20th century.

Apportionment Acts

In 1911, Congress passed a routine Apportionment Act, based on the 1910 census, setting the size of the House of Representatives to 433 members (up from 391), plus allowing two more members when the states of Arizona and New Mexico were admitted into the union. During the debate on this legislation, concerns were raised that the House was growing too large, making it unwieldy and difficult to manage. Then in 1920, for the first time, Congress failed to apportion membership in the House after a census. This led to The Permanent Apportionment Act of 1929 or at least I think it did. When I searched for The Permanent Apportionment Act, I was directed to 2 U.S.C. §2, but when I checked that statute, the text was omitted. There was only a note pointing to the 1911 law that set the size of the House at 435 members.

Impact

So why all of this concern over an almost 100 year old piece of legislation, of which I cannot even find the actual language? After all, if Congress cannot seem to get much done with only 435 members in the House, imagine if there were 11,000! Of course, there are plenty of people, myself included, who think life would be much better if Congress didn’t do nearly as much as it does, especially since most of what they do is illegal. To quote the Chairman of the House Committee on the Census in 1911:

Members are . . . supposed to reflect the opinion and to stand for the wishes of their constituents,… If we make the ratio [of persons per Representative] too large the idea of representation becomes attenuated and less definite. The personal interest of the voter in his representative becomes less important to him, and we may lose something of the vital strength of our representative form of government.

The 1911 House Reapportionment

While limiting the number of members in the House may make it easier for them to get things done, it also makes it harder for them to fulfill their constitutional duty of representing the people of their district.

When was the last time you tried to communicate with your House member? If you email or write a letter to your member, you’ll probably get a form letter in reply. If you call their office, you’ll get a staffer. And unless you have some serious pull, it’s unlikely you can get a face-to-face meeting. Why? While there are probably plenty of reasons for this, one of them is undoubtedly how busy your representative is. With over 331 million Americans and only 435 members of the House, means each member represents over 750,000 people. It also means that if they spent only five minutes with each of their constituents, 24 hours a day, seven days a week, it would take over seven years to meet them all. There just aren’t enough hours in the day for your representative to actually know your opinion on any particular subject, not to mention your chance to petition them for a redress of a grievance. If your House member only represented 30,000 people, you might still have a hard time getting a meeting, but at least time would not be as much of an issue. They could spend five minutes with almost every person in their district every year working only 9-5 five days a week.

There was an attempt to limit the expansion of the House of Representatives in 1789. One of the amendments Congress proposed to the states was never ratified.

After the first enumeration required by the first article of the Constitution, there shall be one Representative for every thirty thousand, until the number shall amount to one hundred, after which the proportion shall be so regulated by Congress, that there shall be not less than one hundred Representatives, nor less than one Representative for every forty thousand persons, until the number of Representatives shall amount to two hundred; after which the proportion shall be so regulated by Congress, that there shall not be less than two hundred Representatives, nor more than one Representative for every fifty thousand persons.

First Amendment Proposed for the Constitution of the United States

It seems that by 1929 Congress couldn’t be bothered with actually getting the consent of the governed. They thought that the House was large enough, so they simply passed a law. That brings us back to the foundation we laid at the beginning of this article.

Supremacy vs Convenience

The Constitution says we are to have one member of the House for every 30,000 people, and that has never been amended. Yes, Congress has apparently passed legislation limiting the size of the House to 435 members. Since that legislation is not pursuant to the Constitution, it’s therefore repugnant to it and, according to the Supreme Court, that law is void.

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

If the law limiting the size of the House is void, doesn’t that mean we should have over 11,000 members to represent us? So why don’t we? In short, it’s much like the people in the story of The Emperor’s Clothes; the American people are either afraid of, or ignorant of, the facts, and are therefore unwilling point out the obvious. I haven’t even found any evidence that this Permanent Apportionment Act of 1929 was even challenged in court, much less among the states. This lie has been going around for so long most Americans have been gaslighted into believing it’s true.

Conclusion

This is one more example of the government in Washington, D.C. being out of control. At this point I have no confidence that if the Permanent Apportionment Act were to be challenged in federal court, those in the judiciary would even recognize how repugnant it is.

Should the House of Representatives have over 11,000 members? I’m not sure. What I do know is that it’s not up to Congress to determine the size of the House, it’s up to We the People through our states. Yet we were never consulted, neither have we consented to this change. It seems almost everyone from those elected to federal offices to the average, everyday American, has come to believe that whatever Congress does is not only legal, but the supreme law of the land. So I guess I must accept the role of the small boy, pointing out that when it comes to the acts of Congress, those emperors have no clothes.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

[BIO: Paul Engel founded The Constitution Study in 2014 to help everyday Americans read and study the Constitution. Author and speaker, Paul has spent more than 20 years studying and teaching about both the Bible and the U.S. Constitution. Freely admitting that he “learned more about our Constitution from School House Rock than in 12 years of public school” he proves that anyone can be a constitutional scholar. You can find his books on Amazon and Apple Books. You can also find his books, classes and other products at the Constitution Study website (https://constitutionstudy.com). You can reach him at paul@constitutionstudy.com]

Supply Chain Catastrophe: The Real Genesis, Part 1

By: Devvy

Most Americans by now are aware of the supply chain catastrophe. As of October 22, 2021, more than 100 ships off the So Cal ports are sitting and waiting – many for weeks. More excuses have been offered up than one can count. This is just one of the real problems:

Trucker Explains the Manufactured Supply Chain Breakdown, Oct. 22, 2021, 12:36 video

This is the quintessential example of rank stupidity to support one of the greatest manufactured hoaxes foisted upon the world: climate change. Yes, this is germane to the issue of truckers to haul cargo. California mandates big increase in zero-emission trucks, June 25, 2020

So, let’s celebrate: Kenworth T680 Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle Powered by Hydrogen Featured in Washington, D.C., August 10, 2021 – “This was a great opportunity to provide a hands-on look at the T680 fuel cell electric vehicle..” Please note the important word – electric.

The ignorant brain washed climate change deranged out in California will stop at nothing to convert every single mode of transportation to electric. Those useful fools learned nothing from what happened in February 2021 when the Polar Vortex hit my state of Texas and beyond. Texas Disaster – What Americans Need to Know, Feb. 22, 2021, and Renewable Energy IS Causing an Environmental Wasteland, March 1, 2021

California Drove Truckers Out of Business. Now Store Shelves Are Empty, Oct. 24, 2021

There’s also the problem of California continuing to drive businesses out of my home state by their dangerous state legislature full of nitwits and, of course, the smarmy, still governor, Gavin Newsom. California Trucking Association’s AB 5 lawsuit still pending with Supreme Court, Oct. 8, 2021

And this one from someone I assume is in the trucking industry:

“The NEWS says the California port situation is caused by a driver shortage. Not so fast: It is in part caused by a California Truck Ban which says all trucks must be 2011 or newer and a law called AB 5 which prohibits Owner Operators.

“Traditionally the ports have been served by Owner Operators (non-union). California has now banned Owner Operators. Long term, truckers in California are not investing in new trucks because California has a law that makes them illegal in 2035. The requirement is to purchase electric trucks which do not exist. And in the words of Paul Harvey, “Now you know the rest of the story”.

BUSINESS

“CARB to begin blocking certain trucks’ DMV registrations in 2020. Carriers domiciled in California with trucks older than 2011 model, or using engines manufactured before 2010, will need to meet the Board’s new Truck and Bus Regulation beginning in 2020 or their vehicles will be blocked from registration with the state’s DMV, the state has said.”

Backlogged shipping containers getting dumped in port neighborhoods due to lack of space — and one crushes car after falling off truck, Oct. 20, 2021

Ports from Savannah to LA are completely disabled – except Florida. I’m sure most remember what started around mid-March last year with the supply chain and panic buying gripped this country for most of the year. All unnecessary as there was no pandemic and there still isn’t. As usual, Michael Snyder reports what no one wants to hear but they need to pay attention:

Our Epic Supply Chain Crisis Just Hit Another Level, And Biden Is Considering Calling In The National Guard To Help, Oct. 19, 2021

Warning: True State of the Economy, Oct. 22, 2021

The supply chain for chips for cars and trucks has crippled the auto industry – chips coming from Taiwan. Our local Ford dealership’s lot has been virtually empty for months. A great percentage of new car sales over the past few months are pre-sales with waiting time two months or longer. On the other hand, used cars and trucks in good shape have been cash cows for thousands.

Headlines warn Christmas is likely to be a bust for toys and all the other categories of gifts. Why? Because the majority are made in Red China. Despite downplaying by the prostitute media, store shelves are empty in a lot of the major cities and is now starting to filter down to stores across the country. It won’t be long before panic buying starts again.

And then we have one of the most outrageous statements to come out of the mouth of any elected official, this one from the illegitimate Biden Clown Club:

US Treasury deputy sec warns unvaxxed Americans that shortages will continue until EVERYONE is jabbed, Oct, 15, 2021

“Wally Adeyemo, the Biden administration’s second-highest official in the Treasury Department, appeared to publicly blackmail the still-sizable portion of Americans who have not been vaccinated against Covid-19 during a Thursday ABC interview, seemingly blaming them for the ongoing shortages of consumer goods that have led many to mock the president as ‘Empty Shelves Joe’.

“Despite viral photos depicting thousands of cargo ships lined up at the Port of Los Angeles ready to unload their goods, Adeyemo claimed that the supply chain issues plaguing so many US retailers are an international issue and will only let up when a sufficient percentage of the country has been vaccinated. (Emphasis mine.)

“Describing the disastrous economic conditions as “an economy that’s in transition,” Adeyemo acknowledged that “we are seeing high prices for some of the things that people have to buy.” While he praised the administration’s stimulus payments, he also pinned the blame squarely on the unvaccinated.

“The reality is that the only way we’re going to get to a place where we work through this transition is if everyone in America and everyone around the world gets vaccinated.”

What the hell does the number games of “vaccinated” have to do with moving goods from ships to trucks to destinations? Cargo containers are leaving heading for the U.S. so cut the crap. China does have energy problems as they always do but allegedly China is 80% shot up. Last week Florida governor, Ron DeSantis “…urged ships backed up outside California’s ports to make the trip through the Panama Canal to Florida — where ports are open and ready to unload goods.

“Year after year we continue to invest in our seaports, in infrastructure and in workforce education to make sure our supply chain is resilient,” DeSantis said during a speech at Jacksonville’s port complex, according to the American Journal of Transportation.”

Threatening the American people is the wrong path, Adeyemo. He’s not alone as butt jumper, Mayor Petey had this to say: Transportation Sec. Buttigieg Tells Americans to Get Used to Shipping ‘Disruptions and Shocks to the System’ – “In comments Wednesday, he indicated Americans will need to get used to delays and potentially seeing empty shelves for the foreseeable future. “There are going to be disruptions and shocks to the system as long as the pandemic continues,” he said, according to Reuters.”

“Pete Buttigieg couldn’t organize a one car funeral.” —Sen. Tom Cotton

What’s the real problem and when did it start – aside from all of the above? Dec. 8, 1993. The day China’s other lap dog, Bill Clinton, signed the unconstitutional NAFTA agreement (No American Factories Taking Applications) into “law”.

“He, therefore, who is now against domestic manufacture, must be for reducing us either to dependence on that foreign nation, or to be clothed in skins, and to live like wild beasts in dens and caverns.

“I am not one of these; experience has taught me that manufactures are now as necessary to our independence as to our comfort; and if those who quote me as of a different opinion, will keep pace with me in purchasing nothing foreign where an equivalent of domestic fabric can be obtained, without regard to difference of price, it will not be our fault if we do not soon have a supply at home equal to our demand, and wrest that weapon of distress from the hand which has wielded it.” The Letters of Thomas Jefferson 1743-1826 to Benjamin Austin Monticello, January 9, 1816

“What Congress will have before it is not a conventional trade agreement [NAFTA] but the architecture of a new international system… a first step toward a new world order.” Traitor Henry Kissinger, member of the Council on Foreign Relations and Trilaterialist, July 18, 1993, LA Times

How many times have you heard on the boob tube, “Those are millions of jobs that will never come back”? Why the hell not? I’ll tell you why: Because the Outlaw Congress is corrupt and cowardly. Those poltroons are afraid of communist China and will do nothing to get us out of those destructive treaties and bring home millions of jobs for Americans. Because of big money from corporations buying the favors of Congress – both parties.

Of course, Americans are to blame, too. Before NAFTA and GATT were passed, 97% of all shoes were made here in OUR country. From toasters to hand tools, clothing to cars, we made our own products. We paid our workers good wages. Our factories hummed, our farmers and ranchers fed our people and millions around the world. America under capitalism flourished and became the envy of the world. After NAFTA, OUR people lost their jobs while tens of thousands of jobs were then created in Mexico and Communist China; the destruction of America began. Jefferson’s warning ignored.

Our industrial sector made the steel, we kept the money and the jobs. America kept her wealth where it should be: in the pocketbooks of her people. Instead of buying Made in America those destructive “free” trade treaties absolutely decimated our textile industry and agriculture. Cheap labor meant Americans by the tens of thousands lost their jobs in those critical sectors.

Within two years after NAFTA was shoved down our throats thousands of factories closed. Good paying jobs. Jobs done by your parents and grandparents who had job security for decades suddenly gone in favor of cheap labor championed by the anti-American workers, the U.S. Chamber of Commerce.

I know. Being on top of this issue back then, following NAFTA and my trips across the country, I saw for myself small towns and cities that used to provide thousands of jobs with our factories humming turned into ghost towns with a gas station and a few local businesses like burger joints. The destruction was heart breaking. Families spread all over the place looking for work in big crime infested cities.

And yet, tens of millions of Americans continued to reelect the same incumbents in the U.S. Congress who voted for the destruction we have lived through and continue to live in a real time nightmare created by them and past presidents. In reality what they’ve did was fire themselves. I know that sounds harsh, but it’s the truth.

Clinton signed the unconstitutional NAFTA in Dec. 1993. In 1994 a full 90% of the same incumbents who destroyed millions of jobs were reelected to the U.S. House and 92% of incumbent senators.

Did we have trade with other nations prior to NAFTA, CAFTA and GATT? We did and we had tariffs. Fair trade is good. Free trade is financial suicide for any nation. Congress said Americans want cheaper goods. The destruction to our major sectors, ag, industrial and manufacturing has made We the People dependent on communist countries like China, Viet Nam and others for what WE used to produce and the MONEY STAYED HERE IN THE U.S. FOR OUR PEOPLE.

U.S. officials worried about Chinese control of American drug supply – “Basically we’ve outsourced our entire industry to China,” retired Brig. Gen. John Adams told NBC News. “That is a strategic vulnerability.” 80% from Communist China & India.

As for our farming families, the destruction began a long time ago when the outlaw Congress for the first time passed unconstitutional legislation regarding farmers and farming (Tenth Amendment Issue), the Agricultural Adjustment Act AND the ‘Federal’ Reserve. A must read: The Fed and the Farmer, my column May 7, 2005. NAFTA simply finished destroying ag in so many different ways.

Clinton signed the unconstitutional NAFTA in Dec. 1993. The next major blow came with GATT/WTO (General Agreement on Tariff’s & Trade and World Trade Organization). Ever since then we’ve been at the mercy of countries that hate us. You can thank former U.S. Speaker of the House, drunk John Boehner and dementia addled Nancy Pelosi for making sure American workers come last. Add Sen. Mike Lee [R-UT] who never met a foreign worker bill he didn’t love.

A bill was introduced in 2011 to finally get us out, never passed. It got zero attention from the old media. Forget FOX. Too many Americans pay little to no attention to bills sitting in the biggest whore house on the planet- Congress – except for hot button issues like abortion. There were too few of us to make it happen.

It’s War: Stop the TPP and TAFTA, January 26, 2014 (Mine.)

H.R. 29: To provide for the withdrawal of the United States from the North American Free Trade Agreement

“NAFTA has done way too much damage, and we need to repeal it. NAFTA has cost too many jobs, eroded our industrial base and decimated towns and communities,” he said in a statement. “Enough is enough – we need to focus on creating jobs right here in the United States – not in foreign countries.”

“The bill currently has just 10 co-sponsors: Democratic Reps. Joe Baca, Lynn Woolsey and Bob Filner of California; Michael Capuano (MA), Peter DeFazio (OR), Marcy Kaptur (OH), Larry Kissell (NC) and Michael Michaud (ME). Two Republicans are also backing the legislation: Texas’ Ron Paul and North Carolina’s Walter Jones. The bill has to be referred to the House Ways and Means Committee, but no action has been taken on it since that time.

“Prior to the implementation of NAFTA, the U.S. held a small trade surplus with Mexico of approximately $10 million. By 2007, that surplus had turned into an astounding $91 billion trade deficit. With Canada and Mexico combined, the U.S. has taken a $24 billion trade deficit prior to NAFTA and turned it into a $190 billion deficit – a 691 percent increase.

“NAFTA was also supposed to usher in a new age of prosperity among the American people as thousands upon thousands of good-paying jobs were to be created through the increase in trade surplus that never quite came to fruition. As you can imagine, just the opposite happened. Each and every year more and more jobs are outsourced to Mexico where labor is incredibly cheap and environmental concerns are a mere afterthought. The raft of jobs outsourced to Mexico forced American workers into direct competition with one another and drove down wages for all.

“Now Americans are forced to compete, not only with one another, but also with Mexican workers who are willing to work for much less than the average American. In the U.S., the average factory worker makes roughly $18 per hour while his Mexican counterpart earns just $3 per hour. This has encouraged a “race to the bottom” in which American companies are frequently relocating production facilities across the border. Iconic American companies such as Coca Cola, Ford, RCA, General Motors, General Electric and Nokia have all opened up assembly plants in Mexico. In fact, GE employs 30,000 Mexicans in 35 factories in the country.

“This race to the bottom has had a devastating effect on America’s manufacturing base. Pre-NAFTA, the U.S. had 16.8 million people employed in the manufacturing field. By 2007, that number was down to just 13.9 million. That accounts for over 20 percent of America’s manufacturing jobs over the past 14 years. Those good-paying manufacturing jobs have been replaced by low-paying service sector jobs with little or no benefits.”

Twenty Years of NAFTA Sucking Sound
NAFTA: 20 Years of Regret for Mexico

Oct. 2, 2002: “Back in 1994, a lame duck Congress voted on the hideous “free” trade treaty, GATT, whereby the united States of America totally and completely abrogated its sovereignty to a foreign body – the WTO. At the time of the vote, counterfeit U.S. Senator Bob Dole said, “Any way you cut it, we’re the big beneficiary.” Counterfeit U.S. Senator Ernest Hollings had just the opposite prediction, “…described the vote as ‘the gravest mistake the U.S. has ever made on economic policy.'”

“Hollings’ statement turned out to be right. Our nation has been plundered as a result of GATT and We, the People, our businesses, our commerce, and our livelihoods, have been under attack ever since, losing virtually every single challenge made by some foreign country. On September 26, 2002, counterfeit U.S. Senator Max Baucus said he was deeply troubled by the WTO dispute settlement process and “Things are looking more and more… like a kangaroo court against U.S. trade laws.”

“Funny thing about Baucus’ stand on trade. He’s a “free” trader. On his web site it states, “I’ve also been a leader in the successful efforts to open Chinese markets to U.S. products and to bring China into the World Trade Organization.” Lie down with dogs, get up with fleas. Do business with our mortal enemy, the Communist Chinese? Remember, in October 2001, a video came out officially sanctioned by the Communist Chinese government which glorified the attacks on America last September 11, 2001, with the moderator chiming that we got what we deserved. That’s a fact.

“The vote on GATT was 76-24. Guess how many members of the entire Congress read GATT? One! Former counterfeit Senator Hank Brown (R-CO). He’s the only one who read this 28,000 page treaty and declared that in no way would he vote for it.

“During the hearings on this monster, French financier Sir James Goldsmith testified in front of Earnest Hollings’ committee. He demonstrated that GATT would gut the American textile market. The following are some quotes from the Washington Times, December 6, 1993; they accurately reflect Sir Goldsmith’s statements during the hearings, which I watched on TV:

“Global free trade will force the poor of the rich countries to subsidize the rich in poor countries. What GATT means is that our national wealth, accumulated over centuries, will be transferred from a developed country like Britain to developing countries like Communist China, now building it’s first ocean going navy in 500 years.”

“China, with its 1.2 billion people, three Indochinese states with 900 million, the former Soviet republics with some 300 million, and many more can supply skilled labor for a fraction of Western costs. Five dollars in Communist China is the equivalent of a $100 wage in Europe.”

“It is quite amazing that GATT is sowing the seeds for global social upheaval and that it is not even the subject of debate in America….If the masses understood the truth about GATT, there would be blood in the streets of many capitals. A healthy national economy has to produce a large part of its own needs. It cannot simply import what it needs and use its labor force to provide services for other countries.”

“We have to rethink from top to bottom why we have elevated global free trade to the status of sacred cow, or moral dogma. It is a fatally flawed concept that will impoverish and destabilize the industrialized world while cruelly ravaging the Third World.” Sir Goldsmith could see into the future, only it’s been far worse than he predicted. *End quote

The goal right now is to buy Made in America for everything you need. Yes, there are tens of thousands of companies from small to large who still manufacture here and they want your business. If you can’t find it, do without like I do. Unfortunately, I had to purchase a new computer a couple of months ago and yes, it was made outside the U.S. A lot of Americans don’t understand one of the basics here and that is our debauched currency and the constant demand for higher wages. I’ll cover that in Part II.

America: Communist China and other countries have us by the you-know-what. The supply chain nightmare is going to continue for who knows how long. If you can do your Christmas shopping now, try to buy at artisan outdoor events, search the Internet for Made in USA. Buy family package tickets to one of the fabulous aquariums or museums.; a gift that gives all year. Make family memories and support American workers. Tell retailers you refuse to buy from communist countries like China, Viet Nam and socialist countries that treat their citizens like chattel.

Part II is going to deal with the biggest nightmare of all: United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (USMCA) and how it affects you and your future.

“We are not weak if we make a proper use of those means which the God of Nature has placed in our power… the battle, sir, is not to the strong alone, it is to the vigilant, the active, the brave.” — Patrick Henry

Just a plug here for parents with kids or grandparents and for full disclosure, I receive no compensation. I just firmly believe teaching America’s children to read is the key to their success in life. A great Christmas present are any of the children’s book selections at Hearty Household. I purchased one set of four so I could read them. There are four different sets of four books each. I can’t recommend them enough for young children. Parents reading to/with their child(ren) creates an everlasting bond. Not to mention supporting American workers. Do visit their web site.

Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions.

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Biden Can’t Figure Out How to Unload Container Ships in LA – Now Price of Shipping a Container Is 4.5 Times What It Was Last Year, October 23, 2021 – Those costs will be passed along to consumers.

Governor Newsom Announces California Will Phase Out Gasoline-Powered Cars & Drastically Reduce Demand for Fossil Fuel in California’s Fight Against Climate Change, Sept. 23, 2020- MILLIONS of cars and trucks are on California roadways and highways everyday. Just imagine how many charging stations would be needed for all electric cars, trucks and buses – powered by electricity! Yes, Newsom no longer has a functioning brain.

At The Town Hall Meeting: Biden Clearly Not In Touch With Reality

By Frosty Wooldridge

Joe Biden is a product of 47 years in Washington DC. Clearly, as a U.S. Senator, he accomplished not much more than endless, meaningless speeches. Even more clearly, as you witnessed in last week’s nationally televised Townhall meeting with Anderson Cooper, Joe Biden lacks a grasp of what’s happening in America.

It’s as if he is the Captain of the Titanic, but he doesn’t understand that he’s racing toward that “iceberg” with no understanding of how to take control of his ship. He lacks any mental capacity to slow down, change direction or bring the ship to a full stop to save it and all his passengers…that’s all of us Americans.

Did you see the Town Hall meeting? If you did, you would shudder with exasperation as you watched a doddering old man attempt to give intelligent answers, but spun off into gibberish.

During his answers to Anderson Cooper, he made statements that contained no truth, whatsoever. He wandered off into diatribes that left Anderson speechless. In many exchanges, Anderson finished the sentence.

At this point, his handlers MUST know he’s suffering from onset dementia, where he goes in and out of the present. His wife knows he’s declining rapidly, but she won’t report on his mental decline because as Lord Acton said, “Power corrupts and absolutely power corrupts absolutely.”

Thus, our country continues steaming into a “black hole” of problems with few solutions.

President Joe Biden stands in violation of Article IV, Section 4 of the U.S. Constitution. Instead of protecting our southern border from invasion, he welcomes it, facilitates it, and actively promotes it. To date in October, in excess of 1.6 million illegal refugees have breached our borders and have been taken inland by Joe Biden. Not to mention another 100,000 Afghan refugees that we didn’t invite. (Source: U.S. Border Patrol)

Is that the modus operandi of a rational, reasonable and credible president of America?

Journalist Madison McQueen reported, “Despite their so-called commitment to transparency, the Biden administration continues to hide how they are dealing with record numbers of illegal aliens crossing our border. The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) has begun flying unaccompanied alien minors (UAC) and family units to cities across the United States under the cover of night.”

One local news station, WRCBtv in Tennessee, obtained a video of planes arriving at Chattanooga’s Wilson Air Center “carrying migrant children who are being bussed to multiple southeastern cities during overnight hours.”

McQueen reported, “Two of the busses seen in the video were headed for Miami and Dallas. At least four planes landed at Wilson Air Center from May 14 to May 19. One source told the news station that “approximately 30 to 50 minors are transported at a time” and “the operation started in Dallas, Texas, but moved to small airports recently to avoid attention.” (Source: www.immigrationwatch.org)

In other words, Joe Biden breaks our laws under the cover of darkness. He’s openly defying the U.S. Constitution. Whomever is running this administration in the background does not want the American people to know what’s happening, why it’s happening and/or the end game.

While he promised to solve the Covid crisis, more people have died in 2021 than in 2020.

While he cancelled the Keystone Pipeline to fuel this country efficiently and maintain our energy independence, he watches our gas prices double in the past nine months of his administration. Gas runs over $5.00 a gallon in California. Biden has no answers or solutions.

It’s like he’s on a treadmill and doesn’t know how to shut it down. Thus, he’s going to keep running until he collapses.

What about the 100 cargo ships waiting to unload in California? Any solutions? Poor Jen Psaki, his front lady, starts sweating 30 minutes before she must appear in front of some very articulate correspondents who ask “point blank” questions that she can’t answer…so, like her boss Biden…she b.s.’s everybody. They know it, she knows it and we know it.

What about all those 100,000 Afghan refugees living on U.S. bases? Why do they get first rights to our tax dollars with housing, food, education, cars, rent payments, medical care—when 540,000 of our homeless citizens live on the streets of America? What about our inner cities where gangs, drugs, shootings and violence remain a daily nightmare? Does anyone dare live in south Chicago?

Why didn’t he retrieve the reported 400 more Americans still trapped in Afghanistan? Why did he allow 100,000 unvetted refugees to catch a free plane ride to our country when they did nothing to help our military forces in that country? Why not bring in the entire population of Afghanistan of some 38 million—to save them all from the Taliban?

Without a doubt, I could ask another two dozen questions about our country’s problems. You can see our infrastructure falling apart. In Denver, I must dodge potholes on I-70. Colorado’s roads are a driving nightmare. This summer, I witnessed gangs robbing cars in San Francisco. I saw 22 drugs stores go bankrupt from shoplifting in the City by the Bay. I saw the 62,000 homeless in LA, 11,000 homeless in San Francisco, 10,000 in Denver, and 6,000 homeless in Seattle.

Anybody in DC solving those problems? Answer: not a single solution by those 535 brilliant, elected officials…starting with forever career politicians like Schumer, Pelosi, Waters, Jackson and the list dribbles onward.

This nightmare of Joe Biden will ultimately land on our heads. If he keeps upright, they will keep dressing him and pretending that he’s in charge and serving America. When in fact, he’s serving everyone else, BUT not serving Americans.

Within the next six months to a year, I see him suffering a stroke, heart attack, physical collapse, or even death. That’s what 51 percent of the country voted into office when they knew he was in mental decline. Who in their right mind thought that a doddering 79 year old man could withstand the rigors of the office of president of the USA?

Whether he’s discharged as to Amendment 25 or he passes away, we will see our second “Post American” president take office in Kamala Harris who is an anchor baby from India and Jamaica. She will be like a person who can’t swim but jumps into the deep end of a swimming pool with no lifeguards to save her.

The end result: our country stands eyeball deep in trouble with few reasonable solutions. Why? Because those people in Washington DC do not, will not and have not served the American people for decades. It’s almost as if they can’t wait to destroy the fabric, the vitality, the honor of being an American and American citizenship.

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions? Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

If you would like a free electronic copy of this book, please email me with your email address and I will send it to you. Every American with children or any American who will live in this country in 2050, needs to understand what they face. frostyw@juno.com

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future? If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

This video graphically and dramatically illustrates America’s immigration-population crisis as well as the world’s. I wrote it and narrated it. Tim Walters of Cleveland, Ohio directed and produced. Please forward it to all your friends, networks and beyond. Place it on FB, Twitter, Linkedin, Parler, Tick-Tok, Curiosity, and more. Just click the link below to see the video.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

If you want to see two documentaries that give visual proof of my book’s contents, go to Netflix, and type in “Cowspiracy” that shows you the damage to the air, land and water. Watch “Seaspiracy” to see how humans are destroying the oceans.

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation. Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!” www.NumbersUSA.org

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

The Systematic Extermination of Traditional American Values, the Expendables, & the Replacements

By George Lujack

“We’re being exterminated.” – President Thomas J. Whitmore (Bill Pullman), Independence Day, 1996

The words, “We’re being exterminated,” of fictional President Thomas J. Whitmore in the movie Independence Day were in regards to an alien race of beings attempting to exterminate the human race and take over the Earth and its resources. What need do we have of aliens when we have terrestrial beings right here on Earth seeking exterminate the human race and destroy the Constitutional liberties enjoyed by freedom loving Americans?

Cancel culture is an easy, smooth way of saying that American freedom is being exterminated. Many people are no longer even being cancelled by feigned outrage from the Left, but are quitting their careers as a matter of conscience, refusing to go along with new job requirements that the Left imposes upon them.

“He alone, who owns the youth, gains the future.” – Adolf Hitler

Connecticut Teacher Resigns Over Critical Race Theory Curriculum

Jennifer Tafuto, a Manchester Public School teacher for six years, resigned over her elementary school district’s Critical Race Theory curriculum. “After 6 years as a teacher in CT, I decided to resign from what I thought would be my forever career bc I felt more like a political activist than a teacher in my own classroom.”

Teaching Critical Race Theory is just the latest installment of new American indoctrination values that the Left insists on imposing onto schoolchildren. There are many other stories of teachers being fired or quitting for distributing or possessing a Bible, quoting Scripture verses in school, refusing to teach the LGBTQ curriculum, etc.

Teachers are expendable and the Left will find replacement teachers who are willing to teach Critical Race Theory, as well as many other social engineering indoctrinating curriculums, to children.

Nurses: Last Year’s Heroes, This Year’s Zeros

Nurses across America are facing the prospect of receiving pink slips for refusing to roll up their sleeves and take the Covid death jab. Nurses, of all professions, should know a thing or two about vaccines, because they’ve seen a thing or two about what’s really going on in the hospitals. Nurses’ refusals to take the Covid jabs, and their possible loss of employment over their refusal, is further confirmation to critical thinking Americans who rightly reject the “safe and effective” sales pitch of the Covid vaccines and the “science” of the Left.

NY Governor Kathy Hochul, who is as radically extreme as Andrew Cuomo – the man she replaced, has warned that nurses throughout the state who refuse to get Covid-19 shots will face being fired and New York may recruit medical workers from the Philippines and other countries to replace unvaccinated staff at hospitals.

New York American citizen nurses are expendable and the Left hopes to find replacements for unvaccinated nurses from medical workers who they hope to recruit from other countries.

Jon Gruden Resigns Over Homophobic, Sexist, and Transphobic Emails

The National Felons League routinely has players under investigation for serious allegations of domestic violence and other criminal activity, but if you are a white male head coach and emails emerge from over ten years ago in which you call someone a faggot, a pussy, and show forwarded pics of bikini clad women to others, then the powers that be on the politically correct Left will let you know that it’s time to resign. Apologies for this kind of behavior are not acceptable. We know that in the NFL there is plenty of room for locker room talk, but not from white male head coaches.

White male sports coaches and commentators, you are expendable and will be replaced by politically correct persons who will speak appropriately at all times.

U.S. Military who Refuse Covid Vaccinations Face Being Court Marshalled and Dishonorably Discharged

The Pentagon has announced that it plans to require all military personnel to receive Covid-19 vaccinations. Anyone who refuses could face court marshal and dishonorable discharge from the armed services.

Military personnel are expendable and replacements are not a concern of the Leftists.

New York City and Chicago Police, Firefighter, and Municipal Workers Vaccine Mandate

Police officers, firefighters, and all municipal workers in New York City and Chicago have been ordered to roll up their collective sleeves and take the Covid shot as a condition of employment. New York City employees will also receive an additional $500 in their paychecks for getting the blood clotting vaccine.

“When we give government the power to make medical decisions for us, we in essence, accept that the state owns our bodies.” – Ron Paul

Medical privacy and sovereignty over medical decisions made over one’s own body take a back seat to the Left’s “We’re all in this together” and “The vaccines only work if everyone takes them” medical propaganda.

Judge Tosses Suit That Sought to Block Transgender Athletes

Female athletes across the nation must not only compete against other female athletes, but against biological men who ‘transition’ as transgenders and enter into women’s sports. This was all made possible by their political allies on the Left.

Isn’t it ironic that the Left wants us to recognize 57 genders, but when it comes to sports they only want to recognize two: male and female, then insist that female sports competitions accommodate biologically born males?

Anyone who suggests that biologically born men should compete against each other in a different gender category are criticized as bigots, but all that conservatives are requesting is that a transgender’s genders should be recognized as something other than male and female in competitive sports, just as the LGBTQ zealots would otherwise demand.

Sweeping New Vaccine Mandates for 100 Million Americans

President Biden wants to order federal workers and companies with 100 or more employees to require Covid vaccinations for their employees as a condition of employment. Biden’s executive order Covid vaccine mandate excludes members of Congress, other politicians, and federal workers, naturally.

What if 100 million Americans get long term illnesses and / or prematurely die from the dangerous, blood clotting experimental Covid vaccinations? American citizens are expendable and President Biden has been welcoming in the replacements, illegal immigrants from the Mexican border, who are not required to receive Covid vaccinations upon illegally entering and remaining in the United States.

Some may say Biden is doing a bad job, but that would be based on the assumption that he is working for the American people and the betterment of American society. Joe Biden is working with globalists, the communist Chinese, big tech, big pharma, and whoever else has greased the big guy’s pockets. He is doing a great job of destroying America’s conservative culture and traditional values for the Left.

HABAKKUK 1:4:
The law is powerless, and justice never goes forth. For the wicked surround the righteous; therefore perverse judgment proceeds.

The Deep State Strikes Back, Revenge of the Left

For a brief time, American greatness made a comeback.Political correctness and the march of the Left towards communist dysfunctional was put on hold

President Trump was impeached twice for made up offenses, while Usurper Joe Biden, who is guilty of stealing the election and treason, gets nothing but protection and praise from our corrupt, enabling, in the tank, leftist mainstream media. President Donald J. Trump was expendable and his replacement was ‘President’ Joe Biden.

The MSM are in on the dole and are totally complicit in the destruction of America as we once knew it. There was a time when the homosexual advocates asked, “Are you homophobic”? My answer was always a resounding,“Yes! I am homophobic. Not homophobic in the sense that I am afraid of walking down the street and being gang raped by a group of male homosexuals, but homophobic knowing that people who cannot accept their own gender and / or are attracted sexually to their own gender will be influential in society at the exclusion and detriment of traditional American values.”

My fear was well grounded, as we can see the fruit of the works of the LGBTQ activists.

“America will never be destroyed from the outside. If we falter and lose our freedoms, it will be because we destroyed ourselves.” – Abraham Lincoln

The Left is no longer interested in intellectual discussion and fair play. They are interested in total conquest. They are seeking victory by means of taking total control of every institution in America, as conservative Americans are either fired or forced to resign over conscience, eliminated, or otherwise taken out of the way. Either way, the Left is getting what they want: the systematic destruction of traditional America, which will inevitably lead to the total destruction of America.

E-Mail George Lujack: georgelujack@gmail.com

COVID-19 Vaccine Facts Media Ignores, Part 4

By Roger Anghis

There are some very suspicious actions being done by government agencies and the media for such a long time that I have come to the point where I very rarely believe anything they say especially when it comes to the almighty vaxx. There are people that are in excellent health that get the ‘vaccine’ because they are forced to choose between feeding their families and protecting their health or their job. The side effects of this fake vaccine have been deadly for over 200,000 people[1] which is surprising because after 50 people die from a vaccine, they stop using the vaccine. This ‘vaccine’ has killed more people than ALL deaths from all vaccines in our history combined. We’re not talking about a modest increase in death reports, something we might chat about in concerned voices over Chai tea and bagels at a company mixer. We’re talking about a huge and unprecedented increase—so massive that in the last 4 months alone, VAERS has received over 40% of all death reports it has ever received in its entire 30+year history. So massive it’s literally “off the chart.” The first chart in the pair below shows VAERS death reports from 2014 thru 2020. If you tried to add the 2021 data to it, it would be way, way off the chart. The second chart shows how much detail was lost when the 2021 data was squeezed in.[2] But that number is only what they are willing to report. There was an article on the net a week ago that stated the CDC won’t count deaths of vaccinated as ‘vaccine deaths’ if they died after 14 days but that article has disappeared. Surprise, surprise.

If the ‘vaccine’ is supposed to protect us then why do we have more deaths from the ‘vaccine’ than from the actual disease? In a span of one week, the number of deaths due to COVID-19 vaccines reported to the government’s database outnumbered the official count of deaths due to the virus.

The government’s Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System, or VAERS, contains voluntary, unverified reports of adverse events following immunization with U.S.-licensed vaccines. But it’s estimated that only between 1% and 10% of the adverse events that occur are reported to VAERS.

The Gateway Pundit noted VAERS reported 2,043 vaccine deaths in the week prior to July 7 compared to 1,505 COVID-19 deaths.[3]

We are seeing healthcare workers fired because they refuse to get the ‘vaccine’ and that has to get your attention. If the ‘vaccine’ was effective and worked, why wouldn’t they get the ‘vaccine’. The statistics I stated earlier are the reason. The ‘vaccine’ is more of a threat than the virus itself. Jennifer Bridges loved her job as a nurse at Houston Methodist Hospital, where she worked for eight years, but she chose to get fired rather than inoculated against COVID-19, believing that the vaccine was more of a threat than the deadly virus.

Bridges was among about 150 employees who were fired or resigned rather than comply with the requirement at Methodist, which was the country’s first large health system to mandate vaccinations. About 25,000 other employees at the hospital system complied.

“I have never felt so strong about anything,” said Bridges, 39, who lives in Houston. She was terminated from her $70,000 per year post on June 21, the deadline for employees to get a jab. “I did not feel there was proper research in this shot. It had been developed very quickly.”[4] When the healthcare workers won’t take the jab I’m sure not going to. By the way, have you noticed that there are no commercials for ‘vaccine’? The reason for that is in America you have to list the side effects. Death isn’t one of the best-selling points for a product. Add to that the fact that the CDC Director has even stated that the ‘vaccine’ will not prevent you from getting COVID even though that is supposed to be the purpose of a vaccine. CDC Director Rochelle Walensky said the COVID vaccine cannot prevent transmission during an interview with CNN’s Wolf Blitzer:

“So if you’re going home to someone who is not vaccinated…I would suggest you wear a mask in public indoor settings.”

This is a bombshell because it raises the question of why there are vaccine mandates if the vaccine can’t prevent transmission. Why is the COVID vaccine being mandated for jobs or school?[5]

There are other sources for the results of this ‘vaccine’ that the media refuses to report on that prove that the ‘cure’ is worse than the disease. When this information comes out Big Tech bans it, takes it down, restricts access to it because it ‘violates community standards’. What it really does is exposes people to the truth. As the data continues to come in regarding the experimental COVID-19 shots, it is abundantly clear now that pretty much EVERYTHING the FDA and the CDC have told the public about these shots is a LIE!

Dr. Gérard Delépine from France, whom we have featured often here at Health Impact News over the years, has just published a study based on public data from the countries with the highest vaccination rates that clearly shows that the COVID-19 shots are hospitalizing people and killing people at higher rates than countries who have adopted early treatment protocols without the use of vaccines.

This is the biggest scam and cover-up in the history of the human race. The voices of the millions who have suffered injuries and deaths of loved ones are being censored in the corporate media and in Big Tech social media sites.

Google this week purged many YouTube channels that contained much of this information that goes contrary to the corporate media, where channels that have been published for years just vanished overnight, including The National Vaccine Information Center, Dr. Joseph Mercola, Dr. Ron Paul, Robert F. Kennedy Jr., and many others.

The video of a well-known Trinidad Pastor, Marva Paschier, has gone viral this week as she mourns the death of her son just hours after he took the shot. She is crying and you can hear someone in the background also mourning and wailing.

Facebook took down her video, but locally doctors and health officials are allegedly looking into the boy’s death.[6]

With all the information that I have presented in this series, it is impossible to believe that what the government is doing is in ‘the best interest of the people’. It is for one thing only and that is to gain as much control over the American people as they can. You’ll notice that only the blue states and the states run by RINOs still demand masks, vaccine passports and are willing to go to lockdowns again. The red stats have the lowest number of covid cases and the better economies. I read the other day “Some say “If you just wear a mask, the state could open up sooner”. I say “If you just voted Republican, it wouldn’t be closed”.

This exercise in socialism/communism is for attaining absolute control of us. They demand we get the ‘vaccine’, stay away from large gatherings, and don’t gather at church or sing if we do. Democrat candidate for Governor of Virginia, Terry McAuliffe has stated that parents have no right to determine what their children are taught in public schools. Democrats want indoctrination, not education.

It is time to stand up and demand ENOUGH! This is our country, our freedoms, and they are supposed to represent us not lord over us like they are trying to do. The balls in our court. We must decide which direction we will take America. Freedom or communism.

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

Too Many Governors are Corrupt, Incompetent and Cowardly

Andrew C. Wallace

Oh, yes they are. Every Damn Governor, both Democrat and Republican is totally compromised by the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) and Biden,”THE USURPER”

Every governor is the chief executive of a Sovereign State, which the federal government is not.

But cowardly and compromised governors have allowed the PSRRC to unconstitutionally centralize all power in Washington so they can control and impoverish the people. Most politicians at all levels are subservient to the PSRRC with the possible exception of a few “Authentic America First Republicans”.

Majority of federal laws are unconstitutional unless they relate to Defense, Currency, Post office, Immigration, or Foreign Relations. ( Only purpose of federal administration is to serve the states)

How in the hell can the American people obey unconstitutional laws or orders from criminals with no authority?

State Governors must kick the Federal Government out of the states as they are exercising unconstitutional powers usurped from the states and the people.

Some examples of unconstitutional federal laws are those in Education, Energy, Agriculture, Labor, Health, Housing, Urban development, Transportation, Law Enforcement, Welfare, et al. Of course after the Election Insurrection this is moot because the Federal Government its self now has no Constitutional Authority. none. However, our Constitution remains as the Supreme Law of the Land and our states remain as powerful as ever. Governors must demand that federal government stay out of the states using powers reserved by the states.

Governors must refuse financial grants from the federal government and demand a return of at least 50% of taxes collected from their state.

Governors don’t have Constitutional power to deprive citizens of their rights and the faux federal government certainly does not. But governors do have the power under these Exigent Circumstances to do whatever is required to protect the people, if they are not compromised or too cowardly to act.

Neither state nor federal government has the authority to lock down business or people, demand people wear useless masks and get dangerous shots, prohibit peaceful demonstrations, restrict travel, meetings, and religious services, order people to be fired, control prescription authority of doctors, et al.

Presidential executive orders are only valid if legal and directed at federal government employees. Everyone else can tell Biden,”THE USURPER” to shove his Executive Orders.

Governors should exercise their Constitutional duties and responsibilities by using military force to close the borders and to apprehend and deport illegal invaders. Governors don’t stop and deport invaders now, because the PSRRC wants them here to destroy America to make way for the Communist One World Order Dictatorship.

The costs incurred by these invaders will cause starvation and death by destroying Social Security, Medicare, Retirement Programs, and all Government Benefits.

Citizens did not spend hundreds of years defending this country, building infrastructure, wiping out diseases, and educating the people, et al., just to have the American dream stolen by uneducated illegals and the PSRRC.

If governors continue to be gutless minions of the PSRRC and refuse to follow the Constitution they can expect the people to take action, and it will not be pretty.

These Compromised and cowardly governors can expect some version of pitchforks, tar and feathers.

Our Florida governor DeSantis is better than most, but that is very faint praise. I have written him numerous times without even a form letter response. I quoted the Florida Constitution in several letters to show him how to prevent our cities from being burned and to protect citizens from crooked prosecutors, no response. I have the impression that everything he does is for publicity and that he doesn’t give a damn for the people. Fox News is a stealthy associate of the PSRRC and they are promoting him, why is that not a surprise?

When our major Democrat cities were being burned to the ground last year the governors could have stopped it, but they did not. They did this for political reasons and to destroy small business competitors to large stores controlled by the PSRRC. Of course the fake media reported the lie of “Mostly Peaceful Demonstrations”.

Governors should but a stop to corporate purchases of single family homes which is pricing families out of the housing market and the American Dream.

California governor followed Obama’s lead and even outlawed zoning for single family homes. Communists want people to live in dangerous government housing projects in the cities using public transportation.

Governors need to use their power to protect the people from prosecutors financed by George Soros and other members of the PSRRC.

As I have written, our Constitution stipulates that the federal government has little or no authority in the states. Patriotic governors with courage would kick the usurping Federal Government interlopers out of the states, and arresting them if they persist. People don’t want a corrupt FBI (with no authority) arresting parents at school board meetings, and framing innocent Americans who object to Communism and Biden,”THE USURPER”. The Communists want a national police force, why else would they defund local police?

Governors have incredible Power under the Constitution and if they don’t use it to protect and serve the people they are the modern versions of JUDAS ISCARIOT.

Our courts have failed us, even the Supreme Court. Governors have the power to protect the people and their Constitutional Rights, but so far they refuse to do so.

I refer to Biden, “THE USURPER” because it is descriptive, and the harm he inflicts reminds me of crimes done by Vlad,”THE IMPALER”

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

“Piercing the Veils”: Revisited

By Steven Yates

“The sign of an intelligent mind is the ability to entertain an idea without accepting it.” —Aristotle

“Convictions cause convicts: what you believe imprisons you.” —Robert Anton Wilson, Cosmic Trigger: The Final Secret of the Illuminati (1977)

“The Earth is a farm. We are someone else’s property.” —attributed to Charles Fort (discussion here)

“Any sufficiently advanced technology is indistinguishable from magic.” —Arthur C. Clarke, “Hazards of Prophesy” revised version, Profiles of the Future (1973)

Mosquito: What if, like, we’re just these tiny things, and we’re just, like, part of this whole other huge universe that’s, like, so big we don’t even know it exists?

Ladybug: [chuckles] Man, that is so deep. —Antz (1998)

“Piercing the Veils” was one of my more popular and, I thought, better items on here.It garnered more emails than anything other than my debut, “The Real Matrix.” A few months ago a reader asked if I’d thought about revisiting it, given all that’s happened since. I said I’d think about it.

To say things have changed since I wrote “Piercing” (2012!)would be the understatement of the decade! We’re in a totally different environment now than we were then! Things that were speculation then should be obvious now to anyone with a functioning brain!

Based originally on this — I didn’t invent the idea — “Piercing the Veils” began by noting the different levels of cognitive awareness in the natural order of things.

Do you have pets? To them, you are godlike. They’ve no inkling of what lies behind your comings and goings. The world our two cats inhabit is inside our walls. While they’ve peered down corridors outside two places we’ve lived during their lifetimes, sounds from out there are scary. Their lives can be upended in ways unfathomable to them. Last year, we moved. Their sense of safety: gone, as they found themselves thrown into carriers, packed into a vehicle surrounded by ghastly noises, to emerge hours later in a strange new place: unfamiliar voices, sights, smells. They were terrified at first. Understandably.

Lower forms of life have no “apprehension” of us at all. Ants have none of the sidewalk they traverse as a sidewalk. It’s just part of the landscape. In that charming film Antz, the colony sees itself as the highest form of life, although film’s end depicts — perhaps as irony — a shadowy city scape in the background, following inexplicable (to the characters) events of the sort Charles Fort relished writing about.

To what extent is the human world like this? More than we think. Our cognition is more complex than that of a cat, of course. But there are parallels. Most of us see what we expect to see, are trained to see, and what our parents and teachers and mentors told us was real. We surround our minds with all manner of psychological protections for security. Even then, our lives can be upended by “acts of God.” We don’t like to be jolted from the familiar. NassimTaleb’s counsel about “antifragility” notwithstanding, most of us find sudden, unpredicted change deeply disorienting and paralyzing.

“Our”globalist, ruling-class oligarchs understand this fully. They’ve exploited it to the hilt over the past year and a half.

Most of America has not figured this much out.

So who knows what else is “out there” that we can’t apprehend at all?

The Veils.

Most of humanity lives and dies behind the first veil: 90 percent was my estimate (given Pareto distributions, it could be less, but not much). First veilers learn what they need to know to keep their lives together, not much more. They are not natural adventurers, restless risk-takers, or curious truth-seekers. They go off lifelong habits of thought and behavior. They trust authority implicitly and instinctively, whether it be scientific, political, theological, or that of a boss. What this means: first veilers are never truly in charge of their lives. They serve others’ wills and purposes, usually without realizing it.Sadly, they make good cannon fodder in wars. All the oligarchs who start wars have to do is put visions and symbols of an enemy on their TV screens to scare the pants off them, while invoking loyalty to “their” country or to“democracy” or simply promise them safety.

What makes this really unfortunate is that most do strive to be good people, and will be nice to you if you are nice to them. They tend to trust — want to trust — and may be devastated when they learn they can’t trust. Many are very good at what they do: crafts, farming, teaching, preaching, driving a truck, selling you clothing, repairing things, doing your tax returns, and a thousand other things that make up the warp and woof of a society that could not function without them.

The 10 percent or so who see past that first veil discover details of politics and policy, and begin to grapple seriously with public issues on their own, as an end in itself. They form opinions they can put in their own words, something more than mere habit. Second veilers tend to vote their interests, though, because although they become passionate about issues they are not necessarily truth-seekers, either. They tend to be party-line folks who don’t question first premises or investigate foundations, and don’t want you doing it, either.

Ten percent of this cohort will penetrate the second veil.

These folks discover the foundations of Constitutionalism and perhaps political philosophy generally. They reach into our Western heritage and learn the significance of, e.g., the Magna Carta and the English Bill of Rights. They may read John Locke and Edmund Burke as well as Washington and Madison and Jefferson. But there is much that third veilers fail to see.

But again, ten percent will see past the third veil. They will notice patterns that point to secret societies and agendas, especially involving financial institutions and powerful families that have used money and private networks to wield influence down through the ages. They may begin speaking darkly of, e.g., the Trilateral Commission, or the World Economic Forum, or even Freemasonry. We’re now talking about point-one percent of the human race: one person in a thousand. Which is why we encounter so many who don’t “get it.”

This is not about intelligence or aptitude, though. First veilers literally cannot see the forces circumscribing them, any more than they can see through an opaque curtain. And despite their often-extensive studies, many second and even third veiler university professors have political beliefs that are breathtakingly naïve. Trust me, I was there. What I saw and heard made me “get” why Thomas Sowell once stated that he’d rather be ruled by people chosen from the Cambridge phone book than Harvard faculty.

Those who penetrate the third veil understand how money power works — far better than those professors, stuck behind the third veil, who appear to believe that the many tragedies and disasters of past, recent, and contemporary times are simply bad decisions or unlucky accidents.

Thus Carroll Quigley — clearly a fourth veiler — could write in Tragedy and Hope: A History of the World in Our Time (orig. 1966):

“ … the powers of financial capitalism had another far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences. The apex of this system was to be the Bank for International Settlements in Basle, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the world’s central banks which were themselves private corporations…. In each country the power of the central bank rested largely on its control of credit and money supply….” (p. 324)

“The growth of financial capitalism made possible a centralization of world economic control and a use of this power for the direct benefit of financiers and the indirect injury of all other economic groups….” (p. 337)

Elsewhere in that classic volume Quigley states how he knew of what he wrote. He had interacted with some of those players and studied their records. He believed them important enough on the world stage to be known, despite their wish to keep their activities secret.

Yet Quigley was not altogether above board. Nowhere does he mention the British Fabian Society (founded in the 1880s) or note its enormous influence. Given the very comprehensiveness of his work, and since he names several Fabians, he can’t possibly have not known about them. Maybe he thought them bit players. Maybe not.

So on one level, we see what we’re predisposed to see. Sometimes this is obvious. The geology student sees jagged black lines on white paper; his professor sees a depiction of a terrain. The physics student sees white lines in a closed container. His professor: subatomic events in a cloud chamber.

On another level, we see what our cognitive biases tell us is there. No more. Those who will say that “low-lifes” conspire to commit crimes and harm others somehow assume that the wealthy and powerful would never do this; only conspiracy nuts believe otherwise. Even though Adam Smith (of all people!) stated explicitly that wealthy businessmen would conspire against the public interest, given the opportunity. Even though there are dozens of statements by the oligarchs telling us openly what they are doing.

Behind the Fourth Veil….

Arguably the world’s oligarch “conspirators” are fourth veilers (at least). Some may be more than that. What happens to that next 10 percent, if we stick to the pattern so far, who see around the fourth veil?

Perhaps they see the world as the scene of an epic battle between good and evil, between godly forces and those “principalities … powers … rulers of the darkness of this age” Paul warned about (Eph. 6:12).

Then they choose sides! God or Satan! Cast in Christian-theological terms, those who penetrate the fourth veil do not merely mouth platitudes but actually perceivethe demonic forces behind such worldly manifestations as abortion-on-demand, genocide, sex trafficking, pedophilia, etc., as products of satanic evil.

Christians conclude that whatever tragedies and disasters befall this world, God is in control and is using them to work His will.

Others sell their souls to the other side, because they believe “the father of lies” (John 8:44).

The former requires (in this writer’s humble opinion) a certain measure of Stoicism. For it may go unrewarded, while the latter may lead to celebrity status and great monetary success. Ask Katy Perry.

The reason is to be found in Matthew 4:8-10. Satan is tempting Jesus. Satan offers Him “all the kingdoms of the world and their glory … All these things I will give You if You will fall down and worship me.”

Does Jesus tell Satan something like, “Those kingdoms are not yours to give”?

No. He just says, “Away with you, Satan! For it is written, ‘You shall worship the Lord Your God, and Him only you shall serve.’” (New King James)

Draw your own conclusion about who is running the show behind the scenes of this world, even if only temporarily — not according to me, but according to Scripture.

With all that said, there’s something that might make some of us hesitate.

Higher Veils?

Don Harkins (see above link), who developed the first version of this schema, claimed there were eight veils. Why eight?

I don’t know.

To the best of my knowledge, Harkins never elaborated or cited a source for his ideas, and as he passed away in 2009, we can’t ask him. There were odd circumstances surrounding his death, moreover. Foul play was never ruled out.

Are even the most astute Christian thinkers fifth veilers, behind the psychic equivalent of a yet-higher opaque curtain, predisposed against any effort to pull it back?

That query has given this author a few sleepless nights.

Do we have any reason to think there is a fifth veil, or something behind it? Higher veils?

That’s basically the same question asked by those third veilers who think those of us who use terms like super elite and GloboCorp are nuts, or see schemes to create a technocratic-totalitarian world government as dystopian science fiction.

This predisposes me to at least think about the matter.

I don’t think we can do more than guess at what lies behind higher veils, if by some chance they exist (I make no claims one way or the other).

Are we on a farm? Are we someone else’s property?

Many years ago — I was a student — I came across a copy of the infamous Book of Enoch in a used bookstore. My pastor warned me about it, calling it “evil.” He seemed unable to explain why (and Enoch is quoted favorably in Scripture; see Jude 1:14-15).

Enoch elaborates at length on the strangest passage in Genesis:

“Now it came to pass, when men began to multiply on the face of the earth, and daughters were born to them, that the sons of God saw that the daughters of men, that they were beautiful, and they took wives for themselves of all whom they chose…. There were giants on the earth in those days, and also afterward, when the sons of God came in to the daughters of men and they bore children to them. Those were the mighty men who were of old, men of renown.” (Genesis 6:1-2, 4; New King James)

Genesis bypasses further details, launching directly into a denunciation of human wickedness, how it grieved God that He had made man, and how the Great Flood then came about — but God found favor in Noah and his family!

Most do not realize it, but all over the world are stories or legends of a lost civilization in what we call prehistory, how it turned to evil and was destroyed in a great flood or similar catastrophe. A favored couple or family or small group was saved, and from them, the world repopulated. These tales come from peoples who couldn’t possibly have interacted with the ancient Hebrews, or with each other. This suggests we are talking about real events, not something religious storytellers made up.

Things get stranger if we pursue them. A few intrepid scholars, studying early Genesis in light of ancient writings from earlier cultures in the Middle East, discovered that much of early Genesis is echoed in those texts, but that they don’t refer to the Hebrew God (YHWH). Indeed, the Hebrew text sometimes uses the word Elohim, a plural word interpreted by Christians as meaning the Holy Trinity, although the text never says this explicitly. Ancient Sumerians wrote of contact with, and ruler ship by,“those who came from the heavens down to the Earth,” the meaning of Anunnaki. Some, such as authors Zecharia Sitchen and Paul Wallis, contend that the Anunnaki were extraterrestrials, although their seeming ability to mate with humans (the account that made its way into Genesis) renders this doubtful. They were probably as human as we are, possibly originating from an advanced civilization the location of which remains unknown. There appears to have been a dispute among them, involving us. Certain Anunnaki seem to have meant us well. Others wanted only slaves. Sounds human, all-too-human to me.

Was there such a civilization,elements of which survived into ancient historical times? How advanced was it?

Archeologists, professionals as well as amateur, have found artifacts and artworks that look startlingly like images of airworthy vehicles; a few devices appear to display a surprising level of astronomical knowledge. There are stone constructions which, if we are honest, we are clueless how they were built.

Does the UFO phenomenon fit in here somewhere? The U.S. government has as much as admitted that the phenomenon is real — just one more thing they’ve lied about for decades. But this, too, did not begin yesterday. People have long seen things in the sky they couldn’t explain, and what they see seems to reflect their culture — again, we see what we expect to see. Recent generations of Americans believe they have seen extraterrestrial spacecraft. In the late nineteenth and early twentieth century, people saw mysterious airships. In earlier centuries, they saw great ships navigating the sky. Middle Easterners saw flying chariots (the source of Erich von Däniken’s infamous title Chariots of the Gods?).

Again, I don’t know. There are a few fanciful accounts out there of what lies behind the “upper veils,” in some cases seeing not eight but nine. These speculate that those who penetrate the fifth veil see “God” and “the devil” as members of an advanced race, perhaps from another realm of existence — a place as far outside our perceptions as ours are beyond that of our beloved pets. Or perhaps the Antz analogy is more appropriate. Manifestations of vastly superior beings could be all around us — perhaps built into the physical systems of “matter” itself. We wouldn’t know what we were looking at, any more than does my oldest cat if looking at my computer screen.

Speculation, obviously. Credible?

Recall the math. Ten percent of the human race (roughly) penetrates the first veil. One percent gets past the second. Point-one percent sees around the third. Point-point-one percent peers beyond the fourth. That comes to one person in a hundred thousand able to see past the fifth veil. In a city of, say, 5 million, that’s 50 people. Where are they? There are between 7.8 and 7.9 billion of us. That ought to yield between 780,000 and 790,000 fifth veilers. Where are they?

The very question may seem to refute the whole edifice. But does it?

Who knows how many of these people — if they exist — were able to deal with what their minds seemed to tell them? In the past, asylums contained folks who claimed to have been spoken to and commanded to do things by godlike (or demonic) beings. How many such people are able to remain sane?

Or, perhaps when one reaches a certain level, one is schooled by those above, and among their schooling is advice just to leave us lower veilers alone.

We have abundant evidence of what happens when a primitive culture encounters an advanced one. Usually the primitive culture is destroyed. Ask the indigenous peoples of the Americas — or those in plenty of other places where industrial civilization has encroached, in its endless pursuit of resources, growth, and markets.

Perhaps there is a level of enlightenment that does not unleash destructive forces because its own systems prevent culture-destroying interactions.

A Prime Directive, if you will….

So what do we do with all this? Does it get us anywhere?

It doesn’t suggest new policies.

What it suggests to me is a need for humility in the face of all that we don’t know — an arena considerably larger than what we do know. Humility includes willingness to look carefully at our beliefs and what they commit us to. How secure are they, anyway?

Humility suggests being teachable, having a willingness to explore, and to always be learning new things. Even if what we encounter is sometimes disconcerting.

Sadly, those most in need of this counsel are least likely to take it seriously. Whether they be hard-nosed materialists convinced as they can be that, e.g., life came spontaneously from non life (a proposition without a scrap of supporting physical or experimental evidence), whether they be “accidentalists” convinced that all “conspiracy” investigators are nutjobs, or whether they be “fundamentalist” Christians who believe their understanding of Scripture is correct and complete because God speaks to them directly; thus their claims about His will are unerring.

Steven Yates’s new book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (Wipf and Stock) is available for purchase here and here. Please consider supporting my work on Patreon.com.

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

Donald J. Trump Can Still Save America

By Cliff Kincaid

[DISCLAIMER: The opinion in this article is the sole opinion of this author and is ‘not the opinion of NewsWithViews.com’, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

Donald J. Trump can still save America and he has taken a step forward in this direction. His “Truth Social” media platform represents putting some of his money where his mouth is.

Now please, Mr. Former President, stop bombarding me with text message pleas for money.

Trump will have to do what My Pillow’s Mike Lindell has failed to do with his “Frank Speech” platform – purge the anti-vax quacks and QAnon oddballs whose views alienate the vast majority of Americans.

Lindell’s platform has featured Lindell himself claiming that Trump would be back in the oval office by now, after the Supreme Court was supposed to rule 9-0 in favor of reinstalling him. Now Lindell has been reduced to getting names on a petition to be sent to the Court asking for a hearing on election fraud. The names will undoubtedly be used to sell more pillows, sheets, and slippers.

This is more than a guess since the time when I signed up as a viewer of “Frank Speech” I have gotten dozens of sales pitches through emails and text messages for various My Pillow products. I bought a pillow and a dog bed (my dog likes the dog bed but the human pillow is lumpy).

Lindell’s Cyber Symposium was another bust, as he failed to deliver on promises to prove Chinese cyberwarfare involvement in the November 3, 2020, presidential election.

Hosts of “Frank Speech” shows have to makes sales pitches for the products. Lindell’s website is plastered with pictures of Lindell carrying American flags and wearing Christian crosses. No wonder they also call it “Lindell TV.”

This is not a channel or a network but a never-ending commercial.

Trump can change all of this with his new platform. He should make sure it is a vehicle for true conservatives and that the channel promotes ideas, not personalities.

To begin with, let’s hope that the hosts of his shows do not spend endless hours attacking the highly successful and effective Trump Warp Speed vaccines.

In the spirit of General George Washington, who ordered the smallpox inoculation of the Revolutionary Army, turning the tide against the British, then-President Trump launched Operation Warp Speed to turn the tide against the Red Chinese with the release of SARS-CoV-2. The result is that 187 million Americans are vaccinated and stand little chance of dying from COVID. The vast majority, over 700,000 of the deaths from the virus in America, are among those who died early on, before the vaccines were available, or afterward through their own foolish choices, deciding to remain unvaccinated.

Other factors, of course, were politicians crowding senior citizens into nursing homes in close proximity to the deadly disease.

Another thing Trump has to do with his new platform is make sure that the QAnon New Agers stay completely away from it. These people are not traditional conservatives. They are the people represented by the Shaman wearing horns and face paint during the January 6 pro-Trump demonstration at the Capitol.

Trump’s other problem is former Trump adviser Steve Bannon, whose“Real America’s Voice” show is now featured on the Lindell network, where he rants incessantly about election fraud. This is a legitimate issue but his campaign has convinced some conservative voters not to show up at the polls in Virginia or elsewhere because they think their votes will not count.

In Virginia, with the gubernatorial election on November 2, there is hope, since the Republican candidate Glenn Youngkin has been strongly promoting the Trump Warp Speed vaccines. Vaccines are a big issue there and the Democrat Terry McAuliffe has been running against Trump – except on the vaccines.

This time around, Trump has to avoid people like Alex Jones, the Texas-based talk show host who leads people astray on such varied topics as 9/11, Sandy Hook, and the Russian threat. Jones can get an audience, only because he entertains people with news of the weird and bizarre, but frustrates progress toward the goal of an informed America.

Another thing: stay clear of selling pillows, vitamins and dietary supplements.

By making his new platform into an authentic conservative voice, Trump can avoid the stigma of being a fringe character. He should be able to attract legitimate advertisers.

In this context, shouting it to the rooftops that he was the American president behind the Warp Speed vaccines that have saved millions of lives can re-establish his authority as a credible figure on science and health matters. After all, he got COVID, survived, and took the vaccine. He has repeatedly advised his followers to take them, too.

But because conservatives are suckers for disinformation and propaganda, many have refused the vaccines, generating ghoulish data showing that there are higher rates of death from COVID in Trump country.

Nationally, of those who have died from this dangerous and contagious disease, about 7,000 have died from “breakthrough” infections. In other words, they were already vaccinated. About 6,000 of these tragic deaths were among those over the age of 65.

Again, these are compared to the more than 700,000 who died without being vaccinated.

The numbers are a vindication of Trump’s decision to use the “Warp Speed” process to bypass the federal bureaucracy and develop and get these vaccines to people in record time. Trump’s new media platform should shout this news to the world. For this achievement alone, he deserves a second presidential term. Without these vaccines, millions more would be dead.

He has to point out that Joe Biden’s heavy-handed and incompetent vaccine roll-out has resulted in more deaths from COVID in 2021 than last year.

Trump should also note that in Israel, the largest study ever done shows that the vaccines work and save people from serious illness, hospitalization, and death. Israel knows something about survival.

Ironically, Mike Lindell’s “Frank Speech” platform has denounced this great accomplishment as the “Mark of the Beast,” in the words of his host Brannon Howse. Lindell, wearing his Christian cross, repeats these outlandish claims, designed to scare people, attract viewers, and sell pillows.

The pandemic is not over. We are still in a war with China over COVID and many other issues. Here, again, Trump has the credibility to stand tall, as he recognized the China threat early on and started the process of challenging the communist behemoth in such areas as trade and 5G communications networks.

Trump can move away from all of the dangerous nonsense now being sold as conservatism to the masses. The country is depending on him.

*Cliff Kincaid is president of American’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

NO ONE is “Forcing” YOU to Do Anything!

By Lex Greene

If you have put on a mask in the past 20-months, you did so voluntarily. If you put yourself under solitary home arrest, you did so voluntarily. If you social distanced for the past 20 months, or have taken one of the “unapproved” experimental fatal mRNA injections, closed your business, or given up your career in the past 20 months, you did that voluntarily too…

NO one has “forced” you to do anything. No one even has the legal right or authority to “force” you to do any of this, or much of anything else, certainly not any “public servant of the people” paid by YOU! Allowing any of these servants to order YOU around is like letting the house maid order the homeowner around. It’s just plain stupid!

If you think otherwise, it’s because you don’t know what it means to live in a FREE Constitutional Representative Republic, wherein ALL political power is inherent in us, THE PEOPLE, not any public servant! You must have overlooked the constitutional guarantee of a “republican form of government” in the Constitution.

Unlike any other nation on earth, The United States of America is controlled by the people, not their public servants!What happens in the USA is entirely up to us, not them.

Yes, I know your public education classroom taught you that you live in a “democracy.” They taught you a lot of other garbage that isn’t true, either. If you went to college, you likely know even less. To understand the FACTS on this matter, CLICK HERE.

In brief… Key Takeaways: Republic vs. Democracy

Republics and democracies both provide a political system in which citizens are represented by elected officials who are sworn to protect their interests.
In a pure democracy, laws are made directly by the voting majority leaving the rights of the minority largely unprotected.
In a republic, laws are made by representatives chosen by the people and must comply with a constitution that specifically protects the rights of the minority from the will of the majority.

In our case in the USA, three documents are the SUPREME LAW OF THIS LAND, known as The Charters of Freedom, including the Declaration of Independence, the U.S. Constitution, and the Bill of Rights, all of which are being grossly violated all day every day under Obama’s puppet regime in Washington DC.

Contrary to what the Nazi news media has been telling us for 20 months, Biden is not the supreme dictator of the USA. His tyrannical sounding wish list (EO’s) have no force of law whatsoever, beyond employees of the Executive Branch.Even then, his unlawful, or unconstitutional dictates have no force of law over that group of citizens either.

However, in any dumbed-down society of moral and mental misfits, people are easily conned, coerced, threatened, frightened, and, or bribed into “voluntary compliance” with even the most egregious of governmental abuses of power.

How cheap will the average American sell their soul, their lives and freedom, and that of their children? Well, the average USA income today is $36,000 per year, down over 25% from 2019, due to ongoing governmental destruction of our economy. Anyone who has been “forced” (coerced) to take a fatal injection to keep their job, sold out themselves, their kids, freedom, liberty, and life itself, for an average of $700 per week…gross!

The UNVAXXED are the REAL (intelligent) Americans. They couldn’t be conned, coerced, threatened, or even bribed into compliance with Biden’s unlawful orders…and while we’re at it…

The Supreme Court, lower courts, State courts, State public servants, OSHA, The Health Department, your employer…none of them have any lawful right to inject you with anything against your will, make you wear a mask, or lose your income, over any so-called “medical mandate.”

Now, only three things have allowed this destruction of our country and its Citizens to continue for 20 months… GROSS IGNORANCE–COWARDICE – and a fatal LACK OF UNITY among more than 330-million American people, all races, creeds, and colors.

It was Thomas Jefferson who famously wrote that “if a nation expects to be ignorant and free, in a state of civilization, it expects what never was, and never will be.”

The ONLY way Obama’s puppet regime continues its open assault on ALL Americans, young and old, is if 330-million Americans remain ignorant, cowardly, and divided.

The very minute that we ALL stand up together, this thing is OVER! There isn’t a power anywhere on earth that can force 330-million Americans to do anything at all. God is on our side of this fight, the Creator and grantor of Free Will. That which God has given, no man has the authority to take!

[Eitor’s Note: A couple of weeks ago SouthWest Airline cancelled most of their weekend flights. The company required all of their pilots and support staff to be vaccinated. They refused, stood together and called in sick, resulting SouthWest to cancelled most of their flights. The company backed down, drop the vaccine mandate for now, and the pilots won. The lesson here? “United we Stand, Divided we Fall”]

United, FREEDOM WINS!

Divided, WE WILL LOSE EVERYTHING!

It’s just that simple!

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

America’s Hitlerian Henchmen

By Cherie Zaslawsky

When describing the evils of the Nazi regime, we tend to focus on Hitler himself. And though we can place the responsibility for the Holocaust squarely on his shoulders, he could never have accomplished his genocidal plans without the full cooperation of hundreds of underlings who carried out his orders. Here are some names that most people won’t recognize, but who kept the engine of the Third Reich running at full tilt: Walter Funk, Joachim von Ribbentrop, Albert Speer, Karl Donitz, Erich Raeder, Wilhelm Keitel, and Martin Bormann.

Similarly, as we face encroaching fascistic tyranny in America today, the draconian orders coming down from on high would die on the vine if not for the participation of hundreds—make that thousands—of bureaucrats and petty officials who willingly violate all sense of ethics and morality, not to mention the rights enshrined in our founding documents, to enact cruel and unusual mandates against We the People.

AMERICA’S COVIDIAN HENCHMEN

Let’s take a look at just of few of our own homegrown henchmen.

Among the many treasonous, traitorous Congressional, state and county officials—not to mention our demented Usurper-in-Chief and his staff of sycophantic Marxists, all of whom have jettisoned the Constitution and our protections under our cherished Bill of Rights—let me call your attention to three less well-known men of special note. They are Warren Newton, MD, President and CEO of the American Board of Family Medicine; Richard J. Baron, MD, President and CEO of the American Board of Internal Medicine; and David G. Nichols, MD, MBA, President and CEO of the American Board of Pediatrics.

These three medical office holders—men in key positions of leadership in the medical establishment who are bound, along with all our physicians, by the Hippocratic Oath to do no harm—have issued a Joint Statement threatening any doctor who speaks out about Covid vaccine dangers, injuries or deaths.

SLEEPY JOE FORGETS “THE THING”—THE CONSTITUTION

Meantime, back at the ranch—I mean the Offal Office—here’s what ol’ senile Joe had to say: “I understand your anger at those who haven’t gotten vaccinated.” And regarding the governors in the so-called red states: “If they will not help, if those governors won’t help us beat the pandemic, I’ll use my power as president to get them out of the way.”

Um…Joe, exactly what power might that be? Monarchical power over the sovereign states? You mean we’re not in America anymore? Got it!

Here’s Jeffrey Tucker’s take, from Gilder’s Daily Prophecy: “This is essentially a declaration of war. I’m sorry to put it that way but that’s where we are. It’s red vs blue, a war to the knife over power. Already 19 governors have signed up to sue the federal government. That’s great, provided that the American court system still works and that the Biden administration gives a flying fig about what the courts say.”

And here’s what Mat Staver of Liberty Counsel has to say: I have been warning against this tyranny for months. Joe Biden’s recent speech was divisive—scapegoating the “unvaccinated,” saying, “This is a pandemic of the unvaccinated.” Remember, Hitler blamed the Jews for disease and the “Black Death.”

COUNTIES IN LOCKSTEP

Apparently this tyranny is trickling down to our counties—or perhaps it’s trickling up from them. In any case, the county of Santa Clara, home to Apple Computer, Google, and neighbor to Facebook in San Mateo County, has published very specific instructions for contact tracing for Covid exposure that sure sounds tyrannical to me:

CLOSE CONTACT of a COVID-19 positive person = someone who was within 6 feet of the infected person for at least 15 minutes at any time beginning 2 days before the infected person had symptoms or tested positive. Close contacts include people who had 15 minutes of continuous contact with the infected person, as well as people who had repeated short- duration interactions with the infected person. Being considered a close contact does not depend on whether the contact or the infected person was wearing a face covering during their interaction. (emphasis mine)

Hmmm… So face masks don’t prevent transmission, eh? But you still insist we wear them? Seems our “health” officers have a lot of ‘splainin’ to do. I guess we have to be tracked and traced in case we forget who that woman was in the grocery store who stood too close to us while inspecting the melons and who may have had a positive bogus PCR Covid test two days later, right?

SAN DIEGO COUNTY TAKES AIM AT HEALTH AND LIBERTY AND FIRES

Not to be outdone, San Diego County recently went full-on Orwellian with it’s new policy, proposed by Supervisor Nathan Fletcher. Here’s the subject line of his resolution:

FRAMEWORK FOR OUR FUTURE: DECLARING HEALTH MISINFORMATION A PUBLIC HEALTH CRISIS

Hmmm…see that first clause, “framework for our future”? Does that mean from now on San Diego intends to ban any health information it deems, um, incorrect? How about information on vitamins like D3, or recommendations to take vitamin C? Off limits in perpetuity? Just wonderin’.

And here’s a brief sampling of San Diego’s thought-police directive for persecuting an erstwhile free citizenry:

San Diego County’s policy directs the county’s chief administrative officer to implement Murthy’s recommendations with the following strategies:

devote resources to identify and label health misinformation and disseminate timely health information to counter misinformation that is impeding the county’s ability to keep the community safe;
partner with federal, state, territorial, tribal, private, nonprofit, research and other local entities to identify best practices to stop the spread of health misinformation;
identify resource gaps to combat health misinformation and work with state and federal partners to meet ongoing needs; and
work with the medical community and local partners to develop a website that will serve as a central resource for combating health misinformation in the community. (emphasis mine)

TYRANNY MARCHES ON

Inspired by San Diego’s attempt to quash free speech lest the truth be told, the Monterey Board of Supervisors followed suit, framing their benevolent attempt to protect us from our own supposed poor judgment as follows: “Ceremonial Resolution declaring COVID 19 misinformation a public health crisis.”

This is the template they’ll all use, as these folks are committed to “lockstep.” In fact, Las Vegas stepped up to the same plate in short order: Clark County Commission declares COVID-19 misinformation public health crisis.

San Diego and Monterey counties have been no doubt following orders from on high to safeguard us poor benighted people who can’t figure out truth from falsehood ourselves, so we need their expert iron-fisted control of information and censorship of what they don’t want us to see. Does this remind anyone besides me of Orwell’s novel 1984, or of the Soviet Union back in the day, or of Communist China?

Surprise, surprise! Upping the ante, in September, the California State Assembly passed a measure declaring that…wait for it…medical misinformation is a public crisis! To the myriad insidious ways the CA Legislature has found to tread upon our rights, we can add this one: they’re dutifully following the elites’ program to stifle free speech and keep up the fiction that the Covid vaccines are “safe and effective” while tens of thousands die from the shots, or are rendered seriously ill or impaired from their “vaccines”.

While all these feckless public saboteurs—I mean public servants—obviously follow the same marching orders and don’t even bother changing the “misinformation crisis” wording, actually, I agree with their title. There is a public health crisis as a result of Covid misinformation! It’s just that they got it exactly backwards.

It’s their misinformation—the government’s, the CDC’s, the FDA’s, the County Health Officers’, Dr. Mengele Fauci’s, Beijing Biden’s, and that of paid-off Big Pharma doctors, etc., who’ve created a public health crisis of gargantuan proportions.

This is Ronald Reagan’s warning writ large: “I’m from the government and I’m here to help.” With friends like the heavy-handed bureaucrats in our State Assembly riding roughshod over our sacrosanct rights, who needs enemies?

First San Diego County. Then Monterey County. Now the California State Assembly. And as California goes, so goes the nation.

FDA SPILLS THE BEANS

Here’s an excerpt from a Lancet article that would have undoubtedly resulted in the ousting of two top officials at the FDA—Director and Deputy Director of the Office of Vaccines Research, Marion Gruber and Phillip Kause— who contributed to it. They were smart enough to gracefully exit by the back door before the jackals could hound them out of office for daring to question the official medical narrative:

“…there could be risks if boosters are widely introduced too soon, or too frequently, especially with vaccines that can have immune-mediated side-effects such as myocarditis, which is more common after the second dose of some mRNA vaccines, or Guillain-Barre syndrome, which has been associated with adenovirus-vectored COVID-19 vaccines.”

Hmmm…our top vaccine experts just admitted that Covid vaccines have “side effects” such as the very serious myocarditis—inflammation of the heart—that can result in heart failure, and Guillain-Barre syndrome, which causes muscle weakness and can result in paralysis. But I thought these vaccines were “safe and effective”!

If they’re “effective” why would we need boosters at all, let alone a mere six months later? And if they’re “safe” why are they damaging people’s hearts and causing paralysis, not to mention deaths?

Unless what Snake Eyes Fauci, the NIH, the CDC et al. really mean is they’re “effective” at making multi billions for Big Pharma and everyone on its gravy train, and they’re “safe” from lawsuits.

I guess we just have to learn to read between the lines.

MEDICAL TYRANNY FROM THE TOP DOWN

We can thank the CEOs of the Medical Boards mentioned earlier, Messieurs Newton, Baron and Nichols, for their respective organizations’ draconian statement that prevents your doctor from telling you the truth.

And I quote:

The Federation of State Medical Boards (FSMB), which supports its member state medical licensing boards, has recently issued a statement saying that providing misinformation about the COVID-19 vaccine contradicts physicians’ ethical and professional responsibilities, and therefore may subject a physician to disciplinary actions, including suspension or revocation of their medical license.

… Spreading misinformation or falsehoods to the public during a time of a public health emergency goes against everything our Boards and our community of board-certified physicians stand for. The evidence that we have safe, effective and widely available vaccines against COVID-19 is overwhelming. We are particularly concerned about physicians who use their authority to denigrate vaccination at a time when vaccines continue to demonstrate excellent effectiveness against severe illness, hospitalization and death. (emphasis mine)

Ironically, American doctors are not only prevented from using life-saving therapeutics, they can’t even talk about them without risking their licenses! So the powers-that-be have co-opted both free speech and the American medical profession in one fell swoop.

This means our brave doctors and researchers—the ones standing up for truth, freedom and personal autonomy, and proclaiming the real facts and figures about the dangers of these experimental injections, aka Covid “vaccines”—are now officially silenced. Thankfully, that hasn’t stopped heroes like Dr. Peter McCullough from speaking out.

Another hero, Dr. George Fareed, who saved the lives of many—including elderly patients with co-morbidities—by treating them early with therapeutics, closed his address before the Italian Senate with these words:

“…when doctors are prevented from treating their patients with life-saving medicine, we know that something sinister is going on.”

And that “something sinister,” while ostensibly launched by Gates, Fauci, and their cadre of elite pals, is enabled by men such as Dr. Warren Newton, Dr. Richard J. Baron, and Dr. David G. Nichols—men who’ve been entrusted with key positions as CEOs of powerful medical boards, whose duty it is to insure Americans get excellent medical care.

If and when we have our own Nuremberg trials for high crimes against the American people under the guise of “protection” from Covid, let’s remember their names, in addition to those of all too many others.

E-Mail Cherie Zaslawsky: cherzz@sbcglobal.net

Press Censorship, Part 3

by Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

Part 3 continues letters to the Editors of major national newspapers which have been censored from publication.

This is a letter to the Editor of THE WALL STREET JOURNAL (May 25, 2021):

Regarding your April 9 editorial, President Trump and 75 million voters are still waiting for answers to legitimate questions such as “How did Biden on November 3 underperform Hillary in 2016 in every metro area of the country except Philadelphia, Atlanta, and Detroit, all of which had a greater number of votes cast than registered voters?” and “Why is internationally renowned Dr. Douglas Frank’s analysis of the voting algorithm wrong?” These are especially important since Democrats have “conspired” in the past. I have a March 13, 2016 email from Democrat strategist Bill Ivey to John Podesta (Hillary’s campaign manager) sent to john.podesta@gmail.com , saying “We’ve all been quite content to demean government, drop civics and in general conspire to produce an unaware and compliant citizenry”. Sincerely, Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

This is a letter to the Editor of THE WALL STREET JOURNAL (July 5, 2021):

Re your editorial, “Yes, Trump Really Did Lose Michigan,” the amount of voter fraud was not sufficient to change the election results, but there was something not illegal which did cause Biden to win! In 2016, Democrat strategist Bill Ivey emailed Hillary’s campaign manager John Podesta, saying they had successfully engaged in a “conspiracy” to “create an unaware and compliant citizenry.” According to Dr. Robert Epstein, former editor of PSYCHOLOGY TODAY, Google in 2016 shifted at least 2.6 million undecided voters toward Hillary. Re the 2020 election, Epstein is a liberal who is glad Biden won, but “horrified” at how it was done, saying “We are no longer a democracy.” He caught Google employing the same tactics, one of which he forced them to stop on October 31, just 4 days before the election, but it was too late. You can hear Dr. Epstein explaining what happened (and what could happen again) by listening to his interview. —Sincerely, Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

This is a letter to the Editor of THE WASHINGTON POST (July 28, 2021)

The columns of E.J. Dionne, Dana Milbank, and Karen Tumulty regarding right-wing extremism, siding with terrorists, and Republican lies wreak of hypocrisy. Look at what led up to the January 6 riot. Concerning Nancy Pelosi, regarding the 100,000 rioters who violently took over the State Capitol of Wisconsin, she said it was “an impressive show of democracy in action, and she was “in solidarity” with them. Speaker Pelosi referred to January 6 as an “insurrection,” which is a synonym for “uprising,” and on June 28, 2018, she said: “I just don’t even know why there aren’t “uprisings all over the country” against what the Trump administration was doing at the southern border. Not long before the November 3 election, POST columnist Eugene Robinson called for violently tearing down the statue of Albert Pike in front of the D.C. Metropolitan Police headquarters, which rioters did and set it on fire as the police just watched. Also, inspired by Democrats, Black Lives Matter last August conducted a siege of the White Hose using clubs, bricks, bottles, fireworks and bodily fluids, and 60 Secret Service officers were injured, 11 hospitalized. Where were the excoriations by Dionne, Milbank and Tumulty regarding all these things?” —Sincerely, Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D,

This is a letter to the Editor of THE WALL STREET JOURNAL (August 6, 2021):

Re Karl Rove’s excellent column (8/5) concerning Speaker Pelosi’s rejection of Congressmen Jim Jordan and Jim Banks for her January 6 Commission, he’s absolutely correct that it was a mistake on her part. However, from her perspective, they were the 2 most likely to remind her that she said the 100,000 rioters who took over the Capitol of Wisconsin performed an “impressive show of democracy in action’ and that she was “in solidarity” with them! Reps. Jordan and Banks might also remind her that the January 6 protesters claimed voter fraud in the November 3 election, which she denied. However, recently VoterGA found the error reporting in rate in Georgia’s Fulton County’s (Atlanta) hand count audit was 60%, with 100,000 tally sheets for ballots missing! What would a similar independent audit of Philadelphia, Detroit and Milwaukee find? —Sincerely, Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

This is a letter to the Editor of THE WASHINGTON POST (September 20, 2021):

In NATURE MEDICINE (November 9, 2015) Dr. Ralph Baric (UNC) and Dr. Shi Zhengli (Wuhan Institute of Virology) co-authored an article about how a new engineered coronavirus could “replicate efficiently in human airway cells.” Research had been funded by Dr. Fauci’s NIAID and NIH via EcoHealth Alliance. Baric taught Shi how to genetically modify coronaviruses, which she was doing by 2016. This was at the same time (2015) Chinese military scientists produced a 261-page document about how coronaviruses could be used as bioweapons and their effect on adversaries’ troops, health care systems, etc.

Then at the very time Covid-19 seemed to be coming under control, the Delta variants suspiciously appeared as the product of a rare double mutation. One increasing the transmissibility of the virus, and the other “just happening” to decrease the efficacy of vaccines! After that, 50% of the vaccinated people in Israel became infected anyway. While vaccines are being pushed, successful treatments are not. On July 2, 2020, THE INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF INFECTIOUS DISEASES published the results of a large study (2541 patients) at the 6 Henry Ford Health System hospitals in Michigan that showed hydroxychloroquine cut the death rate for Covid-19 significantly when administered early. And a recent report in THE HINDUSTAN TIMES indicated that in the state of Uttar Pradesh (241 million people), the recovery rate has increased to 98.7% since April by using 12 mg pills of Ivermectin. For the full story, see my 7-part online series titled, “The Origin of Covid-19—Updated.” —Sincerely, Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

E-Mail Dennis Cuddy: recordsrevealed@yahoo.com

Our Military Goes Downright Silly

by Lee Duigon

Imagine it as a scene in a movie. General George Patton is up late at night, laboring to plan the relief of Bastogne. Can he get there in time, before the Germans overrun the town? It’s the Battle of the Bulge, and the situation is critical. How about the weather? Will his combat aircraft be able to fly support missions? Work, work, work!

He is interrupted by an aide who enters with a woman in a chic suit.

“Excuse me, General, but this message comes straight from Army Headquarters! Sir, this is Col. Suzy Woozy, from the Pentagon. She has been assigned to you as your gender adviser. She will help you to address the gender needs of people and minorities in war or conflict zones.” The aide flees as the general’s hand creeps toward his holstered pistol.

And Bastogne falls as the general has to take time out to address… gender needs.

Today our new woke military, having been run out of Afghanistan like children caught shoplifting, has a new mission, one involving some 13,000 Afghan refugees distributed among nine military bases. Does it concern food, water, or first aid? Housing, maybe?

Nope, none of those. This is a mission that requires the services of… gender advisers. Whatever they may be. Somehow I’m afraid to ask.

See, there’s this new law, passed in 2018, that “mandates the US military to address the gender needs of people and minorities in war or conflict zones.” What do they mean by “people and minorities”? Are they two different things? Maybe we’d better go upstairs to the US Indo-Pacific Command office and ask the “chief gender adviser.”

While you try to figure out what, exactly, are your gender needs, let us ask a simple question: Is this tragedy or farce? Sometimes the line is thinly drawn. What’s comical and ridiculous in a position of safety can quickly turn grim and dangerous when the bullets start to fly.

How funny is it that there are actually high-ranking jidrools in the Pentagon who think this is all a good idea? Like, how did Admiral Halsey ever get through World War II without a gender adviser on his flagship? How did Washington hold his army together at Yorktown without a clear idea of its gender needs? We want to laugh at this foolishness; but in that it takes time and effort that would be better used in trying to win a war instead of losing it, it’s not so funny.

It’s too bad Donald Trump never got around to weeding Obama-era wokies out of high positions in the military. We are lumbered with generals who think Climate Change and “white supremacists” (all twelve of them, plus their pickup truck) are a much bigger threat than hostile foreign powers will ever be. They should have all been fired. Now we’re paying the price for that omission. Really, we should have known the problem was getting serious when they had ROTC cadets marching around in high-heeled pink shoes. That was in 2015 at Temple University, in case you missed it first time around. That really should have clued us in, big-time.

So now we’re gonna teach 7^th-century Afghans to be 2021 gender-hip—like they’re just dying to glom onto modern feminism. Think they’ll go for that transgender stuff? Yeah—with a lot of gender counseling, they’ll turn into characters from a 1960s Swedish movie.

Who dreams up this stuff? What loony bin did they raid, to find them? What nimrods in Congress inserted this garbage into our defense budget?

We are in a very hazardous period in our country’s history, governed by thieves, liars, lunatics, mountebanks, and fools. And if this woke general staff ever has to plan a battle, let alone a war, we’re finished.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop in for a visit, while it’s still allowed. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Today’s American Church is Spiritually Impotent

By Dave Daubenmire

This is not a shot across the bow of Christianity. Christianity is doing just fine, thank you. It has survived and thrived through persecution over the past two thousand years and it is not going to be thrown on the dust-heap of history just yet.

In fact, we are heading in to the greatest reformation that the church world has ever seen. Millions are going to come to Christ over the next few years and the ever-expanding Kingdom of God is about to flex some muscle. Jesus Christ is KING…right now…right here…and He told us that His Kingdom was without end.

So, no matter what it looks like on the outside, the Kingdom of God is expanding in the hearts of men. That’s where it is, you know…on the INSIDE of men. It is a Spiritual Kingdom that dwells on the inside of men. Jesus Himself told us the “the Kingdom of God is within.”

Yes, my friends. Christianity is thriving around the world despite the onslaught of persecution. In fact, persecution is fertilizer to the Kingdom of God. “The more they afflicted them the more they multiplied and grew.”Pushing back against persecution produces Spiritual muscles. The Kingdom of God is getting ready to flex its muscles.

But the American Church is the 98-pound weakling that Charles Atlas used to talk about. At some point Christians are going to have to hit the weight room and fight back against the Luciferian bullies. Getting one’s ass kicked does not make one more Holy. Fighting pressure does. In fact, it is often called “resistance training.” At the heart of resistance training is the act of pushing back. The American Church has been taught that “pushing back” is un-Christian. That is a socialist LIE. Standing up to and resisting evil builds character.

That is because the American Church is broken. It is time to pour new wine into new wineskins. The old way of “doing church” is outmoded and ineffectual. The American church system has made the American male weak and dependent. It has turned men into mice, lions into pussycats, and sharks into feminine evanjellyfish. The American church is broken. Let me explain.

Imagine if you will that you were an athletic individual and you decided that you wanted to become a football player. You had seen games on TV but you had never played. You searched the want ads for a place where you could be trained in the ways of football.

You found a trainer at a beautiful health spa and you started to attend workouts. The trainer was a muscular guy, and he clearly knew all of the ins and outs of football. So, you, and a few of your buddies, started attending weekly sessions with the “coach.” You asked him if you needed to bring workout clothes and he assured you that you did not…only a manual that he would give you

At first, the workouts were interesting as the Coach trained you on the safety aspects of football. He taught you what each piece of equipment was used for, how it protected you. He explained the different positions on the field and what responsibility each position had. He taught you the history of football, who the greatest players in history were, and even spoke of the exploits that the individual players had performed. He was especially good at teaching the rules.

He was very thorough, even doing hour long series on each of the football techniques. At the end of the day, he gave you a football manual and explained to you the importance of reading the manual…and encouraged you to teach football to your family and friends.

“Everything is explained in the book,” he told you. “Read it everyday and you will become a much better football player.”

Finally, the day of the first game arrived. Your team was scheduled to play the Luciferians, a much more experienced team. Your team got creamed because the opponent had been taught HOW to play the game while your coach had merely taught you ABOUT football. Your coach had never taken you out on the field where you actually practiced what you had been taught. When you tried to “rebuke” the Luciferians they steam rolled right over your weak, sorry butt.

Great coaches teach by DOING. Every play run during the game had been repeatedly run during practice. Good players not only know what position the play, they actually know how to execute a variety of plays.

Today’s Pastors, (Coaches) never take their teams to the field. They spend hours pontificating on the POWERS of football but never take the individual players to the practice field where the crucial techniques are taught. How can you stand up and speak at a school board meeting if you have never been to one? Why doesn’t the coach lead them to the field and show them how it is done? The Devil’s kid’s run the schools because they actually engage in the battle. Christians lose by forfeit.

Share this with your pastor. Ask him why he never takes his team out on the practice field and shows them how the game is played? How can you possibly play effectively if your coach has never put you into the game?

The American church system is broken. Theoreticians are training the troops. We need bold, experienced Generals.

A friend told me a story about teaching his grandson how to drive a zero-turn mower. He sat him on the mower and showed him how every switch on the column worked. He explained how the turn levers worked, how to fill it with gas, what the gauges meant, and turned him loose in the back yard.

About 15 minutes later the grandson showed up in the garage and said, “Grandpa, the mower isn’t mowing the grass.It runs great but none of the grass is shorter when I get to the end of the yard.”

My friend walked over and looked at the mower. He shut it off and had the boy go through all of the steps of starting and driving the mower. The mower started up, the young man took it for a test ride, and brought it back to his grandpa.

“It still doesn’t mow.”

My friend leaned over the mower and pull on the toggle switch to engage the blade.

“What’s that sound, Grandpa?” the young boy asked as the blades began to whirl.

The American church is broken. It is time we stopped learning ABOUT Christianity and actually started practicing it. Won’t someone please show the Christians how to engage the blades?

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

What Will We Do When We Can’t Solve Our Problems?

By Frosty Wooldridge

“If a political party does not have its foundation in the determination to advance a cause that is right and moral, then it is not a political party. It is a conspiracy to seize power.” President Dwight D. Eisenhower, March 6, 1956

Right now, in Washington DC, we the American people, no matter what our political persuasion, face a greater threat to our freedoms, our Constitutional Republic, and our way of life than ever before.

This president continues to break our laws. He ignores our Constitution. He refuses to enforce and/or secure our borders from invasion. Article IV, Section 4. He blindly, if not stupidly, or via his dementia, ignores what’s really going on in our country. Or, is he doing it on purpose?

As you read this column, Kenneth Moton of ABC News, Sunday October 3, 2021, reported that 60,000 new migrants continue slugging their way through Mexico to storm our borders. That’s on top of the 18,000 who just invaded Del Rio, Texas and are now being bussed all over the country. Biden allowed 1.4 million illegal migrants to invade our country in the past nine months. He supports and facilitates their lawlessness. But our welfare systems are paying for them on our tax dollars.

He’s drowning us in $3.5 trillion in debt with God-only-knows what kind of insane pork that inhabits his “build back better” bill.

Biden does not know how many unvetted jihadist terrorists he imported into our country with 100,000 Muslim refugees. He lacks any intellectual understanding of what kind of terrorist seeds he is sewing throughout our country. Even in Kabul yesterday, one of those suicide nut bombers blew up a mosque in the city. For the love of common sense, why did he just import 100,000 of those people and their violent religion? We already suffer dozens of Islamic Training Camps from New York to Michigan to Oregon to California. Biden feeds more terrorists into those camps.

We’ve got 25 million illegal aliens within our borders as documented by the Yale Report of 2018. We’ve got another 800,000 DACA illegals ready to be given citizenship. Then there’s the 100,000 Afghans that we know nothing about. It’s like Biden and Congress keep “seeding” our country with invaders…their cultures…their customs…their languages. Why? Is Biden an elected tyrant?

Does he have the right to force us to take injections of an experimental drug? Can he force foreigners into our country to displace us from our rights? Well, he’s doing just that!

Aristotle explains the ruthlessness of tyrants: “Another mark of a tyrant is that he likes foreigners better than citizens, and lives with them and invites them to his table; for the one are enemies, but the Others enter into no rivalry with him.”

At 330 million of us in this country, and roughly 50 million of us are foreign born…with another 30 or 40 million of their offspring…is it possible that Congress and the presidents—who have allowed this invasion over the past 40 years—want to destroy our country and our way of life?

Right now in France, one of the hottest politicians, Eric Zemmour, wrote a best seller: Le Suicide of France. He spoke of the onslaught of Muslims creating their own nations within France with 90 “no go zones” where no French people dare enter. He spoke about the thousands of Muslims raping French women at will. He spoke about Muslims filling French prisons at over 80 percent of prisoners. He’s on course to not only overtake Marine la Pen, but Zemmour is slated to beat President Macron in the next election. The French people are beginning to gel to the new movement: Identity Solidaire. They are sick of Muslims tearing their country apart.

With all those Haitians invading our country, are we ready for their religious rituals like Santeria where they take animals and cut them to bleed them out in parks and on beaches? And they bathe themselves in the blood! Can we allow that barbaric scene to be seen by our children? Can we support endless female genital mutilation and honor killings in our country? At what point do we too, sink into a barbaric third world country?

And exactly what are we going to do with the projected 100,000,000 (million) more people added to our country, net gain, within 29 years? Most of it caused by legal and illegal immigration, and their birth rates. You have any answers to that question?

What Are We Going To Do When We Can’t Solve Our Problems?

What are we Americans going to do when there are no solutions to all the problems that Congress and Biden heap upon us? At some point, when the numbers reach beyond sustainability, we will dissolve into the realm of irreversible and unsolvable problems. Once at that point, we are screwed.

Those 545 Congressional Critters trip, stumble and mumble into each day without a clue as to the long term ramification of what they are doing to us, the citizens of this country.

Last week, “Progressives for Immigration Reform,” Executive Director Kevin Lynn interviewed me on my book: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations. He caught me in my office wearing my ball cap and glasses. The interview is one hour long. If you watch it, the interview will give you a crystal-clear understanding of what’s going to happen to our civilization if we fail to stop mass immigration. Forward it to all your networks. Thank you, Frosty

Here is the link to the podcast with Executive Director Kevin Lynn and Frosty Wooldridge:

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions? Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future? If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

Share these videos all over America:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

The Cuban Missile Crisis: the First Mega-PsyOp

by Servando Gonzalez

On October 14th, 1962, a CIA analyst show President Kennedy photos taken by U-2 which, he claimed, proved the presence of Soviet nuclear missiles deployed on Cuban soil. Kennedy initially had trouble seeing the missiles on the photos, but he was eventually convinced of it. A few days later, on October 22nd, President Kennedy spoke to the nation about the crisis in a televised address. This initiated what was later known as the Cuban Missile Crisis.

After the crisis was over, a veritable barrage of books and articles with scary titles have been written allegedly proving how close we were to the brink nuclear Armageddon. Nevertheless, there are many things about the crisis difficult to explain, because they simply do not add up. I will show below a few examples.

1) According to what was reported at the time, Kennedy and his close associates were surprised and shocked with the unexpected discovery of strategic Soviet missiles in Cuba.

It seems that their surprised was faked, because as early as August, 1962, the word was out in Washington that the Soviets were building missile launchers for weapons already in Cuba. Between August 31 and October 12, 1962, Senator Kenneth Keating made ten Senate speeches and fourteen public statements about the developments in Cuba. He was merely saying publicly what the American intelligence community, apparently his source of information, was muttering as loudly as they could.

Moreover, Cuban refugees, leaving the island in drones, had been reporting sightings of Soviet army trucks carrying extremely long cigar-shaped objects covered by tarpaulins. Some of the refugees strongly suspected that the cigar-shaped objects they had seen riding on Soviet trucks on Cuban highways were not Siberian Cohibas for Castro. But, instead of paying attention to the growing concern, White House press secretary Pierre Salinger criticized the television networks for giving Keating the air time to express his concerns.

2) According to most book and articles, in 1962 we were closer to the brink than ever before.

But there are some things difficult to explain. During the crisis President Kennedy ordered to defuse the nuclear warheads of the American missiles in Turkey, allegedly to avoid an accident. It was also reported that, even during the most dangerous moments of the crisis, Kennedy didn’t alert the civil defense or show any curiosity about learning how to use the secret codes to unleash a nuclear attack. Strange behavior indeed for the commander-in-chief of a country at the brink of a nuclear attack.

But one of the most striking things of the Cuban missile crisis is that the Soviets never placed their troops, nor the civilian defense, under alert. This astonishing fact is mentioned in most of the early accounts of the crisis. Later declassified top secret CIA documents confirmed the fact. At 10:00 in the morning of Tuesday the 23rd of October, CIA Director John McCone reported a strange thing to the ExComm: no signs of a general alert of Soviet forces in Cuba or around the globe had been reported.

A top secret CIA memo of October 25 clearly states that “We still see no signs of any crash procedure in measures to increase the readiness of Soviet armed forces.” A top secret memo of October 26 gave the first indications of a state of alert, but in some European satellite countries, not in the Soviet Union. As late as Friday, October 26, American intelligence sources reported from Cuba, from Moscow, and from the United Nations, that the Russians were not ready for war. It is only on October 27 that a top secret CIA memo clearly acknowledges that “No significant redeployment of Soviet ground, air or naval forces have been noted. However, there are continuing indications of increased readiness among some units.”

Surprisingly, even at that late date, the Soviets had made no attempt to mobilize their civil defense nor to prepare the population for the eventual use of fallout shelters. This was quite significant, because the Soviets had devoted considerable effort to instructing their civilian population in civil defense and had invested considerably in fallout shelters.

3) Now it can be told: we were even more closer to the brink than most people may think.

In January, 1992, during a three-day meeting that took place in Havana with the presence of Cuban, Soviet, and American scholars and officials, among them Robert S. McNamara, new declassified documents of the crisis from the different parties involved were made available to the scholars. It was during this meeting that a Soviet official, Army General Anatoly Gribkov, who allegedly was responsible for planning the operation in 1962, dropped a bombshell when he confirmed the presence of both strategic and tactical nuclear warheads on Cuban soil. However, Gribkov provided no evidence to support his claims.

Nevertheless, notwithstanding Gribkov’s unsubstantiated claims, one has to be very naive to believe that the Soviet Union could commit nuclear suicide in defense of a small island lost in the Caribbean whose leader was an unstable, self proclaimed “Marxist.” That would have been a totally foolish decision. But Soviet Premier Nikita Khrushchev —a.k.a. the “Butcher of Budapest,” and the “Hangman of the Ukraine”— was anything but a fool.

4) According to some sources, in 1962 the Soviets had deployed 32 nuclear warheads in Cuba.

The American intelligence never confirmed the presence of nuclear warheads on Cuban soil. They never found evidence of nuclear warheads in Cuba and Kennedy gave specific orders about not verifying the extraction of nuclear warheads by boarding and inspecting the Soviet ships leaving Cuba after the crisis.

Lately, perhaps enticed by juicy grants from American foundations, ex-Soviet officials engaged in a fierce competition to tell some Americans what they love to hear. In 1989 Gen. Volkogonov revealed that 20 nuclear warheads were in Cuba. In 1992, Gen. Gribkov raised the number of nuclear warheads in Cuba to 48. In 1996 Lt. Col. Anatoly Dukuchaev raised the ante to 162 nuclear warheads in Cuban soil in 1962. Like rabbits, the nuclear warheads in Cuba keep multiplying. In that fierce competition, kept heated up fueled by American money, some funny Russians were close to claim that there were more nuclear warheads in Cuba than the number the Soviets actually had at the time.

The main force behind this concerted effort in proving that nuclear warheads were in Cuba was Robert McNamara, whose main goal was finding justifications for his absurd policies as Secretary of Defense during the Kennedy administration. Later, McNamara found support for his theories from none other than his former executive action target, Fidel Castro, and from a group of Russians, among them, Sergei Mikoyan, an old KGB hand. But McNamara, Castro, and the ex-KGB operatives were very questionable sources of intelligence.

5) Did the Soviet officers in the field in Cuba had an open hand to use nuclear weapons without further authorization from Moscow?

According to Gen. Gribkov, Gen. Pliyev, the Soviet military commander in Cuba, had been given authorization to fire nuclear devices against an American invasion force if he considered it necessary, without further authorization from the Kremlin.

However, it is very difficult to believe, as some American researchers and retired senior Soviet officers later claimed, that Russian field officers in Cuba had been authorized to use tactical nuclear warheads without further authorization from Moscow. Such an action would have been tantamount to mass suicide, since a single nuclear warhead fired by Russian troops in Cuba against the U.S. would had been equivalent to a declaration of nuclear war between the United States and the Soviet Union. One has to be very naive, or have had as many vodka bottles as Gribkov, to believe that the Kremlin, whose zeal over the control of nuclear devices bordered paranoia, would have committed such act of sheer madness.

6) According to generalized opinion among American authors who have studied the crisis, the plan was Khrushchev’s idea to protect Castro from an American invasion.

Apparently, their main source was Nikita Khrushchev. In his Memoirs Khrushchev claimed that the main reason for deploying strategic missiles on Cuban soil was because Castro feared an American invasion and he wanted to protect the Cuban leader. But it is very difficult to believe that Khrushchev planned to install missiles in Cuba to protect Castro just a few days after Khrushchev had tried to overthrow the Cuban leader by force by a coup d’etat. Actually, in April of 1962, after Castro discovered and neutralized the plot, he expelled from Cuba Soviet Ambassador Kudryatsev (who also moonlighted as a senior GRU officer) and a group of his embassy KGB thugs.

Moreover, simple logic dictates that no great power is going to give missiles to any newcomer who just asks for them. The USSR installed missiles where it wanted, and nowhere else. When Mao asked for missiles the Soviets turned him down flat. Neither before 1962, nor after, did the Soviets deploy nuclear warheads beyond their borders. It was not until many years later, only after they had developed reliable devices to control its arming, that the Soviets allowed a limited number of nuclear warheads to cross their borders, and always under strict control of KGB’s special Spetnatz troops. If the Soviets didn’t trust their own army, why, then, would they risk placing nuclear missiles so close to the unstable, trigger-happy Castro? If anything, what Khrushchev would have loved was having the Americans doing the dirty job he failed to accomplish, by invading Cuba and helping him getting rid of the unreliable Fidel Castro.

He had strong reason for it. The Soviet commitment in Cuba had proved to be a calamitous failure. As seen from the Kremlin, Castro was unpredictable, volatile, undisciplined, and often nonsensical. His wholesale executions, mass arrests, and terrorist adventures against his Latin American neighbors, together with the sight of hundreds of thousands of Cubans attempting to flee his rule, raised the very Stalinist specter Khrushchev was trying to dispel with his recently announced doctrine of Peaceful Coexistence. Moreover, Castro was making a shambles of the Cuban economy and neglected to pay attention to “suggestions” coming from Moscow

In such circumstances the sensible course for Khrushchev was to cut his losses and get out of the game, particularly considering that the Soviet lines of supply to Cuba were long and extremely vulnerable. But leaving Cuba voluntarily would have been tantamount to an admission of failure and would had involved substantial loss of face. If, however, Castro could be eliminated as a result of American “aggression,” then Khrushchev and the USSR could retreat from Cuba, their honor relatively untarnished. After an American invasion of the island the failure of Communism in Cuba could be blamed not on deficiencies in Soviet-style communist management of Cuban affairs, but on “Yankee Imperialism.”

7) Another disinformation appearing on most books about the crisis is that the Soviets had deployed the missiles with cunning and stealth.

In shipping the missiles to Cuba, Americans accused the USSR of using stealth and deception. This accusation of deceit runs throughout all official US statements. The evidence indicates, however, that Soviet stealth and deception were faked. The available record suggests that, in fact, the Russians went to great pains to let the Americans discover the missiles. There is evidence that the Soviets sped up their pace of work and camouflaged the missiles only after they were sure the American U2 planes had discovered and photographed them.

The plan to set up the missiles was carried out in such a way that they would inevitably be discovered by the Americans. If one assumes that the anti-aircraft Surface to Air Missiles surrounding the bases were intended to protect the installations of the strategic missiles, then they should have been installed and ready to shoot the US planes before the strategic missiles arrived. Actually the SAM’s and other associated anti-aircraft nets only became operational when the construction of the strategic missile sites was well advanced, and the Soviets employed almost no camouflage at all to hide either set of weapons. In any case, since the SAM’s could not shoot down planes flying below 10,000 feet, these anti-aircraft missiles would not have been useful in the event of an American invasion.

Moreover both the Medium Range Ballistic Missiles and the Intermediate Range Ballistic Missiles were above ground and located in soft terrain, very vulnerable to any type of enemy attack. Although a single installation of MRBM could be built in a matter of days, the Russians were progressing very slowly in their installation. They seemed not to be in great hurry, and worked only during daylight hours.

The Cubans were concerned about the role of the American intelligence surveillance, but the Russians dismissed their concern and gave the matter no importance. The Cuban intelligence services were also aware that the CIA was interrogating Cuban refugees at the Opa Locka military base in Florida. The large number of refugees arriving in Miami was providing the CIA with a great deal of information. Castro proposed to stop the emigration flood by eliminating all available means of escape from the island, but the Soviets proposed to leave things unchanged. In that way, reasoned the Russians, the CIA would obtain a lot of contradictory information and soon stop relying on the credibility of the refugees. Many of the departing refugees had seen missiles, but, in most cases, these were just antiaircraft SAMs. To the Cubans’ dismay, the Soviets even suggested that, instead of trying to hide evidence of the missiles, it was better to let it be obvious. For the first time the Cuban personnel working at the antiaircraft missile sites were granted leaves.

The Cubans knew the quality of the American air surveillance technology. On several occasions Castro asked the Soviets to give him SAMs, and let his people operate them, but the Russians were reluctant. Although most of the Cubans assigned to the missile bases were engineering students from Havana University, the Soviets only allowed them to operate the radars.

By the beginning of August the Russians complained to the Cuban government about the lack of discipline and seditious demonstrations of the university students at the missile bases. Apparently the Cubans were frustrated by the Russians’ inaction in the face of overflying American U-2 planes. Castro himself had to make an inspection visit to the bases in order to calm down the Cubans there. Apparently Castro convinced everybody, with one important exception: Che Guevara. Major Guevara said that he would only change his opinion if somebody convinced him that the American spy planes flying over Cuba were not jeopardizing the operation. But he finally opted to accept Castro’s orders.

Contrary to the opinion of most American analysts, almost all SAM antiaircraft sites in western Cuba had reached operational status by the beginning of August, 1962. From that early date the Soviets could have fired on the American spy planes if they had wanted to.

On the morning of October 14, 1962, a U-2 entered Cuban air space and flew over the province of Pinar del Río. The Cubans watched the plane on the radar screens, appalled as the Russians did nothing. Later Castro complained bitterly about the Russian inaction. Why were the Soviets allowing the American planes to discover the missiles? It was not until the meeting with the President the morning of the 23rd of October that CIA Director John McCone reported that the Russians were beginning to camouflage the missile sites. Nobody could explain why they had waited so long to do so.

8) Finally, the CIA smelled a rat, Kennedy approved the U-2 flights, and Major Anderson photographed the missiles.

According to most American analysts, what initiated the crisis were the U-2 photographs of Soviet missile sites in Cuba on October 14, 1962. US leaders might have received information three weeks earlier if a U-2 had flown over the western part of Cuba in the last week of September. But, quite unexplainably, the U-2s were prevented from flying over that part of Cuba, precisely where intelligence reports indicated that the missiles were most likely to be.

On August, 1962, a U-2 returned with photographs of Russian SAM antiaircraft missiles being unloaded at Cuban docks. More U-2s came back with fresh pictures of more SAMs. But President Kennedy insisted there was no evidence that the Russians were moving in offensive missiles that could threaten the United States.

Though all evidence pointed to the province of Pinar del Río in the western part of Cuba as the most likely location for missile sites, a very strange thing happened: after September 5 no U-2 flights were directed over that part of the island. It was not until October 14, that a U-2 plane, reportedly by chance, took the now famous photographs of the sites under construction. Yet, the word that there were Russian missile sites in Cuba was so widespread that even Time magazine ran an article on September 21 showing a map of Cuba clustered with Soviet ground-to-air missiles, mainly in the western part of the island, west and south of Havana.

In retrospect it is clear that both the Americans and the Russians were playing a subtle cat-and-mouse game, the Russians trying, by every means, to get the Americans to discover the missiles, and the Americans trying not to discover them.

9) According to most American analysts, a US invasion of Cuba would have brought nuclear war with the Soviet Union.

The day after the Bay of Pigs invasion began, Khrushchev sent President Kennedy a message appealing to him to stop the aggression. The tone of the message, however, was not in accordance to the man who some months earlier had boasted with apocalyptic visions.

“As for the USSR, there must be no mistake about our position. We will extend to the Cuban people and its government all the necessary aid for the repulse of the armed attack on Cuba. . . We are sincerely interested in the relaxation of international tensions, but if others go in for its aggravation, then we will answer then in full measure.”

The reality, however, was quite different. When the invasion began Castro wired Russia for urgent help or at least for open solidarity, but Khrushchev ignored him until the Cuban militia had definitely beaten the invaders.

Khrushchev’s “missile rattling” about Cuba was not the first case of such bluffings. He had before threatened with rockets over Suez, over the landings in Lebanon and Jordan, and over Berlin. Khrushchev also threatened Britain and France with long-range missiles at the time of the Suez crisis, but not before he was certain that the crisis was effectively over. When the Matsu-Quemoy crisis of the fall of 1958 erupted, Soviet support came in the form of two threatening letters from Khrushchev to Eisenhower. But Khrushchev’s guarantees and promises of help to Communist China were extended only after it had become clear that the United States was not going to intervene in the affair and the threat of war was gone. Therefore, it is safe to assume that, at most, an American invasion of Cuba would have brought a strong condemnation from the USSR delegate at the UN, and a barrage of threats in the Soviet press for internal consumption only, and nothing more.

10) Another never-ending myth of the CMC is that, after the crisis was over, Khrushchev and Kennedy signed a secret pact guaranteeing the non-invasion of Cuba.

But the evidence to this is missing. In 1970 Secretary of State Henry Kissinger, disturbed over the submarine base the Soviets were building in Cienfuegos, a port on the Southern coast of Cuba, ordered his assistants to hunt through the State Department’s files looking for the written agreement he was sure President Kennedy had signed with Khrushchev. They found, to his utter amazement, that there was none.

Moreover, if the agreement ever existed, it has the dubious honor of having being applied retroactively, because the American harassment of the anti-Castro Cubans in the US began just after the Bay of Pigs invasion, a year and a half before the Cuban Missile Crisis. If American presidents from Kennedy on proved unwilling to get rid of Fidel Castro, it is not because a non-existent pact forbade them to do so, but because of some other secret reasons unknown to us.

11) Most authors who have written about the crisis depict General LeMay was a mad warmonger out of control.

General Curtiss LeMay, Air Force Chief, argued forcefully with the President that a military attack was essential. When the President questioned him about what the Soviet response might be, General LeMay assured him that there would be no reaction at all. Later the Kennedys and their buddies, as usual, made derogatory comments of General LeMay’s statements behind his back.

But LeMay was not a mad warmonger as he was depicted in a well-known film, nor was he alone. Former Secretary of State Dean Acheson made his arguments that an air attack and invasion represented the only American alternative to the US. He added that the President of the United States had the responsibility for the security of the American people and of the whole world, that it was his duty to take the only action which could protect that security, and that this meant destroying the missiles in Cuba.

Shortly before his TV address to inform the nation of his decision to impose a blockade on the Soviet ships bound for Cuba, President Kennedy met with the members of the Cabinet and informed them of the crisis for the first time. Then, he met with leaders of Congress. According to Robert Kennedy, this was the President’s most difficult meeting. Many congressional leaders were sharp in their criticism. They complained that the President should take a more forceful action -—a military attack or an invasion of Cuba–, and that the blockade was far too weak a response.

When Senators Richard Russell and William Fulbright were informed of the situation in Cuba and the presidential decision to blockade the island, they argued that a blockade could not be effective in the short time remaining before the missile sites became operational. In fact, if one assumed that the nuclear warheads were already in Cuba, as it was logical to suppose at the time, a blockade of the island seemed to be a foolhardy decision.

Dean Acheson, one of the most notable critics of President Kennedy’s decisions during the crisis, wrote later that, though the American strategy during the crisis was wrong, it succeeded in obtaining the withdrawal of the missiles simply by “dumb luck”. Acheson’s recommendation for decisive military action, namely an air strike over Cuba, was flatly rejected by Kennedy. And Acheson was not the only one with little praise for Kennedy’s decision-making abilities. General Douglas McArthur, though crediting Kennedy with political cunning, called the President “just dumb when it comes to decision making.”

12) On October 28, 1962, a missile battery under Soviet command shot down Maj. Rudolf Anderson’s U-2 while flying over the Eastern part of Cuba.

But that is not the whole truth. According to Seymour Hersh, there is strong evidence that, on October 26, 1962, a Cuban army unit attacked and overran a Soviet-manned SAM base at Los Angeles, near Banes, in the Oriente province, killing many Soviets and seizing control of the site. This was the very base that later fired the SAMs which destroyed Anderson’s U-2. Hersh based his article on information partly drawn from an interview with former Department of Defense analyst Daniel Ellsberg, who was himself citing classified material from a post-crisis study of the event. The speculation was based on an intercepted transmission from the Soviet base at Los Angeles indicating heavy fighting and casualties. Adrián Montoro, former director of Radio Havana Cuba, and Juan Antonio Rodríguez Menier, a senior Cuban intelligence officer who defected in 1987 and was living in the US, seemed to confirm Ellsberg’s thesis.

Though both Castro and the Russians have categorically denied that the attack took place, Raymond L. Garthoff, Special Assistant for Soviet bloc Political/Military Affairs in the State Department during the Kennedy administration, claims that, in fact, from October 28, the Cuban army did surround the Soviet missile bases for three days. It is evident that, whatever really happened, Castro was itching for a nuclear shoot-out between the Soviet Union and the United States.

Messages exchanged between Castro and Khrushchev on October 28, 1962, indicate that something very fishy happened that day. In his message the Soviet premier accused the Cuban leader of shooting down the American plane. Then, Khrushchev warned Castro that such steps “will be used by aggressors to their advantage, to further their aims.” In his answer to Khrushchev Castro explained that he had mobilized his antiaircraft batteries “to support the position of the Soviet forces.” Then, Castro added this cryptic remark: “The Soviet Forces Command can give you further detail on what happened with the plane that was shot down.”

Evidently, many lies have been written about the Cuban Missile Crisis, but there is a single truth.

Even disregarding the fact that photographs can be faked and doctored, nothing is so misleading as a photograph. According to the information available up to this moment, the photographic evidence of Soviet strategic missiles on Cuban soil was never confirmed by American agents working in the field. The missiles were never touched, smelled, weighed. Their metal, electronic components, and fuel were never tested. Even more important, the radiation from their nuclear warheads was never recorded; their heat signature was never verified.

Despite all recent claims on the contrary, CIA reports at the time consistently denied the presence of nuclear warheads in Cuba. Also, American planes, flying low over the missile sites and the Soviets ships, never detected any of the radiation that would be expected from nuclear warheads. The technology to detect radiation existed at the time. In the 1960s the NEDS 900 series of radiation detectors had been developed and deployed in the Dardanelles as a way to monitor the presence of nuclear weapons aboard Soviet warships transiting the strait from the Black Sea.

The Soviets were masters of deception and disinformation, and Maskirovka was an important part of the Soviet military tactic and strategic doctrine. Some western intelligence analysts suspected that, as late as 1960, not only most of the missiles parading in Red Square were dummies, but even some units of the newly created Soviet Strategic Rocket Forces were not getting real missiles. The Russians have a long tradition in the deception business. One must bear in mind that it was count Grigori Aleksandrovich Potemkim who created the first Hollywood-style cowboy film sets.

Actually, the Cuban Missile Crisis was the first mega PsyOp whose true goal was to scare the American people into accepting losing freedom in exchange for security. The Cuban Missile Crisis was a key event on the Cold War. In 1961 President John F. Kennedy initiated the Community Fallout Shelter Program. As soon as the crisis was over, CFR conspirator Nelson Rockefeller was frantically pushing the idea of building nuclear shelters in every American building, and American schoolchildren were hiding under their desks rehearsing for a coming nuclear attack. The time for Americans to live under a permanent state of fear had arrived.

The Cold War was not only a good tool to keep the American people terrorized, but it was also very profitable for the military-industrial-banking complex. But the unexpected implosion of the Soviet Union in 1991 created a vacuum, which the conspirators had to fill.

The second mega PsyOp, whose only purpose was terrorizing even more the American people in order for them to accept the losing of freedom under the name of security, was the 9/11 operation which unleashed the so-called War on Terror and was used as a pretext to create the Office of Homeland Security, the TSA and other similar aberrations.

Currently, were are suffering the effects of the third mega PsyOp disguised as an effort to protect us from an invisible virus. As in the previous two, this one will result in more loss of freedom and more government control over the American people.

For the whole story you may read my book The Nuclear Hoax: Nikita Khrushchev and the Cuban Missile Crisis. It reads like a Tom Clancy thriller.

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Billy, Franklin And Now Will Graham: “Sin Is Fun,’ But Living For Christ Is ‘More Fun'”

By Bradlee Dean

“If ye were of the world, the world would love his own:” -John 15:19

First, there Was Billy Graham, the evangelical pope, the ecumenical (oneness) preacher who has stood with every president and their corruptions since the 1950s.

[Rumble Video]

Political pawn Billy Graham, before passing away, received a star on Hollywood Boulevard. He was honored and adored by witches, warlocks, Satanists, pedophiles, sodomites, adulterers, fornicators, in short, the demoralizers of culture (Luke 6:36).

[Rumble Video]

Then we have Franklin Graham, who also allies himself with presidents at every given cycle as a mere pawn to keep the sheep in line just like his father (1 Kings 13:33).

Mr. impotent neutralizer of the faith himself, Franklin Graham tells his followers to pray and yet, says nothing about doing (James 2:14-26). Faith without works is dead!

Don’t forget that recently Franklin also told the blind and ignorant in the American Church to love your neighbor as yourselves because Jesus would have also taken the deadly experimental jab. Blasphemy (Hosea 4:6)!

“Jesus Would Too” BLASPHEMY: Political Pawn Franklin Graham Steps Into To Tell You, While The World Protests, To Buy Into What The Corrupt Are Selling – Vaccines!

Then we have the new up and coming hireling grandson of Billy Graham (John 10:12), Will Graham, who is carrying on the tradition of preaching another gospel (Galatians 1:8) just like that of his predecessors.

This last week, Will Graham thought it to be cute somehow to teach the biblically illiterate (Malachi 2:6) that which is not biblical. Will said ‘sin is fun’ but living for Christ is ‘more fun.’

The Christian Post reported:

Billy Graham’s grandson Will Graham told hundreds gathered for prayer and worship over the weekend in Iowa that while sin can be “fun,” the gratification one receives from it eventually wears out and leaves them searching for a more permanent gratification and purpose in their lives.

Iowans gathered in from Friday to Sunday in Des Moines for one of Graham’s “Celebration” evangelistic outreach events, where they heard performances from singers like CeCe Winans and Aaron Shust, as well as a message from the 46-year-old evangelist.

Graham, the son of Franklin Graham, has hosted about three dozen Celebration crusade events worldwide since 2015.

“Sin is fun, but then you have to do it again tomorrow, and then you have to do it again to keep it up,” Graham, executive director of the Billy Graham Training Center at The Cove in North Carolina, said.

“It just wears off. And then, all of a sudden, you realize it never satisfied. But, when you give your life to Christ, [satisfaction] never wears off,” he added. “I never met a person who gave their life to Christ that regretted it. I’ve had more fun being a Christian than I ever could not being a Christian.”

I cannot find in Scripture anywhere that “sin is fun,” but I did find in Romans 6:23 “For the wages of sin is death.”

I did find in James 1:13-15:

“But every man is tempted, when he is drawn away of his own lust, and enticed. Then when lust hath conceived, it bringeth forth sin: and sin, when it is finished, bringeth forth death.”

I did find in Revelation 21:8 that on the day of judgment, which applies to all of us, that the “the fearful, and unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers, and whore mongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars, shall have their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.”

Sin is fun? Really!

[Rumble Video]

One thing that Will forgets to tell these people is that their sins are before God, that they need to repent (Acts 20:21) and put their faith in Christ, and to bring forth fruit the fruits of repentance (Matthew 3:8) in taking vengeance upon the sin that put Christ on the cross (2 Corinthians 7:10-11), and living for Him who died for them (2 Corinthians 5:15).

And that Hell is the place for people that reject Christ!

One more thing I would like to add to Will’s lack of biblical understanding. Will said but living for Christ is ‘more fun’ Hmmm.

Eleven of the 12 disciples were martyred.

Jesus was crucified. After His resurrection He tells those that will follow him:

“And ye shall be hated of all men for my name’s sake: But when they persecute you in this city, flee ye into another.” -Matthew 10: 22-24

In Acts 14:22, the Bible tells us: “Confirming the souls of the disciples, and exhorting them to continue in the faith, and that we must through much tribulation enter into the kingdom of God.”

Jesus told us in John 15:17-19: “These things I command you, that ye love one another. If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. If ye were of the world, the world would love his own: but because ye are not of the world, but I have chosen you out of the world, therefore the world hateth you.”

In John 20:20-21, after His resurrection, we are told: “And when he had so said, he shewed unto them his hands and his side. Then were the disciples glad, when they saw the LORD. Then said Jesus to them again, Peace be unto you: as my Father hath sent me, even so send I you.”

Fun? Will is preaching a different gospel, friends (Galatians 1:6).

Jude warns of such:

“Beloved, when I gave all diligence to write unto you of the common salvation, it was needful for me to write unto you, and exhort you that ye should earnestly contend for the faith which was once delivered unto the saints. For there are certain men crept in unawares, who were before of old ordained to this condemnation, ungodly men, turning the grace of our God into lasciviousness, and denying the only Lord God, and our Lord Jesus Christ.”

And what of the apostle Paul, the one responsible for penning 2/3 of the New Testament? Was it “fun” for him to serve Jesus? Let’s go to 2 Corinthians 11:23-28.

“in labours more abundant, in stripes above measure, in prisons more frequent, in deaths oft. Of the Jews five times received I forty stripes save one.

Thrice was I beaten with rods, once was I stoned, thrice I suffered shipwreck, a night and a day I have been in the deep;

In journeyings often, in perils of waters, in perils of robbers, in perils by mine own countrymen, in perils by the heathen, in perils in the city, in perils in the wilderness, in perils in the sea, in perils among false brethren;

In weariness and painfulness, in watchings often, in hunger and thirst, in fastings often, in cold and nakedness.

Beside those things that are without, that which cometh upon me daily, the care of all the churches.”

[Rumble Video]

Conclusion: Friends, when thoroughly vetting the Word of God over and over, you will find (2 Timothy 2:15), stark contrasts and blatant contradictions as well as things that have been merely found to be nowhere in the bible by these enemies of the cross (Philippians 3:18).

God loves you and has a wonderful plan for your lives-Someone please show me that. Love is always found in demonstration, not with lip service (Matthew 15:8).

The Grahams have never been, in the past or in the present been found preaching out against the sins that are promoted by corruption in the government – Abortion, homosexuality, illegal indoctrination in public schools etc… on the contrary, the Grahams have stood alongside the corrupt in the process.

The Grahams are not a threat in any way to the corrupt establishment in the church or in the government and that alone should show you who it is that are (2 Corinthians 11:13-15).

[Rumble Video]

The good news is that the Grahams are not the ones that we are to look to or to emulate (Hebrews 13:7), Jesus Christ is.

[Rumble Video]

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

Public Private Partnerships = The Death of Free Markets

By Karen Schoen

LIFE WITHOUT KNOWLEDGE IS DEATH IN DISGUISE

Remember: The issue is never the issue. The issue is always the REVOLUTION.

Have you wondered why so many companies were so quick to go WOKE and destroy America? Could it be that as companies became GLOBAL, America became irrelevant? Global Corporate CEO’s and VP’s took money, tax rebates, grants, subsidies etc. from the American Taxpayer and many purchased multiple residents all over the world. America was just another country, nothing special. In addition, the highly skilled American worker was too expensive and cut into their profitability. So as their choice, they screwed the American worker. The criminals in the government made up rules and regulations to eliminate competition of their favored company. Lastly let us not forget that by eliminating competition the “market” is favorable for investing in government favored companies so congress could make a fortune on insider trading, investing and creating new companies that will comply.

OK the pieces were beginning to fit. Thanks to Karen Bracken’s incredible research on ESG (Environmental, Social ‘Justice’ Governance), the woke actions of these companies are evident and finally make sense. On Nov 8, 2019, Forbes had an article introducing ESG to the business community in 2020. What is ESG? ESG is the Environmental, Social and Governance score given to a business to determine how well they “follow the government message” In other words go WOKE, “Hate America and hate the American citizen who votes against the DNC communist message.” Apparently grading individuals on Social Credits is not enough for the communist Democrats. Limiting mobility, purchases and services based on how well individuals score by supporting everything the government does is not broad enough. The corporations must follow orders as well. Why would a corporation intentionally destroy their base? Because once the world has opened as their customer, Americans are no longer the only game in town. Money, Money, Money!!!

ESG refers to a company’s commitment to do more than make a profit, such as actively strive to contribute positively to the environment or social causes and to conduct themselves responsibly. Why would a company do that? Because ESG is now the way that investors rate the corporation for investment funding. Bad score= no money. Trash America = more money. By forming Public Private Partnerships the government is now involved in business and can “suggest” certain actions or else no government contract, no access to grants or low interest loans and tax subsidies. Since many smaller middle class companies are totally private and do not rely on the government they must be destroyed. No Competition or dissention allowed. Covid accelerated this plan. We now have an answer to the question, is the government trying to destroy America? The answer is YES.

More money is made with global customers than American customers.

What is a PPP (PUBLIC – PRIVATE PARTNERSHIPS)? A PPP is a way in which a corporation, through a new entity takes control of Government Assets. The government, made up of unelected bureaucrats, people, make laws to regulate companies into the desired path. The ESG (Environmental Social Governance) score keeps the corporations in line. Corporations are woke and must use the CRT method for reprogramming its workers. They must get a good score or no government contracts. You can call it Global Corporate Fascism, reinventing government, transfer of wealth, but it is really a new structure of communism. The public pays, the private profits. This is a massive form of wealth redistribution. Once again the public gets screwed.

Let’s break this down.

The Rules:

* Public – (government) all levels of government, Local, State, Federal, Foreign, and of course the United Nations.

* Private – Big power Corporations, National Corporations, International Corporations, Universities, Foundations, Associations, any entity with big money.

* Partnerships – Business arrangement, which public and private combined together.

* NGO’s – Non government organizations, any organization with environmental interest, like the Sierra Club, The Nature Conservancy, Florida Forever, etc. that takes control of assets. This would be in land acquisitions, conservation, land corridors, Greenways, Parks, Preserves, permanent easements, etc. It would be on coastal waters, lakes, rivers, streams, another means of taking assets, owning and having full control. With no representation to the people, the goal is profit. Sound familiar? It should by now it’s called the United Nations Sustainable Development, Agenda 21/2030/GND/Global Reset. The United Nations promote PPP’S, they play a very important role in their personal agenda making it easier for government to control businesses. PPP are in direct opposition to any free market system. If a company needs government money, why are they still in business?

PPP’S are heavy into infrastructure because it crosses county and state lines which gives the government more control over local elected officials. With this economy, state and local governments do not have the money for roads, tolls, bridges, energy, water, and restoration. People do not want their taxes raised, as they are already tax enough. When our elected representatives vote to empower appointed groups of people who are not accountable to the public, they are voting for Communism. That’s how Communism works. It is unelected groups of people who are authorized to make public policy using the agenda of some unseen apparatus in the background, coupled with the power of government to enforce it. In the case of the United States the transformation to Communism agenda is coming from the United Nations.

In Florida, PPP’s are abundant. PPP’S, Enterprise Florida, Public Service Commission (PSC), Workforce Florida, Inc. Duke Energy, Florida Power and Light, Progress Energy, ( Smart Meters) Florida Chamber of Commerce, and all of these promote Regionalism in Florida. Governor Scott signed H/B 85 to expand Public – Private Partnerships. He was the same Governor that said there would be No Agenda 21 in Florida, more Lies.

Every county board, county administrator, city council, and manager in Florida works with PPP’S. All of Florida’s regional planning councils, (unconstitutional ) Sustainable Development Planners, Florida Association of Counties, due the bidding of PPP’S. But that’s not surprising since they work with U.N. organizations to implement the Agenda..

PPP’S are a Soviet structure. What is a Soviet… An elected governmental council in a Communist country. Alliances are the PPP’S and they are implementing the socialist agenda thus transforming the United States into a Communist Country. The Public – Private Partnership (PPP) is yet another ruse of big government to steal your wealth and private property or other assets and, in the process, “fundamentally change America” and plunder the productive members of society. A PPP is the essence of Marxism and crony capitalism. Elected government officials and their bureaucracy favoring corporations who support the political agenda of the ruling class, so both can profit at the expense of our individual freedom. Why did Biden give up Afghanistan? Here is your reason…Money, Power and Control.

Communist are Technocrats, they seek to plan, organize, and streamline all aspects of life through central planning. (like unconstitutional regional planning councils). Thus people aren’t considered as discrete independent individuals. Rather, people are considered assets of the state, factors of production, “human capital, human resources, human infrastrucure” to be managed by the owner of the state and the elite minions and useful idiots who administer the system.

September 13, 2013, the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) Secretary Tom Vilsack and Coca-Cola Americans President Steve Cahillana announced a PPP to restore and protect damaged watersheds on National lands. Cahillana said to create healthier, more Sustainable Communities. This opened my eyes. United Nations Sustainable Communities, Agenda21 stated goals of controlling all forms of water supply. Today Biden’s unelected secretaries, including newly appointed Tom Vilack and local mayors collude with Chinese Communist party on Agriculture policy.

United Nations Agenda 21 from the U.N. Bruntland Commission in 1992 says that No private enterprise should exist, only PPP’S. Business is evil, should be controlled by the community, while the owner is responsible, and pays taxes. These ideas are tenets of Socialism/Marxism.

“ESG (Environment-Social(Justice)-Governance) Credit Score system that is replacing the traditional Credit Score system we have always used in the past. This new credit score system will score businesses on how well they tow the globalist line. WELL, what a coincidence….Biden(Obama) just announced he wants to do away with all the traditional credit bureaus. Of course he said this is necessary because there are racial disparities in the current system. But of course never mentions it will be replaced with ESG Credit Scores coming from the fascist government. There are several major banks that already use ESG and it is part of the Great Reset and the new economy, stakeholder capitalism (fascism). Individuals that are patriots, conservative, vote Republican will end up on the low end of this system and will not be able to get a mortgage loan or a loan for any reason. Again, this is why you are seeing businesses fighting states on their laws. Business in bed with government ends up making slaves out the tax payer and destroys our Constitution and states rights. Again, using race to drive the Great Reset agenda.” —Karen Bracken

Note: In the Infrastructure Bill of $3.5 Trillion, grants will be given to companies that comply. Hefty penalties will be placed on companies that don’t demand their employees or customers vax, while rebates are given to those who buy union autos.

When your local government authorities start to exceed their constitutionally granted powers by working with Private International and National organizations through PPP’S, they no longer represent the people, the U.S. Constitution, freedom, and their oath of office. These are people that are so self centered with their own careers, self worth, and power status, that they have sold their souls to the communists.

Is America Worth Saving?

Will you make sure you research every candidate that you vote for? This is what we have to do as Americans to save our country, and to make sure our children are not made slaves to an un-Christian Nation of corruption.

Will you pay attention, run for office and attend meetings in your local community?

Will you share the truth with others who may not be like minded but want to hear the truth?

Will you contact your legislature and voice your opinion? House 202-225-0911, Senate 202-224-0911, or contactmypolitician.com

G-d Bless America, and Her People.

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Website: http://www.karenschoen.com

Vaccine Tyranny Ignites Brushfires of Freedom

By Kelleigh Nelson

It does not take a majority to prevail… but rather an irate, tireless minority, keen on setting brushfires of freedom in the minds of men. —Samuel Adams

If the freedom of speech is taken away then dumb and silent we may be led, like sheep to the slaughter. —George Washington

Among the natural rights of the colonists are these: First a right to life, secondly to liberty, and thirdly to property; together with the right to defend them in the best manner they can. —Samuel Adams

Better to fight for something than live for nothing. —Gen. George S. Patton.

If you missed Cherie Zaslawsky’s amazing article on NewsWithViews, Preaching Beyond the Choir, she has been busy writing to local newspapers in order to reach people who never hear the truth. I took her suggestions to heart.

Last week, I called a local radio program to tell them about the studies regarding ivermectin, and that it’s not just a horse dewormer, and it’s certainly not just a monthly heart worm treatment for dogs. I told them that over 30 studies have proven that ivermectin has a 100% prophylactic prevention of acquisition of Sars-coV-2. The wonder drug that originated in Japan doesn’t just treat parasites or worms in animals, it actually cures River Blindness. It also has 22 mechanisms of action against Sars-coV-2, has seven or eight anti-viral mechanisms and it has multiple immune modification mechanisms.

When I hung up, the radio host said to the audience that this is not medical advice, and to check with their own doctors. We know the majority of physicians are following the NIH, CDC, FDA and AMA protocols and will not prescribe this life saving drug for fear of losing their licenses. Another caller stated it’s better for us if we get the jab and be safe. And the program ended.

Group think, lemmings and sheep…how do we get them to see the truth?

Dr. Michael Yeadon, former top scientist and VP of Pfizer said we have to share to get the ball rolling, and you don’t need to be a scientist or give an essay on science, you just need to tell people that things don’t feel right. Talk to people on the street, your neighbors, your friends. If you don’t, he says, “Eventually there’ll be a knock on your door and someone will be there saying, ‘You have to be vaccinated.’ And I’m frightened of that.”

Mass Censorship

Dr. Robert Malone, the inventor of mRNA vaccines, says he was branded a “terrorist” by the media in Italy and warns that physicians who echo the truth are being “hunted via medical boards and the press.” Despite concerns regarding adverse effects and even death from the Covid jabs being regularly voiced by doctors, the Federation of State Medical Boards announced in July that it would consider pulling medical licenses of doctors who traffic in “misinformation” about Sars-coV-2.

There are a large number of physicians and scientists who have spoken out about the virus. Our Pravda media and Big Tech networks have censored every one of them, but it hasn’t stopped the truth. We know who these courageous men and women are and we pray for each of them knowing that they are being hunted by the press, branded as terrorists and threatened with the loss of their licenses. We’re already aware of the massive losses Dr. Peter McCullough has suffered, including a lawsuit by a former employer.

These men and women are warriors for truth. (AFLDS.org and FLCCC.net) Pay Pal recently shut down FLCCC’s platform.

Physicians and Scientists Speak

In the following 45-minute video, eight prominent physicians and scientists talk about inoculations for Sars-coV-2.

Dr. Pierre Kory is a pulmonary and critical care specialist and the President of Frontline COVID-19 Critical Care Alliance (FLCCC.net). He has testified in Congress about the effectiveness of ivermectin as both a prophylactic and a Sars-coV-2 early cure. Dr. Kory said, “I don’t believe there’s anyone who died (from Covid) who got effective early treatment.”

Dr. Richard Urso, a scientist and ophthalmalogist and the Former Director of Orbital Oncology at MD Anderson Cancer Center, stated, “People don’t die of the virus, they die of inflammation and thrombosis. And we have drugs for inflammation that are not off-label, as well as drugs for thrombosis.”

Dr. Robert Malone has exposed the dangers of the mRNA Covid jab. A major contributor to the invention of mRNA technology, Dr. Malone is highly qualified to discuss the potential side effects of mRNA injections.And he has spoken about the dangers of this foolish mass vaccination program. Link

Thirty peer reviewed studies show the efficacy of natural immunity, being denied by the fools who listen to Fauci and his buddies who want you vaxxed…their pockets are enlarged and the vaxxed are sick or dying.

Malone previously warned about the risk of Antibody Dependent Enhancement (ADE) that causes the virus to become more infectious. He has even called for a stop to the COVID-19 jab rollout. The latest podcast featuring Dr. Malone helped dispel another mainstream media lie regarding the “Pandemic of the Unvaccinated” narrative that Biden repeats. Unvaccinated individuals are called “super-spreaders” and blamed for the latest wave of infections. According to Dr. Malone, the opposite is true. In fact, the fully vaccinated are the “super-spreaders.”

Harvard research confirms what we’ve been saying for months. There is not evidentiary correlation between cases and vaccination rates.

Dr. Ryan Cole is a Mayo Clinic board certified clinical and anatomic pathologist and Chief Medical Officer and Laboratory Director of Cole Diagnostics, a full-service medical lab in Boise, Idaho. The Idaho Medical Association asked the state board to stop Dr. Cole from prescribing ivermectin. He has refused to use the “accepted protocol” from the FDA, CDC, NIH, AMA and other state agencies that deny the decades old parasitic medication to patients.

Cole Diagnostics processes and reports out approximately 40,000 blood and biopsy patient samples annually. In the last year, the lab has handled over 100,000 Covid testing samples. It is the biggest independent testing lab in Idaho and has described how the mRNA shots have caused serious autoimmune disorders.

Cole explained that two types of cells are required for adequate immune system function: “Helper T-cells,” also called “CD4 cells,” and “killer T-cells,” often known as “CD8 cells.” According to Cole, in patients with HIV, there is a massive suppression of “helper T-cells” which cause immune system functions to plummet, and leave the patient susceptible to a variety of illnesses.

He describes that what we’re seeing post-vaccine is a drop in killer T-cells in your CD8 cells. And what do those cells do? They keep all other viruses in check. Cole explains that as a result of this “clot-shot” induced “killer T-cell” suppression, he is seeing an “uptick” of not only endometrial cancer, but also melanomas, as well as herpes, shingles, mono, and a “huge uptick” in HPV when “looking at the cervical biopsies of women.”

The unvaccinated are looking smarter and smarter every week. Link

Dr. Mark McDonald, a double board certified clinical psychiatrist told of the damage to our children. Dr. McDonald said, “We’re not in a medical pandemic, we’re in a fear pandemic.”

He believes that what is driving the fear now is propaganda. He said that children, unlike adults, don’t just bounce back; that children will not regain their psychological health. As a child psychiatrist, he treats children all day long.

He stated, “The developmental stage children need to go through, babies, toddlers, young adults is being foreclosed on them. Brown University Department of Pediatrics published a study in mid-September that found that babies born after January 1^st, 2020, when this whole pandemic started, had an IQ point drop of 20 points compared to babies born before January 1, 2020. That’s huge! Why? They don’t see faces, they don’t play, they don’t have exposure to friends, they don’t go to school. They’re basically locked in their homes looking at their parents for a year and a half and their brains have not developed.”

“My concern is that we are building a generation of young people who are so traumatized that they will never fully recover from this. Even if we give them therapy and treatment, they’re always going to be damaged from this and be scarred emotionally. I don’t mean for it to be depressing, I mean for it to be alarming so that everyone can finally say, ‘STOP.’ We’ve got to stop the damage and then figure out what to do about it.”

It’s way past time to acknowledge what has been done wrong. However, the biggest problem I personally saw was masks on children who rarely get or pass the virus. To close their faces off from their peers and to wear face diapers in public is a developmental atrocity to our youth; I see it as child abuse. Many parents home school, and those children have no social disabilities, but masks are a blockage that destroy interpersonal relationships and change the lives of these children for decades to come.

There is hope!

The Gateway Pundit reported that Nebraska AG, Doug Peterson issued an opinion on physicians prescribing hydroxychloroquine (HCQ) and ivermectin for Sars-coV-2 treatment will not face any punishment. “Allowing physicians to consider these early treatments will free them to evaluate additional tools that could save lives, keep patients out of the hospital, and provide relief for our already strained healthcare system,” AG Doug Peterson wrote.

The Office of AG pointed to multiple medical journal articles, research, and case studies. They mentioned the study from Lancet that was later retracted because of its flawed statistics regarding the use of HCQ.

Airline pilots are walking out, refusing the jab, the Sheet Metal, Air, Rail and Transportation Union (SMART) is walking away from the mandates, TSA employees have joined the anti-jab movement, nurses are leaving their professions and physicians are taking early retirement. The CEO of Delta Airlines flat out says he opposes the mandate and doesn’t need one to get his employees jabbed.

In the following 10-minute video from The Hill, violent protests throughout Europe show the world is over Covid-19.

Liberty Counsel has filed a class action lawsuit along with a motion for a temporary restraining order and injunction against Joseph R. Biden, U.S. Secretary of the Department of Defense Lloyd Austin and U.S. Secretary of the Department of Homeland Security Alejandro Mayorkas on behalf of members from all five branches of the military — Army, Navy, Air Force, Marines, and Coast Guard — federal employees and federal civilian contractors, who have been unlawfully mandated to get the jabs or face dishonorable discharge from the military or termination from employment.

Dr. Stella Immanuel, one of America’s Frontline Doctors from Houston, believes that the whole “pandemic” is a Trojan Horse for vaccines designed by Bill Gates to depopulate the earth. She also said, “Fauci is the epitome of evil.”

US Treasury deputy secretary warns unvaxxed Americans that shortages will continue until everyone is jabbed. When there aren’t enough folks left working to run the country, there will be even more shortages, but to stop the tyranny and authoritarianism, Americans must take a stand. So stock up now!

The International Criminal Court

Alex Newman, the Senior Editor of the New American Magazine recently interviewed Dr. Richard Fleming, PhD, MD, JD. The people responsible for weaponizing and releasing the Covid-19 bio-weapon against humanity are facing a criminal complaint on “crimes against humanity” at the International Criminal Court.

The 20 minute interview is loaded with information.

Dr. Fleming mentions Dr. Peter Daszak who seemingly pushed for the notion that C-19 was not man-made early on in the pandemic.Daszak, president of the New York City-based EcoHealth Alliance, secretly organized a statement issued by the influential British medical journal The Lancet in February 2020, according to Vanity Fair.A total of 27 scientists — including Daszak, 55, who trained as a zoologist — signed the statement, which expressed “solidarity with all scientists and health professionals in China.”

During Daszak’s efforts to arrange the Lancet statement, he reportedly emailed two scientists, including Dr. Ralph Baric of the University of North Carolina, who’d worked with the lead coronavirus researcher at China’s Wuhan Institute of Virology, located at the epicenter of the coronavirus outbreak.

Barik was one of the most overlooked figures in the gain of function research that many believe may be the source of Sars-CoV-2 and the resulting Wuhan Virus pandemic. Dr. Baric whose research and collaboration with the Wuhan Institute of Virology spells out how to modify SARS with a spike protein so as to better infect human cells.

“Gain-of-function” is the euphemism for biological research aimed at increasing the virulence and lethality of pathogens and viruses. GoF research is government funded; its focus is on enhancing the pathogens’ ability to infect different species and to increase their deadly impact as airborne pathogens and viruses. Ostensibly, GoF research is conducted for biodefense purposes. These experiments, however, are extremely dangerous. Those deadly science-enhanced pathogens can, and do escape into the community where they infect and kill people.

Dr. Fleming states that these two men, Daszak and Baric, and Shi Zhengli at the Wuhan Institute of Virology have spent decades manipulating viruses to make them more infective and cause them to shut down our immune system. These people have been working together with the AIDs Foundation, the Department of Defense, the Rockefeller group, and all the people who are also connected with our universities who are putting in big money and have massive control over universities where we’re supposed to be training people to be scientists.

The federal government and the DOD made more than half the contributions financially and provided advisors to Peter Daszak at Eco Health who then paid Dr. Ralph Baric and Zhengli to play with these viruses. There was no “accidental escape,” Sars-coV-1 was developed and this is an upgrade of it.

The International Criminal Court (ICC) is the ultimate criminal court on the planet. The US signed but did not ratify but a lot of other countries did. The United Kingdom, the Czech Republic, Slovakia and France have filed a joint suit. Japan’s Dr. Kevin McCairn, France’s Dr. Luc Montagnier and Dr. Fleming submitted affidavits of information to the judges, including Dr. Fleming’s book. The court still has the case.

A group of Nazi concentration camp survivors sent a letter to the ICC in support of a joint “Request for Investigation” by lawyers who have submitted evidence, alongside sworn affidavits from Professor Luc Montagnier and Dr. Fleming, alleging governments worldwide and their advisors are complicit in genocide, crimes against humanity, and breaches of the Nuremberg Code.

The former prisoners of war in Nazi concentration camps actually walked their letters over to the ICC. They have stated what is happening now is more reproachable than what happened under Hitler and Nazi Germany. It’s important to note that there were people who wanted to sign this document that are so afraid of reprisals that they did not, including one person who was a personal friend of Anne Frank.

Dr. Fleming says, “Now that tells you what we’re dealing with on planet earth, so anyone who thinks this is a game or that there are not some serious consequences going on here, when you have Nazi prisoner-of-war camp survivors hesitant to sign something, and they knew Anne Frank and everything she went through because they are afraid of reprisals, it will tell you the courage that these three people had to have just to sign their name on the dotted line and insist upon this. This is more emphasis for people to become aware that this is moving forward. We have other people we are now working with thatshould the ICC falter for whatever reason, theseindividuals working around the world and attorneys working in international law, are already placing the foundations for an international tribunal to be in effect.”

Just because the United States did not ratify this does not mean the people Dr. Fleming included in his statements will not be held accountable, i.e., Anthony Fauci, Bill Gates, et al. Hiding inside the USA doesn’t mean it’s a safehold for them.

Conclusion

The rights of the people are only surrendered when the people allow it to happen.

General Washington had only a small number of Americans who joined him from 1775 to 1783 in the War for Independence from Great Britain, but that small army gave us liberty and freedom.

It’s time to fuel those brushfires once again. Never surrender.

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

Sheriff Chris Brown

By Michael Peroutka

What is the recourse for a patriotic citizenry when those who are entrusted with upholding the law conspire together to use the law to break the law?

The answer for our Founders – and for us – is the Doctrine of Interposition. The Declaration of Independence is a document of interposition.

Under that doctrine, the local magistrate is duty bound to defend against the oppression of the tyrant by interposing on behalf of the people he represents.

[Rumble Video]

The good news (that the “Fake News” won’t tell you) is that across America, local officials such as sheriffs are starting to do this.

For example, on September 10^th, Sheriff Chris Brown of Cleburne County, Arkansas issued a statement regarding covid mandates which said in part:

“As law enforcement officers, our first duty…is to support the Constitution of the United States, and…of the State of Arkansas. In that defense, the Cleburne County Sheriff’s Office has not, and will not, mandate the COVID vaccine for any of our employees…The choice to get vaccinated or not is theirs and theirs alone..

I am not pro-vaccine, and I am not anti-vaccine. I am pro-freedom, and I am for each person’s ability and responsibility to decide for themselves.

I am appalled at…the…things we are seeing from the Federal Government, and several of the State Governments. It is absolute tyranny, and completely abhorrent.

It’s time for our politicians and other public servants to stand up and remember that their first responsibility is to protect people’s rights, not to run their lives.”

Thank you, Sheriff Chris Brown.

E-Mail Michael Peroutka: Michael@theAmericanView.com

Privacy vs Government Interest

By Paul Engel

Most Americans believe they have a right to privacy. Many Americans also want governments to protect them from “bad actors”. So what happens when our right to privacy collides with our desire for government to protect us? A recent Supreme Court case out of California involves the question of how far government can go to protect us. Specifically, is it necessary for governments to collect data about citizens in order to find criminals? As William Pitt (the Younger) said “Necessity is the plea for every infringement of human freedom.” While this case deals with California law, we should be asking a bigger question: Does “government interest” trump our rights, the Constitutions of our states, and of the United States?

If you run a charitable organization and you wish to solicit donations, there are plenty of tax regulations with which you have to comply. If your organization is in California, there’s an extra regulation, one that was challenged by Americans for Prosperity Foundation and the Thomas More Law Center.

The Attorney General requires charities renewing their registrations to file copies of their Internal Revenue Service Form 990, a form on which tax-exempt organizations provide information about their mission, leadership, and finances. Schedule B to Form 990—the document that gives rise to the present dispute—requires organizations to disclose the names and addresses of their major donors.

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Donta

Since 2001, these two charities have submitted the required documentation, though they redacted the donors’ information to protect their anonymity. In 2010, California increased their enforcement of the law requiring these disclosures (Cal. Code Regs., tit. 11, §301), and the Attorney General threatened them and other charities with suspension of their registration as a tax-exempt organization. Both Americans for Prosperity Foundation and Thomas More Law Center sued in District Court, alleging that the disclosure of their Schedule B’s violated their First Amendment rights and the rights of their donors. In both cases, the District Court granted a preliminary injunction prohibiting the Attorney General from collecting the plaintiff’s Schedule B information. The Circuit court then vacated the injunction and remanded those cases back to the District Court. The District Court held trials in both cases, where they found for the charities. The Ninth Circuit again vacated the District Court’s injunction, this time remanding the case back to the District Court in favor of the Attorney General. The cases were eventually merged, and heard by the Supreme Court, which is why the case only carries the name Americans for Prosperity Foundation. The Supreme Court reversed the judgment of the Ninth Circuit, but it’s worth looking at their reasoning.

Opinion of the Court

THE CHIEF JUSTICE delivered the opinion of the Court with respect to all but Part II–B–1, concluding that California’s disclosure requirement is facially invalid because it burdens donors’ First Amendment rights and is not narrowly tailored to an important government interest. Pp. 6–7, 9–19.

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta

The court found that the California law violated the First Amendment rights of the donors. Specifically:

The Court reviews the petitioners’ First Amendment challenge to California’s compelled disclosure requirement with the understanding that “compelled disclosure of affiliation with groups engaged in advocacy may constitute as effective a restraint on freedom of association as [other] forms of governmental action.”

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta

While disclosing personal information does have a negative effect on freedom of association, as I’ve said so many times before, this cannot be a First Amendment issue since Congress did not make this law.

Congress shall make no law … abridging … the right of the people peaceably to assemble,

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

It is, however, a violation of Article I, Section 3 of the California Constitution:

The people have the right to instruct their representatives, petition government for redress of grievances, and assemble freely to consult for the common good.

California Constitution, Article I, Section 3

What the court did focus on is what level of “scrutiny” the court should use in reviewing this case.

NAACP v. Alabama did not phrase in precise terms the standard of review that applies to First Amendment challenges to compelled disclosure. In Buckley v. Valeo, the Court articulated an “exacting scrutiny” standard, which requires “a substantial relation between the disclosure requirement and a sufficiently important governmental interest,” Doe v. Reed,

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta

What is this “standard of review” and “exacting scrutiny” the court is talking about? Basically, it’s a question of how hard the government has to work to infringe on your rights.

Standard of Review

In law, the standard of review is the amount of deference given by one court (or some other appellate tribunal) in reviewing a decision of a lower court or tribunal.

Standard of Review – The Free Legal Dictionary

The standard of review for questions of constitutionality fall under three levels.

Rational Basis: Generally, the Supreme Court judges legislation based on whether it has a reasonable relationship to a legitimate
state interest.

Intermediate Scrutiny: Under the Equal Protection Clause, when the law targets a “quasi-suspect” classification, such as gender, the courts apply intermediate scrutiny, which requires the law to be substantially related to an important government interest.

Strict Scrutiny: If a statute impinges on a fundamental right, such as those listed in the Bill of Rights or the due process rights of the Fourteenth Amendment, then the court will apply strict scrutiny. This means the statute must be “narrowly tailored” to address a “compelling state interest.”

Standard of Review – The Free Legal Dictionary

Notice what all three of these standards of review have in common? They all place a government or state interest above the Constitution and your rights. In the 1976 Supreme Court case Buckley v. Valeo, the court added a new term called “exacting scrutiny”, which requires “a substantial relation between the disclosure requirement and a sufficiently important governmental interest,”. What does this mean for the law in question?

Congress shall make no law … abridging … the right of the people peaceably to assemble,

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

The Constitution states that Congress shall make no law abridging your right to peaceably assemble, but the Supreme Court claims that’s only true if there isn’t a “sufficiently important governmental issue”. Put another way, they have said government has the authority to infringe on a right protected by the supreme law of the land.

Reasonable Search

While the lawyers and the courts focused on the question of whether or not California’s interest in finding fraud warranted infringing on the rights of charitable organizations and their donors, nobody seemed to pay any attention to the actual violation of the Constitution of the United States.

The Court does not doubt the importance of California’s interest in preventing charitable fraud and self-dealing. But the enormous amount of sensitive information collected through Schedule Bs does not form an integral part of California’s fraud detection efforts.

Standard of Review – The Free Legal Dictionary

I don’t doubt the importance of California’s interest in preventing fraud. Unlike the Supreme Court, however, I recognize that the people have a right to be secure against unreasonable searches.

The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated

U.S. Constitution, Amendment IV

Is it reasonable for the government to search your records without probable cause? Doesn’t the idea of searching someone’s papers and effects for potential wrongdoing drift dangerously close to a writ of assistance?

a writ used especially in colonial America authorizing a law officer to search in unspecified locations for unspecified illegal goods

Writ of Assistance – Merriam-Webster Dictionary

In effect, California is issuing a writ of assistance, allowing their law enforcement officers to search the records of charitable organizations for some unspecified illegal activity. California is not only interested in the possibility of illegal activity at charities that operate within their state, but also want to know who are the large donors. That means California is effectively claiming the need to search at least some of the records of those donors without any probable cause that they’ve done anything wrong. Doesn’t anyone else see a problem with this?

Dissent

Usually, the dissent in these opinions provides some very interesting insight, not only into dissenting justices, but the way the court views the Constitution and their role in the Republic.

Although this Court is protective of First Amendment rights, it typically requires that plaintiffs demonstrate an actual First Amendment burden before demanding that a law be narrowly tailored to the government’s interests, never mind striking the law down in its entirety. Not so today.

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta – Dissent

I would question how protective the court is of the First Amendment. As I’ve already shown, it seems more interested in protecting the interests of government than the rights of the citizens. This is borne out later in the dissent.

In so holding, the Court discards its decades-long requirement that, to establish a cognizable burden on their associational rights, plaintiffs must plead and prove that disclosure will likely expose them to objective harms, such as threats, harassment, or reprisals. It also departs from the traditional, nuanced approach to First Amendment challenges, whereby the degree of means-end tailoring required is commensurate to the actual burdens on associational rights. Finally, it recklessly holds a state regulation facially invalid despite petitioners’ failure to show that a substantial proportion of those affected would prefer anonymity, much less that they are objectively burdened by the loss of it.

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta – Dissent

According to justice Sotomayor who wrote the dissent, in order for the court to protect your rights you must first show that you may suffer harm other than the loss of your rights. Justice Sotomayor also notes that the court has traditionally treated infringements of the rights protected by the Constitution as something to be nibbled away at based on how much damage they see. Worst of all, according to Sotomayor, it’s the responsibility of the people to prove a burden other than the infringement of their rights, rather than the state having the burden to show why they should be allowed to violate the Constitution.

Conclusion

While we should be happy that the Supreme Court did reverse the judgment of the Ninth Circuit Court, there are plenty of issues with this opinion. Not the least of these problems is the continuing position of the court that your rights are less important than the interests of government. This case though, should also open an interesting discussion.

We are left to conclude that the Attorney General’s disclosure requirement imposes a widespread burden on donors’ associational rights. And this burden cannot be justified on the ground that the regime is narrowly tailored to investigating charitable wrongdoing, or that the State’s interest in administrative convenience is sufficiently important. We therefore hold that the up-front collection of Schedule Bs is facially unconstitutional, because it fails exacting scrutiny in “a substantial number of its applications . . . judged in relation to [its] plainly legitimate sweep.”

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta

If the up-front collection of Schedule Bs if facially unconstitutional for the State of California, why is it not also for the United States? The answer appears to be less about the Constitution and more federal supremacy.

For one thing, each governmental demand for disclosure brings with it an additional risk of chill.

Americans for Prosperity Foundation v. Bonta

Since the federal government is already collecting Schedule Bs, which might have a chilling effect on donors, the court doesn’t appear to want another government entity collecting that data. This is where the viewpoint of the court comes into play. If the up-front collection of this data violates the rights of both the donors and the charity to be secure from unreasonable searches, then it’s unlawful for a state or the United States to do so either. However, if it merely has a chilling effect on the donors, then all the court wants to do is limit that effect.

This case is just another example of why we need to read and study the Constitution for ourselves, because those who’re supposed to be upholding it are not doing so. Until We the People understand the limits we have placed on governments and require them to abide by those limits, then those governments are not exercising just powers. The Declaration of Independence states that governments receive their just powers from the consent of the governed. Instead, the people today are exercising powers at the consent of government.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

[BIO: Paul Engel founded The Constitution Study in 2014 to help everyday Americans read and study the Constitution. Author and speaker, Paul has spent more than 20 years studying and teaching about both the Bible and the U.S. Constitution. Freely admitting that he “learned more about our Constitution from School House Rock than in 12 years of public school” he proves that anyone can be a constitutional scholar. You can find his books on Amazon and Apple Books. You can also find his books, classes and other products at the Constitution Study website (https://constitutionstudy.com).]

Democrats Importing 6th Century Afghanistan Into 21st Century America: Big Mistake

By Frosty Wooldridge

In Norway last week, a Muslim man who was unable to procure a weapon, decided to use a bow and arrows to shoot four women dead and injured two others—all in the name of Allah. Right now, in Oslo, Norwegians flee as that city suffers 36 percent middle eastern immigrants brought to them by their president of Norway. Oslo faces the same future as Paris, France with over 90 “no go zones” where Islamic Law rules over France’s free republic. They imported over five million of them…so much so, they can’t stop Sharia Law from being implemented among those Islamic followers. It’s a modern-day self-inflicted throwback into the 6^th century.

British author Douglas Murray chronicled it in his best-selling book: The Strange Death of Europe: Immigration, Identity, Islam.

Last week, at Fort McCoy in Wisconsin, a female U.S. Army sergeant suffered a sexual attack by an Afghanistan male refugee, one of 100,000 brought over to the USA by Joe Biden. Or, at least, by his handlers…the ones making decisions for him. Note that rape in the Islamic world is standard operating procedure. Women do not possess any rights.

Now, we’re seeing the results of mixing a 6^th century culture/religion with a 21^st century first world country: Big, Big, Big mistake!

The headline reads, “Biden didn’t withdraw from Afghanistan. He brought Afghanistan to America.”

Biden dumped 13,000 of those refugees into Sparta, Wisconsin. The mayhem, chaos and insanity of this importation of 6^th century males will continue to mount as their numbers accelerate.

Daniel Greenfield, a Shillman Journalism Fellow at the Freedom Center, is an investigative journalist and writer focusing on the radical Left and Islamic terrorism.

He said, “The Afghans who have overrun the Wisconsin base are the ones whom the Taliban, for their own reasons, decided to allow through their checkpoints. And they’re living up to the high cultural standards of the Taliban. The problems began with the toilets. Then there were issues with the rice, the sexual abuse of young boys, and Afghans simply leaving on their own despite promises of taxpayer cash.”

“Afghans were confused and upset by hygiene practices,” a Wall Street Journal article said. “Every toilet on base was Western style, with a seat and toilet paper. But Afghans are accustomed to restrooms that allow them to squat so they don’t have to physically touch the toilet. It led to some cases of Afghans relieving themselves outside.”

“This shouldn’t have surprised anyone after two decades in Afghanistan,” said Greenfield. “But political correctness has mostly suppressed accounts of even the most basic facts about the beneficiaries of our great nation-building project leaving Americans confused by the behavior of the new arrivals.”

A Czech journal article from the Department of Military Hygiene said, “Afghan people in rural areas were found to defecate almost everywhere according to convenience. It is important to observe that particularly the rural population does not use toilet paper.”

More accurately, Islamic law is held to ban the use of toilet paper.

“You should consider very carefully shaking hands during the contact with the local population,” the journal article warned.

Unfortunately, their local population is now entrenched in every city that accepts Biden’s new refugees.

“While great care is taken by Muslims to keep their clothes clean so that they are not “impure” during prayers, bathrooms can be left in a horrifying state because they’re already unclean,” the WSJ report said.

Muslim tradition teaches that toilets are possessed by demons and as a result, followers of the religion may be reluctant to make contact with them because they have been taught that “Satan plays with the backsides of the sons of Adam.” Islamic teachings encourage squat toilets and forbid men to urinate standing up because Mohammed “only ever used to urinate sitting down.”

At Kandahar Air Base, the toilets, as an officer noted, “When they use our port-a-potties, they stand on the seats and it causes quite a mess. I think it’s just a cultural thing.” There are a lot of these cultural things. Many of them far worse than the toilets.

Greenfield said, “Although when dealing with a group “90% of the population are infected by a parasitic disease” and which routinely goes around with fecal matters on its hands, it is an issue. Democrats insist that 2-year-olds should wear masks, yet invite in a population that doesn’t understand the concepts of toilets, toilet paper, or disease transmission.”

But the toilets were the least of the problems at Fort McCoy.

Personnel at Fort McCoy were complaining about “multiple cases of minor females who were presented as ‘married’ to adult Afghan men, as well as polygamous families.” This wasn’t too surprising since the child marriage in Afghanistan stands at 57%. Like the toilets, it’s a cultural thing.

Mohammad Haroon Imaad was also arrested after his wife accused him of choking her. He had also allegedly threatened to “send her back to Afghanistan where the Taliban could deal with her” and also told her “that nine women have been killed since getting to Fort McCoy and that she would be the tenth.” An estimated 87% of Afghani women face domestic violence.

“For example, in six weeks in Operation Allies Welcome, in a population of 53,000, there have been eight reported cases of robbery and theft.”

Forget the ‘Forever War’ and get ready for the ‘Forever Refugees’.

“Meanwhile, Fort McCoy is near capacity. American soldiers are back to patrolling Afghan streets and trying to win their hearts and minds by asking them to use toilets and not to abuse their women and children,” said Greenfield. “But the scenes of American soldiers trying to keep the peace among Afghans and communicate American values to them are no longer taking place in Kandahar, but in Wisconsin, and in other states with the misfortune of housing Afghans.”

Did we withdraw from that useless 20 year ‘forever’ war? Now, we just imported that ‘war’ back into our country. It cost us $6 trillion for 20 years. Can you imagine what it’s going to cost us with 100,000 refugees out of the 6^th century?

An Army veteran said, “Americans are funding three Halal meals a day for tens of thousands of Afghans, our bases are full of mosques, our soldiers are trying to keep Afghans from killing and abusing each other, and we are on the hook for every dollar in welfare spending lavished on the Afghans while Americans struggle. As the Afghans leave Fort McCoy, the occupation of America will begin.”

Biden didn’t withdraw from Afghanistan. He brought Afghanistan to America. Read it and weep! Did any of us Americans ask for this?

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions? Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future? If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

Share these videos all over America:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Either We Go After Plandemic Planners & Co-Conspirators or It Will Never End

By: Devvy

Never in my life time have I seen what’s been going on with those COVID injections. The resistance here in the U.S. and around the world is unprecedented. Tens and tens of millions of Americans refuse to get injected even at the cost of their job. You won’t be at your job if you die from those injections or spend the next few years drowning in severe medical issues leading to premature death.

Maine Hospital Fired So Many Unvaxed Employees They Had to Close the ICU // Southwest Airlines “sickout” protest spreads to Amtrak, which is canceling trains due to employees refusing covid “vaccination” // National Security Alert: Thousands of U.S. Special Forces and Combat Troops Discharged as Total Force ‘Vaccination’ Decimates Military Readiness // Boeing employees planning #Freedom Flu sickout Fridays in response to covid “vaccine” mandate

Delta Airlines CEO takes defiant stand against vaccine mandates, praises ‘respecting’ employees — not forcing them to get vaccinated // A CONTAGION of COURAGE is spreading across America as pilots, police, firefighters and other workers say, “Take this JAB and SHOVE it!” // 40% of TSA agents unvaccinated as mandate deadline looms – “Meanwhile, the Sheet Metal, Air, Rail and Transportation Union, known as SMART, announced on behalf of its 203,000 members that it is standing against forced vaccination.”

The hysteria by those who support COVID injections (which are not vaccines) continues to escalate. Individuals who have zero information on what’s in those injections, the death count and the fact that they do not work continue screeching at the un-jabbed. This is a 2:11 second video which speaks for itself. Wish they didn’t flash the numbers so quickly but 100% efficacy drops down to 39%.

Study: COVID-19 Vaccines INCREASE Deaths and Hospitalizations from COVID-19 Based on Analysis of Most-Vaccinated Countries

Kill Shot: “According to one of the top virologists running this program, you NEED the booster shot, because your immune system is now failing as a result of getting the two previous shots.”

As the months have gone by, the public has been able to see those injections not only don’t work, they either kill you or put you on a path to severe medical conditions leading to an early death. The prostitute media, Fauci the Faker, Biden, Ho Harris and all the rest of them keep vomiting up lies: Those injections protect you, they protect your family, they’re safe, they work. Really? Tell that to these victims. So many pages, heartbreaking.

They don’t work and never will no matter how many “boosters” one receives. SARS-CoV-2 is not a virus – at least it hasn’t been proven to be a virus. I’ve written about this before but for new readers, certain diseases are not treated with a vaccine, i.e., cancer, measles, hepatitis C. Dr. Stefen Lanka, using actual modern medical equipment and protocols proved measles is not a virus and based on his experiments, neither is COVID-19 a virus (Here & Here).

Additionally, the CDC has been lying and doing a con job on the American people for decades: “These written requests were made by Ms. Christine Massey to CDC/ATSDR FOIA Chief Officer Mr. Robert Andoh, to locate and deliver ANY records, research and/or findings for ANY “viral” isolation and purification (by anyone, anywhere, anytime in the World) from a patient sample via maceration, filtration and/or the use of an ultra centrifuge or what is called the ‘Gold Standard’ for isolating and identifying a pathological micro or nana organism.”

All the CDC’s responses are posted here – they have none. But, the problem remains: Koch’s Postulates (1884) and River’s Postulates (1937) were blown out of the water by Dr. Lanka’s experiments. You don’t put square tires on a car and expect it to drive properly. Is SARS-CoV-2 a disease? There are literally dozens and dozens, if not hundreds of scientists and doctors who state unequivocally SARS-Co-V-2 is a bioweapon developed in a lab.

This is all learning for me so I’m not going to pretend I know all the medical and scientific definitions. I think it’s helpful to understand the difference between a virus and a disease. This is what makes Dr. Lanka’s research based on actual experiments so important, just like putting a square tire on a car. Treating this SARS-CoV-2 with a vaccine declared a virus will never work because it isn’t a virus.

If you haven’t seen this, take the time. I know. But, one link at a time, a couple a day; some are short, some not. Moderna Admits Jab An Operating System To Program Humans

Ultra-Vaxxed Israel Now Has Highest CV Case Rate In The World; Sweden Bans Travelers From Israel – 80% of their population jabbed – “The Pfizer mRNA jab efficacy at preventing infection appears to be approaching zero now in Israel. The CDC claimed last week that vax efficacy at prevention infection had plummeted from 91% to 66% in America (it’s undoubtedly much, much worse).”

Dr. Nathan Thompson: “My jaw dropped when I tested someone´s immune system after the 2nd jab” Video

Important: Bombshell: Nobel Prize Winner Reveals – Covid Vaccine is ‘Creating Variants’

Flashback to July: “Dr. Charles Hoffe Reveals Blood Clots in Majority of Vaccinated Patients and Speaks of “Permanently-Damaged Hearts“, July 21, 2021 – “This Vaccine is Quite Clearly More Dangerous Than COVID-19” – “Dr. Hoffe sent an open letter shortly after in April 2021 to the Provincial Health Officer in BC enumerating all his concerns and questions, something he describes on the Laura Lynn and Friends show.

“Dr. Charles Hoffe has found 62% of his patients experienced elevated D-dimer levels after the vaccine. He’s administered over 900 doses. Dr. Hoffe did his own research to try and find out why his patients were exhibiting micro-blood clotting after getting one of those injections. This is a must watch short video. This is a very frightening prediction: Those who took the injection likely will die within three years.”

Reports of teens developing myocarditis shortly after getting injected are so many, one can’t keep up. Lives ruined and they’re just kids. Sweden, Denmark Restrict Use Of Moderna Jab Over Risk Of Heart Inflammation, Other Side Effects, Oct. 6, 2021

And, deaths in the teen category continues to rise while the manufacturers of J & J, Moderna and Pfizer want to kill or maim 5-11 year-olds and up. Not medical advice, but I strongly believe everyone regardless of age who has taken one or more of those injections needs a D-Dimer test to see how much damage has already been done to their heart and blood vessels.

I haven’t had any shots (flu, pneumonia) or vaccines since age 5 and I certainly would never get one of those experimental ones, either. I do believe in preventive regimes so I would add that I considered Ivermectin. Many have found it difficult to get a prescription by doctors who don’t have a clue or pharmacies that refuse to fill the prescription. It can also be very pricey depending on how you obtain a prescription.

For months (and this is not medical advice) I have been taking L-Lysine with zero side effects which are minuscule. Because I have difficulty swallowing horse pills, I use the powder form. If you’re a person who takes medications check with your doctor. Shush! – don’t tell “Dr.” Fauci:

Lysine Therapy for SARS-CoV-2

“No trend was noted between sexes, ages, or co-morbidities in relation to lysine treatment. Approximately 80% of acute stage Covid-19 sufferers given lysine displayed aminimum 70% reduction in symptoms in the first 48 hours (not including long term symptomatic subjects). Excluding long term subjects, treatment times vary from 2 days to 3.5 weeks, with many variables at play.

“Patients who started lysine in the hospital were discharged an average of 3 days after starting treatment. Treatment should be continued regardless of negative results, until low dose lysine is reached, and no symptoms are observed. Even when lysine was in short supply, subjects on 2 grams on day 1, and 1 gram the following days, while adhering to the dietary restrictions, had slightly delayed but timely recoveries.” The useless PCR test is mentioned, but the important point is Lysine works. 10 Amazing Benefits of L-Lysine.

I have watched many of his presentations. Dr. Ardis is someone to listen to because he is very thorough in his research. Take his warnings seriously. Dr. Bryan Ardis – Hospital Protocol is what is Murdering Covid / Flu Patients

The horror stories of deaths and permanently disabled individuals who have been living in pain for five, six months or more since being injected now seem endless. Not a single governor despite the staggering number of dead and maimed has stopped distribution within their state. Lot of politics involved here with the primaries coming next year. Lot of denial, too.

Old Uncle Joe, the criminal impostor playing president, has lost his temper telling Americans his patience is wearing thin. If you don’t think these maniacs will stop at anything to force every American to get those injections, think again.

US Treasury deputy sec warns unvaxxed Americans that shortages will continue until EVERYONE is jabbed, Oct. 15, 2021 – “The deputy secretary at the US Treasury has put Americans on notice that the only way to end the plague of empty shelves around the country is for every resident to be vaccinated. The frank warning came off as a threat to many.

“Wally Adeyemo, the Biden administration’s second-highest official in the Treasury Department, appeared to publicly blackmail the still-sizable portion of Americans who have not been vaccinated against Covid-19 during a Thursday ABC interview, seemingly blaming them for the ongoing shortages of consumer goods that have led many to mock the president as ‘Empty Shelves Joe’…

“Adeyemo did the Biden cabinet no favors by adding fuel to the conspiratorial fire, explaining the primary reason Biden continued to push for everyone to be vaccinated was that only then could the White House “provide the resources the American people need to make it to the other side” of the supply chain problem.”

Resources people need – like food and clothing? German State Allows Food Stores To Ban The Unvaccinated, Oct. 16, 2021 – if they don’t comply, starve them.

Sen. Rick Scott (R-FL) introduces legislation to BLOCK interstate travel checkpoints the Biden Regime is trying to set up with SS/Marxist vaccine passport requirements – “The legislation, titled the Prevent Unconstitutional Vaccine Mandates for Interstate Commerce Act lays out how it would prevent all kinds of illegal travel interrogations by the Department of Transportation, Amtrak, Surface Transportation Board, TSA, NTSB, Federal Maritime Commission, and the Department of Commerce. See what’s happening here?

“The Biden Regime is about to set up Nazi vaccine passport police everywhere, to stop automobiles, commerce trucks, boats, trains, buses, planes, everything.” Here’s the bill introduced 8/29/2021 with a measly 4 cosponsors in Congress. Really? Where are the other 208 Republicans? Why haven’t they become a cosponsor?

To repeat myself (COVID-19 Patents: State Little RICO Acts Prosecution?, July 19, 2021), unless the law goes after the major players, this war will continue. There are so many lawsuits now I can hardly keep up. One judge rules one way, another Judge Flapdoodle rules just the opposite for the same issue regarding mandatory injections or your job or school.

Soldiers File Lawsuit Over Vaccine Mandate Seeking Exemption for ‘Natural Immunity’ // 2 Navy SEALS, 4 Marines, Air Force major all sue Biden – Class action case challenges COVID-19 vaccination mandates // Pentagon Faces Class-Action Lawsuit Over Vaccine Mandates on Military, Federal Employees and Contractors // Southwest Airlines Asks Court to Reject Effort to Block COVID-19 Vaccine Mandate

Court Sides With Unvaccinated Michigan Athletes in Mandate Case

New evidence, including a sworn affidavit from Prof. Luc A. Montagnier, has been submitted to the International Criminal Court alleging World Governments are complicit in genocide and crimes against humanity, August 22, 2021 (Nobel Prize, Physiology or Medicine for his discovery of the human immunodeficiency virus.)

Holocaust survivors join Lawyers, Dr Fleming, and Prof Luc Montagnier in demanding the International Criminal Court Charge World Governments with Crimes against Humanity, Genocide and breaches of the Nuremberg Code

Relief from COVID Vaccine Tyranny will NOT Come from the Courts as U.S. Supreme Court Denies Right to Refuse Shots by NYC Teachers

Yes, the courts are corrupt but I’m not talking about just any court. It has to be a State Attorney General or state prosecutor to file a RICO. Forget Congress and their WORTHLESS committee hearings. They all start out with campaign speeches, usually some witnesses and then trade spit. They get on the boob tube with their indignation it’s the other side’s fault, blah, blah, blah. Remember Benghazi and the endless hearings? Result: Nothing.

The families of our four dead Americans killed remember every day for the rest of their lives as do the families of the dead killed during call sign Extortion 17. More dead military, another cover-up. We have no Federal Department of Justice.

The evidence is overwhelming this is a conspiracy. Once again, this interview with Dr. David Martin is critical because it lays out the legal basis for a RICO case. Martin is a doctor and lawyer. Under the video is a synopsis that is a must read. Do I believe DARPA is involved? Yes. Do I believe Fauci has known all along about treatments that would be effective but instead condemned them in favor of the massive billions to be made from vaccines? Absolutely. But, you have to have evidence and it’s all there.

If you read the Omega Brief which I covered in my Sept. 13, 2021 column, it’s all laid out and any prosecutor worth his/her salt can see criminal acts for profit. The dedicated Americans who put together the Omega Brief delivered copies to every member in our state legislature here in Texas, to our governor and overnight mail to our Attorney General Ken Paxton.

This coming week I’m going to make every effort to get a sit down with AG Paxton. Unfortunately, winter is just about here because what we need are thousands at state capitols for rallies and a nice tri-fold hand out describing why we are demanding our AG file a RICO.

If a RICO was filed it would be like a hydrogen bomb dropped on those who planned this so-called pandemic. The ripple effect to the injection manufacturers, the FDA and CDC would be stunning. Lawsuits will continue to be filed against the airlines, members of the military against the jab and the list goes on. Not to mention going after PCR test manufacturers. Go for the jugular vein.

Can the CDC, FDA, Fauci & NAID Be Sued for Fraud?

BOMBSHELL: Pfizer whistleblower says vaccine ‘glows,’ contains toxic luciferase, graphene oxide compounds

Biden BUSTED As Pfizer ADMITS There’s No Vaccine Approved By FDA In The U.S. In Recorded Call (Listen 2:12)

Whistleblower: FDA and CDC ignore reports of serious Covid-19 vaccine injuries from highly credentialed pro-vaccine ICU physician, Oct. 12, 2021: “Dr. Lee is not describing sore arms. She is describing serious harms, including quadriplegia, organ failure, and brain blood clots. As Dr. Lee explains in her letter to the FDA, it is “statistically improbable that any one physician should witness this many Covid-19 vaccine injuries if the federal health authority claims regarding Covid-19 vaccine safety were accurate.”

Thousands of doctors around the world have been warning for the past ten months NOT to take those injections. They have put their reputations and jobs on the line while politicians demand Americans take the injections which have clearly proven to be deadly. For God’s sake: Are they all conspiracy nuts? Incompetent? Video you should watch.

Doctors are being hunted down with threats to cancel their privileges at hospitals if they speak out and tell the scientific truth about those injections or stripped of their medical license. Too many have been fired. For the love of God, how absolutely insane is all this??

USC Law School dean tells students to snitch on classmates who DRINK WATER in violation of covid restrictions, Oct. 16, 2021 // CDC Shares Easy Ways You Can Divide Unvaccinated Family and Friends From Those Who’ve Been Vaccinated Over The Holidays //

Colorado Nonprofit Hospital Refuses To Perform Kidney Transplant On Unvaccinated Woman And Her Donor // NYC Judge Restricts Unvaccinated Father From Visiting His 3-Year-Old Daughter in Ongoing Custody Battle

Last year California gov, Gavin Newsom, ordered people to eat Thanksgiving dinner outside which didn’t go over too well in the Sierra Nevada mountains covered in snow with temps around 20 degrees. “All gatherings must be held outside. Gatherings that include more than 3 households are prohibited. As much as possible, any food or beverages at outdoor gatherings must be in single-serve disposable containers.

“If providing single-serve containers is not possible, food and beverages must be served by a person who washes or sanitizes their hands frequently, and wears a face covering. Attendees may go inside to use restrooms as long as the restrooms are frequently sanitized. Gatherings should be two hours or less.The host should collect names of all attendees and contact information in case contact tracing is needed later.” Frickin’ lunatics. And pray tell, who was supposed to enforce such bull manure throughout the entire state of California on Thanksgiving Day?

No, it’s long past time to go for their throats and only We the People can make that happen. Those responsible for this diabolical scheming, killing and maiming people need to go to prison and throw away the key. Otherwise, we can just keep writing columns, reporting more deaths and injuries until people become numb.

Winter will soon be here. Me and so many others have written this “new novel” coronavirus hit at the peak of the influenza flu season. That the symptoms were almost identical. I knew towards the end of 2020, this whole SARS-Co-V-2 was nothing but a big, fat lie. Most certainly Americans were dying in huge numbers just as they do every flu season. This winter influenza flu will again magically turn into COVID with another round of possible lockdowns, the masks and nonsense called social distancing unless we stop it.

Your group or organization can put all the evidence into a coherent report and do everything you can to get an appointment with your state attorney general or a state prosecutor even if you have to hire a lawyer to represent you. Elected officials always sit up and take notice when they get contacted by lawyers.

Surely there is at least one state prosecutor who will listen and review the evidence or a state attorney general? There are a huge number of citizen groups here in Texas who could lobby for an appointment. Or in your state, lots of ordinary Americans actually know their state rep or senator.

It’s up to us or this nightmare will never end. Endless testing shoving those swabs up your nose to use a test that doesn’t test for any virus. Threats of being fired. STOP THE INSANITY. Please share this far and wide so we continue to get the truth out there.

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related and this is just another short list

One BILLION people have now watched Plandemic which was released May 4, 2020

Pfizer Execs Warn Staff: Don’t Tell Public About Use of Fetal Cells in Vaccine Testing

This will floor you:

Did Klaus Schwab and World Economic Forum Admit The COVID Vaccine Injects Traceable Markers? Their Promoted “COVIDPass” Blood Test Requires Them

READ: “Viruses Can’t Be Isolated, But Isolation Is Unnecessary”; Another Ridiculous Claim From Those Who Insist on Saying SARS-Cov-2 Exists

With ‘Mayor Pete’ on Paternity Leave, Biden Chooses Navy Climate Change Expert with No Commercial Shipping Experience to Address Shipping Crisis – Sexual deviant Pete Buttigieg has been off the job canoodling with his fake “husband” since August paid for with the sweat off your back. Those twin babies don’t stand a chance.

How many more?

21-Year-Old Fully Vaccinated Student Dies of COVID, as Breakthrough Cases Continue to Climb, October 14, 2021

Julia Ann Whalen: 32-year-old Pennsylvania woman diagnosed with Guillain-Barré Syndrome three weeks after Moderna mRNA injection; “can’t be the mom or wife I used to be”, October 15, 2021

Attorney Says Denver Cop Coerced Into Getting COVID Vaccine Now Hospitalized with Stroke Symptoms – He can’t walk

New: Nearly 50k Medicare patients died soon after getting COVID shot: whistleblower – ‘They are lying. There is no question they are lying,’ said Attorney Renz. ‘The mantra of ‘safe and effective’ must stop after today’s information.’

UK: EXCLUSIVE – 81% of Covid-19 Deaths in September were people who had been vaccinated according to Public Health data

Dr. John Littell: IVERMECTIN – ‘I have never seen so many patients being denied basic treatment’ They do not want Covid treated!

COVID deaths significantly higher among vaccinated individuals in Scotland

COVID Tyranny: Health Dept. Gets Court Order to Force Healthy Unvaccinated Wisconsin High School Student Into Quarantine Under Guard Despite Previous Infection

The Vaccines Are 1000% More Deadly than COVID-19

Ontario doctor resigns over forced vaccines, says 80% of ER patients with mysterious issues had both shots

Doctor who has been analyzing blood for 30yrs looking at vaccinated blood

Delta Airlines CEO takes defiant stand against vaccine mandates, praises ‘respecting’ employees — not forcing them to get vaccinated

They have names: Victims of those injections. The dead and permanently injured student athletes.

Other Causes for 80 Percent of ‘COVID Deaths,’ German Expert Claims – “One way he backed up his argument was highlighting that around 3.8 million people in Germany have survived a coronavirus infection, according to official numbers. “Mathematically, about 100 of these recovered people die every day from regular causes of death,” he explained. If you count these deaths as a result of covid-19, the numbers end up being skewed.”

COVID: If There Is No Virus, Why Are People Dying?

UPDATED. ‘If you get the Pfizer vax, you’re more likely to get COVID’: Industry analyst flags FDA study /

Senator: Data prove COVID vaccines are not working as advertised

Study: Fully vaccinated healthcare workers carry 251 times viral load, pose threat to unvaccinated patients, co-workers

Johnson & Johnson: ‘Kids Shouldn’t Get A F**king [COVID] Vaccine;’ There are “Unknown Repercussions

Reminder from last year: FOIs reveal that health/science institutions around the world (116 and counting!) have no record of SARS-COV-2 isolation/purification, anywhere, ever

BOMBSHELL: British Funeral Director John O’Looney: Deaths Skyrocketed ‘300%’ After Covid Vaccine (Video)

Undercover video catches Pfizer scientist saying COVID shot ‘doesn’t work’ sometimes

This is an hour long interview you should listen to. I know you can bring up web sites on those fancy mobile phones so listen while driving: Reiner Füllmich: The pandemic is a global coup d’etat

Undercover COVID – “Some of these reports have been used in hearings before governments across the world. Others have been translated into seven different languages. Some have gone before Congress and the Senate at the federal level and have advised developments on COVID that have been global in scope.”

Two Military Brothers Harassed for Choosing Not to Take the Vaccine Are Now Facing Dishonorable Discharge from the Biden Gang

Farmers Warn of Dire Turkey Shortage: One Operating at Only 7% Capacity Ahead of Thanksgiving

A Stolen and Forgotten Birthright

By Butch Paugh

There are countless lessons to be learned from God’s Holy Book, the authorized KJV Bible. And it’s a sad and sorrowful fact that not many, even of those who call themselves born-again believers, learn, but very few of them in a lifetime. Mostly because they are too lazy to do what His Word instructs them to do in II Tim 2:15 “study to show themselves “approved” unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the Word of Truth.” Therefore, almost all of those who called themselves the “called out ones”, the Church, have been extremely easy for the great deceiver and father of lies to deceive and destroy the authority, power, duty and witness of His people. Hos 4:16 clearly states this fact and includes a curse on the children of the lazy and apathetic. Stop and look around you. Are the children following a Godly path? How about your children and grandchildren? Although we are promised in Prov. 22:6 that if we take the time to teach them God’s Word, statutes and laws that when they become adults, they will stay in them. But of course, this means that the parents must know and obey them themselves! Obviously, we didn’t and still have not! Enough said on that point. The next verse helps us understand how we let God’s law slip from us. The more we have “increased”, prospered materially, the more we forget God and His Word!

Now, we are going to look at what has to be one of the most important lessons that we have forgotten and allowed to be stolen from us. The wonderful birthright that has been given us through the saving grace of Jesus Christ our Savior! You will notice that I didn’t say Savior and Lord simply because, for the far larger part of those who trust Him for salvation, He is not their Lord! At least not in entirety! We say He is, we give Him “lip” service, but our lives show differently! I know that I have been guilty of this simple truth in the past and I’m certain that in some areas, through ignorance, still am. We can claim His precious grace for our ignorance! But know this! Once we are enlightened with the truth and continue in “open, knowing” sin, grace becomes of none affect without a heart-felt repentance and turning away from that sin! (James 4:17/ Heb. 10:26-31). So, if you don’t want to be accountable for what you are about to learn, stop reading now. Of course, then you will be guilty of being willfully ignorant. (Rom. 1:18-22/ II Pet. 3:6)

Let’s begin to reclaim our stolen and forgotten birthright! In Gen. 25 we are told that Esau “sold” his birthright for a piece of bread and a bowl of lentil soup! The Scriptures tell us that he “despised” his birthright, which means that he disesteemed and scorned it! In Gen. 27 and Heb. 12 we are further told that when he came before his father Isaac to receive his birthright, which was rightfully his for being the eldest son, he could not and did not receive it. Although he repented and wept bitterly, it was too late for him! He had made an

intentional agreement (contract or covenant) with Jacob that was lawfully binding, so there was no room for repentance! What a loss for a “temporary” pleasure just to please his flesh! (Heb. 11:25)

In John 10:10 we are told that the thief cometh not, but for to steal, and to kill, and to destroy. The rest of the verse tells us that Christ came that we might have life, and that they might have it more abundantly! Unfortunately, we have allowed (given authority) for the thief to steal the knowledge of our birthright purchased for us by Christ through our ignorance and apathy!

In John 1:12 we are given such a wonderful promise and gift by adoption into God’s family through Christ that we simply no longer understand and claim. We are given “power” which means permission and authority to exercise for God’s glory.

Rom. 8:14-18 we are told that as many as are led by the spirit of, they are the sons of God. We have received the Spirit of adoption, whereby we can call Jehovah God our Father! The Spirit bears witness with our spirit, that we are the children of God, joint heirs of God, and joint heirs with Christ! If we are willing to suffer with Him! A promise of birthright!

Oh, the precious promises and blessings that are ours through Christ. If we only would understand and claim them! In Col. 1:12-14, when we come to the saving knowledge of redemption in Christ, we are then delivered from the power of darkness, and translated (moved into) the Kingdom of His dear Son! We are now under the authority of our new King! His Kingdom law system must hold our total allegiance if we expect His blessings!

We must understand and accept the fact that when you change kingdoms and law systems, you automatically become the enemy of the kingdom you left! (John 15:18-19) We are warned that when you are redeemed and placed into Christ’s Kingdom, that obeying him will lead to persecution! (II Tim 3:12) We are given another precious promise in Rom. 8:18 that whatever we may suffer for the glory of God, that those sufferings are not worth counting in being compared with the glory that will be revealed to us! Praise God! Let’s remember that Peter said in Acts 5;29 that we ought to obey God rather than men and that we should rejoice that we are counted worthy to suffer shame for Christ’s name (Acts 5:41). As a matter of fact, another blessing is that our persecutions and tribulations that we may endure is a manifest token of the righteous judgment of God that we may be counted worthy of the Kingdom of God, for which we may suffer.

Let’s look at one more very important verse and precious promise given to His redeemed! This promise definitely nails the fact down that we are not subject to any man, kingdom or government that will require us to disobey a godless mandate or law! As we have already stated, when you are “born again” by grace through faith in Christ you become a Child of God! A joint heir with Christ! Translated from the kingdom of darkness into Christ and His Kingdom of Light! And now for the most powerful proof of all! And don’t forget, that with these blessings comes great duties and responsibilities! In Phil. 3:20 it says, “For our “conversation” is in Heaven; from whence also we look for the Savior, the Lord Jesus Christ.” I feel most certain that 95% of readers of this verse has no real idea of what the word conversation actually means. Folks, in the Strong’s Concordance Webster 4175, it says we are citizens of Heaven! Citizens with all the birthrights, blessings, promises, protections and duties of citizenship! Now “ain’t” that beautiful and powerful?! Let’s live like who we are supposed to be!

One final very important point to make in closing, is found in the last chapter of Ecclesiastes, the last two verses of the chapter. After a man of great wisdom discussed just about all matters and areas of life, he came to his final answer for all issues of life. Here it is, “Let us hear the conclusion of the whole matter: Fear God, and keep His commandments: for this is the whole duty of man. For God shall bring every work into judgment, with every secret thing, whether it be good, or whether it be evil.”

Reclaim your birthright in and through Christ and oppose Satan’s kingdom, governments and minions! Speak up, stand up and confront and rebuke evil! Ephesians 5:11

E-Mail Butch Paugh: ctdm@hotmail.com

COVID-19 Vaccine Facts Media Ignores, Part 3

By Roger Anghis

Keep in mind that since the ‘vaccine’ came out they have told us that it is 100% safe. Most reporting says the opposite but when people don’t research anything all they do is believe what MSM is telling them. New VAERS numbers should scare the daylights out of anyone who is considering getting the jab. There have been 701,559 adverse events, 60,741 hospitalizations, 80,393 urgent care, 6,637 heart attacks, 5,765 myocarditis, 1,862 miscarriages, 19,210 disabled, and 14,925 deaths. More people have died from the COVID ‘vaccine’ than all other deaths from all other vaccines combined. Remember that these are just America’s numbers. In my last column, I reported that the European Union has reported 26,041 deaths, 2,448,362 injuries.[1] Why is the government demanding that the whole planet gets the ‘vaccine’? It surely isn’t for our health as it seems we’d be a whole lot healthier NOT taking the jab. You’ll also find out that any mention by MSM about these adverse effects is not allowed. This administration does not want the public to know about them.

It is being reported that in many places that there are high numbers of COOVID patients who are fully vaccinated: Israel: “85-90% of the hospitalizations are in fully vaccinated people”[2]Scotland: 70% of Covid deaths and 58% of hospitalizations are fully vaccinated.[3] The illegals coming across our southern border are testing up to 20% positive: Over 20 percent of illegal immigrant unaccompanied minors and 18 percent of family units who recently crossed the U.S.-Mexico border have tested positive for COVID-19 prior to being released from U.S. Customs and Border Protection custody over the last several weeks, according to a Department of Homeland Security document prepared for President Joe Biden and reviewed by NBC News Saturday.

The document also said some flights being used to deport illegal immigrants had over 25 percent of the passengers test positive before leaving, forcing Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) to remove the sick illegal immigrants and place them in quarantine.

“In the last 2-3 weeks, the percent positivity rates among all demographics has increased,” the document says.[4] Biden isn’t requiring them to get the ‘vaccine’ but he’s demanding that the border patrol get it or get fired. Biden is also shipping the infected illegals to red states with low numbers of cases. Tell me again Biden is demanding people to get the jab for our health’s sake and I’ll have to call you a liar. It’s more proof that the Democrats hate America and will do anything to bring her down.

In an article from the Washington Post, there is a call for anyone traveling from one state to another to show proof of vaccination. Requiring vaccination for travel is hardly radical. The U.S. government has been considering a mandate for people flying into the United States from foreign countries. It’s already required for Americans to fly internationally if they don’t want to quarantine for 10 or more days in Germany, Britain, and other destinations. These policies have allowed international travel to resume. More than a month ago, Canada announced a vaccine mandate for interprovincial travel on all forms of public transport. We should follow our neighbor’s lead.

Such a mandate would be straightforward to create, based on protecting federal employees from the infection risks created by unvaccinated travelers. Transportation Security Administration staff are exposed daily to thousands of unvaccinated people who pass through security checkpoints.

Of course, there will be pushback. But cries of “freedom” and “personal choice” are hollow and politically motivated. Our freedom is not unlimited.[5] This sounds like 1930s Germany with security checkpoints at the border. Notice that they mock our demand for freedoms and personal choice.

Rand Paul questioned Xavier Becerra recently about the science behind the ‘vaccine’ and Paul destroyed Becerra’s defense of demanding everyone get the ‘vaccine’ with common sense but Becerra held to the left’s narrative. Paul even stated that it was obvious that they were just demanding that we comply and ask no questions. The following article, ‘Ignoring the Science’: Sen. Rand Paul Exposes HHS Secretary Xavier Becerra for ‘Lying To People About Natural Immunity’ for COVID-19, was first published on Big League Politics.

Sen. Rand Paul (R-KY) grilled HHS Secretary Xavier Becerra on Thursday for “lying to people about natural immunity” to COVID-19 as well as “ignoring science.”

“Mr. Becerra, are you familiar with an Israeli study that had 2.5 million patients and found that the vaccinated group was actually seven times more likely to get infected with Covid than the people who had gotten Covid naturally?” Paul asked the health bureaucrat during a Senate Health Committee hearing.

“I’m not familiar with that,” Becerra said in response, feigning ignorance with the well-publicized study.

“I think you might want to be if you’re going to travel the country insulting the millions of Americans, including NBA star Jonathan Isaac, who had Covid, recovered, look at a study with 2.5 million people, and say, well, you know what, I should make the decision. Instead, you’ve called Jonathan Isaac and others, myself included, flat earthers,” Paul clapped back. “We find that very insulting… Are you a doctor or a medical doctor?” the liberty-loving senator asked.

“I have worked for over 30 years on health policy,” Becerra said.

This is when Paul went in for the killshot on the paid shill for Big Pharma.

“You’re not a medical doctor. Do you have a science degree? And yet you travel the country, calling people flat earthers, who have had Covid, looked at studies of millions of people, and made their own personal decision that their immunity they naturally acquired is sufficient but you presume somehow to tell over 100 million Americans who survived Covid that we have no right to determine our own medical care,” Paul said.[6]

There is more and more evidence coming out that this is more than a health issue. It’s is obvious that the left is making a power play to get all the power they can. Even the Supreme Court is completely ignoring our constitutional rights and their constitutional obligation. They ignored their responsibility to review the evidence of voter fraud and on October 1^st Sotomayor denies New York school teachers the right to make medical decisions for themselves about their own health. Supreme Court Justice Sonia Sotomayor has denied a request by a group of New York City teachers to block the city’s vaccine mandate for Department of Education staff.

Sotomayor did not request an additional briefing and also did not refer the request to the full court.

As the Supreme Court Justice overseeing the Second Circuit, Sotomayor has the discretion to address emergency applications on her own.

Four New York Teachers had claimed in a petition that a vaccine mandate had violated their right to due process and equal protection.

The roughly 148,000 school employees in New York City had until 5 p.m. Friday to get a least their first dose of the COVID-19 vaccination or face suspension without pay when schools open on Monday.[7]

The fourteen days to flatten the curve has turned into almost twenty months with no end in sight, lockdowns, mask mandates, vaccine mandates, and the loss of our right to work and shop unless we take what has been proven to be a very dangerous gene therapy shot not a ‘vaccine’. If we don’t stand now we won’t have that right in a very short time. The Democrats will see to it.

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

The China Virus and National Security

By Cliff Kincaid

[DISCLAIMER: The opinion in this article is the sole opinion of this author and is not the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

Does it make any sense that, during a war that has already taken more than 700,000 American lives, the American people would abandon one of the best weapons of self-defense? That’s the case with America versus the China virus. Many are still scared of the vaccines and dying because of that fear.

Equally significant, those who refuse to defend themselves with life-saving vaccines are mostly in the Republican Party, usually considered to have a superior position on national security. It is one of the most mind-boggling developments I have witnessed in my 40 years in Washington, D.C. as a journalist covering conservative and Republican politics.

In the article, “How Conservatives Must Respond to China and the Virus,” Professor Renato Cristin argues that we must understand the Chinese origin of the virus because of its geostrategic implications.

People who claim the vaccines are more dangerous than the virus are not only scientifically wrong but helping China escape blame for the deaths of millions, They need to revisit history, when General George Washington, in another war, ordered the Revolutionary Army to get inoculated against smallpox. This decision helped turn the tide against the British.

Personally, I have never been totally pro-vaccine. I ran the Committee to Protect Medical Freedom and held a national news conference opposing a mandatory HIV/AIDS vaccine. That vaccine was not needed because changes in lifestyle were sufficient to avoid the dangerous virus, contracted mostly through intimate sexual contact and intravenous drug use. The HIV/AIDS vaccine was a pet project of Dr. Anthony Fauci but it was never developed because none of the vaccine candidates produced antibodies against HIV.

The difference in the case of the SARS-CoV-2 virus released by China is that you cannot avoid the disease through basic lifestyle choices. The virus is very contagious. In this case, thanks to the leadership of President Trump, a new vaccine technology called mRNA was used and has been shown to be effective in creating antibodies. Ordinary people exposed to the virus can be protected by simply taking the shots and the booster.

Even the Democratic Attorney Generals Association admits, “The COVID-19 vaccines are a massive scientific achievement. It’s remarkable that we were able to develop three safe and effective vaccines so quickly…” Of course, they don’t give Trump any credit for this.

In my view, the Trump “Warp Speed” vaccines are miracles. They were made possible by a refugee from communist Hungary, a scientist by the name of Katalin Karikó.

These miracles are still being made in the fight against the virus. But some Christians are refusing to avail themselves of them.

In terms of what is called the “End Times,” in which the state of Israel figures into Bible prophecy, it is significant that Israel has moved ahead with the vaccines and the vaccine boosters from a company, Pfizer, whose CEO Albert Bourla, is the Greek-born son of Holocaust survivors.

In the largest real-world study of COVID-19 vaccine safety, based on more than 2 million Israelis, “Findings show that the vaccine is safe, while coronavirus infection is associated with numerous serious adverse events.”

Sadly, it’s too late to give the results from Israel to the conservative talk show hosts, including Phil Valentine and Marc Bernier, who were skeptical of the vaccine, got COVID, and died.

At the same time, Israel has recognized that the dangerous virushas re-emerged in people already vaccinated because of waning immunity, and has authorized millions of booster shots. This is America’s future as well.

I got my booster shot on Friday. I consider it not only a way to save lives but a message to the Chinese Communist dictatorship that is killing Americans.

However, the kind of “green pass” based on vaccination status used in Israel to reopen the economy and let people return to a normal life faces opposition here.

Appearing on Mike Lindell’s “Frank Speech” channel, for example, Brannon Howse claimed that the vaccine is laying the groundwork for the “Mark of the Beast” and the emergence of the anti-Christ predicted in the Bible.He will undoubtedly attack an internal COVID-19 vaccine passport like the Israeli green pass as the actual “Mark of the Beast” and scare even more people away from the life-saving vaccines.

Lindell has made the same ludicrous claim. But that didn’t stop his induction into the Christian “Hall of Fame” at an October 9 event.

It’s because of the impact of this kind of apocalyptic nonsense that I have become a reluctant supporter of life-saving vaccine mandates.

As Americans and Christians, we have an obligation to save lives and save our nation. We are at war. We have to win it.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvval.org

Deaths From Covid Jabs Continue as Planned

By JW Bryan

In view of the horrific amount of documented evidence which grows daily, thousands of deaths in addition to millions of serious injuries are happening all over the world, it becomes crystal clear that the various “vaccines” are purposely designed to kill or seriously injure people causing a slower, yet ultimate death.

“The people cannot be all, and always, well informed. The part which is wrong will be discontented, in proportion to the importance of the facts they misconceive. If they remain quiet under such misconceptions, it is lethargy, the forerunner of death to the public liberty. What country before ever existed a century and half without a rebellion? And what country can preserve its liberties if their rulers are not warned from time to time that their people preserve the spirit of resistance? Let them take arms. The remedy is to set them right as to facts, pardon and pacify them. What signify a few lives lost in a century or two? The tree of liberty must be refreshed from time to time with the blood of patriots and tyrants. It is its natural manure.”

This quote was included in a letter by Thomas Jefferson which he sent to someone here in America while he was in France. I often reflect upon his words when viewing our national situation,especially as it relates to the crises, we are confronted with concerning the contrived covid-19 “pandemic” better known as the Plandemic. And as we pursue the history of how it all came about; it becomes completely clear that what is happening with these contrived crises has been planned for more than a decade.

In view of all the daily evidence which continues to accumulate that the Covid jab being injected into millions of people across the globe, was purposely designed to kill people to depopulate the earth to half a billion.So, why are people continuing to line up to get this inoculation?

Propaganda and Misinformation

Part of it, of course, is that there is so much misinformation and media propaganda.Couple that with all the prevailing ignorance which has resulted in a partially lethargic population, and how they have responded is natural.

The constant brainwashing with propaganda and outright lies our people are constantly confronted with is over the top. Everywhere you travel are billboards telling us, “Get vaccinated – vaccinations are safe and effective.”

Nonsense…if we’re only getting one percent of the deaths and adverse effects reported on the Vaccine Adverse Effects Reporting System (VAERS), then the death statistic is probably one and a half million.

Many vaccinations used to be effective, but not in the way they are perceived to be. And according to all evidence, none of them are really safe.

Biden is telling the unvaccinated that they shouldn’t travel during the upcoming holidays. Implicit in this is an assertion, as well as a confirmation that vaccinated people have nothing to be concerned about — for they are protected. But the unvaccinated are at risk so they need to stay home. All of this is nothing more than a dang lie — a lie that is damned by God, which of course, is the only way something is damned.

We can be forgiven for lying if we haven’t rejected God to the point that He has turned us over to a reprobate mind, which is what has happened to all these forces behind this madness. There is no way anyone can initiate and support the action we are caught up in unless God has turned them over to a mind which can no longer discern between right and wrong and belong to the forces of evil.

This is, of course, not a blanket assertion which would include all those who have been caught up in all the propaganda supporting forced vaccination of the masses. Many have become victims of what is happening out of fear, misinformation, ignorance, and making the choice not to become informed about what has been going on for at least the last hundred years. Changing our country from one which protected the individual rights of all people, to one which had no regard for the people has been the goal from our nation’s inception. In fact, not only do governments have no regard for our freedoms or liberties, but the depth of their contempt, their scorn, their complete revulsion for the people and for our individualityis infinite.

They ignore the immutable principle that came into being with creation, “All choices result in consequences.” This is a given, i.e., inadvertent there is no way to avoid it. When we make a choice, either for good, or for bad, and follow up with action for bringing it to fruition, the results are imminent.

We are now having to adjust our mode of living in order to survive the consequences of the choices, especially those built upon, or supported by an agenda of lies made by so many over 165 years ago. The thinking and beginning of the plan for what is happening now goes back to the advent of the Illuminati in 1776.

But lying is merely a way of life for those that are involved in bringing the goals of “The New World Order” to fruition. For example: the Center for Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) now rules that anyone who dies within 14 days after being vaccinated is to be listed as unvaccinated. And if they’ve only had one shot, and now haven’t had the booster, they too are listed as unvaccinated.

This falsely projects the view that it is the unvaccinated who are dying, and covers up the fact that those dying inside of 14 days after the jab likely all died as a result of being injected with the so called “vaccine” which according to mounting evidence is nothing more than a concoction designed to either kill or severely injure people.

Moreover, this ruling by the CDC sets the stage for placing the cause of the continuing “pandemic on the unvaccinated.” According to Health Impact News: Official Government Stats on Covid Vaccines: 13,627 deaths, 2,926,646 injuries, 1,429 fetal deaths in pregnant women, and this was over a month ago…remember too, this is only one percent that is reported, multiply times 100.

Think of the misery and heartbreak these numbers represent. Also, the number of lives which have been shattered across the globe to never be recovered.According to Brighteon, “Under Covid tyranny, U.S. hospitals have become murder factories.” It is because of the false protocol to protect the vax as the only course for health…when in fact there are multiple applications of safe and cheap medications to make people well.

Across America, hospitals have been transformed into murder factories where people are falsely “diagnosed” with Covid via a fraudulent PCR test, then put on miss calibrated, made-in-China ventilators that blow out their lungs and kill them. Safe and effective medical interventions that actually save lives among covid victims, such as ivermectin, especially as a weekly prophylactic, are strictly prohibited in nearly every hospital in the country. Obviously,this is part of a malicious medical scheme to exterminate as many patients as possible and drive up the “pandemic” death numbers.

What was once a system of medicine has become a system of deliberate murder.

Then there’s this: Booster shot plans are accelerated to kill the masses before the awakening of the fraud spreads…

According to Natural News…For anyone paying attention, it is abundantly obvious now that the entire covid “Plandemic” scam is a global depopulation scheme to scare people into taking spike protein bioweapon jabs that will kill them over time. What the globalists didn’t anticipate however, is the rapid awakening to the truth that is now spreading like wildfire across the landscape of medicine and science.

We have arrived at a tipping point. Humanity is awakening at an accelerating rate, so now the globalists are trying to exterminate people as rapidly as possible to stop the spread of truth.

Here is a link to an article recently published in NewsWithViews by Kelleigh Nelson. I highly recommend it as a must read.

What she covers in this article would take me three or four, maybe five articles to even approach what she so fantastically explains. Additionally, a recent and very excellent article by Devvy Kidd, “COVID-19: The Omega Brief” also published in NewsWithViews is a must read.

Anyone reading these two articles, and especially if they check the links, will get an education relative to the “pandemic” many times over those in the public listening to the Pravda media.

Consider this: of the nearly 3 million injuries, many of them have had the quality of their lives massively affected by 50% or more ultimately their very existence is threatened.

Conclusion

All of this plays into United Nations Agenda 21/30 which is the Great Reset. We cannot begin to imagine how people will have to adjust in order to survive or to live.

In contrast to what we are experiencing with these totally contrived crises in which the combined forces of evil are involved in implementing a program exterminating much of the world’s population and causing an untold amount of suffering for those who remain, God is still on the throne, He still answers prayer and He loves us. Please work to expose the truth and pray for guidance and help in doing so.

God loves truth, and He loves it when we share it and help others. Having done all, we must stand…for the truth and for our Creator.

E-Mail J.W. Bryan: alliejwbryan@gmail.com

Biden is Intensely Hated and Despised

By Andrew C. Wallace

I have determined that one possible way to help free us of Communists is to exercise my Freedom of Speech Rights to inform Biden,”THE USURPER” and his Insurrectionists of how much they are hated and despised by Americans. They are unlawfully ruling against the desires and best interests of the country. The resentment and hatred of the insurrectionists by citizens is so powerful that they can never win a fair Constitutional election. The Communists have exercised their only option for control, raw power and the barrel of a gun.

I believe that never before in our history, not even during our Revolutionary War and Civil War has the anger of the people been so inflamed. People are now so enraged because they feel they may have no other alternative but violence. All other options have been denied.

People actually hate and despise Biden (THE USURPER) and his Superiors, the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) and their Chinese Communist partners.

People also despise actions of the corporations, media, banks, elected officials, bureaucrats, judges, military flag officers, and all compromised government employees, et al., controlled by the PSRRC.

My feelings are so intense that I can’t even tolerate seeing the PSRRC’s Loathsome Lying Corrupt Biden, (THE USURPER) on TV, without cursing him out loud.

Most men I know do the same thing. The Ignorant, Apathetic and Lenin’s Useful Idiots don’t know or feel anything, as they help the Communists lead them to their own destruction.

When The PSRRC and their puppet, Biden, “THE USURPER” had millions of workers fired , they created an army (lager than U.S, Military) who hate them for damn good reasons and are armed to the teeth. The USURPER went too far this time. If he wanted a backlash that he could attack, then he will get more than he can handle. The proper response to retaliation by THE USURPER would be guerilla actions that no military has ever been able to defeat, and certainly not with our compromised Flag Officers who have not won a war in 75 years. These same military officers with support of most politicians have been eager to sacrifice the lives of our Armed Forces to profit the Military Industrial Complex, when critical issues of National Security were not evident.

Administrators and many Faculty of our Universities are advocates of Communism, Critical Race Theory, Climate Change, Illegal Invaders, Green New Deal, A National Income, Reparations, et al. They advocate everything that will destroy the Republic. These are not stupid people, but they are venal, demonic and ignorant of reality. Academics think they are superior to the rest of us. Public funding of most non professional university programs is not justified, or in the public interest. Funding of fun, games and debauchery is unconscionable; when we are in need of infrastructure and many of our citizens are in dire need. The negative quality of education at all levels is driving the demand for “School Choice” which Biden, ‘THE USURPER’ is fighting.

Most Blacks are good people. But when it comes to slavery, many never seem to learn that Democrats were responsible for the institution of slavery in the South, and continue to support slavery to this day in the Democrat Inner City Plantations. This ignorance of many Blacks and poor people is the result of fake schools and fake media, also controlled by Democrat Communists who they voted into office.

The Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), 1/4 of 1%, and their “Richly Rewarded” and “Above the Law” Minions act as if they have the God Given “Divine Right of Kings”. This arrogance of attitude, superiority, and entitlement has earned these venal parasites the utter contempt of the people.

Chinese Communists in cooperation with our PSRRC controlled government and corporations declared war on the world with the Corona Virus, killing millions. This was the biggest “Crime Against Humanity” in history. It was used to beggar the people, destroy small business competitors, gain political advantage, and control the people with fear and brutal unconstitutional power. Every Faux authority involved in these crimes has lost all credibility and incurred wrath of the people.

Our military is very unhappy. It is being destroyed by Critical Race Theory, incompetent and anti-American Flag Officers ( who have not won a war in 75 years), forced vaccinations, reduced standards, Soviet style political officers, dangerous rules of engagement, et al. No one should want to serve or die in no win wars of no critical importance to the United States except for the profits of the PSRRC’s Military Industrial Complex.

American people are really enraged by Biden, THE USURPER’s open borders, support of illegal invaders, and efforts to take away our right to keep and bear firearms. Its simple, INVADERS are destroying Medicare, Social Security, American Dream, Voting Rights, all government benefits and increasing crime and diseases. There is no upside, none. We have no need for uneducated illegals, possessing no skills, who don’t speak English, many are criminals or diseased and we must support, or deport them, look at European experience. If we lose our right to keep and bear arms, we will be slaves overnight. Observe Canada, Australia and every Communist dictatorship.

The PSRRC has been sucking the life Blood out of our people since the inception of the Unconstitutional Private Federal Reserve Bank and Tax Free Foundations in 1913. Our dollar is unconstitutional Fiat, and unlimited printing is transferring the productivity and wealth of the working people to the wealthy and those who choose not to work. You are not a Racist or a Domestic Terrorist if you object to these Communist ideas which have failed every time they were tried. By definition, money is a store of value, our dollar is not. It was designed with no Constitutional backing so it could finance no win wars, transfer workers resources to the PSRRC and cause economic collapse on cue. Like the Chinese, the PSRRC want digital money for total control. Tax Free foundations have allowed the wealthy to control everything into eternity at the expense of the people.

Every part of the faux government is corrupt and controlled by the PSRRC and their Communist minions. We can never have a Constitutional Republic without the Constitution and “Rule of Law” being enforced, which is impossible so long as the rotten FBI exists.

Our founders came to America to escape life in European cities, now our cities are much, much worse than in Europe. Our citizens are enraged by this reality.

A majority of the Federal Government was unconstitutional before the Election Insurrection, now it is all unconstitutional and has no authority, none.

Citizens of both parties realize that Democrat and Republican elected officials are incompetent, corrupt and cowardly. BOTH parties are controlled by the PSRRC. People have heard about the old days when these criminals could expect pitchforks, tar and feathers. Now the people can see no alternative to violence because there are no other viable options.

I believe it is my Constitutional and Christian obligation, duty and right as a citizen to do everything possible to prevent the bloody destruction of my beloved country.

Those of us who have served our country and survived, will not allow our honored dead to have died in vain; we will fight the PSRRC and their Communist minions, which includes Biden,”THE USURPER”, until we die.

We would get the added Bonus of a return to Freedom and Prosperity when the PSRRC, Communists and Biden, “THE USURPER” are defeated.

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

Tyranny in Shelby County, Tennessee

By Kelleigh Nelson

Our great democracies still tend to think that a stupid man is more likely to be honest than a clever man, and our politicians take advantage of this prejudice by pretending to be even more stupid than nature made them. —Bertrand Russell

It’s not an endlessly expanding list of rights — the ‘right’ to education, the ‘right’ to health care, the ‘right’ to food and housing. That’s not freedom, that’s dependency. Those aren’t rights, those are the rations of slavery — hay and a barn for human cattle. —Alexis de Tocqueville, French aristocrat, diplomat, political scientist, political philosopher and historian.

Socialism is an alternative to capitalism as potassium cyanide is an alternative to water. —Ludwig von Mises

The following 13-minute video was recorded in Shelby County, Tennessee which includes the incorporated cities and towns of Memphis, Arlington, Bartlett, Collierville, Germantown, Lakeland and Millington.

The recording shows people being restricted from entering a school board meeting by police, many because they are not masked. It so reminds me of the East German Stasi who were ordered to kill those who tried to climb the wall, tunnel under or balloon ride to freedom to West Germany. No, it’s not that bad, but this is how it starts.

The Rumble Video can be seen here.

There are a number of folks gathered outside the building and one officer speaks to them several times. Throughout the video, he touches and adjusts his face diaper time and again. Every time he touches that mask, he infects it with more bacteria and then breathes it into his lungs. Dr. Richard Urso who spoke at America’s Frontline Doctors White Coat Summit commented that he wished masks worked, but there are zero randomized control trials in the last four decades that masks stopped the spread of respiratory illness.

This officer stated that school security is in charge of who comes in and who comes out. What?! Every parent who wants to attend the school board meeting should be allowed to. Folks with medical exemptions for masks were not even allowed to enter.

The section for public comment at this public meeting has been disallowed to the people who will not follow and obey the orders of the hierarchy of Shelby County. Many of the officers actually turned their badges around so you could not read their names or their badge numbers. When asked for their names and badges, they walked away. When police were inside the building, they were told to adjust their cameras and turn off the audio so the parents outside could not hear what was being said.

These parents were denied entrance to a public meeting that affects their own children. And just who created the mask mandate?

Police Officer Thornton told the people he was going by the executive order of the Health Department of Shelby County. Therein lies the truth. This officer is just taking and following orders to keep his job, despite the order being constitutionally false. We are seeing clearly throughout the country and even in Red States, control by those who were never elected.

In Charlotte Iserbyt’s 1999 book, The Deliberate Dumbing Down of America, on page 134, she exposes the truth of communism and the unelected powers who rule. (NewsWithViews.com has only 10 copies of this valuable book left.)

Her book states the following:

The Daily World of November 8, 1975 carried a very interesting article entitled “Planning is Socialism’s Trademark” by Morris Zeitlin. The Daily World(newspaper of the Communist Party USA) was formerly known as The Daily Worker and was founded in 1924. The importance of this article lies in its blatant admission that regionalism, which is gradually becoming the accepted method of unelected governance in the United States (unelected councils and task forces, participatory democracy, public-private partnerships, etc.) is the form of government used in democratic socialist and communist countries.

I beg of my fellow Americans to wake up and smell the decay of our Republic…we are dying. The only thing that will save us is if more people like the folks in this video stand up and demand the freedoms God gave us and our founders recorded in both the Declaration of Independence and our Constitution and especially our unalienable Bill of Rights.

Stand for freedom, or ultimately, we’ll be on our knees in slavery.

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

Since it’s ALL about the Money and Power

By Lex Greene

By now, most Americans should have figured out that everything going on in our country, and indeed the world today, is strictly about global control of all Money and Power, not public health, peace, or freedom.

Two can play that game!

You don’t have to watch what’s going on in Australia today for long, to see just how far global Marxists are willing to go to achieve their goal of stealing the world’s wealth and freedom from every living soul. You also don’t need to see too many examples of citizens rising up all over the globe, and on U.S. college campuses against their socialist governments, to know that Americans are far from alone in this battle.

The simple fact is, people have figured out that Joe Biden and the rest of Obama’s puppet regime in D.C., have zero respect or regard for any Citizens, here or abroad. Their unquenchable thirst for total wealth and power over all people has driven them to every extreme measures to accomplish the evil goals of only a few. Beginning with the unbridled fraud in the 2020 election and continuing daily with ever increasing tyrannical dictates uttered by an expendable mindless fool, placed in power due to his total incompetence, the beat goes on as our nation and world is being forced into total collapse.

But…it’s all about nothing more than money and power. That’s what drives these pathetic psychopaths to do the evil they are doing. With help from the world’s most dangerous billionaires and mad scientists, they prefer a world free from any and all opposition, even if they have to drive humanity to the brink of extinction.

That’s the bad news…

The good news is…all we have to do to defeat them is steal their money and power. We have to take from them, everything they are determined to take from us. We need to break their backs, before they break ours.

Of course, alone, none of us has the resources to accomplish that. This means that we have no choice but to work together, united as one people, one voice, one nation, under one God, for Liberty, and Justice for all…especially the criminals currently in power.

As Thomas Paine once said…

They tell us, sir, that we are weak; unable to cope with so formidable an adversary. But when shall we be stronger? Will it be the next week, or the next year? Will it be when we are totally disarmed, and when a British guard shall be stationed in every house? Shall we gather strength by irresolution and inaction? Shall we acquire the means of effectual resistance by lying supinely on our backs and hugging the delusive phantom of hope, until our enemies shall have bound us hand and foot? Sir, we are not weak if we make a proper use of those means which the God of nature hath placed in our power. The millions of people, armed in the holy cause of liberty, and in such a country as that which we possess, are invincible by any force which our enemy can send against us. Besides, sir, we shall not fight our battles alone. There is a just God who presides over the destinies of nations, and who will raise up friends to fight our battles for us. The battle, sir, is not to the strong alone; it is to the vigilant, the active, the brave. Besides, sir, we have no election. If we were base enough to desire it, it is now too late to retire from the contest. There is no retreat but in submission and slavery! Our chains are forged! Their clanking may be heard on the plains of Boston! The war is inevitable–and let it come! I repeat it, sir, let it come.

It is in vain, sir, to extenuate the matter. Gentlemen may cry, Peace, Peace– but there is no peace. The war is actually begun! The next gale that sweeps from the north will bring to our ears the clash of resounding arms!” Thomas Paine 1775…

Without these all-inspired and ordained words, our Founders may never have united in the confrontation with Britain that gave birth to the freest most prosperous nation ever known to mankind. Without a critical mass rising up together to declare our freedom as an independent nation, no American would have ever tasted freedom and liberty.

We are there again, these too, are the times that try men’s souls.

“Should I keep back my opinions at such a time, through fear of giving offense, I should consider myself as guilty of treason towards my country, and of an act of disloyalty toward the Majesty of Heaven, which I revere above all earthly kings.”

“Sir, we are not weak if we make a proper use of those means which the God of nature hath placed in our power.”

United, we WILL prevail once again!

Those who cannot resist the demonic urge to seize dominion over all people, must be stripped of any and all power. They must be ruined, destroyed, so that no such evil will dare raise its ugly head again in the Land of the Free and Home of the Brave.

We can no longer act as though we have any choice in this matter, for inaction, divisions among the people, silence, indifference, and cowardice, will doom us all, for all posterity.

We MUST Take Their Money

…this is from which they draw all of their evil power.

If you work for the government, resign, and join your fellow Americans for freedom’s sake. But do it together!
If you are in the Military or Law Enforcement, lay down your weapons, strip off your uniform, and join the people you are sworn to protect, in defense of the Constitution you are sworn to uphold and defend. But do it together!
If you work for a major corporation involved in forced medical mandates, clock out and go home, never to return until all such unlawful mandates end. But do it together!
If you need a job, seek one with small independent businesses who desperately need your talents, and will not comply with any unlawful orders against you. Do it together!
When you shop, do not shop anywhere unlawful mandates are being forced upon employees or customers. Force their doors to close! Do it together!
When you seek a restaurant, seek one that serves all Americans, and does not discriminate against those who stand forever opposed to socialism and unlawful medical mandates. Do it together!
Until Airlines stop their unlawful mandates, don’t fly anywhere for any reason. Do it together!
Until your local, state, and federal “public servants” serve you, stop supporting them and stand in their faces (as Obama once said), until they have no choice but to serve you. Do it together!
Until we return to free, fair, legitimate elections, opt out of the election scam altogether. It no longer matters which criminal from which party wins by fraud. Do it together!
Never accept force, coercion, bribery, intimidation, or threats as a means of stripping you of your individual God-given and Constitutionally protected Rights! Do it together!
Use these principles daily, everywhere in your life and DO IT TOGETHER!

Yes, these things are inconvenient, but they are not deadly. To strip tyrants of their power, we must strip them of their money! Divided, we cannot… but UNITED, WE CAN!

They are NOT in control of what happens next, WE ARE!

They have only appeared to be in control, while Americans were divided by them, silenced by them, demoralized by them, frightened by them, and nearly cancelled by them.

We the People run this country, or nobody can! All political power is derived from us. We don’t work for, or take orders from, any “public servant.” We the People issue the orders!

“There is a just God who presides over the destinies of nations, and who will raise up friends to fight our battles for us. The battle, sir, is not to the strong alone; it is to the vigilant, the active, the brave.”

“Is life so dear, or peace so sweet, as to be purchased at the price of chains and slavery? Forbid it, Almighty God!”

Clueless Biden thinks he is in total control and totally untouchable… Britain once thought that too!

Since everything is all about the money, that’s where we have to hit them, in their wallets. For this, with a firm reliance on the protection of divine Providence, we must mutually pledge to each other our Lives, our Fortunes, and our sacred Honor.

Don’t spend a penny you don’t have to spend. Now is not the time for frivolous notions. We cannot raise or eliminate our individual debt limits; the way Democrat Marxists and cowardly Republicans have forced us all into national bankruptcy with frivolous debt spending for many years now.

This is our line in the sand… this is when it all ends! This is now in YOUR hands. It’s up to YOU whether or not you are part of the problem, or part of the solution. This is your only peaceful solution now… DO IT! …Or even God himself, will not save us from ourselves! YOU are the solution, or there isn’t one!

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

What Can YOU Do for Your Country?

By: Devvy

The most frequent question I get asked is what can we do? The courts are corrupt. Career politicians, both parties are corrupt. The prostitute media are merely an extension of the Democrat/Communist Party USA. Big-tech giants have monopolies choking free speech while promoting and funding the destruction of our constitutional republic. They want to take away our guns. The decades long human invasion at our southern border is long past dangerous.

What can we do?

First, dump the defeatist attitude I read in emails. Defeatism Insures Defeat: “This is just too much. But what can American patriots who refuse to resign themselves to unconditional surrender do about this situation? First and foremost, they can recall that “God helps those who help themselves”. They can stop complaining about their weaknesses and start taking an inventory of their strengths. They can stop whining that nothing can be done to save this country and what used to be called “the American way of life”, and instead figure out what they can accomplish with the moral, political, and especially legal resources at hand.”

Second, every person has to decide: What am I willing to sacrifice? I should write a book about my three decades long journey because there’s been so many ‘unique’ and memorable moments in time. One I shall always remember. It was in late March 1996. I was invited to speak in Puyallup, Washington. My good friend, former CID agent for the IRS, Joe Banister, was also an invited speaker.

As we stood talking at a table, two men came up to tell Joe how much they admired him, his courage. Joe quit the IRS when he found out the truth about the misapplication of the federal income tax and who it does not include. Not many will walk away from an $80,000 a year career job because they know the truth and cannot continue to be part of the lies.

Both of these men’s clothes were high-end. One said to Joe, I couldn’t do what you did, I have too much to lose. That guy had an expensive gold chain around his neck, couple of rings and shoes that easily cost a couple hundred bux even back then.

I felt nothing but contempt for both of them. Let someone else take the risks. Those men should read a little history so they fully understand those who took up the fight for freedom which eventually led to the Revolutionary War, sacrificed everything for all the future generations to come – including theirs. (Emphasis mine below.)

The Signers of the Declaration of Independence

“All of the colonies were represented in Philadelphia to consider the delicate case for independence and to change the course of the war. In all, there were fifty-six representatives from the thirteen colonies. Fourteen represented the New England Colonies, twenty-one represented the Middle Colonies and twenty-one represented the Southern Colonies. The largest number (9) came from Pennsylvania.

“Most of the signers were American born although eight were foreign born. The ages of the signers ranged from 26 (Edward Rutledge) to 70 (Benjamin Franklin), but the majority of the signers were in their thirties or forties. More than half of the signers were lawyers and the others were planters, merchants and shippers. Together they mutually pledged “to each other our Lives, our Fortunes and our sacred Honor.” They were mostly men of means who had much to lose if the war was lost.

“None of the signers died at the hands of the British, and one-third served as militia officers during the war. Four of the signers were taken captive during the war and nearly all of them were poorer at the end of the war than at the beginning. No matter what each of these men did after July 1776, the actual signing of the Declaration of Independence which began on August 2 ensured them instant immortality. The following gives a bit of information about each signer AFTER the signing of the Declaration of Independence.”

Another time I was on AMTRAK on my way to DC from Sacramento, CA. In the dining car were two couples. All four well fed. I couldn’t hear their conversation but at one point one of the men spoke loud enough and said he’d put in his time in the military and life from here on out was for good times, “I’ve already done my part”. Judging by his age it was at least a couple of decades ago he got out.

Well, fella, you go right ahead and spend your days eating and having a good time because that was 21 years ago and look where we are today. While ya’ll were eating and playing, the evil doers were ploughing ahead with their diabolical plans. You took an oath but “good times” apparently take precedence over country.

Judicial system

Those not reduced to zombie status know both state and federal judiciaries are rotten and corrupt. Not every single judge but a large percentage. For decades judges have become increasingly partisan, ignoring both their state and U.S. constitutions. What can be done? Not the same thing over and over and expect different results.

How many of the 80 million Americans who voted for Trump are lawyers? How many of them consider themselves very patriotic and are fed up with disgusting rulings by judges in their local area, i.e., county, state, federal?

Okay. What we need are all those thousands of lawyers to run for openings on any court in all the states. Texas is a huge state so we have lots of them. It differs by state but some judges are appointed.

“Selection of state court judges in Texas occurs through partisan elections at each court level. Term lengths vary, but all judges must run for re-election at the end of their terms. Across the state’s appellate and trial courts, there are nine supreme court justices, nine criminal appeals judges, 80 appeals court judges, and 448 district court judges.”

Federal judges are confirmed by the U.S. Senate as is the U.S. (Un) Supreme Court. We can all see how that’s worked out the past few decades. The bottom line is Congress refuses to impeach rotten federal judges because the American people haven’t demanded Judge Rotten be impeached for trampling the Constitution.

Voters continue to reelect the same incumbents back to Congress who hold worthless judiciary committee hearings that accomplish nothing and so now, the wound has festered to the point of complete rot.

Registration for upcoming elections by candidates is closing in; many states have a drop-dead date to register as a candidate so check with your Secretary of State. I know running for any office is time consuming, draining and cuts into income in certain cases, but we’re on the edge of the abyss.

Muslims on the bench.

Only someone who knows NOTHING about the political party called Islam would ever vote for a Muslim no matter what public office. Islam is not a religion; click here and go to page 5. That manual is found in mosques throughout this country. They are gaining footholdsat all levels of office in this country and it has to stop. The consequences will be deadly if we don’t.

In 2018 a shocking number of Muslims were not only elected to the bench in states, but also DA’s. This is damn dangerous because they have a game plan that’s being carried out right under the noses of Americans. Read this column when you can, it’s very important. Mosques are teaching hate. They are breeding grounds for sleeper cells. If you don’t have time right now, come back and listen to this interview of an individual who knows first hand what’s going on and more.

Remember the photos a year or two ago of illegals smuggling high power rifles on horseback across the border? Who knows if they were Mexican or from Pakistan, Iraq or Afghanistan? I tell you no good is going to come from the flood of humans invading us.

Soros threw huge money into getting George Gascon elected as the new District Attorney of LA County. A far-left piece of scum who thinks he’s some sort of totalitarian dictator. Ignorant voters voting for their own demise. To sum up, we desperately need constitutionally grounded lawyers in this country to run for judges and DA’s and work to get them elected. We won’t be successful in LA county, but by God, we can be across this country.

State legislatures

Same thing. Our state legislature here in Texas is GOP controlled but infested with RINO’s who need to be defeated in the upcoming primary next year. There’s a lot of hay about red states with conservatives holding the majority in state capitals. Horse puckey. Not when they turn out to be more blue than red once they’re in office. They need to be defeated in the primaries, not reelected and the same goes for weak, sissy GOP governors.

What it takes is becoming a candidate, getting boots on the ground and volunteers to fill those boots. It takes sacrificing time from work and family, only unlike the signers of the Declaration of Independence, we have the Internet and social media to saturate districts as well as TV & radio ads. We need constitutionally grounded Republicans in state houses, not more RINO incumbents getting reelected.

This is OUR government, OUR country. Self-governance means We the People fulfilling our duty make sure freedom and liberty dominate and that takes candidates who actually know what the U.S. and their state constitutions say and mean. City council, county commissioners, school boards, state commissions, you name it. Most are elected although some like PUC (Public Utility Commission) are hand picked by a governor.

This is what Democrats are so good at: Getting candidates on the ballot. The Republican Party is also a well-run machine in the states, but we simply don’t have enough Americans willing to run for office. Yeah, politics is a blood sport, just ask Donald Trump. But we cannot let that deter us from winning.

Independents: I know you don’t want to register with the Republican Party (I haven’t been since 1996), but you have to get on the ballot and get elected. That’s just the way it is for now, so please don’t send me emails lecturing me on the two-party system. I’ve been at this for the past three decades full time.

Congress

Republicans are wetting their pants with anticipation they will re-take the U.S. House and possibly the U.S. Senate. That will NOT happen unless, and I’ve harped on this for decades: Candidates MUST audit the vote. I don’t care if it’s city council, school board, state rep or senator or Congress –if you lose, file to stop certification of the vote until an audit is done. I guarantee you numbers won’t add up in 90% of the voting precincts in this country.

Even the most rudimentary audit will turn up discrepancies: More people voted than registered. Voter registration cards (and this happened decades ago with B52 – Bob Dornan’s race) with the name A. Martinez, B. Martinez – M. Martinez – all at the same address only to find out only two or three people reside at that address. Addresses that turn out to be broken down empty houses in a bad part of town or office buildings – only discovered after an election is certified.

Election fraud

The Lord works in strange ways they say. There’s no question President-elect Trump is just that – he’s never conceded. Neither his team nor state legislatures were ready for the massive fraud last November 3, 2020. I say state legislatures because many of the swing states have a GOP majority in their House and Senate. They knew rules were being changed, dirty deals made with the Democrats and had the power to stop it before November 3^rd.

The other problem was legal challenges and I’ve covered this before as have others about Rudy Guiliani. How DJT Lost The WHITE HOUSE, Chapter 1 by Patrick Byrne – “First, in the 90 minutes between 11:30 PM and 1 AM, Mayor Giuliani imbibed three triple scotches on ice. Nine shots of alcohol. Those relating this story could not vouch for what he had drunk before 11:30.” Too many comments by people who know Guiliani say he’s sauced by 2:00 every afternoon. He should never have been on Trump’s legal team.

As someone who has been hammering on vote fraud since 1993, it occurred to me that maybe God used Trump again (the first time in the WH to buy us some time) only this time to for once and for shove vote fraud down the throats of Americans. That it’s real and not conspiracy theories. All these decades myself and countless others trying to expose massive vote fraud every two years while most of the country had no interest. Oh, sure, the usual jokes about voting in Chicago and cemeteries, but few were interested in stopping it.

The shadow government using the morally bankrupt and corrupt Democrat Party tried to pull off the biggest vote fraud heist in history last November. Only this time voters – nearly 80 million of them from both parties and independents – were fierce about seeing walking corpse, Joe Biden, defeated even if they didn’t like Donald Trump. Well, it backfired and drove home to tens of millions that yes, a presidential election (and down ballot) was stolen.

Vote fraud underway – what candidates must do, Nov. 4, 2012

Look at the numbers. Candidates Must Audit the Count, 2006. If you’re not sure how to do a forensic audit, contact AZ state senator Wendy Rogers who has been in the fight in AZ for the past ten months. I’m sure her office can help. Also, here’s the phone number: (602) 926-3042. Jovan Pulitzer Reveals It’s Not The ‘Watermarks’ On The Ballots – It’s Better [Video]

Keep hammering on your state legislature if you live in GA, AZ, PA or MI to decertify the 2020 election. Don’t let them give you the excuse they can’t call a special session to get it done. They can and must. Just three of those states puts Trump over the top which he legitimately won. The 2022 primaries will be here before you know it.

Will America re-hire the same “conservatives” back to their state legislatures and Congress who have NOT killed the cancers killing this country and your state? If you don’t oust an incumbent during the primary, it’s back to hold your nose and vote in November. Doing the same thing over and over that produces the same outcome. I’ve seen excellent constitutional challengers to Congress allegedly lose in primaries against RINOs. Makes me sick. These were very educated individuals who stand for the unborn, getting rid of the Fed, getting us out of the UN, abolishing unconstitutional cabinets and agencies and what did voters do? Reelect the same incumbents. Stab yourself in the back, America.

Let me say again: Priorities vs importance. The future of this republic and the future of our children and grandchildren is at stake here. I know many states including Texas have passed ‘voter integrity’ laws this past year but it’s not enough.

Why bother to vote?

I’ve heard this or read it in columns and email for years. Why bother to vote? What’s the alternative? You want a shooting war? It’s not voting, it’s the fraud and the only way to stop it is if every candidate who allegedly loses audits the vote.

You’d be surprised at just how many people are running for office in 2022. If you can’t run and I know it’s a big commitment, find out who is running, what they are running on regardless of what level of government and then support them. As I’ve written before: It takes volunteers to help a candidate get elected, not just money. You’d also be surprised how many individuals have won public office even though the incumbent outspent them by huge amounts.

Wear a message

In college sports stadiums across this country and even car racing events, crowds are roaring F-Joe Biden. Some partisan brain-dead reporter at one of those events said, oh, no, you didn’t hear F*ck Joe Biden, it was “Let’s go Brandon”. That set this new meme off on every social media flat form and it’s all over the country and Internet.

I’ve got a better one that should become the hottest selling tee-shirt, sweat shirt or meme on the Internet: 2022 Candidates Audit the Vote. I’m not in the tee shirt business but if I were, I’d sell that one and add bumper stickers. Saturate the country. Candidates will see them. That will not only drive the left crazier than they are, it will send a big message: We will NOT sit by and see our vote stolen again. (If you do sell a tee shirt with that message, let me know. I’ll buy one and spread the word to my friends and family and mention in a column.)

So, you ask what you can do for your country? I’ve just outlined it.

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related links:

Re-electing the Band Aid Brigade, May 18, 2010

Electing New Band Aid Pushers, May 23, 2012

GOP Incumbents Will Betray America End of Year, Feb. 11, 2014 (They did.)

Is It Time to End the Two-Party Charade?

by Servando Gonzalez

One of the things that characterizes totalitarian societies of both the left and the right is the existence of a single party. This was a key feature of Nazi Germany and Communist Russia, as it is in today’s China, North Korea and Cuba. But the globalist conspirators who have controlled the invisible government of the United States since the beginning of the past century created something much better to fool the people: two parties which actually are the two sides of the same counterfeited coin.

A very important, long-term goal of the current ongoing PsyOp against the American people is to make gullible, brainwashed Americans believe that the Democrat and Republican parties are opposing entities with different goals and ideologies and that, just by changing the puppets in Washington D.C., things will change for the better. This is what I call “the two party charade.”

But this is nothing new. As early as 1968, after running as a third party candidate opposing Republican Richard M. Nixon and Democrat Hubert H. Humphrey, Alabama’s governor George Wallace put it very clear terms: “There ain’t a dime’s worth of difference between the Republicans and the Democrats.” He was absolutely right. Unfortunately, today there is not a penny’s worth of difference between them.

Governor Wallace was not the only one who saw the ruse. His words already had been confirmed by the scholar that best studied the CFR’s inner workings: Georgetown University professor Carroll Quigley. In his book Tragedy and Hope, Quigley told the truth about the American two-party system. According to him:

“The argument that the two parties should represent opposed ideals and policies, one, perhaps, of the Right and the other of the Left, is a foolish idea, acceptable only to doctrinaire and academic thinkers. Instead, the two parties should be almost identical, so that the American people can ‘throw the rascals out’ at any election, without leading to any profound or extensive shifts in policy. . . [E]ither party in office becomes, in time, corrupt, tired, unenterprising, and vigorless. Then it should be possible to replace it, every four years if necessary, by the other party, which will be none of those things, but will still pursue, with new vigor, approximately the same basic policies.” [1]

But Quigley blew the whistle on the CFR conspirators not because he disagreed with their agenda. Actually, the naive professor believed that the conspirators’ secret machinations only deserved praise, and should be made known to the American public. This explains why in his book he wrote about the existence of this conspiracy in friendly and praiseful terms:

“There does exist, and has existed for a generation, an international Anglophile network which operates, to some extent, in the way the radical Right believes the Communists act. In fact, this network, has no aversion to cooperating with the Communists, or any other groups, and frequently does so. . . . The Council on Foreign Relations is the American Branch of this network … and … believes national boundaries should be obliterated and one-world rule established.” [2]

An objection could be made that, if this group of conspirators is so secret, how come they authorized Quigley to publish a book exposing its existence? Well, it seems that they didn’t authorize it. But Quigley, who actually admired them and had no objections to their secret plans, took the liberty of publishing his book without their authorization.

Quigley’s Tragedy and Hope was first published in 1966, but just a few weeks after it appeared in the bookstores, the remaining unsold copies were withdrawn and the publisher refused to do a new printing, allegedly because the plates had been destroyed.

Since the publication of the book, Quigley’s fortunes quickly turned sour. Perhaps a key to the source of his misfortunes is the title of an article about Quigley The Washington Post published in March, 1975: “The Professor Who Knew Too Much.” Two years later, Professor Quigley passed away in obscurity.

The process of fusion of the two parties has continued uninterrupted until our days, when it has become evident except to the most brainwashed or ill-intentioned Americans that the two parties are actually the same one, which I call the Repucratic Party. The only difference, if any, is that one of them is the party of the enemy and the other one is the party of treason. Which one?

Well, if you are a true conservative who loves this country the Democrat should be the party of the enemy and the Republican the party of treason. The only way to continue believing that there is a difference is by applying double standards to judge them.

However, despite the fact that the two parties are a fiction, it seems that just a few years ago the CFR conspirators were still not fully satisfied. In 2004, CFR agent Peter G. Peterson wrote a book under the highly deceptive title: Running on Empty: How the Democratic and Republican Parties are Bankrupting Our Future and What Americans Can Do About It. [3] According to Peterson, the two parties were too polarized. His solution to the problem: make them even more “bipartisan.” [4] In the conspirators’ lingo, “bipartisan” actually means “CFR-controlled.”

Many professional brainwashers go every day and do their work conditioning the American people like rats in a psychologist’s labyrinth. With their constant efforts, they guarantee that Americans will never feel the curiosity to take a look above the labyrinth’s boundaries the conspirators have set for them.

Among the main brainwashers that have been for long years actively participating in this ongoing two-party PsyOp are Noam Chomsky, Amy Goodman, Fareed Zakaria, Keith Olbermann, Michael Moore and other disinformers of the Left. Their main goal is to keep lefties and liberals convinced that evil Republicans are responsible for everything that is wrong in America, and the only solution to the problem is replacing them with Democrats.

They are not different from Sean Hannity, Mark Levin, Ben Shapiro, Bill O’Reilly, Ann Coulter, David Horowitz and Michelle Malkin, just to mention a few of the more important ones whose job is exactly the same, but in reverse. According to these disinformers of the Right, stupid Democrats are responsible for everything wrong in this country, and just by replacing them with clever Republicans everything will be okay.

Currently, Republicans are pushing the Kool-aid that everything will be solved in the next election when they put Trump in the White House again. But you have to be very gullible to believe that the party in power who allowed the presidential election to be stolen will have the power and the will to win the next election.

Further proof of the Republican – Democrat collusion is that, the same way Democrats, with the exception of Representative Cynthia McKinney, never questioned the Republicans’ obviously false narrative of the 9/11 PsyOp, currently, Republicans never question the Democrats’ obviously false narrative of the Covid PsyOp.

Very recently, former President George W. Bush, in theory a Republican, in a speech commemorating the 20th anniversary of the 9/11 events, shamelessly likened American patriots who peacefully protested at the capitol to foreign terrorists. According to Bush, violent extremists in the U.S. and abroad are “children of the same foul spirit,” adding, “There’s little cultural overlap between violent extremists abroad and violent extremists at home.”[5]

The former president said domestic and foreign extremists share a “disdain for pluralism,” a “disregard for human life,” and a determination to defile national symbols. Strangely, he was not showing his mischievous smile or making the devil’s sign with his hand as he usually did during his speeches when he was president.

Evidently, Republicans have fully accepted the Coronavirus lie for the same reason Democrats accepted the 9/11 lie. But that proved to be a double-edged sword for Republicans. Currently, Democrats are using the very draconian measures implemented by Bush to attack Republicans who complain about political indoctrination and sexual aberrations in public schools.

In a recent article, an author blames Democrats for calling angry parents complaning about school indoctrination “domestic terrorists.” [6] But he conveniently ignores the fact that the category of “domestic terrorist” was the invention of Republican George W. Bush when he created an aberration called the Office of Homeland Security as a result of his “war on terror.”[7]

So, if this trend continues, everything indicates that, according to Mr. Bush’s and his new leftist friends’ logic, very soon Guantanamo will begin receiving a different type of terrorists — those formerly called “American patriots.”

The Founding Fathers of this country chose to give Americans a Representive Republic, a system of government guided by laws, where your vote elected people to represent you in the government, but this has changed dramatically. Now your vote elects corrupt politicians whose main interest is pushing their Communo-Facist political ideology while becoming rich in the process. So, currently your vote only legitimizes a corrupt process that is destroying the very foundation this country was based on.

A long time ago I reached the conclusion that, while the Democrat is the party of the enemy, the Republican is much worse, because it is the party of treason. But, as John Harington advised long time ago in his famous epigram, “Treason doth never prosper: what’s the reason? Why, if it prosper, none dare call it treason.” And it seems we have allowed the Republican’s treason to prosper for too long.

But this is very dangerous, because, as Marcus Tullius Cicero expressed it in very clear terms:

“A nation can survive its fools, and even the ambitious. But it cannot survive treason from within. An enemy at the gates is less formidable, for he is known and carries his banner openly. But the traitor moves amongst those within the gate freely, his sly whispers rustling through all the alleys, heard in the very halls of government itself. For the traitor appears not a traitor; he speaks in accents familiar to his victims, and he wears their face and their arguments, he appeals to the baseness that lies deep in the hearts of all men. He rots the soul of a nation, he works secretly and unknown in the night to undermine the pillars of the city, he infects the body politic so that it can no longer resist. A murderer is less to fear. The traitor is the plague.”

So, what are you waiting for? The time is ripe for getting rid of the two-party charade as a first step to save America from totalitarian tyranny.

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

Carroll Quigley, Tragedy and Hope: A History of the World in Our Time (New York: Macmillan, 1966), pp. 1247-1248.

Quigley, Op. Cit., pp. 950, 955.
Peter G. Peterson, Running on Empty: How the Democratic and Republican Parties are Bankrupting Our Future and What Americans Can Do About It (New York: Farar, Straux and Giroux, 2004).

In June of 2003, Peterson had published an article in The New York Times Magazine along the same lines, entitled “Deficits and Dysfunction: How the Republican and Democratic Parties Are Robbing Our Future.”

Rich Mendez, “Former President Bush Likens U.S. Extremists to Foreign Terrorists,” CNBC, September 11, 2021.
Lex Greene, “Under Democrats, Parents Are Now the New Domestic Terrorists”, NewsWithViews, October 7^th, 2021, https://newswithviews.com/under-democrats-parents-are-now-the-new-domestic-terrorists/
As expected, the so-called “war on terrorism” was a total failure, because terrorism is a behavior, and you cannot fight a behavior. You may fight the terrorists, but apparently that was never the purpose of the War on Terror.

Phony, Pandering, Condescending, and False

by Lee Duigon

Is there anything about this so-called presidential administration that isn’t phony, pandering, condescending, and false?

Somehow, when she’s supposed to be minding our southern border, alleged Vice President Kamala Harris found time to make a little video for NASA—you know, those guys who once used to send men to the moon. In “Get Curious,” Ms. Borders frolics with a pack of cute, enthusiastic, bubbly “children.”

I put “children” in quotes because they’re all professional child actors reading lines written by others.

It’s always disgusting when adults exploit children for political ends. (Have I mentioned that Doddering Joe Biden has a fake White House set for filming some of his blather? What’s wrong with the real White House?) Political animals have always done this. When I was a reporter I covered teacher strikes. Inevitably the teachers’ union trotted out coached children to plead for their beloved teachers—“Oh, please give them more money so we can go back to our beloved school!” You could just heave.

But of course the big dog-and-pony show so far has been the National School Boards Assn. getting our corrupt, politicized FBI to “investigate” alleged death threats made by parents who throng school board meetings to complain about the curriculum—Critical Race Theory which teaches children racial fear and hatred, cheerleading for transgenderism, and highly questionable presentations of… well, they call it sex.

Not one of these “threats” has ever been carried out, but the FBI broke all speed records in doing the school boards’ bidding.

I wish I had a dollar for every one of these “threats” that turned out to be perpetrated by the so-called victim. They write hate mail to themselves. They vandalize their own property. They make stuff up. Let one example, out of thousands, suffice: in 2018 a “student journalist” at an Ohio university got caught manufacturing “threats” against herself and wound up getting charged with a criminal misdemeanor. This happens so often that we’re tempted to say it always happens. The threats just about always turn out to be phony.

Yeahbut, yeahbut! Don’t we want the FBI investigating parents, just in case they’re really hateful? Cast a wide enough net, often enough, and you just might catch a fish! Do we really want G-men chasing gangsters, when Critical Race Theory in the schools is on the line? Don’t we want white children “learning” that they and their families are evil racist monsters? Don’t we want minority children “learning” that all the whites are out to get them and only a Far Left Democrat government can protect them?

Some of this phoniness is so heavy-handed, so blatant, that it’s almost funny. At a recent art show at a Los Angeles gallery, Doddering Joe’s toweringly corrupt offspring, Hunter Biden, sold five “reproductions” of his paintings at $75,000 each. The originals sell for up to half a million! We are told Hunter has no idea who’s buying them. Honk if you believe that’s true. What do you want to bet The Big Guy—that would be Daddy-O in his mockup of the White House—knows exactly who bought them? But of course he would never, ever, do any special favors for anybody nice enough to shower Hunter with cash…

We wish, oh, how we wish, that we could laugh this off. If it were only just a movie, it’d be hilarious. I mean, really, you can’t be that corrupt!

Oh, yes, you can. If your name is Biden.

A commenter on my chess forum, though, was able to name a few things about this administration that are guaranteed genuine: “Their greed, fascism, and contempt for the little people.”

I think he got that right.

I have discussed these topics and others throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop in for a visit—while it’s still allowed. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Is America’s Culture, Language and Ethos Being Changed On Purpose?

By Frosty Wooldridge

With this massive infusion of two to three million refugees into America under the direction of the Biden in 2021, can America’s European-Culture withstand our radically changing demographic? Anybody wondering about the eventuality that America will never be the America we grew up in from 1950 to 2000? What exactly will it be like to morph into a minority, minority, minority “cultural quagmire” of a society?

Who stands to gain from America’s changing into tribal factions such as you see in India, Mexico and/or today, in Europe? Why would such rich and powerful men want to destroy our highly successful civilization—and turn it into a poverty-stricken multicultural morass? Who will benefit?

A concerned reader wrote a penetrating letter to me this week…enough so, that I read it several times. What do you think of his analysis of our situation here in the 21^st century?

“Mr. Wooldridge, I just read your latest article. I have written to you before about previous articles, and especially wanted to write you about this one. Frosty, there is NO DOUBT IN MY MIND that there is a very, old, plan to exterminate European Americans to make way for *prole-like* minority races with limited IQ’s and easily controllable.

“Why? Because Europeans have built Western civilization that all Americans enjoy (soon to be dis-enjoyed the way things are going). Caucasians are a threat to ‘The Creators’ of ‘The Plan’ due to many factors, but ironically ‘The Plan’ was cooked up by Elite Whites.

“It’s not a secret. There are many books, whitepapers, famous quotes, etc., that point to a demonic collusion of literal Monsters walking around in “People Suits.”

“Of course, this plan involves the liquidation of massive numbers of Blacks and other non-White Races as these elites want to keep their future proles manageable by limiting their numbers, which harkens back to the European-Japanese hybrid Richard Kalergi’s quote. ‘The Eurasian-Negroid future race, outwardly similar to the ancient Egyptians, will replace the diversity of peoples with a diversity of individuals.’”

I pondered this man’s words before writing this column. The Kalergi Plan was/is a mandate to destroy Western Civilization. It tears out the very essential aspect of the “rule of law” and an “educated and ethical” citizenry. We’re losing both right now.

Last night on the CBS, NBC and ABC, the talking heads all noted the incredible crime wave raging across America. Videos show shooters blowing away people walking down the street. Others snatch babies. Another black lady shoved a white lady to her death in front of a New York City subway. All on video! I watched the lawlessness in San Francisco this summer with 30 second “smash and grab” tactics by black gangs. That city lost 17 Walgreen’s to bankruptcy from shoplifting this summer, and tonight, reports showed five more Walgreen’s in San Francisco filed for bankruptcy from shoplifting.

Are we a “moral and ethical” society with $52 billion in shoplifting annually in the USA? What happens when it’s $100 billion in shoplifting annually? Can we survive by defunding the police and degrading them at every juncture?

As reported earlier this summer, San Francisco cannot stop its crime wave. It doesn’t employ enough police. But the same stands true in Los Angeles and Seattle. As you know, Chicago, NYC and St. Louis accelerate as killing zones in America.

The writer said, “Unless an Act of God literally takes place, I believe the people causing such lawlessness will be successful in their foul plot. I do not place any faith in the so-called ‘Patriots’ of ‘The Right’ for example, to pose any challenge to The Plan, as they are just the opposite side of the same coin, and the same goes for the ‘Alt-Right rock stars’ such as Steve Bannon, who in my opinion are vainglorious pastiches of O’Brien from 1984 or analogous to ‘President Coin’ from The Hunger Games series.”

Whomever is bent on fracturing America, I’d submit that I haven’t seen this country this dramatically divided since the Vietnam War. Worse than that, as we import millions more incompatible cultures, languages, religions and welfare leeches into our midst, we don’t stand a chance of remaining the United States of America.

“THE ONE ABSOLUTELY CERTAIN WAY OF BRINGING THIS NATION TO RUIN, OR PREVENTING ALL POSSIBLITY OF ITS CONTINUING TO BE A NATION AT ALL, WOULD BE TO PERMIT IT TO BECOME A TANGLE OF SQUABBLING NATIONALITIES.” President Theodore Roosevelt, 1904

Teddy Roosevelt pretty much sums up what’s happening and what’s coming. I’d say that if mass immigration continues, we don’t stand a chance of remaining a viable, sustainable and intact society.

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions? Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future? If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

Go to www.Balance.org for greater information on immigration’s impacts to our country. Help David Durham and this organization with your support.

Share these videos all over America:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Preaching Beyond the Choir

By Cherie Zaslawsky

Those of us who write for NewsWithViews and assorted Conservative and Libertarian journals are essentially preaching to the choir, which, by the way, I believe is absolutely necessary, as the choir doesn’t leave the church during the sermon, but is inspired by it. Yet sometimes we need to reach out to the heathen as well.

That’s what I’ve been busy doing for the past few months, both before and after California’s Recall election, as I endeavored, here in the heart of Silicon Valley, to reach Democrats who might be disenchanted with Governor Gruesome and his tyrannical diktats, and might be ready to oust him and his fascistic policies.

Some people believe the recall passed and Larry Elder actually won the governorship, but the Dems’ cheating machinery is so well-oiled and powerful we’ll likely never know.

In any case, within a single month, I had four letters to editors published in local papers, and had also submitted a “guest perspective” piece that was supposed to appear in one of these papers, but mysteriously disappeared from the queue with no explanation from the editor.

Below are my attempts at preaching beyond the choir to the great unwashed—i.e. Democrats—because we have to tell the truth to the other side.

Published in PA Daily Post August 30^th, 2021

Dear Editor,

On his website, San Mateo County Supervisor David Canepa [the President of our Board of Supervisors] pledges to work toward “ending discrimination in all of its forms.“ Yet he proposes unprecedented discrimination against those who choose not to take part in a mass clinical trial of experimental Covid vaccines. He would deny his fellow residents the right to eat in restaurants, attend movies, go to the hardware store, shop for clothes and otherwise participate in normal life.

Forcing 100% of people to take the same medical treatment is not about health or safety: it’s about totalitarianism.

In San Mateo County, 90% of the population has been vaccinated. That’s extraordinarily high. Yet Canepa and the Board of Supervisors apparently won’t rest until they force the remaining 10% to take the shot or be shunned by all businesses. Mr. Canepa crows: “No shoes, no shirt, no shot, no service!” This is not only insulting, it’s insane. Consider the 10% as the control group for this experiment in our county.

Medical interventions are never one-size-fits-all. These vaccines are contraindicated for a subset of the population, including those who’ve had Covid and whose superior immunity would be downgraded by a vaccine.

Not only is Canepa’s plan unconstitutional, it is grossly unethical and utterly unconscionable.

He needs to be recalled as he is a disgrace to the community he was elected to serve.

Published in the San Mateo Daily Journal in late August, 2021

Dear Editor,

In her column on August 16^th, Sue Lempert [Former mayor and council member of San Mateo who writes a weekly Leftist column in the Daily Journal that makes your teeth hurt] blames those who haven’t taken the Covid vaccines for the Delta variant.

It takes Ms. Lempert only a few sentences to get from “stop coddling” the unvaccinated, to mandating that they “cannot fly or use public transit; cannot attend restaurants, concerts, movies, “ etc. This kind of persecution is shockingly callous and has no place outside of fascist or Communist dictatorships.

Ms. Lempert claims the unvaccinated are spreading the Delta variant. However, according to a number of top scientists, she has it backwards. They say we’re witnessing well-documented but unintended consequences of insufficiently effective vaccines that inadvertently pressure the targeted virus to mutate. The relevant technical terms are “leaky vaccines,” and “antibody-dependent enhancement.” This sets up the vaccinated to become incubators and super spreaders of variants.

In fact, a recent study in the prestigious medical journal Lancet found the vaccinated carrying 251 times the viral load of Covid in their nostrils as the unvaccinated.

So if Ms. Lempert wants to ban a group of people from shopping, traveling, dining out, and more, perhaps that should be the vaccinated, who may well be transmitting this variant to the unvaccinated after unknowingly producing it in their own bodies.

Ultimately, however, whether the Delta variant—which is thankfully less virulent than Covid-19—is being spread by the vaccinated, the unvaccinated, or in some other fashion, we’d do well to respect one another and one another’s equal rights to life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness.

Published in the Palo Alto Daily Post on September 8^th, 2021

Dear Editor,

Why the sudden flurry of calls for vaccine passports?

The Delta variant, though contagious, is much less virulent than Covid—which 99.9% of healthy people under 70 survive. But even if it were more virulent, you don’t deprive people of their civil rights on a “safety” pretext.

Besides, variants actually emerge in the vaccinated, as the targeted virus mutates to avoid what has turned out to be a “leaky”—or inefficient—vaccine.

Perhaps some among the vaccinated wrongly assume the vaccine passport will only hurt the unvaccinated, whom, as a result of incessant media fear-mongering, they’re all too willing to sacrifice.

But a mandatory vaccine passport is a devil’s bargain that strips you of your birthright. You may be permitted to eat out, but the State will own you. You might as well be living in China.

Published in the San Mateo Daily Journal 9/13/21

No Vaccine Passports

Dear Editor,

Here’s the main reason to vote Yes to recall Governor Newsom: He’ll almost certainly mandate vaccine passports. Why is this bad? It will not only hurt our already weakened businesses, but even those of us who are vaccinated will lose the liberty and rights we’ve always enjoyed.

If the State mandates and enforces vaccine passports, it’s goodbye freedom. The government can always up the ante later by mandating a booster shot, then another, and then ID2020 that has all your medical and financial information on it, etc.

This is what turned into the “Social Credit Score” in Communist China. The Chinese government has complete control of its people through this surveillance program, as the state watches everything they do. It can turn off people’s access to their money, and more.

And the same is very likely to happen in California unless we oust Newsom, replace him with Larry Elder–Gavin’s strongest opponent, who vows to end Covid mandates—and refuse to be bullied into accepting these passports to serfdom.

My last one is a “Guest Perspective” –a longer piece that the Daily Journal was planning to run, and then, well, apparently had second thoughts. Never made it into the paper. And this is the one I was hoping would help the naïve to open their eyes to the assault on our liberty that the rest of us see all too clearly. And since the paper declined to print it, I took the liberty of adding a sentence or two to the original.

Hidden Dangers of Vaccine Passports

What do magicians and pickpockets have in common? They both keep your attention fixed in one spot, while they do their trick in another.

Similarly, while our attention has been carefully and continually fixated on Covid, magicians have tricked us, and thieves have reached into our pockets and stolen our businesses, our freedom, our rights under the Constitution, and everything that has made life good in America.

They say those who don’t know history are doomed to repeat it. But history never repeats exactly—it’s the pattern that repeats.

The tried-and-true formula which has led to the most heinous crimes in history operates by stirring up fear in the masses, then scapegoating and demonizing the targeted group.

In 1930s Germany, the outcry was against the Jews, who were subsequently stripped of their rights and banned from normal life.

In 2021 in America, the outcry is against the “unvaccinated,” who, we’re told, are jeopardizing the health of the vaccinated, so they should be stripped of their rights and banned from normal life.

But isn’t this time different? Don’t we need to be saved from the unvaccinated, who are spreading the Delta variant? Aren’t they endangering our lives?

That’s what the magicians and thieves want us to think. But the reality is that variants only emerge in the vaccinated, as the targeted virus mutates to avoid what has turned out to be a “leaky”—or inefficient—vaccine.

Furthermore, the Delta variant, while contagious, is much less virulent than Covid—which 99.9% of healthy people under 70 survive. But even if it were more virulent, there is never a justifiable reason to deprive citizens of their Constitutional rights. Using “safety” as a pretext brings to mind Ben Franklin’s famous quote: “Those who would give up essential liberty to purchase a little temporary safety, deserve neither.” Regardless of what they may deserve, the larger point is that they end up with neither. And the next stop on this slippery downhill slope has already emerged.

At present, although the pandemic arguably ended many months ago, there’s a mysterious clamor for vaccine passports. Out of nowhere, city after city, county after county, and sneaky Assembly bills seek to foist mandatory vaccine passports on us.

In San Mateo County, Supervisor Dave Canepa opined, “No shoes, no shirt, no shot, no service!” This in a county where 93% of the residents have been vaccinated! And as with all medical interventions, these vaccines are contraindicated for many people—including those who’ve recovered from Covid and therefore have superior natural immunity.

Here’s what Don Lemon blurted out on national TV: “I’m sure a lot of people are not going to agree with this, but [if you] don’t get the vaccine, you can’t go to the supermarket.”

Clearly, most people locked out of restaurants and grocery stores would starve to death! Can any American wish this on his neighbors? Only extreme and irrational fear could bring anyone to condone such evil—shades of the tried-and-true scapegoating formula at work.

Many among the vaccinated assume the vaccine passport will only hurt the unvaccinated, whom, as a result of incessant media propaganda, they’re all too eager to sacrifice.

But the minute you accept your vaccine passport, you’ve exchanged your unalienable rights to life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness for the “privilege” of dining out and attending football games—surely a devil’s bargain. You’ve inadvertently granted the State absolute power over your life. You might as well move to China.

For if your government can insist you get a Covid vaccine in order to live a normal life, it can also insist you get a booster shot—as has already happened in Israel. And another. And a “Carbon Credit” passport. And a “Social Credit Score” and constant monitoring and surveillance to make sure you do as you’re told by a tyrannical government that is the opposite of everything America has always stood for.

Welcome to Technocracy, where the totalitarian State can turn off your access to your soon-to-be-implemented “digital currency” at will.

This is the price you’ll pay if you accept the Vaccine Passport agenda.

And who are the magicians? They’re the talking heads in our media, the plethora of “experts” who keep us running scared, and planners behind the scenes. The thieves? They’re politicians and government officials along with Big Pharma and assorted elite profiteers.

The agenda? To turn America into a carbon copy of Communist China with its “Social Credit System” through implementing 100% government surveillance and control. From there it’s but a small step to the World Economic Forum’s “Great Reset” and One World Government.

The vaccine passport is not the way back to normal, as the magicians and thieves want us to believe, but the downward path to a wretched dystopia.

If you think I’m exaggerating, check out Australia. Citizens are under house arrest, tracked, hounded, bullied—with no rights left. This is why we must push back now—while we still can.

E-Mail Cherie Zaslawsky: cherzz@sbcglobal.net

Militia of the Several States to Replace Tyrannical Judiciary?

By Andrew C. Wallace

Our courts are so corrupt that after the Election Insurrection by Biden “THE USURPER”, they ignored the simple definitive words of the Constitution, or claimed lack of “Standing”, which was false. The courts invented “Standing”, as they have many things, so they could ignore the Constitution and do as they please. The concept of “Standing’ can be legitimate, but in too many cases it is used to ignore an issue.

One of the primary objectives of the Constitution was to protect the People from a mostly corrupt government (all governments are inherently corrupt). The Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) own the government and Biden, ”THE USURPER”, lock, stock and barrel. The founders gave us our “Great Constitution” to guarantee our rights, which included “Firearms”, “The Militia of the Several States”, “Grand Juries”, and the right to “Petition” government to protest actions by government. All government officials everywhere are inherently corrupt, requiring citizen vigilance to keep them honest (this is true throughout history). What could you expect when many are lawyers taught to be mendacious and obfuscate; many are graduates of Ivy League Indoctrination Centers like Harvard and Yale ( 8 of 9 Supreme Court Justices?). Most citizens (victims of propaganda) are ignorant and apathetic; they just don’t give a damn. But unfortunately for the traitors there are millions who do care, more than enough to fight. If the PSRRC and their Communist minions including Biden”THE USURPER”persist, there will be bodies in the streets from coast to coast resulting from guerrilla warfare .

The right to keep and bear arms is the MOST important Constitutional right that we were given in the Constitution. The Communists and the PSRRC are doing everything to take away our firearms. We will not allow them to do so. We know what happened to Canadians and Australians after they took away their firearms. The British lost their right to own firearms and have been subservient to their PSRRC ever since. People living under dictatorships have no weapons; we may be the last free country in the world because of our firearms.

The Constitution gives citizens the right to Petition government for redress of wrongs. But the Constitution didn’t include a provision for enforcement, so no one gets any satisfaction from government minions of the PSRRC.

Then we have the Grand Jury which is supposed to protect citizens from false legal actions. But the Grand Jury has been taken over completely by judges and prosecutors for their own purposes. There can be no justice when prosecutors have been bought by the PSRRC and many judges think they make the law.

“Firearms” and “The militia of the Several States” (Militia) are the most important weapons that the founders gave us in the Constitution to protect us, and the Republic from criminals in government. Using the Militia to protect our rights is preferable to using firearms because then we have a bloody destructive Pyrrhic Victory. But, the choice is clear when the options are either freedom in our Constitutional Republic or degradation, brutality, fear and slavery in a Communist state run by the PSRRC.

It is common knowledge by anyone who is not as ignorant as a box of rocks that many in the DOJ, FBI, SCOTUS, Military Flag Officers, Courts, et al, are guilty of treason, and the rest are cowards. Most of them ignored the Constitution and supported the insurrection of our Constitutional Republic by Biden, “THE USURPER”. If these Communist minions of the PSRRC had honored their oaths to the Constitution, the government overthrow would not have been possible. These fellow travelers are below contempt.

You can never control corruption because the FBI is the most corrupt, incompetent, and expensive so-called police force in the world. Even if we had effective law enforcement, we would still be at the mercy of the PSRRC because our courts are compromised. To get our country and freedoms back we must abolish the FBI and establish alternate courts until honest Constitutional courts can be reestablished.

Our Constitution stipulates that the “Militia of the Several States” (Militia) will enforce laws of the union. I think the FBI was brought into power by hook or crook (read how it was started and grew) because it could be controlled; whereas the Militia would be more difficult to control. Powers of the Militia seem to be very broad and would encompass oversight of officials and I think the ability to form alternate courts. Officers of the Militia are appointed by the states. I firmly believe that the FBI, Courts, Military Flag officers, et al, committed treason when they refused to support the Constitution and prevent the election insurrection. They must be replaced or we will be at war.

I am an Economist, not a legal scholar, so the details of the actions required must be researched by scholars of Constitutional Law. Much of what I have learned about the Militia of the Several States was obtained by reading the Constitution and comprehensive articles in NewsWithViews.com by Edwin Vieira Jr., AB, MA, PhD, JD.

I hope that experts will take on the task of telling us how to use the Militia to oversee officials, replace the FBI and give us alternate courts.

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

We Knew This Was Coming: Politicians Attack And Then Play The Victim

By Bradlee Dean

Hiding Behind Teachers To Protect Themselves Against The People They Are To Serve!

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances. —Amendment I of the Bill of Rights to the US Constitution

When I saw the headline coming from the Daily Mail, I knew that it was the criminal politicians that were hiding behind these criminal board members. In the end, they could use it to safeguard themselves against the people that they are to serve.

Here’s the headline:

“Teachers call angry parents terrorists: School officials beg Biden to send in the FBI to protect them from ‘extremist’ parents angry over vaccine and mask mandates and say it should be treated as ‘domestic terrorism’”

What is happening here is that the federal and the state governments would like to have their way with your children regardless of if it is illegal or not (Exodus 22:23).

After speaking at 364 high schools in 25 different states, I have heard principals tell me that the “science and the history books are being changed every 3-7 years” (Hosea 4:6).

[Rumble Video]

They are attempting to make your children prey to the sodomite agenda (Leviticus 18:22, 20:13), including child porn, which is a felony in this country (Luke 17:2).

This is how the peoples representatives should be upholding the law against all crimes video

[Rumble Video]

According to this report:

♦ The National School Boards Association urged the president in a letter Wednesday to mobilize federal agents to protect them from protesting parents

• NSBA President Viola Garcia and Interim Executive Director and CEO Chip Slaven penned the complaint, which was also published online
• The correspondence states that outbursts from ‘extremist’ parents irate over vaccine and mask mandates should be treated as ‘domestic terrorism’
• The letter to the US president requests ‘immediate assistance’ for school staffers and board members, who they say are under ‘immediate threat’

An institution representing more than 90,000 school officials across the US begged Joe Biden Wednesday to send FBI and Secret Service agents to protect them from ‘mobs’ of angry parents irate over vaccine and mask mandates forced upon their children – asserting their protests should be treated as ‘domestic terrorism’ by ‘extremist hate organizations.’

In a letter penned to the president and published online, the National School Boards Association implored the US government to take a stand against these vexed parents, stating that teachers and other school staffers are under ‘immediate threat’ because of their burgeoning ‘acts of malice, violence, and threats.’

The complaint, signed by NSBA President Viola Garcia and Interim Executive Director and CEO Chip Slaven, called upon Biden personally to and use his executive power to mobilize FBI and US Secret Service agents to guard school officials.

There were 11 pages deep of the propagandists striking at the same time. Translation: They are trying to defend themselves concerning the crimes they are intending to commit.

Conclusion: “Domestic terrorists” are protecting their children from those who are indoctrinating, from predators and those that are illegally mandating masks and experimental jabs. Who are the actual domestic terrorists, the parents or those in the federal government?

The criminals in the federal government are wanting to use agencies against the people in transgressing the law that they all swore that they would uphold.

Furthermore, maybe these fools, and fools they are, should take the time and read the 1st Amendment of the Bill of Rights which states:

“Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances.”

Parents have every right given unto them by God to confront corruption wherever it may be (Psalm 94:16).

This is nothing more than an attempt to garner more control over the lives of the children while playing the victims. Nothing new here (Ecclesiastes 1:9).

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

The Origin of Covid-19 — Updated, Part 6

By Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

On September 9, President Biden delivered an address to the nation in which he announced that he will have the Department of Labor’s Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) mandate that private companies with 100 or more employees implement vaccine mandates or require negative tests. However, prominent immunologist Dr. Hooman Noorchashm then stated that because of Biden’s decision, the immunologist “regretted voting for him.” Noorchashm has held positions at the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine and Harvard Medical School, among other places. Regarding the president’s forced vaccine directive, Noorchashm stated: “To mandate vaccination of any Covid-recovered American against his/her will is unscientific, unethical and illegal. White House, you have overstepped and are operating in dangerous territory when it comes to already immune Americans. Cease and desist !”

THE WESTERN JOURNAL on October 7 published “Denmark and Sweden Halt Use of Moderna COVID Vaccine for Everyone Under 30,” in which one reads: “After reviewing research from Swedish and Nordic data sources, the Swedish Public Health Agency noted there was an increased risk for inflammatory conditions like myocarditis and pericarditis in young people who received the second Moderna shot….The country said roughly 81,000 people born after 1991 have only received the first dose of the Moderna vaccine and will not be offered the second dose for the time being. According to Reuters, Denmark has followed suit and will not use the Moderna vaccine while more information is gathered….In 2020, the Swedes avoided lockdowns, tension inside retail stores, beach arrests, children being tormented by isolation and mandatory mask-wearing. Its people throughout the coronavirus pandemic have more or less lived life as normal.”

While the government is pushing vaccines even to the extent of saying businesses should mandate them, precious little time is being spent on developing and promoting treatments for Covid-19. For example, a physician friend of mine in Michigan got Covid-19, treated himself with hydroxychloroquine, and easily got well. However, he said he and pharmacists in Michigan had received letters from the Attorney-General’s office ordering them to not prescribe or fill prescriptions for hydroxychloroquine under penalty of possibly losing their licenses. This is despite the fact that on July 2, 2020, the INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF INFECTIOUS DISEASES published a peer-reviewed study by the Henry Ford Health System (HFHS), which showed hydroxychloroquine cut the death rate significantly in Covid-19 patients. The warning about hydroxychloroquine had been that it could cause heart-related problems. However, in the HFHS study, there were no heart-related side effects.

The study was a large-scale retrospective analysis of 2541 patients hospitalized between March 10 and May 2, 2020 across the HFHS’s 6 hospitals. The study found that 13% of those treated with hydroxychloroquine alone died compared to 26.4% not treated with hydroxychloroquine. None of the patients had documented serious heart abnormalities, and patients were monitored for a heart condition routinely pointed to as a reason to avoid the drug as a treatment for Covid-19. The vast majority of the patients received the drug soon after admission to the hospitals (82% within 24 hours and 91% within 48 hours). All patients in the study were 18 or over with a median age of 64 years; 51% were men and 56% African-American.

HFHS epidemiologist Samia Arshad said: “We attribute our findings that differ from other studies to early treatment because of careful cardiac monitoring. Our dosing also differed from other studies not showing a benefit of the drug. And other studies are either not peer-reviewed, have limited numbers of patients, different patient populations or other differences from our patients.” Dr. Marcus Zervos of HFHS further stated: “Considered in the context of current studies on the use of hydroxychloroquine for Covid-19, our results suggest that the drug may have an important role to play in reducing Covid-19 mortality.” Dr. Steven Kalkanis, HFHS Chief Academic Officer pronounced: “Our analysis shows that using hydroxychloroquine helped save lives. As doctors and scientists, we look to the data for insight. And the data here is clear that there was benefit to using the drug as treatment for sick, hospitalized patients.”

Think about all the people who have died since July 2020 (including my mother) because the medical profession has blocked the use of hydroxychloroquine as a treatment for Covid-19 ! Also think about how many people have died because the medical profession and the press have said Ivermectin should not be used. On August 21, THE NEW YORK TIMES said, “Ivermectin should not be used to treat Covid-19, according the the FDA.” And on September 5, THE NEW YORK TIMES published “Some Americans ignore warning against using Ivermectin to treat Covid,” in which the newspaper used a Centers for Disease Control extreme example of a person who took 5 pills a day for 5 days as a reason why Ivermectin could be harmful. The article also indicated that on September 1, “alarmed health experts from the American Medical Association, the American Pharmacists Association and the American Society of Health-Systems Pharmacists called for ‘an immediate end to the prescribing, dispensing and use of Ivermectin for the prevention and treatment of Covid-19 outside of a clinical trial.'”

However, if one looks at a September 15 online article (including news from THE HINDUSTAN TIMES) titled, “HUGE: Uttar Pradesh, India Announces State is Covid-19 Free Proving the Effectiveness of ‘Deworming Drug’ IVERMECTIN,” one reads that “COVID cases are plummeting in India thanks to a new rule that promotes Ivermectin and hydroxychloroquine to its massive population….The recovery rate has increased up to 98.7%….According to THE HINDUSTAN TIMES, the positivity rate came down to less than 0.01%….The active caseload which was 310,783 in April has reduced by 99%….This state has a low vaccination rate of only 5.8% fully vaccinated compared to the U.S. that has 54% fully vaccinated….Both Uttar Pradesh and Delhi have seen an incredible drop in COVID-19 cases because they use Ivermectin (12 mg pills) early and preventatively. Whereas Kerala, a tiny state located in southern India that is over-dependent on vaccines and less dependent on Ivermectin, has been reporting a significant increase in COVID-19 cases.”

And do the mRNA vaccines (Pfizer and Moderna) have any effect upon pregnancies? According to “Preliminary Findings of the mRNA Covid-19 Vaccine Safety in Pregnant Persons” (NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE, April 21, 2021), in a study of 827 pregnant women receiving the Pfizer and Moderna vaccines, spontaneous abortions (miscarriages) occurred in 104 cases, 96 (92.3%) of which were in the first trimester. A total of 700 participants received their first eligible dose of the vaccine in the third trimester. And of the 127 pregnant women who did not receive their first vaccine dose in the third trimester, the 96 miscarriages in the first trimester represents 76%. In early October, the VAERS (Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System) reported 1969 fetal deaths following Covid-19 vaccinations, but the CDC is still issuing a health advisory saying all pregnant women should be vaccinated !

So, what may be coming in the future? I previously indicated that my when mother got Covid-19, her hospital nurse had worked in Wuhan, China, and said “The Chinese Ministry of Health assigned me where to go.” It may be that the nurse did nothing to harm my mother. However, it may also be that mom’s nurse and other Chinese nurses in the U.S. are part of the Chinese genetic profiling research. In “Biden Letting China Get Away with the Crime of the Century” (August 31, 2021) by Gordon Chang, the author stated that China is already working on the next generation of pathogens, with a “determined campaign to collect genetic profiles of foreigners….Its National Defense University, in the 2017 edition of the authoritative SCIENCE OF MILITARY STRATEGY, mentioned a new kind of biological warfare of ‘specific ethnic genetic attacks.'”

Chang’s analysis follows Elsa Kania’s and Wilson Vorndick’s (August 14, 20129) “Weaponizing Biotech: How China’s Military Is Preparing for a ‘New Domain of Warfare,'” in which the authors pointed out that “in 2015, then-president of the Academy of Military Sciences, He Fuchu, argued that biotechnology will become the new ‘strategic commanding heights’ of national defense, from biomaterials to ‘brain control’ weapons….Zhang Shibo,a retired general and former president of the National Defense University, concluded that ‘modern biotechnology development is gradually showing strong signs characteristic of an offensive capability’ including the possibility that ‘specific ethnic genetic attacks’ could be employed….(One might watch) BGI, formerly known as Beijing Genomics, Inc., which is Beijing’s de facto national champion in the field. BGI has established an edge in cheap gene sequencing, concentrating on amassing massive amounts of data from a diverse array of sources. The company has a global presence, including laboratories in California and Australia, and partnerships with the University of California and the Children’s Hospital in Philadelphia on human genome sequencing.” Also relevant to this issue, one might look at “China’s Biological Warfare Programme: An Integrative Study with Special Reference to Biological Weapons Capabilities” by Col. Dr. Dany Shoham in JOURNAL OF DEFENCE STUDIES, vol.9, no.2, April-June 2015, pp.131-156.

E-Mail Dennis Cuddy: recordsrevealed@yahoo.com

What we NOW Know About COVID-19

By Lex Greene

Twenty-months into the most bizarre so-called “pandemic” in the history of the world, “expert“ opinions and advice remain as scattered and useless as a teleprompter president who can’t even do that right.

Those of us who turned off broken-record Biden and his complicit media, and did a little real research ourselves, now know a few things about this insanity that we didn’t know twenty-months ago.

According to the government and their fake news machine (news and social media), the USA has seen 45,204,373 (13.6% of our population) COVID cases since January 2020. But we now know that the PCR test used was highly inaccurate, with more than 80% of “cases” being “false positive tests,” stopping the use of that test. The real number of USA COVID cases is less than 9,040,874, or 2.7% of the USA population.
Contrary to the fake news numbers still being used by the Biden administration and his fake news machine, stating 733,575 (0.22% of the population) COVID19 deaths as of this writing, we know that 96% of these deaths were NOT from COVID19. Instead, the real “death by COVID19” number is approximately 29,343 – only 0.0088% of the U.S. population.
After more than nine-months of COVID19 vaccines (bioweapons), we now know that everyone who was well before taking one of the vaccines (bioweapons), but died within minutes, hours, or days of receiving the jab, died from the jab! We don’t know how many, because the Biden administration is hiding the real numbers, as is the Biden fake news machine. But the number is well into the tens of thousands, at best.
We know that the “Delta variant” only exists in “vaxxed” people, as a direct result of the vaccines (bioweapons).
We know that the common cold and flu didn’t just vanish in 2020 and 2021, we simply changed the medical ID to “COVID19.”
We know that people who clearly died of heart disease, cancer, old age, an auto accident, or suicide, didn’t die from COVID19, even though that’s what was on the toe tag when the body reached the funeral home.
We know that COVID19 is a direct result of bioweapons work in a Wuhan lab, paid for with American tax dollars through “gain of function” bioweapon’s research, under the direction of none other than Dr. Fauci. (Gain of function research (GoFR) is a term used to describe any field of medical research that alters an organism or disease in a way that increases pathogenesis, transmissibility.)
We know that more Americans have died “post vaccine” than those who may have died of COVID19 “unvaxxed.”
We know that no one has any legal right or authority to force vaccinate anyone against their will, not even your doctor, and that no one has the right to deny anyone a right to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness under any unconstitutional government mandate.
And…we know that no one can grant their “informed consent” unless and until they are fully and properly informed. Censored one-sided information is NOT how you fully inform anyone.

Most importantly, we now know that the tyrannical Biden (Obama) administration will do anything it has to do to totally destroy our beloved country, which is why Biden’s approval rating has plummeted to 38%, indicating that only 38% of Americans remain totally clueless or corrupted.

To force their GREEN DEAL, they will drive gasoline prices to $10 a gallon if they need to. To force total control over the population, they will con, coerce, bribe, threaten or financially ruin every citizen into compliance with their vaccines (bioweapons) and democratic socialist one world order norm.

We know that approximately 70% of Americans, doctors, nurses, teachers, professors, media personalities and politicians will “go along to get along” with anything Biden (Obama) orders from his ivory tower, and that even most law enforcement, military and national security personnel will do the same.

Last, we now know that the average American isn’t very American anymore. No real American would have ever allowed the utter destruction of 100% of our country over the past twenty-months over 0.0088% of our population, much less elect a criminal mental midget like Joe Biden or Kamala Harris to even run a summer lemonade stand.

Yes, we now know a lot more than we knew twenty-months ago, still, most Americans are not reacting to reality they way they should, or the way we would have fifty-years ago.

The world is reacting, taking to the streets for weeks on end, fighting back against the tyranny in countries that have been under socialist control for so long that the population isn’t even armed anymore.

Meanwhile, Americans seem content to be paid to not work, receive deadly vaccines (bioweapons), not only in themselves, but in their children and grandchildren as well. They don’t seem willing to do anything more than show up for a Trump rally, hoping against hope that they can “take America back” in 2024, despite knowing that we no longer even have real elections in the USA.

Every person who drank poison from Jim Jones was looking for a savior too. Indeed, despite everything we know now, Americans are still being walked into the ovens, much like the people of pre-World War Germany.

What we now know about COVID19 tells us everything we need to know about the average American. We are a fat, dumb and happy go-along-to-get-along society, willing to leap out of the plane without a parachute, just because Simon says so…thrilled about the wonderful ride, without any focus on what the landing is going to be like.

Americans are dying, but not from COVID19. They are dying at the hands of the mad scientists, corrupt politicians and go-along-to-get-along “experts” who will kill you by mandate, before giving up their Mercedes and private country club membership.

These things we know… but what we don’t know, is when will Americans fight back? When will Americans act like Americans, and put an end to the insane destruction of all things American?

I wish I knew…

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

The Demonic Road to Genocide and Depopulation

By Kelleigh Nelson

If you do not take an interest in the affairs of your government, then you are doomed to live under the rule of fools. —Plato

When once a Republic is corrupted, there is no possibility of remedying any of the growing evils but by removing the corruption and restoring its lost principles; every other correction is either useless or a new evil. —Thomas Jefferson

There is no denying that Hitler and Stalin are alive today… they are waiting for us to forget, because this is what makes possible the resurrection of these two monsters. —Simon Wiesenthal

Man can never improve on God’s creation; all man can do is destroy it. Their desire is to replace God, but they are doomed to failure. The reality of Communism and Fascism is the hatred of the Creator and the control of mankind’s descent from freedom to subjugation and ultimate slavery.

History repeats itself; the destruction of the past, including historic monuments, and the burning of books is here again. “You cannot live amongst us unless you have taken the jab,” is the new mantra…do you have your vax passport or will you wear a star on your clothes?

First it was the Jews and God’s Torah being burned in 1934, now it’s anything perceived as inequities in past history.

Book burning is happening in 21st Century Canada as reported by the WSJ on October 7^th, 2021. More than 4,700 children’s books from 30 schools across CSC Province were targeted. The list included old encyclopedias, biographies of French explorers Jacques Cartier and Etienne Brule, and even French and Belgian comics including Tintin, Asterix, Obelix and Lucky Luke. All were destroyed in a “flame purification” ceremony.

Just what is a “flame purification” ceremony when the destruction is of historic documents?

Canada claims they’re burying the ashes of racism, discrimination and stereotypes in an inclusive country where all can live in prosperity and security. This is a lie, a scandal and an evil unto itself. The destruction of history is the willful destruction of the records and the knowledge that can help humanity better understand itself.

This is just as evil as the removal of decades old books children have enjoyed for years and never taught or promoted any racist ideas; in fact, it did the opposite. The Marxist police have targeted and destroyed the best of our past that we were proud of…the Indian lass on the Land of Lakes butter, Uncle Ben on his rice, Aunt Jemima on her maple syrup, the Song of the South with Uncle Remus and so many more. Those beautiful brands we grew up with are destroyed and forgotten with the statues, the books and the truth of history.

The latest victim of “cancel culture” is a renowned composer who survived China’s Cultural Revolution only to be accused by college undergraduates of racism for showing the 1965 film “Othello” featuring Laurence Olivier. Othello was written by Shakespeare and the “woke” students are demanding the destruction of written works as well as the ruination of the professor who defied the agenda and taught literary truth.

Bright Sheng, the Leonard Bernstein Distinguished University Professor of Composition at the University of Michigan School of Music, Theater, and Dance, is by all accounts a renowned composer, conductor, and pianist and now he is called a racist for showing the magnificent Olivier movie, Othello.

Destroying True Science

The “woke” culture is a dynamic resulting in decades upon decades of communist training in America’s government schools. It has brainwashed our youth into promoting the destruction of liberty and individual freedom and is encouraged by our Pravda mainstream media.

Covid-19 is the greatest fraud ever perpetrated on mankind. It is not about a pandemic. It is a virus that has never been isolated. Within the lungs of Covid patients, the only thing biopsies found were flu type A and B.

Hospital protocols by the CDC, NIH, FDA, AMA and others, allow this virus to kill our elderly by withholding the combination of safe, cheap and effective drugs. Multiple physicians and scientists state that these drug combinations would have saved 86% of the comorbidity-ridden elderly in nursing homes. (The “useless eaters” are those Dr. Ezekiel Emanuel says should die at age 75.) Ezekiel works as advisor to Joe Biden on Covid, and was the top advisor to WHO’s president Dr. Tedros. The cheap and effective drugs of Hydroxychloroquine given daily or Ivermectin given weekly as prophylactics would have saved the elderly as it has done in countless other countries.

The Story of Ivermectin

This 24-minute video, tells the entire story of ivermectin (IVM) and the villains who restricted its use. It was founded by a Japanese biochemist in 1970. It was a bacterium that had intriguing effects against roundworm. He got together with Merck’s Dr. William Campbell and Campbell used the bacterium to create a medicine called ivermectin. In 1980 Merck released it. River blindness, caused by a parasitic worm was nearly wiped out in central and South America and much of Africa by IVM. It is listed as one of the World Health Organization’s essential medicines. Merck’s patent expired in 1996. The drug is cheap to produce, available all over the world, and extremely safe.

In 2015, the Japanese founder of IVM along with Dr. Campbell were given the Nobel Prize. Australian scientists at Monash University found that IVM was successful against viruses like Zika, West Nile and influenza. Their experiments revealed that IVM showed remarkable results against Sars-coV-2. The results were in a paper published in April of 2020. Millions of lives could have been saved, but for the love of money.

When countries using IVM were compared to countries without the use, they found that Covid-19 was rare. Dr. Jean-Jacques Rajter of Florida, a critical care and pulmonary specialist, whom I’ve mentioned in previous articles, working at the large Broward Health Medical Center, was on the frontlines of fighting Covid-19. One day he was talking to the son of an elderly woman who was very ill with Sars-coV-2, and the son urged him to try anything. Dr. Rajter had seen test tube results with IVM, and he gave it to the patient. Within 48 hours, she was getting better and went home in a week.

In one of Canada’s care homes, scabies broke out on the 4^th floor. Every patient was given IVM, and on the other floors smaller doses for prevention of scabies. None of the staff were given IVM and many of them contracted Sars-coV-2. However, not one patient on IVM ever contracted the virus.

Ivermectin is an inhibitor of the Covid-19 causative virus (Sars-coV-2) in vitro.
A single treatment able to effect 5000-fold reduction in virus at 48 hours in cell culture.
Ivermectin is FDA-approved for parasitic infections and therefore has a potential for repurposing.
Ivermectin is widely available, due to its inclusion on the WHO model list of essential medicines.

The Villains

A coalition of powerful forces acted together to completely suppress any information on the effectiveness of IVM in treating and preventing Covid-19. The first big player to suppress the truth of IVM was our Pravda mainstream media. The second player was Big Tech including social medias and Youtube, owned by Google. The next major group to suppress the truth of IVM was Fauci’s outfit, The National Institutes of Health (NIH).

Their panel came up with the protocol treatments for physicians in America, a treatment that has been called therapeutic nihilism. The NIH also called for the use of Fauci’s Remdesivir, a drug that had no significant impact on mortality and actually had adverse effects especially on the kidneys. The NIH actually paid for the study Fauci referred to when first introducing Remdesivir.

In short order, the World Health Organization (WHO) with much larger studies, ruled against Remdesivir saying there was no evidence that the drug improved survival or any other metric in Covid-19.

Despite WHO’s statements, the NIH continued to recommend Remdesivir and they still do today. The cost was over $3,100 per course, albeit IVM is nearly free.

Remdesivir is made by Gilead Sciences. The NIH treatment panel was strongly pro-Remdesivir because of financial ties between Gilead and members of the panel. Seven members of the panel disclosed financial support from Gilead.

From 1997 to 2001, globalist Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) member, Donald Rumsfeld was Chairman of Gilead, one of the architects of the Iraq invasion. One of the board members was another CFR member, George Schultz, a George W. Bush ally who convinced W to run for President.

Two of the three chairs of the Covid-19 treatment panel who put the panel together, received financial support from Gilead Sciences. The third panel member was intimately involved in the study that attempted and failed to prove that Remdesivir was an effective treatment for Covid-19.

Given the professional and financial ties, is there any way we could reasonably expect them to impartially judge the best treatment for the virus or choose panel members who might advocate for repurposing cheap, off-patent drugs that would completely undercut the market for one of the main products of a company with which they enjoy close financial and professional ties?

Professional negligence was the result, along with hundreds of thousands or millions of deaths around the world as other countries looked to America’s medical leaders. Obscene profits were made off the backs of the Covid dead, not just Americans, but around the world.

The villains are Gilead, the NYTs, AP, YouTube, Twitter, Face Book, Fauci, the NIH and more. If you lost friends or family to Covid-19, you are also a victim. If your children can’t go to school and mingle with children, they are victims. If you lost your job or your business closed because of Covid-19, you are a victim. If you were elderly and cut off from your family, you are a victim.

Big Tech, the Mainstream Media and the NIH worked to suppress knowledge of the drug that would have saved lives and ended the so-called pandemic in the summer of 2020.

Congressional Testimony

Dr. Pierre Kory, a Frontline Critical Care Covid-19 doctor, testified in Congress on December 2020 regarding Ivermectin. He tells of Dr. Hector Carvallo’s study in Argentina where they know IVM is a valued prophylactic. In the study 800 healthcare workers were prophylaxed with IVM and not one got sick. Of another 400 not given IVM, 237 or 58% became sick.

Dr. Kory says that every study has proven IVM to be a valuable prophylactic and if you contract the virus, taking IVM will massively decrease your necessity for hospitalization. It is proving to be a wonder drug. Anthony Fauci’s organization, The National Institutes of Health (NIH), has not released IVM for the public. In over 30 studies on IVM, every one of them is showing the dramatic impacts of the medication.

IVM has proven to be critical in parasitic treatments, but it is also a critical medication for Sars-coV-2.

It is imperative that you watch Dr. Kory’s 10 minutes of testimony.

On October 8^th, 2021, Dr. Kory tweeted that, “Between 100-200 United States Congress members, plus many of their staffers and family members with Covid, were treated by a colleague over the past 15 months with IVM and the I-MASK+ protocol at http://flccc.net. None have gone to hospital. So, while all these members of Congress knew the value of IVM and were given the drug to cure them of Covid, not one of them helped American citizens to get this safe and inexpensive drug to protect their families. They were probably told to keep their mouths shut and tell everyone to get the Covid jab. Big Pharma has made multiple billions on the inoculation, and they lobby politicians with big bucks.

Natural Immunity

Universal healthcare advocates are turning on the unvaccinated as more companies and health insurance providers are now proposing insurance surcharges and other healthcare costs as a tool to drive up vaccination rates totally denying the lifelong antibodies in Americans who have recovered from the virus. Mandate walkouts are happening all over the country, but especially in New York City.

Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine professor Dr. Marty Makary appeared as a guest on Thursday’s edition of “Morning Wire,” a podcast hosted by The Daily Wire.

“The data on natural immunity are now overwhelming,” Makary told the Morning Wire. “It turns out the hypothesis that our public health leaders had that vaccinated immunity is better and stronger than natural immunity was wrong. They got it backwards. And now we’ve got data from Israel showing that natural immunity is 27 times more effective than vaccinated immunity. And that supports 15 other studies.” Link

Dr. Makary finds it bizarre that natural immunity is not seen as legitimate in the eyes of the U.S. government or for that matter the FDA, NIH, CDC and AMA. He is angry that nurses are being fired, soldiers are being dishonorably discharged and natural immunity is not taken seriously when it actually moved us towards “herd immunity.”

Dr. Richard Urso spoke about natural immunity at America’s Frontline Doctors (AFLDS.org) White Coat Summit. Urso states that, The Achilles heel or kryptonite in the vaccine program is natural immunity. Science became political and the Hippocratic Oath became hypocrisy.

The whole vaccination program is intentionally deceptive.” He explains that even a mutation in the virus is recognized by our immune systems if we’ve recovered from Covid-19. He commented that he wished masks worked, but there are zero randomized control trials in the last four decades that masks stopped the spread of respiratory illness.

Vaccination status should not supplant immune status. Dr. Urso gives the example that if he had polio and recovered, why would he need the polio vaccine? The same goes for Chicken Pox, Measles, Mumps, Whooping Cough, etc.

Dr. Urso states that immune status matters more than vaccination status. If you have recovered from Covid, you have the proper T-cells who will recognize any form of this virus again because of the antibodies stored in your system, a system the Creator gave us. Covid infected and recovered people have a zero chance of ever getting Covid again.

The mutations are not coming from unvaccinated; they are coming from those who’ve received the jab. That is the source of the Covid mutants. The Cleveland Clinic came out with a study showing that there’s no need for the Covid recovered to have a “vaccination.” All the patients who had Sars-coV-1 are still immune competent against Sars-coV-2. They don’t have great antibody responses, but they do have great T-cell responses. T-cells are part of the immune system that focus on specific foreign particles. They circulate in the body to ward off invaders.

And here’s the clincher, in Sweden a study showed that some of the asymptomatic family members had developed immunity without symptoms. Then a study came out that stated there was robust T-cell immunity in asymptomatic Covid-19 family members. Asymptomatic people are spreading, but not the virus, they’re spreading immunity.

The reality is that it is dangerous to “Covid-vaccinate” immune-competent individuals. The jab to a Covid recovered patient with antibodies means they’re in danger of a war inside the body activating a hyper-immune response leading to significant tissue injury and death.

Conclusion

Over 15,500 physicians have signed a petition to alert citizens of the deadly consequences of Covid policies. The dangers and deaths are mounting. Link

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

Is Transgenderism Contagious?

By Paul Engel

It appears that the confusion and mental disorder called transgenderism is contagious.
Recent court cases have been placing the arbitrary opinions of a few of the facts and law of the land.
What happens when people are given special rights, simply because they are confused about who they are?

A recent case out of the Court of Appeals of the State of California brings up some interesting questions. First, does someone have the legal right to tell you how to refer to them? Second, does a mental disorder give someone the legal authority to infringe on the rights of others? The opinion in this case shows the irrationality of both the transgender activists and the judicial branch. Which leads me to another question: Is the mental confusion we call transgenderism contagious?

The case in question, Taking Offense v. State of California, stems from California Senate Bill 219 (2017-2018 Reg. Session), which added code to the state’s Health and Safety Code called the Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender (LGBT) Long-Term Care Facility Residents’ Bill of Rights. Taking Offense challenged two provisions of this law:

1439.51. (a) Except as provided in subdivision (b), it shall be unlawful for a long-term care facility or facility staff to take any of the following actions wholly or partially on the basis of a person’s actual or perceived sexual orientation, gender identity, gender expression, or human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) status:

(3) Where rooms are assigned by gender, assigning, reassigning, or refusing to assign a room to a transgender resident other than in accordance with the transgender resident’s gender identity, unless at the transgender resident’s request.

(5) Willfully and repeatedly fail to use a resident’s preferred name or pronouns after being clearly informed of the preferred name or pronouns.

California Senate Bill 219

First heard in state Superior Court, the decision was appealed to the state’s Court of Appeals. The appeals court started with the “First Amendment Challenge” in subsection 5.

First Amendment Challenge

Taking Offense listed four specific problems with the speech requirements of the law.

(1) a prior restraint on speech; (2) a violation of the freedom of thought, comparing transgender residents of long-term care facilities to “kings and masters over the rest of the people” and employees of long-term care facilities to “their virtual subjects and slaves”; (3) a violation of the freedom of “conscience, religion and belief”; and (4) a violation of the right to free exercise of religion.

Taking Offense v. State of California

The court agreed that subsection 5 of the law is a content-based restriction on freedom of speech. The court went on to explain:

The First Amendment to the United States Constitution states: “Congress shall make no law . . . abridging the freedom of speech . . . .” This fundamental right to free speech applies to the states through the Fourteenth Amendment’s due process clause.

Taking Offense v. State of California

As I’ve stated more times than I care to remember, this cannot be a First Amendment issue since Congress did not make this law. The legal fiction that the First Amendment applies to the states via the Fourteenth Amendment’s Due Process Clause was made up out of thin air by the Supreme Court to federalize cases that the Constitution does not treat as federal issues. While this court focuses on the First Amendment, it does note that the protections of freedom of speech in California comes from the California Constitution.

Similarly, article I, section 2, subdivision (a) of the California Constitution provides: “Every person may freely speak, write and publish his or her sentiments on all subjects, being responsible for the abuse of this right. A law may not restrain or abridge liberty of speech or press.” Article I’s free speech clause enjoys existence and force independent of the First Amendment to the federal Constitution.

Taking Offense v. State of California

While we are free to speak, write, and publish on all subjects, what is stated in the California Constitution applies to the federal one as well: We are responsible for the abuse of this right. Often erroneously called the prohibition on “yelling fire in a crowded theater”, we see this most often in libel, slander, and perjury laws. You cannot lie under oath or slander someone, then claim exemption from punishment because of free speech.

The State of California claims its compelling interest in preventing “misgendering” is sufficient for them to regulate free speech. The court agrees:

We agree with the Attorney General that the state has a compelling interest in eliminating discrimination on the basis of sex. … The high court has recognized that discrimination on the basis of “sex” includes discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation or transgender status.

Taking Offense v. State of California

While the “high court” may recognize that a person’s belief is equivalent to the physical properties of sex, the Constitution of the United States does not. The Bostock v. Clayton County decision the court refers to is simply another example of the oligarchs on the Supreme Court placing their opinions above the supreme law of the land. Thankfully, in this case, government interest alone is not considered sufficient to infringe on your rights. The court found that alternatives to restricting speech showed that the government’s case was insufficient to allow it to criminalize speech.

In regards to free speech though, we have a final question: Does the use of a pronoun other than the one preferred rise to a level of injury as to require state sanction? The court rightly found that it does not.

The pronoun provision at issue here tests the limits of the government’s authority to restrict pure speech that, while potentially offensive or harassing to the listener, does not necessarily create a hostile environment. As the Third Circuit Court of Appeals has recognized, “ ‘[w]here pure expression is involved,’ anti-discrimination law ‘steers into the territory of the First Amendment.’ ”

Taking Offense v. State of California

Equal Protection Challenge

Now let’s take a look at the challenge to the room assignment requirements based on the Equal Protection Clause.

Taking Offense contends the room assignment provision violates the equal protection clause of the Fourteenth Amendment of the United States Constitution,8 article I, section 7 of the California Constitution, and the Unruh Civil Rights Act. It makes two implicit assumptions about the room assignment provision: (1) the provision requires a facility to accommodate a transgender resident’s request to be assigned to a room other than in accordance with the resident’s gender identity; and (2) a resident’s request to be assigned a room other than in accordance with the resident’s gender identity is equivalent to dictating the gender or gender identity of the resident’s roommate. Based on those assumptions, Taking Offense asserts the provision grants transgender residents “special rights” to choose whether to be assigned a roommate according to the transgender person’s gender identity or the person’s assigned sex at birth, while failing to recognize the same right of non-transgender residents. We disagree.

Taking Offense v. State of California

The question at hand is if California’s room assignment provision of SB 219 unlawfully requires people to be treated differently under the law. A quick look at the language should make this perfectly obvious, since the roommate request of two residents are treated differently depending on whether one of them claims to be “transgendered”.

Consider this example: In any room sharing situation, there are at least two people who will be sharing a room. If the room assignments are made according to sex, then the facility has a physical basis for making those assignments. However, if the room assignments are made based on “gender identity”, the decision is made based on an arbitrary decision of only one of the residents. Now consider the situation where a woman is required to share a room with a man because he claims he is a woman. Not only is the roommate request of only one of the residents considered, but only the “transgendered” person is allowed to make such a request. This is not to be done based on a physical or medical condition, or even based on a legal relationship between the residents, but solely on the subjective assertion of one of the residents. Sounds pretty unequal to me. Apparently though, this obvious discriminatory practice is not so obvious to the court.

The equal protection clause requires the state to treat all persons similarly situated alike or, conversely, to avoid all classifications that are “arbitrary or irrational” and those that reflect “ ‘a bare . . . desire to harm a politically unpopular group.’

Taking Offense v. State of California

Aren’t two or more residents in a long-term care facility who will be sharing a room “similarly situated”? Is the determination of “sexual orientation” arbitrary or irrational? Does the denial of the right to request a roommate of a specific sex to anyone not currently identifying with a group currently politically favored in California, show a “desire to harm a politically unpopular group”? I would say the answer to all three questions are yes. Apparently this is too difficult for the members of the court to understand.

This provision creates a general rule and an exception to the rule. The general rule makes it unlawful for a long-term care facility or facility staff to assign, reassign, or refuse to assign a room to a transgender resident other than in accordance with the resident’s gender identity. This requirement provides no special rights to transgender residents; rather, it only clarifies that gender-based room assignment decisions involving transgender residents must be made according to the resident’s gender identity rather than their biological sex at birth.

Taking Offense v. State of California

According to the members of the court, the fact that only the “transgendered” resident gets to decide the sex of their roommate does not make that a special right. However, I must ask if what they want or desire rises to unequal treatment in this court’s eyes? Not only do they not see the unequal treatment of forcing a female resident to live with a male resident against her will, but the gross abuse of her rights? Somehow, I think only a lawyer or a judge could be so deluded. Perhaps we should not be surprised that this opinion came out of California. Based on other recent cases, I fear this elevation of a mental disorder above the supreme law of the land will be with us for quite some time.

Conclusion

So in this “split decision”, we have one part which follows the law and protects the legitimate rights of everyone, while the other only cares about a politically favored group. Apparently, justice is not so blind as one would assume from looking at her statue.

While staff at long-term facilities in California will not be forced to keep a running track of who wants to be called what, the residents there are being forced to bow to the god of “transgenderism”. It seems we’ve thrown reason, logic, and evidence out the window when a man can claim to be a woman or visa versa, and everyone is expected to act as if it were true. If a man with this disorder wants to share a room with a woman, I don’t think the state should be involved. That means the state should not deny the request, but neither should it force a woman to comply against her will.

This opinion not only elevates those who suffer from the “transgender” mental disorder, it dehumanizes the vast majority of people who do not. In California, if you are not “transgendered”, you are a second-class citizen and your rights only matter if the “transgendered” allow it. This disease is spreading across the nation. Are you prepared to defend yourself, your rights, and those of your family, against these attacks?

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

White Americans Blamed for Everything: Domestic Terrorists, White Privilege, CRT

By Frosty Wooldridge

America stands for free speech, freedom of job choice, freedom of education, freedom of spousal choice, freedom to make a decent living, freedom to eat what you want and live where you want, and just about every other freedom known to humanity.

Because of America’s freedoms, several billions of people around the planet, especially people of color, yearn, beg, wish and hope to migrate to America. Over 14 million apply for the “diversity visa” annually that allows lucky winners a free ride and free welfare for life in America. Many thousands of them come from countries like Somalia, Sudan, Ethiopia, and Congo where no one has ever taken a shower or flushed a toilet.

Millions more arrive into America from India, China, Indochina, Mexico, Brazil and other overpopulated nightmare countries where basic sanitation, education and jobs cannot be secured.

Why then, do the likes of billionaire Oprah Winfrey, multi-millionaire Lebron James, and dozens of other minority millionaires blame every problem that people-of-color suffer—on white Americans?

Why is it that America features the most black billionaires , most athletic superstars, most bank presidents, most millionaire black women, most successful black people in the world, most black colleges and most successful human beings on Earth—but blame all their problems on white Americans?

Last week, Biden’s DOJ told the press that American citizens standing up at their school board meetings to speak their opinions on critical race theory were: domestic terrorists.

Why didn’t the DOJ say anything about the real domestic terrorists like Black Lives Matter who destroyed $2 billion in property from burning and looting last summer? What about the home grown terrorists Antifa thugs who rioted and smashed-burned everything they could get their torches to destroy?

What about Biden’s deliberate open borders policy inviting and facilitating MS-13 gangs into America loaded with fentanyl, meth, ecstasy and dozens of other drugs to poison our children? Aren’t they invited “domestic terrorists?” Why are they invited into America? Can you answer that Joe?

What about the 100,000 unvetted Muslim Afghan refugees that most certainly include Islamic terrorists who are dispersing around the country as you read this column?

When it comes to critical race theory, what country could/can

withstand a teaching of a “theory” that rips out the foundation of our Constitutional Republic? How can we survive a “theory” that pits one race against another? Pits one color of skin against another color of skin? Wouldn’t that be considered “domestic terrorism” on a national scale?

When it comes to racism, whose fault is it that 7 out of 10 African-American babies are born out of wedlock and subsist with a single mother on welfare? Who chose to procreate on someone else’s tax dollars? What kind of personal accountability is that?

What about racism as to African-Americans enjoying the Black Caucus in Congress? Miss Black America? All Black Colleges? “Blackish” on TV? Black Entertainment Television? Affirmative-action quotas that give jobs to unqualified people because of the color of their skin? Another 100 black racially exclusive organizations….

Why exactly are white Americans guilty of everyone else’s academic failures in school, or, making babies out of wedlock without any personal accountability, or, burning and looting with no solutions other than violence?

Why do white Americans become “domestic terrorists” when in fact, they work within the system, work within our laws, work to make America work? How did they become the perpetrators when all they are “perpetrating” is citizenship, community service and balance within the system?

Did you notice when Trump reached the presidency, several people screamed to “blow up the White House”, chief among them—Madonna. Another movie star woman urged all women to get “nasty” toward the President of the United States.

Notice that when President Joe Dementia reached the White House, there were no riots, no violence, no looting, no burning.

Who are the “domestic terrorists” in Washington DC who engineered the worst military defeat in the history of America? Who are the “domestic terrorists” that are facilitating a serious invasion of our country on our southern border with Mexico? How much longer and how many more invaders can our country withstand or survive?

By the end of 2021, demographers project at least 3,000,000 legal and illegal immigrants will have breached America’s borders. Can Biden allow another 5 or 10 or 50 million desperate people to enter the USA illegally? Will he stop the invasion? Or, will he encourage more illegal migrants from all over the world?

How many more migrants do you think we can handle? How many more of them do you think we can save? How many more Islamic refugees from the Middle East can we absorb?

You and all of us better start asking these questions. Why? Because at some point, there will be a tipping point where we will not be able to recover our country or our civilization…and that time is coming faster than anyone thinks.

What Are We Going To Do When We Can’t Solve Our Problems?

Those 535 Congressional Critters trip, stumble and mumble into each day without a clue as to the long term ramification of what they are doing to us, the citizens of this country.

Last week, “Progressives for Immigration Reform,” Executive Director Kevin Lynn interviewed me on my book: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations. He caught me in my office wearing my hat and glasses. The interview is one hour long. If you watch it, the interview will give you a crystal clear understanding of what’s going to happen to our civilization if we fail to stop mass immigration. Forward it to all your networks. Thank you, Frosty

Here is the link to the podcast.

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions? Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future? If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

Go to www.Balance.org for greater information on immigration’s impacts to our country. Help David Durham and this organization with your support.

Share these videos all over America:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Warning: True State of the Economy

By: Devvy

The new jobs report which came out last week shocked even Biden cheerleaders in the prostitute media: a measly 194,000. The manufactured estimate of new jobs, 500,000, was simply made up of whole cloth. The Fake $700 Billion Bailout Rescue Plan, October 2, 2008 (Mine):

“Here’s a quote from that Forbes story: “It’s not based on any particular data point,” a Treasury spokeswoman told Forbes.com Tuesday. “We just wanted to choose a really large number.” They made it up to be sufficiently ginormous to frighten everyone into rapid action. And it worked.

“A Treasury spokes mouth said the $700 billion dollar figure was made up. The number is fake! These elitists who run our lives believe in their arrogance they could simply pluck a big enough number out of the sky and the American people would swallow it out of fear.” Remind you of the deliberately engineered COVID hysteria?

Of course they did since Congress had no idea what they were doing even though the 100’ x 100’ red flags had been screaming at them for years about the true condition of banks and the other factors. “No one knows what to do. We are in new territory here. This is a different game. We’re not here playing soccer, basketball or football, this is a new game and we’re going to have to figure out how to do it.” Sen. Harry Reid [D-NV], September 17, 2008 (Mine)

Allegedly, the people of Nevada continued voting that career crook back into office. Reid retired in 2017 but make no mistake: He still runs the State of Nevada for the Democrat/Communist Party USA and their corrupt cheating ways. Dirty Harry Reid served in Congress (House & Senate) for 34 years.

Everything the fake Biden “administration” has done from day one has been the biggest sh*t show one might live through in a nightmare. Commies coming out of the woodwork.Alejandro Mayorkas, Secretary of Homeland Security is doing everything in his power to make sure our southern border is over run by drug cartels, terrorists, murderers, rapists, thieves and hundreds of thousands of new welfare recipients paid for by you.

And the keeper of the money: Biden’s Globalist Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen Says Raising the Debt Limit Is Just a ‘Housekeeping Chore’ – “Modern Monetary Theory is arguably the greatest threat to our nation’s existence. If it becomes policy in the United States, the dollar will be negated as the world reserve currency as well as the preferred “petrodollar” used to pay for oil. When those things happen, the massive debt we have incurred will come crashing down on the nation harder than anything seen in world history. It would be a cataclysmic collapse that will erase our nation and anyone living here.”

Usurper Biden nominee, Saule Omarova, to run the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Biden Nominates Literal Communist To Be In Charge Of Banks And Currency – “She was born in the Soviet Union and graduated from Moscow State University in 1989 on the Lenin Personal Academic Scholarship. After communism collapsed, she came to the United States in hopes of reviving it here by becoming a professor at Cornell School of Law. As The NY Post reports, she’s still a commie through and through:” Rest at link. This from my Sept. 8, 2009 column when the other usurper, Hussein Obama, was busy transforming America:

“Willliam Z. Foster said there would someday be a communist in the White House. That day arrived on January 20, 2009. In his book, Toward Soviet America, on page 271, Foster writes, “The American Soviet Government will be organized along the broad lines of the Russian Soviets.” He goes on to give the blue print and how it will be done. As he outlined, it has been done to America right under everyone’s nose. You can read the forward to the book as I have scanned it here. Written by Francis E. Walter, Chairman, Committee on un-American Activities, House of Representatives. Never mind the screeching and squalling from the Hollyweird “progressives” or university intelligenzia. Get the facts and let the useful fools spew their bombastic gas.

“Oh, but, who cares what some old dead guy said in a dusty old book years ago? Well, try: ‘The Venona Secrets: Exposing Soviet Espionage and America’s Traitors,’ for some light reading. This book is fully foot noted with sources and copies of documents. It should shake denial right out of your vocabulary.

“When you’ve finished with those, read The Communist International, of the three tomes, read this one first: 1919-1943 Documents.

“The author acknowledges her work would not have been possible without the “generosity” of the Rockefeller Foundation. These three volumes (at a cost of about $135.00 each when you can find one), go step by step how the countries on the globe will first be colonized, who will get destroyed in war and the relentless march towards world communism. You can see history laid out right before your eyes. The quest for global domination under communism isn’t dead, folks.

“Kevin Hornbuckle was elected to the city council in Eugene, Oregon, in 1992, as a registered Democrat and then came out of the closet to proudly announce in an interview: “I’d simply point out that Communists in the United States are fighting for health care, housing and jobs as a human right. I’m proud to be a communist.”

“How many more Communists are in the closet undermining and subverting our Constitution and sovereignty? Not only are they being elected to public office under false pretenses, these America haters are teaching in high end colleges and universities throughout the country.”

Dr. Rachel Levine, Pennsylvania’s former top health official, was confirmed by the Democrat controlled Senate and is now the Assistant Secty of HHS. A mentally ill individual who is forever a biological male playing dress up.The list goes on but it makes one nauseated.

Recent polls show Americans number one worry is the economy and the invasion at the southern border, not the hoax called climate change or COVID-19. As well Americans should be very concerned. I hope millions today see the warning signs they didn’t see starting in mid-2005 until everything started to crater in July 2008 and by September, panic was saturating Wall Street and Main St.

This new “Greatest” Depression started in 2019 and cannot be stopped – even if President-Elect Trump was still in the WH. Why? Because the cancer of 2008 wasn’t cut out. Congress simply put Band Aids on a hemorrhaging wound. Unconstitutional bail outs of auto manufacturers, banks and insurance companies bleeding dollars like Niagra Falls, insanity.

Why? Because, first, most congress critters, house or senate, have little to zero understanding of the disabilities of our monetary system (fiat currency) and the history of what happens to countries when they bury themselves in debt. The PIIGS (Portugal, Portugal, Italy, Ireland, Greece, and Spain) by 2008 because of their weak economies and debt load nose-dived big time.

In 2020, the U.S. government spent $6.5 TRILLION dollars while being $30 TRILLION in the hole. They spent over $6 million a minute and borrowed $4 billion a day. And America keeps reelecting the same incumbents every two years, R or D, that have destroyed the middle class, enabled poverty and enriched dirty, anti-American players and their mega corporations. “On President Trump’s first day in office (January 2017), the total debt load of the nation was $19.947 trillion. So, over the course of a little less than 4 years, the United States added roughly $7.733 trillion in debt.”

This latest “battle” regarding raising the debt ceiling limit: Mitch McConnell, a crook of the first order, caved last week giving Democrats more time to try to ram through their economy killing trillions in spending. Oops: Mitch McConnell says the GOP will vote for the US to default on its debt, Sept. 20, 2021. Derek Hunter says he did the right thing during that chess session.

This game has been going on a long time:

“Congress has tinkered with the debt ceiling, the statutory limit on amount of money the United States government is authorized to borrow to meet its legal obligations, a grand total of 78 times since 1960 – 49 times under Republican presidents and 29 times under Democratic presidents.

“If the debt ceiling is exceeded, the Treasury can no longer borrow money by selling new notes and must rely instead on incoming revenue—like taxes—to pay ongoing federal government expenses.” You cannot print your way out of debt.

“…rely instead on incoming revenue—like taxes—to pay ongoing federal government expenses.” Wrong.

President’s Private Sector Survey On Cost Control – A Report to The President (Reagan)

January 15, 1984. Available from the Congressional Research Service. The excerpt below can be found on page 12: “Resistance to additional income taxes would be even more widespread if people were aware that: With two-thirds of everyone’s personal income taxes wasted or not collected, 100% of what is collected is absorbed solely by interest on the Federal Government contributions to transfer payments. In other words, all individual income tax revenues are gone before one nickel is spent on the services which taxpayers expect from their government.”

That’s why Congress doesn’t want the “Fed” abolished. They have to keep borrowing from the central bank and our mortal enemy, Communist China, to fund monster spending, most of which is unconstitutional and it is going to sink the ship. Constitutional taxes, i.e., cigarettes, tobacco, firearms, tires, gasoline, corporate taxes don’t come anywhere close to what YOUR incumbent and mine are spending. Republicans chant “smaller government” but all the times they’ve had the majority not one single unconstitutional agency or cabinet (Dept of Ed, USAID, EPA and that endless list) has been abolished.

This is a short excerpt of testimony by William Grieder, an insider, who wrote the book, Secrets of the Temple: Testimony, House Banking Committee October 7, 1993

“The veil of secrecy certainly does enhance the mystique surrounding the Fed – and the general ignorance about it. Otherwise confident and intelligent people including members of Congress – defer to the Fed’s wisdom mainly because they do not understand it. They are understandably intimidated by its mystery and power…”

“And, as every governor freely acknowledged to me, the Fed also makes mistakes just like the rest of us mortals. The difference is that the Fed’s mistakes can have devastating impact on the lives and fortunes of millions. It can sink viable business enterprises and force debtors to the wall and put millions of people out of jobs. It can reward some investors and punish others….

“The only players who are left out of this conversation are the American people and, to a large extent their elected representatives. Instead, they are provided a frustrating stream of evasive euphemisms and opaque jargon and platitudinous generalities and, sometimes, even downright deception. As more than one Federal Reserve governor confided to me, it would be very difficult – perhaps impossible – for the Fed to have an honest discussion of monetary policy with Congress or the public because the level of ignorance is so profound.

“Among elected politicians, there is also a widespread willingness not to know or understand. In fairness to Congress, the news media encourages this deference by promoting the conventional wisdom about the institution. Any politician who dares to become a critic can count upon damaging attacks from both editorial writers and news reporters….

“Frankly, the Fed does not even have to confront intelligent scrutiny from those the people have elected to represent them. That is, the Congress. In my experience, congressional oversight hearings are usually a dispiriting mixture of posturing and bile and trick questions that the Federal Reserve governors find quite easy to fend off. It is hard to take most of the congressional questioning seriously and not surprising that many at the Federal Reserve do not.

“Wright Patman once referred to the existing arrangement as `a car with two drivers.’ One driver has a foot on the gas, the other on the brake. He meant that the fiscal policy of spending and taxation is controlled by Congress and the Executive, while the money and credit policy is controlled by the central bank. These two levers interact powerfully with another – sometimes with contradictory results. “Yet, believe it or not, there is absolutely no requirement in the law that the two levers must be coordinated with one another. There is not even an intelligent process by which monetary policy and fiscal policy can be viewed together as pieces of an overall economic strategy…

“In 1998, when Congress passed the Reagan economic program, the massive tax cuts and defense buildup were powerfully stimulative to the economy. But the Federal Reserve was simultaneously embarked on the opposite course: suppressing economic growth with extraordinarily high interest rates in order to squeeze out price inflation … The stark fact is that the government was pushing the national economy in opposite directions at once. The car with two drivers wound up in a ditch – first deep recession, then an awesome accumulation of debt – and we are effectively still in it.” [End of quote]

Second, those in Congress over the past 108 years who do understand the problem with our currency and a central bank do NOT want it shut down. Bringing America to her knees for their insane global agendas, drowning us in unpayable debt is the game plan. It is the “Great Reset” that is Hell in living color.

The proposed $3.5 TRILLION dollar heist called a ‘human infrastructure’ bill is full of social spending to the point those of us who do understand are at a loss for words why Republicans would have anything to do with any of it. Like “free” tuition for community college for illegal aliens who have no right to be on U.S. soil. Let me tell you what will happen if any or all of it goes through.

First, a great deal of it reeks of communism. Second, if you think inflation is bad now, that bill, coupled with the other $1.3 TRILLION for infrastructure will juice up hyperinflation: “Hyperinflation has two main causes: an increase in the money supply and demand-pull inflation. The former happens when a country’s government begins printing money to pay for its spending. As it increases the money supply, prices rise as in regular inflation.

“The other cause, demand-pull inflation, occurs when a surge in demand outstrips supply, sending prices higher. This can happen due to increased consumer spending due to a growing economy, a sudden rise in exports, or more government spending.3

“The two often go hand-in-hand. Instead of tightening the money supply to stop inflation, the government might continue to print more money. With too much currency sloshing around, prices skyrocket. Once consumers realize what is happening, they expect continued inflation. They buy more now to avoid paying a higher price later. That excessive demand aggravates inflation. It’s even worse if they stockpile goods and create shortages.”

Inflation is stealing from you. But how many Americans have any understanding about any of this? They don’t because for longer than I’ve been alive, economics taught in colleges and universities is the poisonous Keynesian economic theories.

Warning

Our supply chain for goods and food is in trouble and grows more serious by the day. It will only worsen. Many will blame Biden but the real blame lies with YOUR congress critter and MINE for ignoring the only solution which should have happened in 2007:

R. 2755 – To abolish the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal reserve banks, to repeal the Federal Reserve Act, and for other purposes.

IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES -June 15, 2007 – Mr. Paul introduced the following bill; which was referred to the Committee on Financial Services *End*

The Federal Reserve Banking Act of 1913 IS unconstitutional. Neither party cares because Dr. Ron Paul’s bill had ZERO cosponsors. Not one member of Congress supported stopping the rape of We the People and the people kept right on reelecting the same incumbents destroying their lives. There will never be economic prosperity for America until the Central Bank is dead and gone. “The bank, Mr. Van Buren, is trying to kill me, but I will kill it!” – Andrew Jackson. On September 10, 1833, after a vicious fight, President Andrew Jackson killed the Central Bank.

Those who control the world through money bought off corrupt senators and back came the Central Bank with a name meant to deceive: The “Federal” Reserve. If you want to fully understand how those thieves operate, then read the item below on Congressman McFadden. Yes, it is long, but time well spent.

“On May 23, 1933, Congressman, Louis T. McFadden, brought formal charges against the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Bank system, The Comptroller of the Currency and the Secretary of United States Treasury for numerous criminal acts, including but not limited to, CONSPIRACY, FRAUD, UNLAWFUL CONVERSION, AND TREASON.”

The brain-dead socialists who serve in Congress, the stand-out star being nitwit Alexandria Ocasio Cortez, are working hard to see America’s economy end up like Venezuela. THIS is what the fake Biden regime is trying to accomplish along with the scum in Congress who support socialism which is the stepping stone to communism: How Socialism Destroyed Venezuela

The other really important read I’ve cited before is this one. Once you read it you can see what the Democrats are pushing which will end up with the same disaster: Great Myths of the Great Depression by Lawrence Reed.

Despite a lot of the screeching out there, this financial collapse doesn’t happen from Monday to Tuesday. Because of the size of our economy and games played by the “Fed”, it can take several years until the crumbling begins. I urge you now is the time to begin preparing (if you haven’t already) for the worst because its underway.

I became a prepper in 1990 when a blizzard hit Colorado Springs, CO, where my late husband was DEH at Ft. Carson. Oh, boy. A big, bad blizzard. I do have food storage which is good until 2034, long after I’m dead and buried. Water storage, you name it, I’m ready. I have Legacy brand. My Patriot’s Supply is also excellent and don’t forget to keep medical supplies on hand. I recommend the 100 hour candle besides flashlights.

Financially. I know, tens of millions of Americans are still trying to recover from the deliberate destruction from lockdowns, etc., over this COVID planned pandemic. But, this time around is going to make 2008 look like prosperity. It’s very important Americans take the time to assess their financial stability and if necessary, I think a lot of Americans need to reassess their spending. Toujours perdrix has caused too many Americans to live beyond their means and when something like a lockdown or crash happens, they don’t even have enough food stored to feed their family for even a couple of days. What happened last year proves my point.

What’s wrong with these pictures? Florida – miles and miles of cars and expensive SUV’s lined up for food distribution from food banks. If you can afford a $40,000 SUV or $55,000 F-150, why is it you have no food stored for emergencies? I know it’s not easy but people should have one year rent or mortgage set aside so in bad times, that money is there.

I am NOT encouraging people to start panic buying such as we saw in 2020. What I am saying is NOW is the time to get your house in order. There IS a very serious chain supply problem that’s going to get worse. If you buy Christmas presents, now is the time to make purchases. Not all at once, but as much as you can over the next few weeks.

It’s not just a shortage of workers from government subsidies, it’s also the massive number of deaths from those COVID injections. Covered all this several times: This is quite a long video so I watched about half an hour at a time. Vaccines Have Killed 200,000 Americans. It is narrated by Steve Kirsch, a billionaire who has offered $1 million dollars to anyone who can prove him wrong. Kirsch has no challengers to date. Kirsch uses precise methodology in his analysis that over 212,000 Americans have now died after taking those injections and the real number of adverse “events” is 2 million. Not sure the date of that video but at the end he mentions no autopsies, but a number have actually been done.

I estimate that video is now about two months old which means, using his methodology and the horrible spike in deaths, the count now is over a quarter million dead Americans, over 40,000 permanently disabled. Scientists predicted the first spike in deaths would be March & April, they were on target, sadly. The second predicted spike is underway through December. This will continue to impact the work force – especially nurses, doctors, teachers, first responders, likely a small percentage of truckers, farmers.

Long-tern food storage companies are already having difficultly filling orders because so many Americans are taking this seriously and know when the grocery store shelves are empty, there’s no one to rely on but you and the preparations you’ve made.

As for financial assets, the stock market is all most Americans look at – oh, boy! An all-time high! Been there before: October 6, 2006: The Dow’s Phony High (Mine). Less than two years later the big bust hit. Just my own estimate, but I would say 90% of adults in this country have no clue about all the different factors regarding the economy, banks, the Basil Agreements, Baltic Dry Index, derivatives and the list goes on.

Below are links to what I consider very informative about the economy. I’m sure there are many more, but these individuals live and breathe this stuff for decades. They are the ones to listen to, not the liars who work for the federal government who regularly cook the numbers for political reasons.

I don’t sell precious metals like gold and silver, but I know a lot about it after all these decades of learning about them and the “Fed”. The consensus is you should convert at least 15% of your assets into gold with some silver. Owning gold is the hedge against inflation. It’s not an ATM machine but a long-term investment. Deficits + Debasement + Decadence = Death of Dollar & Rising Gold

My friend Rob Westfall is a precious metals dealer for many decades. I’ve known Robbie well over 20 years. While a lot of precious metals dealers have a minimum purchase requirement, like $4 million (yeah, they do), Robbie does help people with less assets get the best for their money. Give him a call and tell him I sent you on over; his office is in Florida: 813.977.7200 – ALWAYS take physical possession of your gold and silver.

Emotionally and Spiritually

The lockdowns, restrictions of our freedoms – ALL COMPLETELY UNNECESSARY – has caused enormous mental health issues for millions of Americans. School children/teens. Damn those people to Hell and back for what they’ve done – IGNORANT, POLITICAL SCHOOLS BOARDS AND GOVERNORS.

Churches shut down. Small to medium businesses destroyed over nothing but a mountain of lies. The benefactors: Amazon, China (Wal) Mart and other big box stores and their billionaire owners. Dreams destroyed over media manufactured hysteria, FAKE PCR test results which led to locking down this country because of “cases”.

As things worsen, so will the mental burden on Americans. That’s why it’s so important to stay informed and share what we’re all learning with family and friends. Watch for danger signs with family and friends. The suicide rates over the past nearly two years is just awful.

Please share this information far and wide because the worst is coming at us like a ballistic missile. Because the “Fed” is backed into a corner, the race is to the bottom – but fret not! Part of the plan of this plandemic is the “Great Reset” which will be anything but great.

Greyerz: We’ve Entered The Dangerous Period And Final Endgame For The Global Financial System – Here Is How Much Time Is Left, August 15, 2021

Greyerz – We Are About To Witness The Violent End Of The Epic Everything Bubble, September 19, 2021

Rickards: No Recovery Until 2045?– “ U.S. debt-to-GDP ratio is now approaching 130%… We will not recover from this pandemic fully until 2045 or later in terms of savings, consumption, disinflation, low interest rates and low growth. The only exception to this estimate would be if the pandemic were followed by another equally shocking event such as war or a financial panic. Isn’t that reassuring?” War is always profitable. Stay tuned.

Video interview: Fed Has Lost Control; Weight of Debt Will Cause Bonds to Crash, Gold to Soar | Egon von Greyerz

Check this daily or at least several times a week: Shadow Stats

Albert Edwards: “It’s Starting To Feel A Bit Like July 2008”

Interview well worth listening to: Matterhorn principals Egon von Greyerz and Matthew Piepenburg exchange thoughts on the real vs. surreal financial system: Sharing Real Facts Within a Surreal Financial System

Nothing is Real: A Visual Journey Through Market Absurdity – “What did I learn after watching the NASDAQ rise to the moon in 2000 before puking by greater than 80% in 2003, and a sub-prime bubble that had investors giddy in 2006 yet on their knees by the autumn of 2008, or far more recently, a decade+ bull market hitting needle-peak highs on the backs $28T in national debt and a Fed balance sheet that had bloated from $800 billion in 2000 to over $7 trillion by 2020?” Rest at link above.

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Links:

Wait! Didn’t the fake president put the fake, constitutionally ineligible VP in charge of the border? Kamala Harris skips US-Mexico border-security meeting, goes to New Jersey instead– The vice president visited a daycare center and vaccination site in the Garden State on Friday while other top Biden administration officials were in Mexico City

Eric Clapton: ‘It’s Time To Rise Up Against the New World Order & Reject Lockdowns’

A Biblical Christian Worldview Lost

By Butch Paugh

Let’s go ahead and get one harsh, but brutally true statement before us and get it out of the way. At least ninety five percent of the people who claim Christianity today have no clue of what a “Christian” worldview is, or should be! Including myself for many years! Let’s take a look at a few scriptures and five major worldviews. You may be surprised how far you are from the Biblical worldview. Worldview, meaning how we view the world and how all facets of our lives should be totally surrendered to God’s directions for control and the governing in all spheres of creation.

In Matt. 22:37-40, we are clearly instructed that we must love the Lord our God with every fiber of our being! Nothing reserved! Christ also told us in John 14:15, “If we love Him we will keep His commandments! We are to study His Word in order to “renew” our carnal minds that have been polluted by Satanic teachings that many falsely believe are Christian views. II Tim. 2:15/Rom12:1-2

The Word of God is to be our guide and instruction book on how to “govern” our lives and our society in all aspects! Nothing is left to our will or desires! We should not trust our “understanding” of life’s issues! (Prov. 3:5-7)

Let’s examine five different areas of our lives that all people deal with daily: politics, economics, education, religion and social issues. I think that everyone who reads the different world views listed will be a little shocked as to how far the “church” has strayed from God’s guidelines.

Politics:

Biblical Theism (God is God

♦ Law originates with God. In all spheres of government (family, church, and civil), man’s law must align with divine law in order to be valid. God’s Law is His word, as written in the Holy Scriptures.

Moderate Christian (God/Man is God)

♦ New Testament Grace supersedes Old Testament Law, and has little to contribute to modern political discussion, other than to encourage fairness and integrity. Public policy should be conducted according to natural law.

Secular Humanism (man is God)

♦ A secular state is necessary to a free society. Law is interpreted through judicial precedent and social mores, not a fixed, historical standard. There is no single basis of law for every culture.

Socialism (State is God)

♦ The State represents the people, provides for them, and oversees all areas of life. The State owns all property in behalf of the people, and distributes wealth and provision equally to all people.

Economics:

Biblical Theism (God is God)

♦ God has ordained productive labor and private property ownership. The first rule of economics is “You shall not steal.” The second is to maintain honest weights and measures. The third is: If you don’t work, you don’t eat, with certain exceptions for the truly disabled.

Moderate Christian (God/man is God)

♦ Individual responsibility is good, but Christian love requires us to help others unconditionally. Both private and charity and government aid are good.

Secular Humanism (Man is God)

♦ The state exists to help individuals and businesses who cannot help themselves, through direct regulation and management of the economy. When everyone contributes their “fair share” through progressive taxation, society benefits.

Socialism (State is God)

♦ Private-property rights encourage greed and inequity. Economic decisions should be centralized in the State in order to guarantee social justice and livable conditions for everyone.

Education:

Biblical Theism (God is God)

♦ The purpose of education is that we might know God and obey His commands. Parents are primarily responsible for the education of their children, through both direct instruction and the original procurement of instruction by others of their choosing.

Moderate Christian (God/man is God)

♦ Spiritual and secular education are distinct. Children receive academic training at school, whereas spiritual instruction is the responsibility of the family and the Church

Secular Humanism (Man is God)

♦ Education is a universal right, and is key to reducing crime and poverty. Everyone has unlimited potential for personal development. The government must ensure that all children are provided equal educational opportunity.

Socialism (State is God)

♦ Children are a national resource, and education is the government’s responsibility. Only State schools can ensure common core standards, via common curriculum, and provide an education that aligns with society’s goals.

Religion:

Biblical Theism (God is God)

♦ Everyone is born in sin and needs a Saviour. Salvation comes through confession of faith in the atoning work of Jesus Christ, as evidenced by genuine repentance. God is knowable only through Christ, and His Holy Scriptures are authoritative for all of life. All who die without Christ will spend eternity in the fires of Hell.

Moderate Christian (God/man is God)

♦ Christianity is a relationship with Jesus Christ, not a religion with set requirements. Repentance – if it is necessary – is secondary to grace.

Secular Humanism (Man is God)

♦ “Religion” is a personal matter. Organized religion is unimportant, and often dangerous. Absolute truth does not exist. Mankind is accountable only to itself. Personal fulfillment can be found primarily through self-actualization.

Socialism (State is God)

♦ Personal religious beliefs are antagonistic to the common good, which can only be ensured by a secular State. The freedom to believe or not believe can only be protected and enforced by a non-biased, secular State.

Social Issues:

Biblical Theism (God is God)

♦ The Ten Commandments and the Sermon on the Mount are the ethical basis for personal conduct, interpersonal relations, social order, and public policy. They are God’s standard for all people, in all cultures, in all generations.

Moderate Christian (God/man is God)

♦ Love emphasizes tolerance. Calling the private or public actions of others sinful is judgmental, since only God knows men’s hearts.

Secular Humanism (Man is God)

♦ Moral standards evolve over time in response to social progress. Majority standards should prevail. Any personal morality is permissible as long as it does not hurt someone else.

Socialism (Man is God)

♦ The needs of the individual are less important than the collective needs of the people. Personal conduct must therefore serve the interests of the State.

Now that you have learned how far all, including the church, have strayed from God’s will in following His law, statutes and judgments. Let’s take a brief look on to how our society and even those who “think” they are following God’s Word in their lives have fallen for this damning massive deception.

The answer is actually very simple and easily understood for those who will recognize and accept the truth! Here it is, most who say they love God do not obey His laws! Most will respond with a loud protest denying this factual statement! My reply is, “If we truly were following His law system, why did we get so far away from the righteous Christian worldview? Most people who think they are following God’s law fall into the “moderate” category on politics. They have bought the damnable lie that since Christ came, the “law” has been done away with and grace has superseded God’s law. So therefore, at best, we basically believe we can live in a culture of compromise with no righteous retribution for ignoring God’s laws and His righteous judgment! We wink at sin (I John 3:4) in our personal lives and our family’s lives because we don’t want to hurt their feelings, or cause a confrontation! We have denied Christ in our lives by tolerating our own law-breaking (disobedience to His laws (John 14:15) and that of our family. In doing so, folks, we have denied Christ before men. We were sternly warned about this in Matt. 10:32-39. Christ Himself plainly told us that He came to divide families and not to bring a “false” peace, verses 34-35. It seems that there is nothing a family member can do to compel a separation between each other. You see, Christ said that we are to separate from them in order for them to see their need of repentance! We are damning them into believing that they are “saved” and in good standing with God, no matter their works, (life choices). As a simple matter of truth, if anyone professes Christianity and is living in direct violation of God’s moral laws, we are commanded to have no fellowship with them. Not even to eat with them! (I Cor. 5:9-12). We have miserably failed to obey God whom we say we love. The antinomian (lawless) church is the destroyer of society! Enough said!

E-Mail Butch Paugh: ctdm@hotmail.com

COVID-19 Vaccine Facts Media Ignores, Part 2

By Roger Anghis

The American people have gotten to the point where they seem to pay no attention to the rights and freedoms our Founders gave us. The right to determine what we put in our bodies, specifically medicines, is a right that we have and if we don’t take a stand now and refuse this massive overreach by the federal government we’ll be forced to do whatever they say from here on out. Hitler forced the people of Germany to take drugs with no recourse. One of those drugs was fluoride the same poison that many municipalities put in the drinking water. Ten years after they started this practice cancers in adults increased by 20%. Imagine that. Now they are trying to force a ‘vaccine’ that has drastic negative effects on the human body. According to the European version of the CDC. Endura Vigilance, this ‘vaccine’ is a total disaster. European database of suspected adverse drug reaction reports: COVID-19 Vaccine Adverse Drug Reactions – 23,252 dead, 2,189,537 Injuries through August 28, 2021.

This is what Biden demands that we take a chance with. By the way, his White House staff is exempt and the Congressional staff is exempt and the Judicial Branch, CDC employees, FDA employees, USPS employees, Pfizer employees, Moderna employees, and other friends of the Democrats but you have to have the ‘vaccine’. After WWII at the Nuremberg trials, it was decided that no government can mandate or force medical treatment without individual consent. That’s Nuremberg Code Article#6, Section #3. Notice how this fake administration totally ignores this law and is forcing you to get the jab or lose your job. Actions like this are very typical of the Democrat party. On September 29^th we learned that the Biden administration is laying the groundwork for a national security crisis: Border Patrol agents have been notified by the Biden administration that they must be fully vaccinated by Nov. 22 or face termination. The notice comes on the heels of President Joe Biden’s executive order on Sept. 9 that all federal employees must be vaccinated against COVID-19. In some cases, medical and religious exemptions are accepted and The Epoch Times has learned that some border agents will be filing for an exemption. House Judiciary ranking member Rep. Jim Jordan (R-Ohio) wrote a strongly-worded letter against the mandate to Homeland Security Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas. “We have learned that the Department of Homeland Security has threatened to fire Border Patrol officials who refuse to comply with President Biden’s vaccine mandate,” Jordan wrote on Sept. 28. “Your failure to support these federal law enforcement officials will only make the Biden border crisis worse and make our country less secure.[1] One other thing to keep in mind about this is the people entering our country illegally are given the choice of skipping the ‘vaccine’ or getting it.

There is a good reason for them or anyone else to not want to get the jab. As stated earlier in this series, the ‘vaccine’ has no characteristics of a vaccine but all the characteristics of gene therapy, which cannot be mandated. This ‘vaccine’ has proven to be very dangerous to those who take it. This past weekend we published a report from the FDA’s Vaccine Advisory Committee meeting on Pfizer COVID-19 booster shots held on Friday, September 17, 2021, where dissenting doctors and researchers were able to present material showing how dangerous the COVID-19 vaccines are, going against the current corporate media narrative that has worked hard to suppress this data. See: BOMBSHELL: FDA Allows Whistleblower Testimony that COVID-19 Vaccines Are Killing and Harming People!

One of the presenters in that open session was Steve Kirsch, the Executive Director of the COVID-19 Early Treatment Fund, who stated that “expert analysis” revealed that over 150,000 people have died in the U.S. following a COVID-19 injection.[2]

It is well known that when there is a large number of deaths related to a vaccine that vaccine is pulled. This ’vaccine’, however, seems immune to this standard procedure. There have been more deaths related to this ‘vaccine’ than all other vaccines in history combined yet our government is still ‘mandating’ that we all get it. Look at the chart below from the CDC on this subject:

There is no logical reason for this ‘vaccine’ to still be given to people. Remember Bill Gates saying that we need to control the population with ‘forced vaccines’? Is the picture getting a little clearer yet? The fear-mongers use this to prove that COVID-19 is the worst pandemic within the last century but when you look at the total number of deaths in America over the last ten years there is no massive spike. We see that the total number of deaths which includes all deaths, heart attacks, cancer, car accidents, accidents in general, and every other manner of deaths that 2020 is one of the lowest in numbers of deaths in spite of COVID-19.[3] To top this off we see that the required reporting to VEARS, Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System, is not being done which means the results of the ‘vaccine’ are much worse than they are telling us. We’ve vaccinated 97.5M people from the start thru March 2021 and there were 583 reports in VAERS who had an anaphylaxis reaction on their first dose. This suggests that the underreporting rate is 41X.

Other estimates such as How Underreported Are Post-Vaccination Serious Injuries and Deaths in VAERS? suggests a 30X factor based on VAERS.

However, this used a serious adverse event rate from the Pfizer Phase 3 study which we believe under-reported these events for three reasons:

1) the patients were much healthier than average with a 10X lower rate of cardiac arrest than the general public (for example),

2) it was hard to report adverse events if you were in the trial (the evidence of this was unfortunately deleted when Facebook removed the vaccine side effect groups), and

3) there was known malfeasance in the reporting of adverse events in the 12-15-year-old trial where the paralysis of 12-year-old Maddie de Garay was never included in the trial results and the FDA and CDC refused to investigate and the mainstream media would not report on it.[4]

Even scientists for the companies that manufacture the ‘vaccine’ advise to not take the jab. Think about it. Why do we have to take the jab but all the government agencies don’t? Are we still talking about people’s health or are we talking about demanding control over the population of America? I see it as obvious. When has it ever been the good guys that demand rights be taken from the people? Critical thinking is a must.

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

They’re Killing People!

By Rob Pue

On the highest hill in northeastern Georgia stands a huge, star-shaped granite monument. There are only a few clues as to how this monument, known as the “Georgia Guidestones” came to be in this place, but it’s message and intent is clearly Luciferian and anti-God. Today, as we hear of the plans of the New World Order globalists and their “Great Reset,” which has now begun in earnest, we can see that what these Luciferians are bringing to pass in the world now has been carefully planned out and purposely orchestrated over many decades.

The Georgia Guidestones are made of Pyramid Granite, consisting of a large, verticle center slab, four slabs surrounding it and a 26,000 pound capstone on top. They’re more than 19 feet tall. The ten messages on the Guidestones have been called “The Ten Commandments of the Antichrist,” and are written in English, Spanish, Swahili, Hindi, Hebrew, Arabic, Traditional Chinese, and Russian. The messages deal with human depopulation, earth worship, a One-World Government and New World Order.

The Guidestones were built to withstand any natural or man-made disaster, even a nuclear blast. Here are the ten messages inscribed on them: 1). Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature. 2). Guide reproduction wisely – improving fitness and diversity. 3). Unite humanity with a living new language. 4). Rule passion – faith – tradition – and all things with tempered reason. 5). Protect people and nations with fair laws and just courts. 6). Let all nations rule internally resolving external disputes in a world court. 7). Avoid petty laws and useless officials. 8). Balance personal rights with social duties. 9). Prize truth – beauty – love – seeking harmony with the infinite. 10). Be not a cancer on the earth – Leave room for nature.

A shorter message is inscribed at the top of the structure in four ancient languages: Babylonian cuneiform, Classical Greek, Sanskrit, and Egyptian hieroglyphs. It reads: “Let these be guidestones to an age of reason.”

In the summer of 1979 a well-dressed, elequently-speaking gray-haired man calling himself “R. C. Christian” came to Elberton, Georgia in search of both a granite firm to build his design for a monument and a suitable site for the construction of it. He said he represented “a small group of loyal Americans” who had been planning the installation of an unusually large and complex stone monument. The man admitted that ‘Christian’ was a pseudonym, and while he was obliged to reveal his identity to the local bank manager, this was under on condition of absolute confidentiality. To this day, the man’s real name and the true identity of his organization are unknown.

He presented the granite company a wooden model and ten pages of detailed instructions as to how the monument was to be built. And money was no object — even though the price quoted was many times higher than such a project would normally cost, this man readily agreed to pay it, no questions asked.

The Guidestones were unveiled in March of 1980. Ownership of the land and monument was soon transferred to Elbert County, which still holds it. But why place such a monument in virtually the middle of nowhere — 90 miles from Atlanta surrounded by farm fields? Perhaps one clue is that the Cherokee Indians believe this spot to be the geographical center of the universe.

The Guidestones were precisely engineered to track the movements of the sun and stars. Depending on where people stand and which slots or holes they peer through, visitors can see the sunrise during an equinox or solstice or locate the North Star. The stones function as a clock, calendar and compass and they track the sun’s movement year-round.

But it’s the ten messages on the Stones that should concern us today, as we find ourselves in the midst of a globalist eugenics program known as ‘COVID 19.’ The first of the messages indicates we should maintain human population under 500 million people. To achieve that “goal,” we would need to reduce the number of human beings on the planet by 90%. Then there’s the message about “wise reproduction” and the value of so-called “diversity.” And calling human beings, made in the image of God “a cancer on the earth.” All of these statements fly in the face of Almighty God’s command to us to “be fruitful and multiply and fill the earth.”

Then there’s the part about uniting humanity with a new One-World language. Do you remember the history of the tower of Babel? Resolving disputes in a “world court,” abandoning personal rights and freedoms in order to fulfill our “social duties.” And of course, the idea of “reason” has long been a buzz-word among zealous athiests and God-haters.

Many believe the Georgia Guidestones were a project of The Club of Rome. You may not be familiar with this. I wasn’t until I dug into the research for myself. The Club of Rome, founded 1968, is one of a number of organizations founded or funded by David Rockefeller (the youngest son of John D. Rockefeller) to further the cause of global government, including the United Nations. Members of the Club of Rome have included some of the wealthiest and most powerful people in the world, including CNN founder Ted Turner, George Soros, Henry Kissinger, Bill Gates, Prince Philip, Al Gore, Maurice Strong (who co-authored “The Earth Charter” along with Mikhail Gorbachev), and Bill Clinton.

The Club of Rome has four stated main goals: World Government, Human Depopulation, Environmentalism at the expense of humanity, and a One-World Religion. These goals of the Club of Rome were openly stated as far back as their beginning in 1968. In 1980 the Georgia Guidestones were unveiled, again clearly stating the goals of a New World Order and human depopulation. But all of this is trumped by the Word of God, which has prophecied the days we’re living in now for thousands of years. God TOLD us what these Luciferians were going to do. Now the Luciferians themselves are openly telling us their plans, yet so many seem to think this is all conspiracy theory nonsense. As I’ve said before, there IS a conspiracy going on, but it’s far from a theory.

Go to the website of the World Economic Forum. The very first thing you’ll read there is this: “There is an urgent need for global stakeholders to cooperate in simultaneously managing the direct consequences of the COVID-19 crisis. To improve the state of the world, the World Economic Forum is starting The Great Reset initiative.” Look a little deeper at those who are partnering with the World Economic Forum and you’ll be overwhelmed and astounded. Nearly every corporation and every banking institution in the world is represented. By the way, the World Economic Forum was also one of the sponsors of Event 201 in October of 2019. Event 201 was the official “planning session” for the Planned-Demic.

Klous Schwab, born in Germany in 1938 is the Founder and Executive Chairman of the World Economic Forum. He’s stated openly that a key component of the Great Reset is that individuals worldwide will own nothing. According to Schwab, private ownership of homes, cars, bank accounts, land… all of it, MUST be abolished, in order to provide for a more “fair” outcome for all. This is pure Communism, folks, and this “Great Reset” has already begun…and nearly every country in the world is on board with this.

Do some research on some of the key players in this COVID scheme. Look at Fauci, the CDC, (which would be more aptly named the “Center For Disease Creation”), the World Health Organization, The FDA, and every entity associated with Big Pharma. Then look at the Globalist organizations such as the UN, the World Economic Forum, the Federal Reserve, the IMF, the World Council of Churches, the Club of Rome. Then consider how all mainstream media in the world is owned by a tiny handful of people. Now look at who controls the internet and social media. You will find that every player is a New World Order Globalist, and through the well-planned scam of ‘COVID,’ they’ve set the stage for not only world domination but serious human depopulation — planetary genocide.

Let me explain it another way: they’re purposely killing people. The COVID virus is real, but it was weaponized by Fauci and the Chinese Communists, with the aid of all the players just mentioned, and funded with our American tax dollars. It was unleashed on the world in late 2019 and early 2020, then super-hyped by the complicit Mockingbird Media. If you’re unfamiliar with “Operation Mockingbird,” I suggest you research how the CIA is also complicit in all this — along with our FBI, our judicial system, and the highest levels of our government, and governments worldwide.

The virus, similar to the common seasonal flu virus, was hyped by the media as a “super killer.” Fear was instilled among the people. Mask-wearing and quarantining of the healthy was mandated for only one reason: to keep us all reminded to be fearful every day. Of course, the masks never protected the wearers or others from anything. They only served to increase illness, as individuals were forced to recirculate their own C02 and bacteria. But their main purpose was visual — a visual reminder to be very afraid, and to obey every government edict…for our “health,” they said. Other draconian measures such as shutting down businesses and churches, cancelling public gatherings and celebrations, even closing public parks and beaches, were put into effect to impress upon us the supposed seriousness of the situation, and again — to keep us all fearful and compliant.

Then came the so-called “vaccine.” Understand this: the so-called “vaccine” was not made for COVID. COVID was made for the “vaccine.” In other words, COVID was simply a justification to get people so fearful and so compliant that they would readily line up to receive multiple injections of poisons. But not everyone was on board. Many were skeptical, especially when inexpensive treatments were readily available — but FORBIDDEN by the tyrants in power. Treatments like Ivermectin and HCQ, shown in thousands of peer-reviewed studies to cure COVID quickly and save lives. But when anyone would so much as mention those words on social media, they were “flagged” as “false information,” and the people were banned. Doctors who had successfully treated thousands of patients with these medications were publicly smeared, their characters and careers destroyed, because they dared to tell the truth.

The same has happened to thousands of doctors and scientists worldwide when they have spoken the truth of the dangers of these injections. And make no mistake, the COVID so-called “vaccines” have only one purpose: to kill people.

VAERS data from the CDC itself shows that more than a half million people have suffered from severe side effects, including stroke, heart failure, blood clots, brain disorders, convulsions, seizures, Bells Palsy, inflammations of the brain and spinal cord, autoimmune diseases, miscarriage, infertility, deafness and blindness. In addition to these severe side effects, the CDC reports 16,000 people have died as a result of these injections. It should be noted that only between 1 and 10 percent of adverse reactions are ever reported to the VAERS system. Doctors are discouraged from doing so. And more than once, the CDC has scrubbed hundreds of thousands of cases, as they have “readjusted” the numbers the public can see on the VAERS system. You should also know that those who die within two weeks of receiving a jab are NOT considered to have died FROM the jab.

Especially concerning in these “adverse side effects” is how these jabs seem to directly and quickly affect the reproductive organs, rendering people sterile. Pregnant women who take the jab have frequently had miscarriages. No one knows if babies of injected women will be sterile their entire lives. This is all a dream-come-true for depopulation advocates like Bill Gates, but it’s a nightmare for the rest of the world.

You should also be aware that it’s not the “unvaccinated” that are causing the so-called “mutations” or “variants” of COVID — its the injections themselves, and scientists have shown conclusively that people who get the jab are the actual “super spreaders” of serious illness.

Friends, these injections are killing people. And people, trusting the government, health officials and media propaganda, are lining up to voluntarily get their “kill shots.” If somehow this is not stopped quickly, it’s now absolutely possible that we could see the world population reduced by 90% — just as the Luciferian Globalists decreed on the Georgia Guidestones 41 years ago.

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066 or email: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com. Ask for message number 337.

Mirror of Doom – Those supposed to save us instead decided to kill us

By John Kaminski

Tonight’s significant sound is the rhythmic thump of a chopper overhead bringing news that you never wanted to hear. As it has been for so many around the world, probably it is the one sound you will hear on the last night of your life.

As lights flash and sirens cry, the vaporization of hope, the internalization of pain, and the future that you just can’t swallow fills the night with memories you never wanted to have.

Night falls on a wondrous day that we once in our eager brightness called human civilization. With bad news from every angle, our last hopes are eroded by dismay in the betrayal of everything we hoped to believe.

As the death count everywhere rises but is suppressed, the ghoulish face of Klaus Schwab informs us of the Great Reset and the leering sneer of Bill Gates with a syringe in his hand reminds us that our time is up, if we believe what they want us to say and do what they want us to do.

It almost seems that we live in a world that no longer exists — it has already evaporated and we simply see the disappearing image of it — that the present moment is somehow a great turning in time in which everything we thought we knew is no longer the case and our doubts about the goodness of life are each day enlarged like a growing shadow, a spreading terrifying stain over our consciousness that seems to be bringing some kind of eternal night swallowing the sunlit splendor of our previously wonderful lives.

In my dream I see a young girl with a chain around her neck containing the ring of the boy she loves being taken off and given back to the boy because circumstances of the world determine that she is leaving and he is not, leaving for the Western Lands of a dream that will never be. Suddenly the image appears from a drone overhead as small figures scurry to and fro and searchers ply the underbrush, looking for somebody they can’t find, looking for that bashfully sweet lost angel who could never die.

And in that moment is a memory of a thought you don’t want to keep, the thought of that sobbing girl defending the one she loves who later left her lying cold and dead under rotting leaves for reasons no one can understand. When someone tries to tell you it’s the way of the world, you scream in protest, “No, it simply cannot be!” Yet it is.

Somehow the new world nuance is that of the merciless sound of a chopper overhead or ambulance lights flickering ominously in the foggy distance as scratchy radio reports recount an endless sequence of horrific tragedies that have become the world we know.

Way out West reports come of a young mother with two young babies who only wanted to keep teaching her kids in a fun class at school lying dead in a morgue because her bosses said she had to take a shot that she never wanted to take. Contemplating the future of those two babies and the loss of the very symbol of human life — namely, a vibrant young mother — is too tortuous to bear.

Meanwhile, there are the images from Australia of people who only wanted to be let outside and breathe fresh air being shot in the back by police ordered to be unconscionably vicious by disingenuous leaders bribed by medical super corporations to kill the very people who voted for them in the misshapen name of public health.

Then there are all those empty eyes of devoted, consistently wonderful, workers whose devotion to the duties was never even questioned suddenly ordered to stop what they’re doing and walk away from it forever because of the order from on high to stick this needle in their arms which may leave them twitching and wheezing, if not gesticulating wildly in uncontrollable paroxysms of horror because of an untested substance they were ordered to take by a government with absolutely no interest in their futures.

And all for a disease never proven to exist.

This is the secret the old have always kept from the young. You work all your life for somebody else, then get abandoned and betrayed in the end. This is the way it has always been. But it’s even worse than that.

And you’re about to find out.

•••••

Every piece of the pandemic puzzle, every unnecessary death from an untested, unapproved vaccine, continues to go unchallenged by a public bedazzled by media bullshit and political pederasty*.

*Sexual relations between a man and a boy (usually anal intercourse with the boy as a passive partner)

For the stark and ugly fact remains it was the criminal exclusion of Ivermectin and Hydroxychloroquine that allowed Fauci’s poison vaccines to be used in the first place is a truly criminal maneuver that has literally killed millions of people and ruined the lives of many millions more.

They give multiple life sentences for particularly perverted murderers, so they should give multiple death sentences for Fauci, Gates, Biden and Trump and all the other bribed criminals who participated in the massive mass murder of millions throughout the entire world. [ I disagree, murderers should be punished according to God’s Law, execution. dj ]

The penalties for all the members of the medical profession should require a public debate, because many of these same professional liars who have betrayed and abused the lives of their trusting patients are still on the job dispensing suspect diagnoses and poison prescriptions to credulous customers distracted by their own vicious varieties of afflictions.

The fact that many of these white-coated cretins who posed as “heroes” during this fake epidemic will continue to prescribe toxic treatments and substances to their oblivious patients is a problem that cannot be properly adjudicated by the thoroughly corrupt American Medical Association, which should pay substantial penalties of its own as it continues to be polluted by an obviously obscene profit motive that ruins the overall reputation of what should be humanity’s most revered and trusted occupation.

Who of us anywhere now can deny that this fake epidemic of a deliberately contrived and falsified disease has ruined the reputation of the entire medical profession and given rise to a certain instinct of everyone in the world that doctors simply can no longer be trusted, and a new and more restrictive oversight agency needs to be empaneled to oversee the excesses of rich narcissists playing God at the expense of their undereducated patients.

Certainly financial and criminal penalties should be decreed against the two-faced sociopaths who insisted that we wear ineffective masks that damaged our health and smugly injected toxic substances into innocent arms that they knew would kill many of their patients. Their defense that they didn’t know the negative effects that would occur is no defense at all for a profession that is supposed to learn these things in medical school.

That they pretended not to know the negative effects of the treatments they have provided is a blatant lie of the most profound severity, and the penalties they must incur should reflect the absolute disgust and condemnation humanity must inflict on such a dishonorable group of pathetic poseurs, who have disgraced both their profession and their species by such egregious acts of faithless falsehood, which continue as we speak.

E-Mail John Kaminski: pseudoskylax@gmail.com

Website: https://johnkaminski.org/

[BIO: John Kaminski is a writer who lives on the Gulf Coast of Florida, constantly trying to figure out why we are destroying ourselves, and pinpointing a corrupt belief system as the engine of our demise. Solely dependent on contributions from readers, please support his work by mail: 6871 Willow Creek Circle #103, North Port FL 34287 USA.]

When Hollywood Hypocrites Preach To The American Church, This Is What You Get!

By Bradlee Dean

“Growing up with a preacher as a father, Denzel Washington went to church every Sunday, he told GQ. He’s been going to the same church for 30 years, and he reads the Bible every day. In a 2015 commencement address, he told the grads of Dillard University to ‘put God first in everything you do’.”

Who has preached through his actions to the world as much as Denzel Washington, a self-professed Christian, as to how to commit adultery, fornication, murder-gun violence, lying, stealing, drinking, swearing, etc. (1 John 3:4)? And friends, Denzel is just the tip of this hypocrisy when it comes to the lot in Hollywood.

Chris Pratt, Tom Hanks, Mark Wahlberg, Brad Paisley, Dwayne Johnson, Charlie Sheen, Bono, Larry Flynt, Whitney Houston, Kevin Costner, etc… And the list of hypocrites goes on, and on, and on (Matthew 23:3).

[Rumble Video]

Let’s get back to Denzel Washington and listen to what he had to say when preaching to the American church goers who just have not taken the time to read the Word of God for themselves (John 7:17). Anti-Christ Ben Shapiro’s Daily Wire reports

Denzel Washington Advises Crowd At Christian Event To ‘Stay On Your Knees,’ Says ‘Strength and Leadership’ Are Part Of God’s Role For Men

Denzel Washington has long been one of the rare outspoken Christians in Hollywood. On Saturday, he once again shared his faith in explicit terms.

As first reported in The Christian Post, the two-time Oscar winner was a featured speaker at the “Better Man Event” — a religious convention hosted by First Baptist Orlando in Florida. There he told the crowd of fathers, sons, and husbands, “The world has changed. What is our role as a man? The John Wayne formula is not quite a fit right now. But strength, leadership, power, authority, guidance, patience are God’s gift to us as men. We have to cherish that, not abuse it.”

Washington also shared some advice for men seeking success: “Stay on your knees. “Stay on your knees. Watch me but listen to God,” he said, adding, “I hope that the words in my mouth and the meditation of my heart are pleasing in God’s sight, but I’m human. I’m just like you. What I have will not keep me on this Earth for one more day.

Share what you know, inspire who you can, seek advice. If you want to talk to one someone, talk to the one that can do something about it. Constantly develop those habits.”

What I have will not keep me on this Earth for one more day. Share what you know, inspire who you can, seek advice. If you want to talk to one someone, talk to the one that can do something about it. Constantly develop those habits.

In conclusion: Denzel said. “Stay on your knees. Watch me but listen to God.” He add, “I hope that the words in my mouth and the meditation of my heart are pleasing in God’s sight, but I’m human.”

Watch me, but listen to God? If people were listening to God, they would not be watching Denzel or any others when it comes to these hypocrites (Titus 1:16).

These in Hollywood are exhibiting a lack of Christianity (1 John 2:4), and remember that no one rebuked the religious hypocrites more than Jesus Christ Himself (John 7:7)

What? Watch me but don’t do as I do? Jesus rebukes these hypocrites in Matthew 23:23, and so should you (2 Timothy 2:15)!

[Rumble Video]

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

China Joe Wants to “Build Back Better” in China

By Cliff Kincaid

There is hope for America in China, which could go bust. But not if the China Joe Administration has its way.

Financial analyst Chris Temple was on my TV show recently and we discussed how China’s movement through capitalism, on the way to socialism and communism, has now threatened the survival of the dictatorship. He writes that, “China is inconsiderably greater financial/monetary peril than is the U.S. (among other things, China’s debt-to-GDP ratio is more than double that of the U.S.) By the end of 2020, China’s total acknowledged public and private debt exceeded 300% of GDP; and that likely does not include debt in the country’s shadow banking system.”

In regard to one aspect of the problem, the Wall Street Journal has a front-page story and photo of the empty buildings in China’s provincial cities, tied to the Evergrande property giant.

What is happening presents a golden opportunity for America.

The Marxist theory of history (historical materialism) has convinced them communism will triumph by moving countries through stages of slavery, feudalism, capitalism, and socialism. Every country is in one or another phase, depending on history and circumstances. China is now in the capitalist phase, under the guidance of the Chinese Communist Party. But as Chris Temple notes, President Xi Jinping has made the decision to have China revert “back” to a more traditional communist state in order to consolidate/keep power. Xi sees this as the next phase, socialism, on the way to pure communism.

The Economist, a mouthpiece for the establishment, puts it this way: “Xi Jinping is waging a campaign to purge China of capitalist excesses. China’s president sees surging debt as the poisonous fruit of financial speculation and billionaires as a mockery of Marxism.”

Here, though, China Joe is going to the rescue of China, with Commerce Secretary Gina Raimondo working to increase business ties with China. In an interview with the Wall Street Journal, Commerce Secretary Gina Raimondo “said she plans to lead delegations of U.S. chief executives overseas, including to China, to hunt for business and discuss longstanding trade issues…” Raimondo, a former governor of Rhode Island, was confirmed by a wide 85-15 margin, meaning that most Republicans once again failed to put up a fight.

One who did, Sen. Ted Cruz (R-Texas), said that her nomination was “part of a pattern” of the Biden administration easing pressure on China. On voting against her, Cruz said, “This appears to be a part of a pattern of a systematic decision to embrace Communist China…The fact of the matter is that there has been a rush to embrace the worst elements of the Chinese Communist Party in the Biden administration. And that includes Governor Raimondo.”

In her testimony, Raimondo said, “I know the climate crisis poses an existential threat to our economic security, and we must meet this challenge by creating millions of good, union jobs that power a more sustainable economy.”

But it looks like those jobs are in China. The Department of Commerce is now promoting “Green and Sustainable Building Opportunities” in China. An official release from the U.S. Commercial Service, the trade promotion arm of the U.S. Department of Commerce’s International Trade Administration, says, “Join the U.S. Commercial Service in China, the Global Design & Construction Team, and the Global Environmental Technologies Team of the U.S. Department of Commerce for a webinar highlighting the opportunities in China’s green and sustainable building market.”

The release says that China is adopting more green building practices, “which presents opportunities for U.S. architecture, construction, and engineering services firms.”

One might call this “Build Back Better” in China.

Thanks to President Trump, Chinese company Huawei’s emerging dominance of emerging 5G telecommunications technology was reversed. His Commerce Secretary, Wilbur Ross, added Huawei, a giant Chinese telecommunications firm, to the Entity List, imposing a licensing requirement under the Export Administration Regulations. In a 2012 report, the House Intelligence Committee had called Huawei a threat to U.S. national security interests because it is an instrument of Chinese espionage.

The Trump Administration’s actions came just in time. National Security Agency (NSA) defector Edward Snowden’s illegal disclosures had included documents on NSA surveillance that had clearly benefitted Huawei, an NSA target. Those stolen NSA documents, which gave the Chinese a significant advantage in the cyber war between the U.S. and China, went to The New York Times and The Washington Post.

But the China Joe Administration may now come to the rescue of China on this matter as well.

Senator Cruz, in opposing Raimondo, noted, “One important thing the Department of Commerce does is maintain an Entity List, which is a list of foreign parties and companies that engage in activities contrary to American national security interests… When Governor Raimondo came before the Senate Commerce Committee in January, I asked her if she would keep those Chinese technologies companies on the Entity List. She refused to make that commitment. In fact, she wouldn’t even commit to keeping Huawei on the Entity List, which is unabashedly an espionage agency of the Chinese Communist Party. In questions for the record, I gave Governor Raimondo a second chance to clearly and explicitly answer these questions, and yet she still refused.”

Those questions for the record can be found here.

In his remarks on March 2, Cruz added, “I recognize that there’s a lot of pressure from Big Business and Big Tech to get in bed with China. That is profoundly contrary to American interests. Now, we’re just about six weeks into the Biden presidency, and the Biden administration has already been keen on lifting the restrictions on Huawei since the very first week.”

My own book, The Sword of Revolution and the Communist Apocalypse, had predicted China’s leadership role in the global communist revolution. This is what is at stake for China. But if China fails, we win.

We know that the communist regime cannot be overthrown from within. One of the main threats, as perceived by the communists, is Christianity. “Across China,” says Rep. Vicky Hartzler, “the Chinese Communist Party is committing atrocious human rights abuses and persecuting Christians for simply practicing their faith. China has closed and destroyed churches, installed surveillance equipment on church property, arbitrarily detained and tortured those who practice the Christian faith, and forced the modification of Christian teachings to conform with the objectives of the Chinese Communist Party.”

What’s more, there is no possibility of a war with China that will be won by the United States, as long as Joint Chiefs of Staff chairman General Mark Milley remains in his current position. As noted by Hartzler, he held calls with his Chinese defense counterpart, General Li Zuocheng, and “promised Gen. Li he would warn China if the United States was planning to attack.” A senior member of the House Armed Services Committee, Hartzler said, “This is very disturbing and against the best interests of our nation. I told him his actions deserved his resignation. We deserve generals who will put America first.”

In effect, the China Joe Administration, including America’s top general, are already on the side of China. The odds seem to be with China and against America.

But it’s China’s capitalist economic phase, with massive debt, that represents a strategic vulnerability for the regime and America’s best hope of coming out on top. If this happens, Ronald Reagan’s prediction that Marxism will end up on the “ash heap of history” could come about.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

“A Tale of Two Heroes”

By Caren Besner

“Be sure you’re right. Then go ahead” – Will Rogers

This is a cautionary tale of two American soldiers. Nearly a century spans the incidents that brought them their notoriety; yet the issues they evoke are exactly the same and timeless. Does an active duty officer in the military have the right, a moral obligation even, to criticize the actions of his superiors; both military and civilian, if he firmly believes that those actions are incompetent and have dire consequences?

Our first soldier, William “Billy” Mitchell was born in December 1879 into a family of wealth and influence. He seemed a man destined for success. Opting for an army career, he became enamored of early developments in the field of aviation and joined the fledgling US Air Service; then a part of the Signal Corps. Following distinguished service in WWI, during which he was promoted to the rank of Brigadier General, he continued to advocate for American air power during the lean post WWI years when military budgets were being slashed to the bare bone. Regarded as a visionary and a man way ahead of his time, Mitchell made a number of prophecies … all of which eventually came true. Among other things, he foresaw the mass bombing of civilian population centers, airborne armies being dropped behind enemy lines, and the replacement of the battleship by the aircraft carrier as the dominant naval vessel. These ideas were all regarded as “crackpot” in the early 1920s, but yet, he continued to advocate for his cause, making many enemies as well as friends along the way. Mitchell’s undoing came in September 1925 when a Navy dirigible, the USS Shenandoah crashed during a severe thunderstorm killing 14 men. The airship had been ordered aloft as a public relations gesture during a period of severe weather over the protestations of its own Captain. Mitchell offered his opinion on this and other incidents that had previously occurred: “These terrible accidents are the direct results of incompetency, criminal negligence and almost treasonable administration of the National Defense by the War and Navy Departments.” This was the last straw for the army. He was charged with insubordination, court martialed, convicted, and suspended from duty for 5 years without pay. He chose to resign from the army and continued to espouse the cause of American air power but his time had passed. He died in 1936 in relative obscurity; 5 years before his most famous prediction came to pass. He could not have known when he wrote in 1924 that “One day Japan will seek to attack the United States through the Hawaiian Islands; some fine Sunday morning.”

Fast forward to 2021, and another US military officer finds himself facing disciplinary action for asking his superiors to take responsibility for the fiasco that was the Afghan withdrawal. Marine Lieutenant-Colonel Stuart Scheller does not have the panache, public visibility or prophetic powers of Billy Mitchell. Nor does he appear to have any friends or admirers in high places. To date, he is the only serving officer in the entire US military to ask for some kind of accounting for the Afghanistan debacle. For having the audacity to question the competency of his superiors, both in the Pentagon and the federal government, he was relieved of his command and ordered to undergo psychiatric examination; as if the very act of asking a question rendered him mentally unfit. He is currently being held in a military brig, purportedly in solitary confinement, awaiting possible court martial.

Stuart Scheller is a 17-year combat veteran, having serviced multiple deployments. He was some 2 years away from being able to collect his retirement benefits. He undertook those actions knowing full well what the consequences to himself and his family could be. Scheller did not have to speak out. He could have remained silent; soldiered on and kept his job. Had he embraced the “woke” ideology that seems to be pervasive in today’s military he might have been on the fast track to wearing his own set of stars on the epaulets of his uniform. But Scheller is an honorable man; and the thought of acting in a “dishonorable” manner was repugnant to him.

It wasn’t all that long ago when another military officer dared to question the actions of the Commander-in-Chief. Only this time, the President was Donald Trump. The officer in question was Army Lieutenant-Colonel Alexander Vindman and the incident was Trump’s supposed quid-pro-quo phone call to the Ukrainian President Zelenskiy; a transcript of which was furnished to the public. Both Vindman and Scheller violated the same military protocol but the treatment meted out to both was vastly different. Vindman was eventually relieved of his position on the National Security Council, but was not court martialed. Nor was he thrown in the brig in solitary confinement and ordered to undergo a mental evaluation. He was part of a special class of protected individuals known as “whistleblowers”; a designation that Stuart Scheller has been denied. Vindman retired on February 7, 2020 and became a hero to the Democrat party and mainstream media. Subsequently, he appeared in an ad for The Lincoln Project and the progressive group, Vote Vets, beseeching citizens to vote against Trump. One cannot help but wonder what Vindman would say about Biden’s July 23, 2021 call to Afghan President Ghani, urging him to “project a different picture” about the situation in Afghanistan. The contrast in treatment between the two men could not be more glaring. Scheller’s real crime was that he caused embarrassment to the Biden administration. This was especially galling since Joe Biden himself pronounced the Afghan withdrawal to be an “extraordinary success.” For this heinous offense, Scheller must pay. He needs to be denigrated, defamed, disparaged, and downgraded as an abject lesson to any serving officer who might be inclined to agree with him. Had his statements been made under the previous Trump administration, there is no doubt that he, like Vindman, would have been lauded as a national hero.

The American political landscape of today bears a scant resemblance to that which existed only a few short years ago. Our leaders now tell us that we must accept what they tell us with no questions allowed. Their allies in mainstream media and big tech censor any commentary which the ruling elites do not want us to hear. We must accept and obey or face dire consequences. Stuart Scheller found this out the hard way. As he sits in his cell awaiting his “day in court,” he might be wondering what he could possibly say in his own defense. Billy Mitchell’s defense during the 1925 proceedings was that he had spoken the truth; but truth today is defined as whatever the ruling class says it is and all branches of government, including the justice system, must be made to conform to the new standard. These are the hallmarks of a totalitarian state. Years ago, American theologian Reinhold Niebuhr once wrote: “Mans capacity for justice makes democracy possible; but mans inclination to injustice makes democracy necessary.”

E-Mail Caren Besner: greta1953@aol.com

[BIO: Caren Besner has written articles published by American Thinker, Conservative News and Views, The Front Page, Dr Swier, Renew America, Sun Sentinel, Published Reporter, Independent Sentinel, News With Views, The Moderate Voice, Canada Free Press, The Liberty Beacon, and others.]

Socialist School Boards vs. American Parents

by Lee Duigon

Remember when local school boards actually represented the communities they served?

This week the National School Boards Assn. has successfully petitioned the Justice Dept. to sic the FBI on us—because parents don’t like the Far Left Crazy curriculum they’re serving up to us, and poisoning the children’s minds.

So now parents are pushing back—vigorously, because they must. They absolutely must. They’ve branded us “domestic terrorists”—because we don’t want “Critical Race Theory” forced down our children’s throats. To say nothing of their obsession with promoting transgenderism.

We’ve been accused of all sorts of “threats”—not one of which has been carried out—and “hate,” always “hate.” But it looks more like the school boards are the ones who hate us, hate our country, and are trying to turn it into something else, God knows what.

For this the FBI has been directed to “investigate” parents who dare dissent from the curriculum. As if that were a crime.

What else have these school boards done?

They violate open public meetings laws by making unannounced changes in the location of their meetings.

They hold secret discussions by means of text messages—a violation of the law in many states.

They restrict public access to the meetings, limit discussion, and charge ridiculously high fees to anyone who wants to view public records and curriculum materials.

And they waste boxcar-loads of our money, our tax dollars, on toxic, useless, garbage instruction in “diversity,” “equity,” “systemic racism,” and other woke shibboleths.

And the U.S. attorney general who unleashed the FBI on us has a daughter who works for Panorma Education, a company that provides these Far Left curriculum materials.

Other than that, nothing to complain about!

I remember when this started, in the early 1970s, with the creation of the U.S. Dept. of Education and various state departments of education. School boards resisted this at first. But the aspiring revolutionaries in the unelected government bureaucracies have had several decades in which to transform local school boards into yes-men and lap-dogs. And because we made the mistake of trusting them, entrusting our children to their tender care, they did everything they wanted without the public noticing—except for those rare occasions when a community voted against that year’s school budget and the state restored the budget cuts. So those anti-budget votes didn’t mean much, did they?

It took a pandemic to clue us in. Fearing the spread of COVID, they closed the schools and put the kiddies on “remote learning” on their home computers. That turned out to be a strategic error—because, for the first time, parents got to see and hear what their children were being, er, “taught.” And they didn’t like it.

A few school boards, incredibly, tried to pressure parents into signing a pledge not to listen in on their children’s instruction. That didn’t fly. In Virginia the odious one-time Clinton bag man, Terry McAuliffe, running for another term as governor, publicly said he didn’t think parents should be telling the schools what to teach—just shut up and pay your school tax. Did these uppity peasants think their children were really theirs? Where did they ever get that idea?

We don’t want Hypocritical Race Theory: it’s poison. We don’t want transgender propaganda. Some school boards have tried to convince the public that no, heck no, they’re not teaching CRT! But at the same time, our Way Far Left teachers’ unions have been doubling down on CRT—“We’ll teach it whether you like it or not! Shut up and pay.”

This has to stop; and the only way to stop it is for parents, en masse, to remove their children from the public schools for homeschooling or genuine Christian schooling. This is what we have to do, because the educators despise us and refuse to listen to us. Their arrogance is bottomless, and there’s no point in even trying to negotiate. Pull the children from the schools and let public schooling die.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and visit, before the FBI shuts us down. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Overcoming the Threat to America and Humanity’s Future

By Frosty Wooldridge

Yesterday, a black teenager shot up Timberline High School in Arlington, Texas. Last weekend, over 50 people, virtually all minorities, shot each other up in Chicago. A dozen died. That murder rate occurred in New York City, St. Louis, Detroit and many other overwhelmed cities. Horrifically, that’s the norm in those large cities every weekend.

You might ask, “What is going on in this country where American citizens are killing each other over really inane, vacuous and petty differences?”

Who are the parents of these shooters? Who are those parents that bring those kids into the world…only to lose them to gangs, drugs and violence?

What kind of level of consciousness provokes and/or allows that kind of mass carnage? Better yet, what kind of level of illiteracy allows such violence to continue week after week after week?

Then, who are the people demanding that our country “defund the police?”

Are there any community leaders in Chicago sick about the continuing violence in their communities? Why aren’t they enacting solutions? Why not parenting classes? What about after school classes and peaceful activities? Why isn’t Oprah taking her billions of dollars and helping her people out?

Is there something fundamentally wrong with our society in 2021? How did we get this far only to drop this far down into the abyss of violence by certain segments of our society?

Why are mainstream media outlets calling parents, “Domestic Terrorists” when they attend school board meetings to voice their displeasure at administrators advocating the teaching of Critical Race Theory that teaches our kids to hate other people with different skin colors? Why are they called “Domestic Terrorists” because they don’t want their third graders being taught the skills of oral sex or to doubt their gender?

Is that stuff nuts or what?

Why haven’t those same mainstream media people exposed the fact that Joe Biden facilitated an invasion of our southern border that numbers in excess of 1.6 million people in the past nine months? What about all the drug trafficking, child sex trafficking and criminals washing over our border with Mexico? Why is Mexico facilitating this invasion? Do they want to see us collapse into sociological-cultural conflict?

Why chastise our own anti-vax citizens when Biden imports millions of illegals with no identities, no vaccines, no education, no possible way to contribute to our society and no way to solve their problems…other than making their problems, our problems?

Why did Joe Biden dump another 100,000 Afghans, who espouse the most incompatible religion on the planet, called Sharia Law, into our U.S. Constitutional Republic? These people actually produce videos on how to beat their women without leaving a mark. Look them up on YouTube! Why would we import millions of men who refuse to give women equal rights? Does it make sense? Do you think that’s going to turn out “okay” when they begin ripping at the seams of our culture, our communities and our way of life?

What about this whole “climate change” mess—screaming and shouting to stop it? Since we keep forcing our own population growth by importing another three million people annually, how will we ever solve that problem? Carbon footprint or gasoline and coal burning increases as you increase human population. How friggin’ clueless is Biden and his handlers?

“Without quick action to curb CO2 emissions, global warming is likely to increase by 4 degrees Centigrade (7.2 degrees Fahrenheit) above today’s normal during the 21st century and that is dangerously close to the temperature of 6 degrees Centigrade above normal that initiated the Permian-Triassic extinction event 252 million years ago when 96%* of all marine species and 70% of all terrestrial vertebrates were wiped out. *(current estimate 81%)” David Anderson

“The surface temperature of the earth cannot vary too far in either direction, or life will disappear.” By David Anderson, author of: Overcoming the Threat to Our Future

How do you solve the threat when you don’t solve what’s causing it? Does anything Biden’s doing make sense?

Notice that those 535 Congressional Critters refuse to stop the invasion of our borders. Why don’t they respect the sovereignty of our country?

Can we absorb that 60,000 migrant horde now steaming up through Mexico as reported on ABC News last Sunday? What about another 60,000 after that? At what point do those numbers break our society down and deform it into a third world country? Worse, which numbers of them degrade us into an unsustainable civilization?

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions? Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future? If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

Go to www.Balance.org for greater information on immigration’s impacts to our country. Help David Durham and this organization with your support.

Share these videos all over America:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Under Democrats, Parents Are Now The NEW “Domestic Terrorists”

By Lex Greene

Following some lively public meetings between Public School Boards and area parents, the National School Boards Association issued a letter to President Biden under the heading, “Federal Assistance to Stop Threats and Acts of Violence Against Public Schoolchildren, Public School Board Members, and Other Public School District Officials and Educators.”

FACT: This has nothing to do with any “threats towards children.” This is all about school officials intimidated by parents, who have recently taken a new interest in what the hell is going on in these schools. Nothing more…

As the Biden Administration turns the screws on the American people in a rising tide of unconstitutional “mandates,” directly impacting every student stuck in the public education system across the country, parents finally got engaged in what’s been going on in their children’s classrooms for far too long. When they stopped long enough to see how their kids were being treated and what they were being taught, they were overwhelmed with righteous indignation.

Not only has the Biden Administration targeted the children with his unlawful deadly COVID mandates, but parents also learned that their children were being taught disgusting sexual perversions and Nazi-style socialism in classrooms, from grade school through high school, preparing students for the “new Marxist norm” taught on every college campus today.

Outraged by what they saw once they started looking, parents showed up at their local school board public meetings for the first time in decades, to confront the people responsible for destroying the minds of their children via far left indoctrination, all of it approved and implemented by their local school boards.

The appropriate action to take under these circumstances is, parents should attend those meetings and make sure that they have a say in what is going on in the schools they pay for with their taxes. When “the powers that be” aren’t listening, the voices will get louder, and when getting louder doesn’t work, then whatever it takes to make them listen becomes highly likely.

Clearly, all “public servants” seem to have forgotten who works for who, and who pays their paychecks. It’s not only Joe (dementia) Biden who thinks that We the People take orders from him… this politician’s amnesia has trickled all the way down from the federal government to the local public peons. Clearly, every public servant is full of themselves and drunk on their own imaginary power these days.

The letter to Joe Biden opens with, “America’s public schools and its education leaders are under an immediate threat. The National School Boards Association (NSBA) respectfully asks for federal law enforcement and other assistance to deal with the growing number of threats of violence and acts of intimidation occurring across the nation.”

“NSBA believes immediate assistance is required to protect our students, school board members, and educators who are susceptible to acts of violence affecting interstate commerce because of threats to their districts, families, and personal safety.”

Today’s “educators” don’t seem to appreciate the Right of Free Speech, or to peaceably assemble, or certainly the Right of the people to redress their grievances with their “public servants,” paid by these same citizens. It appears that once they are elected or appointed to “public servant” positions, they think they are free to reign on high as they see fit and no one should have the Right to ask any questions or call for changes of the policies they establish for others.

“On behalf of our state associations and the more than 90,000 school board members who govern our country’s 14,000 local public school districts educating more than 50 million schoolchildren, NSBA appreciates your leadership to end the proliferation of COVID-19 in our communities and our school districts. We also appreciate recent discussions with White House and U.S. Department of Education staff on many critical issues facing public schools, including threats school officials are receiving.”

Obviously, the NSBA is a far LEFT group that has swallowed Biden’s lies hook, line, and sinker, willing to become Nazi brownshirts for Obama’s New Norm, and now they think they need the full weight and power of federal national security to protect themselves from the parental righteous indignation, they have well earned. Did they just say they needed this to protect “the children” from their “parents?”

If anyone in “education” gave a crap about the kids, they wouldn’t be working for Biden to force those kids into disgusting masks and fatal vaccines in the first place. They wouldn’t be approving child pornography in their classrooms or helping the LEFT to continue dividing people based solely on race. This isn’t about the kids at all…this is about Nazi’s needing brownshirts to protect them from the people they are directly accountable to…PARENTS!

But that’s not all…

“NSBA specifically solicits the expertise and resources of the U.S. Department of Justice, Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), U.S. Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Secret Service, and its National Threat Assessment Center3regarding the level of risk to public schoolchildren,educators, board members, and facilities/campuses.”

“NSBA requests a joint expedited review by the U.S. Departments of Justice, Education, and Homeland Security, along with the appropriate training, coordination, investigations, and enforcement mechanisms from the FBI, including any technical assistance necessary from, and state and local coordination with, its National Security Branch and Counterterrorism Division, as well as any other federal agency with relevant jurisdictional authority and oversight.

In other words, they want the federal government to use the Patriot Act (designed for foreign terrorists on U.S. soil, as-in 9/11/01), to silence parents. They are asking Joe Biden to treat school parents like foreign Jihadists on American soil, to stop parents from confronting “public servants” for the evil they are instituting in public classrooms.

In their own words…

“Additionally, NSBA requests that such review examine appropriate enforceable actions against these crimes and acts of violence under the Gun-Free School Zones Act, the PATRIOT Act in regards to domestic terrorism, the Matthew Shepard and James Byrd Jr. Hate Crimes Prevention Act, the Violent Interference with Federally Protected Rights statute, the Conspiracy Against Rights statute, an Executive Order to enforce all applicable federal laws for the Preclusion of Further Threats and Violence Against Students and Educators.”

Why not just call in the Marines and have them open fire on every parent upset by the total anti-American evil forced upon our children in these Marxist indoctrination centers we call schools? Why stop at just labeling all of the parents “domestic terrorists” and calling on Joe Biden to use his tyrannical imaginary powers to throw every pissed off parent in Club Gitmo under the Patriot Act?

Under this criminal administration, it’s looking more and more like the Patriot Act is designed to silence or eliminate all Patriots.

But it’s no shock that local “public servants” are ill-equipped to deal with adults, the parents who pay their salaries. Frankly, most if not all school board members should be canned and replaced with pro-American, pro-Education and anti-indoctrination board members.

We don’t need “public servants” raising any more Marxist BLM and ANTIFA members. It’s time for all parents to retake control of their children’s education, no matter the cost.

Children are not only the future of this country, they are also the future of freedom and liberty itself. We have seen how these leftist school boards raise our kids… it’s time to end it!

THIS LETTER IS SHAMEFUL! Shut it all down and rebuild it the way all real Americans want it! All Marxists can seek employment in their favorite Marxist country. Enough is more than enough!

Biden DOJ Nazi’s Respond to the Request

“President Joe Biden once again broke his campaign commitment to keep the Department of Justice (DOJ) non-political, critics say, calling Attorney General Merrick Garland’s latest directive to the FBI to investigate “threats of violence” at school board meetings a clear move to “politicize the DOJ.”

DOJ launching effort to combat threats of violence against school officials…

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

Biden, ”The Usurper” Declared War on America

By Andrew C. Wallace

Just a few words.

The Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class has only one objective and that is the complete destruction of the United States of America. Without a viable America they can rule the world.

Biden, ‘THE USURPER” (Insurrectionist) HAS NO LEGITIMATE AUTHORITY OF ANY KIND, he has only the power from the barrel of a gun.

He has ordered the firing of millions of employees if they don’t take the shot, which doesn’t work, and has dangerous side effects. Hospitals can’t afford to lose Medicare payments, so they fire their employees and can no longer take care of all the sick. Other employers are also firing their unvaccinated employees because they are controlled by the PSRRC.

When you add together the number of employees fired, and those that are paid with Fiat dollars not to work, you have a serious decline in production of goods and services. This results in serious inflation, shortages, decline in value of the fiat dollar, economic and stock market collapse, et al. all of which can occur overnight. This is pretty much the consensus of economists.

Biden,”THE USURPER” and his masters, the PSRRC and their Communist minions had working citizens fired depriving them of the ability to provide food, housing, and medical care to their families They have created an Army of millions who hate their guts and are armed to the teeth. The Communists overplayed their hand and should run, not walk to China.

This is a sad day for America

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

America’s Medical Stasi, From Subjugation to Slavery

By Kelleigh Nelson

The propagandist’s purpose is to make one set of people forget that certain other sets of people are human. —Aldous Huxley (pacifist, philosophical mysticism, writer, and universalist)

Propaganda is the executive arm of the invisible government. —Edward Bernays (pioneer in the field of public relations and propaganda)

Only those who believe in child sacrifice would be in favor of the poison death shot. —Dr. Vladimir Zelenko

If everybody is thinking alike, then somebody is not thinking. —General George Patton

However [political parties] may now and then answer popular ends, they are likely in the course of time and things, to become potent engines, by which cunning, ambitious, and unprincipled men will be enabled to subvert the power of the people and to usurp for themselves the reins of government, destroying afterwards the very engines which have lifted them to unjust dominion. —George Washington

Who were the Stasi in Nazi Germany? They were one of the most effective and repressive intelligence and secret police agencies ever to have existed. I’ve seen them in today’s America, throughout society, throughout the medical industry, throughout corporations, throughout our military, throughout state legislatures and within our own FBI, CIA, NSA and every other federal alphabet soup entity.

They’re here. They’re the mask Nazis, the quarantine Nazis, the jab Nazis; they’re the destroyers, those who hate freedom and liberty. From subjugation to slavery, their goal is complete control and the elimination of our God-given rights. Who is in charge? The multi-billionaire depopulation eugenicists like Klaus Schwab of the World Economic Forum, Bill Gates and his mouthpiece, Anthony Fauci, Soros and his tableau of organizations. Their underlings are those who occupy high offices in political parties throughout the world and follow the dictates for power and money. Only a small percentage of Americans refused to don face diapers knowing it was control of the masses. Fighting back means not accepting their lies.

Anthony Fauci

Speaking of Fauci and his love of his compatriots in the Chinese Communist Party, his emails– obtained exclusively by The National Pulse – reveal the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases Director congratulated epidemiologist Dr. Ian Lipkin, a key Wuhan Institute of Virology collaborator, on receiving personal awards from Chinese Communist Party dictator Xi Jinping. How nice. His emails even prove that he funded lab training for Wuhan’s most deadly lab.

Dr. Anthony Fauci admitted to Sen. John Kennedy in late May that the Wuhan Institute of Virology may have engaged in “gain of function” research funded by his National Institutes of Health (NIH), as there is “no way of guaranteeing” how U.S. taxpayer dollars were used. “Gain of function” research is medical research that alters an organism or disease in a way that increases pathogenesis, transmissibility, or host range (the types of hosts that a microorganism can infect).

The Wuhan lab then deleted Fauci’s NIH and “gain of function” mentions from their old web pages in early 2021.

Hydroxychloroquine, Ivermectin, Budesonide, Colchicine, and other safe, long used “approved” medicines have shown a remarkable reduction in Covid symptoms and severity, but will not be utilized because the “emergency use” authorization of the injectables would be eliminated. This would result in exposing the usual waste of billions upon billions of taxpayer dollars which does nothing to solve the problem and only enriches selected corporations and individuals. This is why Fauci dressed down then President Trump for mentioning HCQ as a prophylactic. Fauci should have been immediately fired and VP Pence locked in a closet for the remainder of the term.

Subjugation

Biden’s latest request of the Supreme court justice to strip American citizens of their second amendment rights would leave us as fish in a barrel, easy targets. This is their dream…and unlike Australia, we need to cling to our Bibles, our guns and our Constitution’s God-given freedoms. Do you get it folks? This means getting off your backsides, turning off sports where multi-millionaires refuse to stand with their hands over their hearts for our flag. Those very stars and stripes represent the blood of our soldiers spit on foreign soil that bought these ungrateful punks the right to act like fools in front of all America.

It means telling our servants via email or phone that they no longer represent the American people and we’re taking our country back. Across our country, we should be marching in the streets for medical freedom. If we don’t respond soon and make our voices heard, there will be boxcars to take us to the Gulags for not accepting their poisonous jabs.

There are a myriad of physicians and scientists who have put their lives and professions on the line to expose the dangers of this experimental injection. They need our support as does Sidney Powell’s Defending the Republic. When you fund her organization, you fund billboards across the country exposing the dangers of the Covid jab, and this is only one issue she is fighting. Are you listening to these warriors of freedom? Are you spreading their truths, telling people to avoid the toxic venom in these experimental jabs? Or are you circumventing involvement to save your family, friends and acquaintances? Silence may be golden, but not in today’s world.

America’s Military at Risk

Dr. Lee Merritt was a Navy orthopedic surgeon for 10 years and is a member of America’s Frontline Doctors (AFLDS.org). In a previous interview with New American Magazine’s Senior Editor Alex Newman, Dr. Merritt stated that there were Chinese scientists embedded in every bioweapon lab in America. And now we know there are hundreds of Chinese scientists working in Pfizer, Glaxo Smith Kline, and AstraZeneca who are helping to make these Covid injections.

In this two-minute video from August 27^th, Dr. Merritt tells that there were only 20 Covid deaths of active duty in 2020 in all the services put together, yet they’re “vaccinating” everyone. They have a big epidemiologic base now to track these stats. She states that since the Covid jab, we’ve already had tumors and 80 new cases of myocarditis which has a significant five-year mortality rate at 66%, so the jab program has ostensibly killed more of our young soldiers than Covid did. There are 48 leukemias per average in VAERS, and we’re now up to 229. In 31 years of VAERS, there were 337 cases of myocarditis, and this year there were 1,113. Why are we not stopping this?

In this video, Dr. Merritt gives us some ominous statistics. She speaks at 1:23 and was asked about adverse events in our military. What she said was devastating. “After our soldiers received the Covid jab, myocarditis increased to 1400 cases above the average. The real issue here is our national security and it doesn’t appear that anyone is paying attention.”

Dr. Merritt says, we’ve had nine civilian pilots die of thrombotic events (blood clots) and they can get up and walk around in the cockpit, but military pilots are strapped into ejection seat aircraft. They can’t move around at all and they do these long flights and sometimes they’re carrying weapons, some potentially nuclear weapons. She says, “This is insane; they never used to give them any kind of drug that hadn’t been on the market for five years.”

She went on to explain that Canadian President, Justin Trudeau, has allowed the Chinese to train on their indigenous lands. And when she was working on the Mexican border 20 years ago, she said they had Chinese being smuggled across the border when the average person paid $1500 to 1800, the Chinese were paying $60,000. There are two militaries not taking this mRNA technology…the Russians and the Chinese. Whose national security here is at risk?

She says that the unvaxxed in our military should stall since they have until December 1^st and the house of cards may fall by then. The rumor has it that the Navy in Australia is 25 to 50% undeployable with 100% of them “vaccinated.” “We are the target guys, and if you took an oath to the Constitution, my advice is to honor that oath by not getting vaccinated so you can help defend this nation if things require it here in the near future.

Dr. Merritt states that 200 Chinese scientists were embedded in Pfizer and Moderna who helped to develop these “vaccines.” That should make all of us extremely wary.

Refusing Biden Mandates

Have you seen the refusals being met with Biden’s dictates? He claims our soldiers will be dishonorably discharged for choosing medical freedom. He wants to treat them the same as deserters. For deserter Bowe Bergdahl, who cost the lives of his fellow soldiers, Newsweek reported, “There is clear evidence,” said former Army intelligence officer Tony Shaffer, “that [Bergdahl] was going over to the other side.” Both Shaffer and former Fox News intelligence reporter Catherine Herridge cited senior government sources with access to a 2009 report by the Naval Criminal Investigative Service (NCIS). Bergdahl, Shaffer declared, “was actually trying to offer himself up to the Taliban.”

Remember the deaths of our soldiers in Benghazi? It’s all connected. Obama used Bergdahl’s exchange for the five Taliban generals in Gitmo to cover that Obama was being coerced by the Taliban about the unauthorized Stinger Missile deal that Ambassador Stevens was sent to Benghazi to retrieve.

Navy Seals will not be deployed if they refuse the poisonous flu virus jab that 99.8% recover from. These are warrior efforts we must support. They are not accepting the lies.

The Navy is going even further. National File reported the United States Navy is forming a new disciplinary squad to punish vaccine resisters, according to an unclassified NAVADMIN memo. The Navy policy document from Washington, D.C. states that a new “central authority” called the Covid Consolidated Disposition Authority (CCDA) will be the arbiter of punishing unvaccinated military members.

The document states that the CCDA will “serve as the central authority for adjudication and will have at his or her disposal the full range of administrative and disciplinary actions.” They have even denied a top Naval officer’s religious exemption.

Patriotic military heroes are outraged by the Biden regime’s actions knowing Biden wants those patriotic Americans separated from the military. Tucker Carlson asks if the Covid vax mandate is being used to purge Christians and traditional patriots from the military. I believe he’s spot on.

In Part 3 of Project Veritas’ expose on Covid-19 “Vaccine,” even Justin Durant, a scientist for J&J vaccines does not recommend taking his own company’s inoculation, and he argues against children getting the jab.

Expanding Totalitarianism

In the deep south, a Louisiana Hospital system is going to dock pay from employees with unvaxxed spouses. As my friend Marsha said, “The push to jab can be described as unhinged.” Yes, it’s propaganda, control and subjugation.

On October 1^st, Merck announced that its experimental antiviral pill reduced the risk of hospitalization or death by about 50%, and they plan to submit an application for emergency use authorization (EUA) as soon as possible. Problem is, Preferred Primary Care Physicians said they are having no luck recruiting patients for the trial. Wonder why…

Diane Feinstein, the 88-year-old Senator from California, has introduced a bill that requires proof of vaccination or negative Covid test for domestic flights, but of course she’s not required to have the jab, according to Biden’s exemptions, so she’s shoving a little more of her authoritarian dogma down our throats.

United Airlines is set to terminate 593 of its employees who have chosen to not comply with the company’s vaccine mandate. This eliminates getting on another airplane for me and mine.

There’s a bill in Congress introduced by a Democrat in August of this year that would prohibit state to state air travel unless fully jabbed (probably means with the boosters too).

New York Governor Kathy Hochul, a Democrat who assumed the job after Andrew Cuomo’s resignation, announced that she is prepared to declare a state of emergency if the state’s vaccine mandate results in an unmanageable shortage of healthcare workers. The mandate, which pertains to all New York healthcare workers (as well as NY school teachers), is set to take effect on September 27^th. However, a federal judge granted a temporary restraining order. Hochul said she’s making sure those who are fired will not receive unemployment benefits. The state is also planning to train national guard personnel in order to deal with the expected staffing shortages. Huh? Are they going to take care of patients and assist in surgeries?

Sharyl Attkisson reports that 1,685 health care workers are jobless after refusing vaccine mandates — and that’s just a small sampling. Basically, those left to care for you are jabbed and they have 251 times the viral load in their nasal passages. Not good for those in nursing homes or hospitals.

If you haven’t read about the mRNA trials for seasonal flu shots…it’s here. How about putting the mRNA in your lettuce and spinach? It’s big brother’s totalitarian control; to subordinate all aspects of individual life to the authority of the state; fascism and communism combined.

In this 27-minute video, Dr. Ryan Cole explains to Del Bigtree that cancers rarely seen in young people are growing exponentially and are more serious than they’ve ever seen. Dr. Cole states that our “T receptors” who warn of invaders who should be attacked, are being weakened and deactivated. This allows foreign invaders to conquer rather than being wiped out allowing cancers to grow in the vaxxed. Another video by Dr. Nathan Thompson exposes this fact with blood work from a vaxxed patient.

A recently-released CDC dataset detailing provisional Covid deaths by age from January 1st, 2020 to September 15th, 2021 appear to show that less child deaths were linked to Covid in that time-frame than would have died from the flu in a typical year. The cause of a child’s death would be 9.49 times more likely to be suicide; 8.46 times more likely to be homicide; 2.02 times more likely to be a drug overdose or alcohol poisoning; and 1.29 times more likely to be influenza.

The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) supposedly set precedent this summer and published an emergency Covid-19 rule in the Federal Register taking jurisdiction over and providing justification for Covid-19 being a workplace hazard for healthcare employment, even though 99.8% recover from Covid. But this wasn’t enough for Biden, the legislative provision that passed the Budget Committee raises the fines for non-compliance 10 times higher…from $70K to $700K. This would easily bankrupt companies and effect 80 million workers.

However, The Last Refuge reports this has been another con. OSHA was not taking any steps needed to engage with business interests to trigger the first-step in the organization of a process to initiate a rule-making process.

The fascist beat goes on.

Lawsuits

Ohio-based Attorney Thomas Renz has filed a federal lawsuit from an alleged whistleblower who claims inside knowledge of a coverup of reported deaths filed with VAERS, and now there are more. Renz says the death rate with those who’ve taken the Covid jab is much high than originally thought.

Presenting data that he claims comes directly from the CMS (Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services) database, there have been 48,465 deaths among CMS beneficiaries within 14 days of a 1st or 2nd dose of a COVID-19 vaccine. There are about 59.4 million Americans covered by Medicare, representing 18.1% of the population, so these are staggering numbers!

He states that they chose deaths within 14 days of vaccination, because the federal health agencies are no longer counting deaths within 14 days of a COVID-19 as a death among the “vaccinated,” but among “unvaccinated.”

A “Physicians’ Declaration” produced by an international alliance of 3,000 physicians and medical scientists strongly condemns the global strategy to treat Covid, accusing policy-makers of potential “crimes against humanity” for preventing physicians from providing life-saving treatments for their patients and suppressing open scientific discussion. The document states that “one size fits all” treatment recommendations have resulted in needless illness and death.

The new Nuremberg trials led by Dr. Reiner Feullmich and a team of over 1,000 lawyers and over 10,000 medical experts have begun legal proceedings against the CDC, WHO & the Davos Group for crimes against humanity.

Do I trust the courts? Not likely.

Live Not by Lies

Senator Ron Johnson said we’re being lied to daily and he’s right. Biden claims we’re experiencing “a pandemic of the unvaccinated.” The Centers for Disease Control share no US data with the American people, so the Senator looked to England for the truth. The UK reports that 63% of Delta deaths in the last 7.5 months were fully vaxxed.Dr. Peter McCullough states in this video that the UK keeps some of the best statistics.

Truth is a rare commodity in America these days.

On the day he was arrested and exiled to the West, Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn wrote a short paper entitled, Live Not by Lies. His last words before leaving his homeland urged Soviet citizens as individuals to refrain from cooperating with the regime’s lies.

He said, “And therein we find, neglected by us, the simplest, the most accessible key to our liberation: a personal non participation in lies! Even if all is covered by lies, even if all is under their rule, let us resist in the smallest way: Let their rule hold not through me!

And this is the way to break out of the imaginary encirclement of our inertness, the easiest way for us and the most devastating for the lies. For when people renounce lies, lies simply cease to exist. Like parasites, they can only survive when attached to a person.”

Václav Havel was a Czech statesman, playwright, and former political dissident, who served as the last President of Czechoslovakia from 1989 until the dissolution of Czechoslovakia in 1992 and then as the first President of the Czech Republic from 1993 to 2003.

Havel echoed Solzhenitsyn’s sentiments and said, “If the main pillar of the [totalitarian] system is living a lie, then it is not surprising that the fundamental threat to it is living the truth. This is why [the truth] must be suppressed more severely than anything else.

We must commit to a non-participation in their lies. We must live within the truth and that means seceding from the totalitarian state or county and reestablishing yourself in one that holds to freedom and liberty.

Havel says we are to live as freely and authentically as possible, to boldly express our individuality and spontaneity with its incalculability is the greatest of all obstacles to total domination over man.”

Conclusion

The choice is ours; subjugation to slavery or the cry of freedom.

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

Perverts in the NFL and the Catholic Church

By Cliff Kincaid

In a column examining a state-sanctioned French report on clergy abuse, Catholic League president Bill Donohue was defensive and commented, “…there is no institution in France, or anywhere else, that has asked the government to probe sexual misconduct among its employees. None.” Why is this relevant to the failure by men of God and their employees to protect children? Is this a defense of immorality in the Catholic Church?

I thought men of God were supposed to have higher standards of morality. Isn’t that why they call it a church?

Donohue acknowledges that the French report, which used information provided by the French National Institute of Health and Medical Research, found that over a 70-year period, 1950-2020, approximately 3,000 molesters allegedly abused an estimated 216,000 minors.

In Maryland, my home state, the Maryland Catholic Conference is trying to stop a physician-assisted suicide bill. But it looks like the church is on suicide watch.

Fortunately, morality is not dead, and the NFL could be an example for the Roman Catholic Church.

My attention has been drawn to a statement by the NFL Jacksonville Jaguars owner Shad Khan over the “inexcusable” behavior by his coach, Urban Meyer, when he was recorded sitting in a bar with a young woman dancing in front of his crotch. This moral perversion is called lap dancing, designed to get Meyer, a married man, into a state of sexual excitement.He has been married to his wife for 35 five years and has three children.

Moral standards have sunk so low that observers are debating whether this behavior constitutes cheating on his wife.

The football team owner Shad Khan said, “I have addressed this matter with Urban. Specifics of our conversation will be held in confidence. What I will say is his conduct last weekend was inexcusable. I appreciate Urban’s remorse, which I believe is sincere. Now, he must regain our trust and respect. That will require a personal commitment from Urban to everyone who supports, represents or plays for our team. I am confident he will deliver.”

I didn’t know anything about Shad Khan before this incident. I thank him for showing a sense of morality and asking his employees to live up to high moral standards. He didn’t make any excuses for Urban Meyer.

The treatment of the French clergy report is a different matter. Donohue summarizes the nature of the abuse but then he adds these caveats:

Not all were priests: one-third of the offenses were committed by those who worked in Catholic schools, youth programs, and other agencies.
French bishops asked the French government to conduct the probe.
Some aspects of the methodology are sound, but not all are.

Donohue has written some great books over the years, especially on the ACLU, but his treatment of Catholic sexual abuse is seriously deficient. He should be morally outraged over yet another sex scandal involving the church and not make excuses for why the numbers and abuse are so horrific and whether such treatment of children should somehow be compared to other sectors of society to diminish its significance.

In this area, I thank some in the major media. The Boston Globe won a 2003 Pulitzer Prize for its coverage of the American branch of the Catholic Church’s decades-long cover-up of priests who sexually abused children. Director Amy Berg exposed the cover-up of pedophilia in the Catholic Church in her 2006 Oscar-nominated documentary, “Deliver Us from Evil.”

I will take the sandal one step further, however. Even limited research will reveal that the Catholic Church bureaucracy in the United States has surrendered to the forces of Cultural Marxism. The Archbishop of Washington, Wilton Gregory, has decided that Joe Biden is a Catholic in good standing and deserves Holy communion, even though Biden cited his faith as a Catholic in supporting transgender rights, quoting Christ as saying, “What you’re doing to the least of my children, you’re doing to me.”

Wilton Gregory’s predecessor, Cardinal Donald Wuerl, resigned from his leadership of the archdiocese in 2018 after he was accused of covering up sexual abuse. His predecessor as archbishop of Washington was the disgraced former Cardinal Theodore McCarrick, the highest-ranking U.S. Catholic leader ever to be removed for sexually abusing a minor. He has since been charged with sexually abusing a teenager.

As a prosecutor and Attorney General in California, Vice-President Kamala Harris refused to take on sexual abuse by priests. I interviewed a victim of such abuse, noting that Harris appears to have a two-faced approach to the Catholic Church – one of scorn toward ordinary Catholics who follow traditional church teachings, such as opposition to abortion and homosexuality, and the other of deference to officials of the hierarchy who get caught in cover-ups of sexual abuse of children.

Raise the possibility of a high-level sex ring operating in the world today and you are immediately attacked as a QAnon conspiracy theorist. But look at what’s happening in the Roman Catholic Church and the desperate efforts at cover-up. In France, the report was conducted by the Independent Commission on Sexual Abuse in the Church. A summary of the report, “Sexual Violence in the Catholic Church: France 1950 – 2020,” is available here.

It declared, “Faced with this scourge, for a very long time the Catholic Church’s immediate reaction was to protect itself as an institution and it has shown complete, even cruel, indifference to those having suffered abuse.”

According to some reports, the abuse included nuns raping girls with crucifixes, a practice suggesting Satanism.

Jaguars owner Shad Khan has addressed serous immorality, but clearly not on the same level as that of top Catholic officials, in the case of his own football team and its coach. There is apparently a “morals clause” in Urban Meyer’s contract. Our religious leaders are themselves supposed to be moral.

Perhaps this NFL owner can set an example for the rest of society, including the Roman Catholic Church.

But the church has its own playbook, with Cardinal Peter Turkson — a close adviser to Pope Francis —telling “Axios on HBO” the Catholic Church “plans to be increasingly active on climate, refugees and racial equity.” In other words, change the subject.

Concerned Catholics will change the subject by not going to church. Instead, they will look to Shad Khan for moral guidance and enjoy NFL football on Sunday.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

The Memory Hole Is As Deep As the Swamp Is Wide

By Steven Yates

The Maricopa Co. audit ended one week ago as I finish this. In less than 12 hours, corporate media narrative police (they call themselves “fact-checkers”) were on it like ugly on an ape.

They told us it not only “confirmed Biden’s win” but actually gave him more votes! How they came by that is anybody’s guess!

We peasants were clearly not supposed to hear of the irregularities Cyber Ninjas dug up. By the middle of last week there were only a handful of sites (e.g., Deep Capture, Patrick Byrne’s site), where you could find anything specific and useful.

Such as:

57,734 problematic ballots, the problems being (for example) improper voter registration. This alone is enough to cast doubt on the results, since even the approved narrative gives Biden “victory” by just 10,457 votes.
Additional problems the tech company uncovered included backdated registrations, multiple voter registrations linked to the same voter affidavit, voters without records in a commercial database, and printing defects rendering thousands of ballots suspicious.
The 57,734 problematic ballots amount to only one tenth to one fifth of all the questionable ballots.

Does this prove there was fraud? It surely proves there were sufficient problems to question giving Biden Arizona’s electoral votes, given that Maricopa Co., where metropolitan Phoenix is located, is the most populous county in the state.

Everything has now been memory-holed! As noted I was seeing hit pieces in my Yahoo news aggregator within hours!

The gaslighting continues!

Karl Denninger, ISP specialist and former CEO of MSCNet which was the first ISP to offer customer-specified spam filtering and public web servers back in the 1990s, who became a successful day trader and now runs the Market Ticker blog wrote:

What did we learn Friday?

Maricopa claimed there were no duplicate mail-in ballots. In fact there were far more duplicates than those required to change the outcome in the Presidential race. That has now been established. Either (1) Maricopa lied but actually de-duplicated the ballots (meaning the results stand) or Maricopa did not de-duplicate the mail-in envelopes and the results are impossible to validate because some 17,000 duplicate votes were cast.
Maricopa lied about their election management system never being connected to the Internet. It has been conclusively and forensically established that indeed it was. When it was is immaterial; the lie, standing alone, is enough.
Maricopa intentionally violated federal law in the maintenance of electronic records specifically including the chain of custody by not issuing individual login credentials to the authorized users for each function. This is a direct violation of federal law and it was an intentional act. These are laws, not suggestions.
One or more people intentionally destroyed security logs. At least one such person has been positively identified. That is a criminal act, standing alone, and must be prosecuted.
The databases were intentionally destroyed by one or more persons. The person who did #4 either conspired with said person(s) who destroyed the databases, was the person who did so, or did so to cover up the act without knowing who committed the first act. Whatever the facts on that linkage may be it was a deliberate, criminal act standing alone and must be prosecuted.

[Uh, for either of these, don’t hold your breath, Karl. -SY.]

The so-called “auditors” hired by Maricopa are criminally incompetent or even worse, actively involved in the above. They must be named and prosecuted. Specifically, they failed to inspect the unallocated disk space on the EMS, a basic part of forensics as criminals often delete evidence of their activity. Said material was still there, so had the “auditors” hired by Maricopa been competent they would have discovered it.

What was not proved was that Trump won. But what was proved was that there is no honest assertion that can be made that either of the two Presidential candidates in serious contention won. The margin of victory is within the margin of dispute and it has been proved that electronic records critical to validate what occurred throughout the election process were deliberately destroyed by persons(s) who had physical access to the systems in question, with at least one such person being allegedly identified by security camera footage.

There may well be more here — but what’s been discovered thus far and proved (and for which the evidence is now in the public domain) shows that:

The election in Maricopa County for federal offices, including President, was not conducted in accordance with Federal Law.
The results, based solely on the count of duplicated ballot envelopes (people who voted more than once), which exceeds the margin of victory for the Presidential Office, are not able to be confirmed since once duplicate ballots are removed from the envelopes it is impossible to identify them. Maricopa county claimed no such duplicates exist. We now know more than 17,000 in fact do exist and the envelopes still exist. What we cannot prove one way or another is whether the ballots inside those envelopes were counted and, if only one was counted, which one was counted. We thus have no way to know who won.
The persons running the election have made materially false statements on an intentional basis about the equipment never being connected to the Internet.
The persons running the election both deliberately destroyed data related to the election in direct violation of Federal Law and, as a separate and distinct offense, attempted to cover up that destruction and identification of the person who did so. This act, standing alone, demonstrates intent to tamper with the election results.
The vast majority of said deliberately destroyed data was not recoverable and likely is not recoverable.

By forensic evidence, not presented and unrebutted, the outcome of the election in Arizona was falsely certified.

What’s the remedy for this?

That’s a separate debate — but that this one county alone did in fact corrupt their election, did so intentionally, and did so in such a fashion that at this time it not possible to know what the result actually was is not subject to reasonable dispute.

Finally, not only was their forensic computer person credible he displayed exactly the process that I, as a person skilled in the art and who has performed computer forensics, would utilize. I found no fault in his procedures, his process and analysis. Nor did I find him to make a single unproved assertion of fact. This is exactly what a professional is supposed to do in this field.

How much more evidence do we need that the rule of law that is dead in America.

Trust itself is dead, moreover.

The gaslighting continues. It’s across the board, not just with elections but all other major issues where globalist super-elite power (and money!) are in evidence.

It’s not just America, therefore! It’s the entirety of the West! Europeans have been gaslighted as much as Americans about the COVID bioweapon and the “vaccines.”

As have South Americans, as I can testify from personal observation.

Look at Australia! The place has become a totalitarian police state!

We increasingly live in a world where “truth” itself is handed down by those in power — who, since January of this year, have known they were back in power in the U.S. and able to do pretty much as they pleased. They expect to be able to bark orders, and we peasants are supposed to fall in line!

The Bidenistas and their supporters in the Asylum on the Potomac are making examples of the 500 – 600 people imprisoned over the January 6 “insurrection”: a desperate, ill-advised, last-ditch effort to prevent Congress from handing the Executive Branch to an illegitimate administration.

I keep reading about how we either reverse Election 2020 and put Trump back in the White House, or we’ll never see another honest election in America.

In that case, we’ll never see another honest election in America.

Because I see no means of reversing Election 2020.

An attempt would result in open violence! And it would be Trump supporters, not the Bidenistas, who would be accused of starting Civil War II! This has been the narrative the Asylum / Corporate Media Complex has been pushing since January — that it was Trump and his supporters trying to stage a coup!

Which is why, as bitter a pill as will be to swallow, the time has come to just drop it and move on, doing what we can to minimize the damage.

Online conversations have already begun about 2024. J.B. Williams cited a pair of Trump remarks that had me scratching my head as well: “We will take back Congress in 2022 and the White House in 2024,” followed up by, “we won’t even have a country by then.”

Williams rightly noted the incongruity of these two remarks.

He noted, rightly, that with Election 2020 standing, there isn’t any reason to think Republicans will be allowed to win back Congress; and if a national election can be stolen once and the country gaslighted for the next eleven months, who knows how brazen the next national steal might be???

That’s if there can even be a national election that does not descend into violence and chaos.

Again, I do not make predictions; I draw scenarios. Because a lot can happen between now and 2024 (or even November 2022), I can think of many possibilities. None of them good.

What we know:

When those in power can memory-hole anything in the way of what they want, they can do as they please! They can put a figurehead in the White House, institute vaccine mandates, or pontificate about an “economic recovery” that doesn’t exist outside government numbers.

That’s the very concept of totalitarianism, even if not worn on its sleeve!

Let’s back up.

All the way to 2015.

Readers may not realize it, but I was not initially drawn to Trump. I’d supported Ron Paul (who, in retrospect, was too intellectual for today’s masses, products of a failed educational system). He was gone, retired.

I was living overseas, had no idea who I wanted to support. I didn’t feel obligated to support anyone.

My stance in 2015: Donald Trump was no Ron Paul!

It was only when he described U.S. foreign policy as “a complete and total disaster” (it was and still is!) and told Megyn Kelly on national television that “we do not have time to be politically correct” (we don’t!) that I paid attention. I’d come to the sudden realization that whatever the man’s faults, the rest of the Republican slate was embarrassing, and that made him the only game in town!

That’s what happens when dominant narratives all collapse, and take two parties’ mainstreams down with them.

An outsider with no previous experience with the political system gains the support of his party’s base. Trump ran with it, using his superb command of all available media (a skill Dr. Paul never mastered).

And remember, Democrats had their own “populist,” Bernie Sanders, from whom Hillary Clinton’s insiders in the DNC brazenly stole the 2016 nomination with “super delegates.”

Now, Corporate Media ridicules those of us who don’t consider Biden a legitimate president.

Pure hypocrisy!

They spent four years not considering Trump the country’s legitimate president!

What should our takeaways be from those four years? Here are mine:

Given that things are arguably magnitudes worse today—all over the world!—than they were in 2016, I’d have to judge Trump’s presidency a failure overall, but not for the reasons usually given.

He completely underestimated the width, depth, and strength of the Swamp his base sent him to the Asylum on the Potomac to drain.

Having arrived there not knowing who to trust, much less who to appoint to what, he ended up with an administration full of turncoats, backstabbers (think of Michael Cohen!), and just plain incompetents. Hence many of his efforts, such as building a wall on the Mexican border, struggled. These are not things any president can accomplish through sheer force of will without the cooperation of hundreds of trusted decision-makers. Where was Trump going to find them?

He would have had to go outside the Asylum, of course, bringing in more outsiders— probably peasants the Asylum’s movers and shakers had never heard of before. They wouldn’t be in the Big Club with Harvard or Yale law degrees. Trump’s efforts would then have been fought even harder.

Trump made mistakes, some of them serious. I don’t believe he helped himself with his late-2017 corporate tax cuts. Who benefited from those? Answer: the billionaire class. Not his base. Wealth and power has continued to surge to the top!

Many are still supporting him because they’ve not figured out the truth and still believe they have nowhere else to go! What truth are we talking about? Just this:

National politics is no longer the arena to fight for personal freedoms. This includes economic freedom, the freedom not to have one’s community overrun by “resettled” aliens, and the freedom to refuse the jab.

That fight has to be carried on, at best, at the state level, and where that fails (as in places like Virginia and Michigan controlled by Democrats with dictator complexes), at the local level.

People like Florida’s Governor Ron DeSantis seem to me to have the right idea (here, assuming the video hasn’t been nuked before this article has time to appear). DeSantis first announced his lawsuit over the resettlement of illegal aliens in his state, a consequence of the ongoing Bidenista disaster at the border.

Then he told us he’d signed an executive order forbidding state agencies from cooperating with the feds (i.e., the Bidenistas), telling the latter in no uncertain terms to get their grubby paws off Florida!

Turns out, he was just getting warmed up!

DeSantis has been resisting Bidenista tyranny from the get-go and paid the price of the usual Corporate Media demonizing. To his credit he’s stood his ground, and the two powers are likely to butt heads in court.

Since the courts are as compromised as the election process, that’s iffy.

The rule of law being dead, and all that….

In the above video (again assuming it still exists), scroll to 26:30.

It’s true, DeSantis doesn’t appear to believe Election 2020 was stolen — he wonders how he won in Florida, and why Trump was allowed to win in Florida if it was.

I can forgive him for not getting it that the power elites only had to flip a few districts in a handful of states to get what they wanted.

But if they could have heard this speech, he probably wouldn’t have been allowed to win!

Because everything else he says is in line with the drum I’ve been beating: the Asylum (DeSantis doesn’t call it that, of course) is on the verge of unraveling. It visibly screws up everything it touches, and is “rotting on its own” (he does use that phrase!). Then he takes the biggest plunge I think I’ve ever heard a state governor take. Paraphrasing:

This can’t be fixed!

If Trump 2016 couldn’t fix it, then what makes anyone think Trump 2024 will be able to fix it — even assuming Trump 2024 is possible?

The Swamp is too wide and too deep, just like the memory hole swallowing everything that goes against approved narratives!

It is time to accept that. That we have to reject the dichotomy: Trump, or the left-liberal-globalist axis.

The dichotomy presupposes national politics, which as we have seen, is toast.

DeSantis observes that real leadership is going to have to be nurtured, like plants grown in a garden. This must happen locally. It will involve uprooting weeds and getting rid of debris (e.g., too many left-liberals) that might interfere with cultivating the best vegetables.

Therefore, it won’t happen everywhere. It could happen in Florida.

Might there someday be an independent Republic of Florida? Once the Asylum has schemed and blundered its way into complete impotence, losing all credibility even with itself?

At present, its unraveling is happening slowly. If the Bidenistas face (or cause) any more calamities, e.g., in the economy, slowly could become rapidly.

I’d support an independent Republic of Florida in a heartbeat! I might even consider moving us there!

Steven Yates’s new book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory was recently published by Wipf and Stock.

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

The American Marxist Revolution

By Cliff Kincaid

Since he has a big platform on Fox News and a radio show megaphone to match, Mark Levin’s book American Marxism is being gobbled up by conservatives nationwide. Unfortunately, the book leaves out a lot, most notably the issue of family breakdown caused by the Marxist-spawned revolution.

Last Sunday, in sermons across the country, Jesus Christ was quoted as being opposed to divorce, saying, (Mark 10:2-16), “…what God has united, human beings must not divide…Whoever divorces his wife and marries another is guilty of adultery against her.And if a woman divorces her husband and marries another, she is guilty of adultery too.”

In Matthew 19:9, He says, “And I say to you: whoever divorces his wife, except for sexual immorality, and marries another, commits adultery.”

Levin’s book has some references to Cultural Marxism but the specific problem, exposed by several writers at the magazine Chronicles, is America’s family breakdown through easy divorce that is mostly caused by married couples who commit adultery.

A new poll from the group Marriage Helper finds a surge in extramarital affairs and cheating, saying that 1 in 3 Americans have been cheated upon and only 28 percent say the relationship survived the cheating. It finds that 63 percent of Americans who are divorced have been cheated on.

Sadly, most people know friends, neighbors and family members going through divorce.

If you have ever watched real-life TV shows like NBC’s “Dateline,” you will learn very quickly that adulterous affairs regularly lead to violence, even murder. One recent Dateline show, “Deadly Desire,” was about an Idaho woman’s affair with her married boss who had a wife and five children. The boss was shot dead by the betrayed husband.

Crime-based TV shows frequently cover such topics as “toxic love triangles” and “bitter divorce battles.”

In real life, American conservative TV and radio personalities are not immune to the cultural chaos.

As news was breaking that former New York Governor Andrew Cuomo sexually harassed many women in and out of state government, news broke that a Fox News producer by the name of John Fawcett had filed suit alleging he was sexually harassed by Fox News legal analyst and former judge Andrew Napolitano. The channel then “parted ways” with Napolitano, who denied the charges.

The late Rush Limbaugh, the self-described “epitome of morality and virtue” who preached “character counts,” was married four times. A Reaganite conservative who didn’t register to vote until 1986, after Reagan was re-elected to his second and last presidential term, Limbaugh nevertheless rode a conservative wave on the radio to financial success. He was very entertaining.

As he made a fortune, however, he became a drug addict who was accused of using his housekeeper to acquire pain killers and paid Elton John $1 million to perform at his fourth wedding. He hired high-priced legal counsel to defend himself against charges he improperly obtained the sex drug Viagra.

America’s morals have fallen so fast and so quickly that a popular TV show, now in its 17^th season, is called “Cheaters.” The program features ambush interviews and secret recordings of cheaters as they are caught in the act. Some then go on a subsequent show to explain why they cheated. The product section of the show’s website offers “spy tools” you can buy and use to catch your spouse cheating.

Mark Levin notes the anti-family part of the Communist Manifesto without linking the Marxist campaign to many of the social and cultural problems, especially failing marriages, plaguing America and creating fatherless families.

The author of Communism for Kids, Bini Adamczak, noted that the goal was the “destruction of the family,” explaining, “With the [Russian] revolution, the right to legal abortion, both sexes’ right to divorce, the decriminalization of adultery, and the annulment of the sodomy law (which had previously prohibited homosexuality) were implemented and enforced.”

“In Moscow,” she said, “one could find international communes led by gay communists. Drag kings could become legitimate members of the Red Army. Participants of the revolutionary debates decided upon the destruction of the family, demanded the legalization of incest, and advertised the practice [of] polygamy.”

All of this suggests that the American version of the Russian revolution still has a long way to go to hit bottom.

Ironically, Levin’s Fox News platform is an example of America’s decline in this regard. The channel has a notorious reputation for being a haven for men who cheat on their wives and sexually harass their subordinates. The number of Fox hosts implicated in sex scandals is a long one. One Fox star, Jesse Watters, married a subordinate after divorcing his wife, with whom he had two daughters. He moves on as if nothing has served to undermine his role at a “conservative” channel considered friendly to “family values.” One such story, “Fox News host Jesse Watters to divorce after cheating on wife with 25-year-old employee,” generates no embarrassment anymore.

The channel’s founder Roger Ailes was forced out over his own involvement in sexual improprieties with female staffers. His wife reportedly told him “I forgive you” as he was on his death bed.

In real life, most people are not so forgiving, and the collateral damage of a divorce or sex scandal is a family that has lost its way, with children bitter and sick from the cheating they witnessed. One scholar called the result the “garbage generation.”

The group Marriage Helper offers two books on the topic for free, “one on how to identify cheating and another on how to address it.” It warns, “Cheating has to be taken head on before it’s too late.” The books are:

5 Signs Your Spouse is Cheating eBook
7 Things To Do When Your Spouse is Cheating eBook

But is it already too late for America? There is a debate over the real rate of divorce in America, but everybody agrees that it’s very high and the dissolution of the American family cannot be denied. As foreseen by Karl Marx, when the family withers away, the state takes charge. The state, by the way, never withers away and only gains power over human relationships.

To put it bluntly, most Americans care more about their own sexual pleasures than their own families and children anymore. They expect the government to take care of their kids and their problems, manifested in such spectacles as mass shootings, drug use, and alleged addiction to Facebook.

Dr. Stephen Baskerville warns of “the coming of communism in America” through the government replacing families and making family break-up easier. This is the “American Marxism” that deserves our attention. He talked to me about no-fault divorce and the welfare state, and then addressed the moral corruption in the conservative movement.

One root of the problem, not sufficiently addressed in Levin’s American Marxism book, is the influence of Harry Hay, a Communist Party member who started the modern gay rights movement in America. He divorced his wife, after contracting a venereal disease, became a “radical fairy” with an interest in the occult, and marched for the cause of adults having sex with children.

If there was ever a true “American Marxist,” to use Levin’s jargon, it was Harry Hay. He was the personification of family disintegration and breakdown. His influence extends well into the “conservative” movement, a large segment of which endorsed the Supreme Court ruling on gay marriage, written by Brett Kavanaugh mentor, Justice Anthony Kennedy.

My group America’s Survival, Inc. released Harry Hay’s FBI file in 2010 at a conference, “Unmasking the Progressives,” covering the topic of “Marxism in America.” Fox News paid no attention.

Levin’s book doesn’t mention him, perhaps because one of his employers, Fox News, hires and promotes homosexuals, and underwrites the activities of the Association of LGBTQ Journalists.

Such omissions demonstrate the limits of the corporate media, even those organs claiming to be “conservative.”

We have to face the fact that what passes for conservatism in today’s corporate culture is hopelessly corrupt.

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

What Will We Do When We Can’t Solve Our Problems?

By Frosty Wooldridge

Right now, in Washington DC, we the American people, no matter what our political persuasion, face a greater threat to our freedoms, our Constitutional Republic, and our way of life than ever before.

He’s drowning us in $3.5 trillion in debt with God-only-knows what kind of insane pork that inhabits his “build back better” bill.

Does he have the right to force us to take injections of an experimental drug? Can he force foreigners into our country to displace us from our rights? Well, he’s doing just that!

What Are We Going To Do When We Can’t Solve Our Problems?

Those 545 Congressional Critters trip, stumble and mumble into each day without a clue as to the long term ramification of what they are doing to us, the citizens of this country.

Here is the link to the podcast with Executive Director Kevin Lynn and Frosty Wooldridge.

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions? Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future? If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

Share these videos all over America:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

50 Governors Not Bothered by Massive COVID Injection Deaths

By: Devvy

The horrific number of deaths, permanent disabilities and very serious injuries caused by those Pfizer, Moderna and J & J COVID-19 experimental injections continues to skyrocket. The predicted second major spike, October through December is underway.

1,969 Fetal Deaths Recorded Following COVID-19 Shots but Criminal CDC Recommends Pregnant Women Get the Shot, October 1, 2021

Study: COVID-19 Vaccines INCREASE Deaths and Hospitalizations from COVID-19 Based on Analysis of Most-Vaccinated Countries, September 30, 2021

“Dr. Gérard Delépine from France, whom we have featured often here at Health Impact News over the years, has just published a study based on public data from the countries with the highest vaccination rates that clearly shows that the COVID-19 shots are hospitalizing people and killing people at higher rates than countries who have adopted early treatment protocols without the use of vaccines.”

Do you think this is a big red flag or just nothing? That was in Feb. Would be interesting to see if any of those women since then have developed some category of cancer:

“Intermountain Healthcare Issues Mammogram Recommendations – “These new recommendations are a response to guidelines released by the National Society of Breast Imaging after radiologists nationwide saw a rise in the number of mammograms indicating swollen lymph nodes in women who had received the COVID-19 vaccine. The announcement yesterday was not for women to skip their screenings altogether, as that can be dangerous.

“According to Dr. Brett Parkinson, the medical director of Intermountain Healthcare’s Breast Care Center, the swelling of lymph nodes also occurs with other vaccines or illnesses.We’ve seen this type of swelling on scans before, but never so pronounced because of one type of vaccine,” Parkinson said in a statement.”

Vaxxed Blood Shows ‘Stacking’, Typical of Blood Cancer, August 19, 2021 – “A German doctor, Dr. Barbel Ghitalla has done blood analyses or ‘smears’ of her vaccinated patients, as well as acquiring a vial of the Johnson and Johnson vaccine. Alarmed at what she saw in the smears, she discussed her findings with another medical colleague, Dr. Axel Bolland, and two lawyers. This was recorded in a video, which Dr. Jane Ruby discusses with Stew Peters below. “I’ve never seen anything like it. I’m afraid for my patients.”

The prostitute media and tech giants all continue to treat some of the most educated, experienced doctors and scientists in the world as nothing but conspiracy nuts for speaking out against the slaughter going on from those experimental injections.

One such doctor and scientist is Mayo Clinic trained, tripled board-certified pathologist, Dr. Ryan Cole. Idaho doctor reports a ‘20 times increase’ of cancer in vaccinated patients, September 13, 2021 AND – this interview with Dr. Cole about the booster NONSENSE and more.

THIS is what we’re seeing and it is outrageous. These people have NO credibility and are nothing but ignorant stooges. A disgrace to even consider any of them as reporters, investigators or so-called fact checkers. They’re trying to convince Americans what these doctors and scientists are seeing under microscopes and through testing is an illusion.

Idaho Doctor Makes Baseless Claims About Safety of COVID-19 Vaccines, August 27, 2021 (The old stand-by in headlines: Baseless. Same was flaunted over Hussein Obama’s birth certificate.)

“A viral video features a doctor making dubious claims about COVID-19 vaccines and treatments at a forum hosted by Idaho’s lieutenant governor. Dr. Ryan Cole claims mRNA vaccines cause cancer and autoimmune diseases, but the lead author of the paper on which Cole based that claim told us there is no evidence mRNA vaccines cause those ailments. “The most recent example in this misinformation niche is Dr. Ryan Cole, who owns a medical lab in Idaho…”

I guess they’re upset more than a million people have watched that presentation. Dubious. Baseless. Disinformation. Bogus. All to convince the reader a doctor and scientist like Dr. Cole with his decades of experience doesn’t know what he’s talking about as the bodies pile up.

I want to go back to a column I wrote on April 26, 2015, Polio Vaccine, Cancer and Dr. Mary’s Monkey.

“One of the reasons I decided to read Dr. Mary’s Monkey is because one of my dearest friends, Thelma Taormina, passed away, April 6, 2015, after losing her heroic fight against small cell carcinoma cancer.

“Dr. Mary’s Monkey is fully footnoted. The author, Edward T. Haslam, went to extraordinary lengths to make sure the reader understands what is speculation and what is fact based on documentation and his research – his personal involvement. Vaccines have become a battle ground in this country as anyone keeping up with current events can attest to; opponents and pro-vaccine locked in a fight that shouldn’t even be one.

“I knew little about monkey viruses until a few years ago. Hell, on top of everything else floating around in my head and having had only these vaccines in my life (polio, smallpox and DPT – diphtheria, pertussis (whooping cough), and tetanus), did I really need to do a bunch of research on monkey viruses? Yes, I did because it’s what I do: try to educate and inform my fellow Americans about what is good, what isn’t good and why we the people are fed up with lies about everything affecting our daily lives.

“As hardened a cynic as I have become over the past 24 years, Dr. Mary’s Monkey truly was frightening. Why did America suddenly experience a cancer epidemic? How much do Americans really know about the polio vaccine seventy years ago – about the number of deaths and cover-up and more importantly – why on earth would research scientists use monkey viruses?

“Long before I ever heard of Haslam’s book, in my research I found the testimony below. I do hope you take the time to read it in full because the American people must know the truth about how we’ve all been used as guinea pigs while enriching the coffers of prostitute politicians in the Outlaw Congress and morally, ethically bankrupt pharmaceutical companies.

“The SV40 Virus: Has Tainted Polio Vaccine Caused An Increase in Cancer? Oral Presentation by Barbara Loe Fisher, Co-founder & President, National Vaccine Information Center, September 10, 2003, Subcommittee on Human Rights and Wellness, U.S. House Government Reform Committee, U.S. House of Representatives, Washington, D.C.: “The SV40 Virus: Has Tainted Polio Vaccine Caused an Increase in Cancer?”

“It was in 1960 that an NIH scientist named Bernice Eddy discovered that rhesus monkey kidney cells used to make the Salk polio vaccine and experimental oral polio vaccines could cause cancer when injected into lab animals. Later that year the cancer-causing virus in the rhesus monkey kidney cells was identified as SV40 or simian virus 40, the 40th monkey virus to be discovered. (Shorter, e. 1987. The Health Century) Sadly, the American people were not told the truth about this in 1960.

“The SV40 contaminated stocks of Salk polio vaccine were never withdrawn from the market but continued to be given to American children until early 1963 with full knowledge of federal health agencies. Between 1955 and early 1963, nearly 100 million American children had been given polio vaccine contaminated with the monkey virus, SV40. (Institute of Medicine, National Academy of Sciences . 2002. Immunization Safety Review: SV40 Contamination of Polio Vaccine and Cancer. Washington, D.C.: National Academy Press)

“Today, U.S. federal health agencies admit the following two facts: 1. Salk polio vaccine released for public use between 1955 and 1963 was contaminated with SV40; and 2. SV40 has been proven to cause cancer in animals. In fact, at a conference on SV-40 and human cancers held by the National Institutes of Health in 1997, which I attended, there was no disagreement among both government and non-government scientists about these two facts. The only disagreement was whether SV40 was actually being identified in the cancerous tumors of children and adults alive today and, if it was, whether the monkey virus was in fact responsible for their cancer.

“Non-government scientists working in independent labs around the world said, “Yes.” But the scientists connected with the U.S. government said “No.” (Transcript of FDA, CDC, NIH, NIP, NVPO January 27-28, 1997 Workshop on Simian Virus 40: A Possible Human Polyomavirus).”

“Bernice Eddy is covered in Dr. Mary’s Monkey as is the murderous effects of monkey viruses. How does that tie in with Lee Harvey Oswald or cancer? What in the world is a Linear Particle Accelerator and what did it have to do with Dr. Mary Sherman’s horrible death and Lee Harvey Oswald?

“Americans who seek the truth know that most of the time what evil being done to We the People in America is being done right under our noses. It’s just that we don’t know what’s going on behind the curtain. Like the Infectious Disease Laboratory at the U.S. Public Health Service hospital in New Orleans back in the ’60s. How on earth did Lee Harvey Oswald get connected to the secret goings-on: monkey viruses and cancer?

“Were there secret experiments going on with the full knowledge of certain individuals in the U.S. government to “develop an anti-cancer vaccine diverted secretly into biological weapons”? My conclusion after reading the book, the documents (Not necessarily just the photos) is yes. On page 206, Haslam covers Bernice Eddy’s research in a flu vaccine project that morphed into much more dealing with the polio vaccine. Millions and millions of school aged children were given the needle during the time period covered in the book. The explosion of soft cell cancers and those secret research projects is no coincidence:

Pg 207: “In June 1959 Bernice Eddy, who was still officially assigned to the flu vaccine project, began thinking about the polio vaccine again. This time she was worried about something much deeper than polio. The vaccine’s manufacturers had grown their polio viruses on the kidneys of monkeys. And when they removed the polio virus from the monkey’s kidneys, they also removed an unknown number of other monkey viruses. The more they looked, the more they found.

“The medical science of the day knew little about the behavior or consequences of these monkey viruses. But time were changing. Confronted with mounting evidence that some monkey viruses caused cancer, Eddy grew suspicious of the polio vaccine and asked an excruciating question: Had they inoculated an entire generation of Americans with cancer-causing monkey viruses?”

“Through Haslam’s meticulous research backed up by source references and documents, he weaves together the pieces connecting Lee Harvey Oswald, Castro and the monstrous crime of injecting millions of America’s school children with a vaccine that was known to cause cancer in lab rats. As one reviewer of Haslam’s book wrote better than I can:

“This is the best kept secret of the last 60 years with more subplots and surprise situations (with no endings in sight). Haslam is a very modest and humble man calling for what should be an obvious formal investigation into many issues still unresolved. He claims he’s NOT the investigation, but his exposure is enough that if one reads the work entirely with an open mind, they will understand why 60 Minutes TV Magazine Producers call this the “story of the century.”

“Haslam introduces us to an unsolved murder of one of the leading cancer researchers of the last 75 years, Mary Sherman. Her autopsy was sealed for around 30 years, and Haslam’s explanation of how she died makes far more sense than the official police report written under questionable police procedure.

“Most importantly, Haslam introduces us to the dark side of the Polio Vaccine and the complications it went through during its development and the lasting problems we are now struggling with because of it — the SV-40 VIRUS. Ask your doctor or a med school faculty doctor about the SV-40 Virus, and you’ll lear, they know nothing about it. Their education and training has been so carefully compartmentalized, they know nothing of these issues, but they are all over the internet if you choose to look. Haslam teaches us about many doctors who lost their careers trying to blow the whistle on these issues.

“In short, the polio vaccine made from monkey kidneys carried the SV-40 virus which remains dormant inside baby boomers who received the polio vaccine until the immune system is weakened to the point where the SV-40 Virus can transform into one of the major cancers: lung, breast, soft tissue, bone cancer, etc. In the early 50’s 22,000 new cases of polio was called an epidemic, and Ed Haslam now asks, how come around a million new cases of cancer each year is NOT being called a cancer epidemic? I think it’s a fair question.

“Hopefully, you will read Haslam’s work and get your family, friends and associates to read it. Main stream media had a chance to share this with us in 2000 when 60 Minutes had spent more time and money on this story than any other segment of the TV Magazine’s history according to their producer, but the network producers would not permit the program to air.

“Hmm? Don’t you want to know why? Read DR MARY’s MONKEY, and you’ll begin to have your eyes opened. Edward T. Haslam and Judyth Vary Baker are modern American heroes, and only until you have read their works will you even begin to understand why I hold them in such high esteem. Only until you read their works can you begin to understand the price they have paid, the risk they bear so you and I can learn the truth and demand something be done about it for us, our children, and our children’s children to the nth generation”.

Thelma was born in 1957. From above: “Today, U.S. federal health agencies admit the following two facts: 1. Salk polio vaccine released for public use between 1955 and 1963 was contaminated with SV40.” I was born in 1949 and had a few vaccines by age 5 and never another shot of any kind; flu, pneumonia or anything else. Thelma’s year of birth, 1957, fell between those years.

If you missed my coverage of Dr. Stefan Lanka (Here) and (Here) there’s more: Dr Stefan Lanka Debunks Pictures of “Isolated Viruses” – “For almost one year we have been asking authorities, politicians and medical institutes for the scientific evidence for the existence of such viruses that are said to cause disease and therefore require “immunization”.

“After almost one year we have not received even one concrete answer which provides evidence for the existence of those “vaccine-preventable viruses”. The conclusion is inevitable that our children are still vaccinated on the basis of scientific standards of the 18th and 19th century. In the 19th century Robert Koch demanded in his generally accepted postulates evidence of the virus in order to prove infection; at Koch’s time this evidence couldn’t be achieved directly by visualization and characterization of the viruses, because adequate technology wasn’t available at that time. Methods of modern medicine have profoundly changed over the past 60 years, in particular by the invention of the electron microscope, yet all these viruses we get immunized against have still never been re-examined using this technology?”

Like TV shows solving murders. The killer was finally identified 20 years later using his DNA which wasn’t available at the time the murder took place.

In a previous column I recommended everyone read this very short book, free on-line: Vaccination the Hidden Facts by Ian Sinclair. You’ll be shocked. The author did a tremendous amount of research, i.e.: “In USA in 1900 there were 13.3 measles deaths per 100,000 population. By 1955, without any vaccination against measles, the death rate had declined to 0.03 deaths per 100,000, a decrease of 97.7 per cent.

Smallpox

“Before Edward Jenner introduced his smallpox vaccine around 1800, smallpox deaths in England had fallen from 500 to 200 per 100,000 population over the preceding two centuries. By the time compulsory vaccination was introduced in 1852, the mortality had fallen to 40 per 100,000 population. It is significant to note that between 1867 and 1880, the period when compulsory vaccination was strictly enforced, the death rate leapt from 28 to 45 per 100,000 population. A report appearing in Medical History, 1983 concluded that vaccination could not have been solely responsible for the decline of smallpox in Britain: “The history of smallpox in the later years of the 19th century does not support the contention that vaccination was fully or finally responsible for the eventual disappearance of the disease in Britain.”

“Leon Chaitow, in his book Vaccination and Immunization points out: “The credit for the decline in the incidence of smallpox could not be given to vaccination. The fact is that its incidence declined in all parts of Europe, whether or not vaccination was employed.”

Dr. Lanka proved measles is not a virus but likely a disease. No one – including the CDC has isolated, purified particles samples to scientifically prove these are viruses: SARS-CoV-2, MERS, Influenza, Polio, Measles, HIV, HPV, Ebola, Zika, Hepatitis. Not to say they aren’t diseases but you don’t treat diseases like cancer with a vaccine, so how about those others?Go look at the CDC’s response to the FOIA dated June 7, 2021 re SARS-CoV-2; link above.

Then, remember this: CDC document “CDC 2019-Novel Coronavirus (2019-nCoV) Real-Time RT-PCR Diagnostic Panel.” July 13, 2020, page 42 where the CDC is instructing the use of a PCR test, it says:“Since no quantified virus isolates of the 2019-nCoV are currently available, assays [diagnostic tests] designed for detection of the 2019-nCoV RNA were tested with characterized stocks of in vitro transcribed full length RNA…”

Isn’t it about time someone figured out what COVID-19 really is? How about using MODERN science and all the great technology instead of relying on science over 100 years old? As I’ve written over and over: Those injections will never work because for one thing, they are not vaccines. Breakthrough Cases Surge: Vaccinated Individuals Accounted for 87% of Covid Hospitalizations Over the Past Week in Wales UK; 99% of All New Cases Were Under 60 Years Old

And now, we’re seeing the death count from those COVID experimental injections continue to climb. Get rid of the “useless eaters” first: Nearly 50k Medicare patients died soon after getting COVID shot: whistleblower, September 28, 2021 – This is the second one with solid proof.

As I previously covered, billionaire Steve Kirsch is offering a $1 million dollar reward for someone to prove him wrong: 212,000 dead, 2 million injured. No takers which is kind of amazing. I don’t know the date the video was made but it’s at least a month old given some of what he covers.

For those unfamiliar with vaccine history in this country, 20 or 25 deaths – a vaccine is pulled from the market. The number of dead after taking those COVID-19 injections is astronomical yet every governor in this country doesn’t seem to have a problem with the carnage. Or the number of permanently disabled. Three weeks ago, it was nearing 20,000 (1% reported) Americans whose lives are destroyed living in pain. The worst is yet to come as 1/3 of the humans on this planet have been injected.

It’s not as if governors haven’t been told the numbers and all the data plastered all over the Internet. I’ve been sending our governor, Greg Abbott, letters and faxes since February 2021: Do not allow those experimental injections be distributed in this state. Stop distribution, governor, as those experimental injections which are NOT vaccines are killing people. Never received a single response.

Governors have been pushing those injections from day one. Get vaccinated! Now they’re stuck between the proverbial rock and a hard place politically. If they actually cared about the people in their state, they would have stopped distribution of those injections last March when the first big spike in deaths was recorded. Instead, all 50 of them continue to ignore the horrific numbers.

Why are members of Congress, their staff, USPS employees, illegal aliens, Afghan “refugees”, employees at the CDC and the FDA all exempt from being forced to take those injections?’ Unlike the thousands and thousands of Americans who have already lost their job, forced to choose between their health and paycheck. All for alleged vaccines that DON’T work and will never work. Reality vs Gaslighting: The Vaccine Failure Stares Us Straight in the Eyes, September 22, 2021

“Fact #1: The vaccines do not stop the spread of Covid infection.There are countless breakthrough cases being reported all over the world. Moreover, some of the most vaccinated countries have the highest rates of infection transmission. Israel is a case in point. An early leader in vaccination, it also has the highest infection rate on the planet. And this by a large margin.

“The majority of the seriously ill or dying in highly vaccinated countries have been vaccinated. In Britain, for example, 75 percent of all deaths are among the vaccinated. And this is happening in a country that has a vaccination rate of about 70 percent.” This is true everywhere.

READ: ‘This Is Evil at the Highest Level,’ Says HHS Whistleblower – “In a video released Monday by Project Veritas, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services insider, Jodi O’Malley, a registered nurse, shares recorded conversations between herself and colleagues about the government’s failure to acknowledge COVID vaccine risks and lack of efficacy.” She is of the warrior class.

What about cancer markers alarming doctors? Like the polio vaccine given to 100 MILLION American children between 1955 and 1963 and the cancer explosion years later? It’s obscene what’s going on and criminal. I pray the same thing isn’t going to happen again only sooner to the injected.

Fall will be over before you know it, then winter and the big squeeze will be applied to force all employers to demand employees get injected or fired. In the meantime, well-meaning parents are getting their teens injected; my heart just breaks because I know what’s going to happen.

And all the while governors remain mute. Hell, I’ve not heard of a single “reporter” ask the question to any governor: What about the number of deaths from the “vaccinated”? What about the lawsuits, governor exposing the harm being done to tens and tens of thousands of Americans?

Gov. Abbott is riding high right now because of his aggressive actions pertaining to the massive invasion on our Texas border with Mexico. I say, gov: You’re not going to be able to hide from the numbers in the near future. Not when thousands of nurses and doctors quit, die or suffer permanent damage (especially neurological) and there’s no one to work in hospitals. It’s coming.

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

Press Conference: Death by Vaccination. Undeclared components of the COVID-19 vaccines,September 20, 2021. Almost 3 hrs; I watched it in segments. What’s in those injections, go to 1:27:00 – prepared to be shocked.

Autopsy results of the vaccinated *MUST SEE*, September 7, 2021

Exclusive: Woman Injured by COVID Vaccine Pleads With Health Agencies for Help, as Local News Agency Kills Story After Pressure From Pfizer, September 30, 2021

“In an exclusive interview with The Defender, Kristi Dobbs recounted how she’s spent nine months pleading with health agencies to research the neurological injuries she developed after Pfizer’s vaccine, and how she and others are trying to get the word out about the vaccine’s potential risks.”

Is YOUR child next? 16-Year-Old Wisconsin Girl DEAD Following 2 Doses of the Experimental Pfizer COVID Injections

STUNNING: AMA Is Teaching Doctors How to Manipulate Information in Order to Coerce the Unvaccinated, September 23, 2021

57 Top Scientists and Doctors: Stop All Covid Vaccinations – Response from governors and state legislatures: CRICKETS.

Dems Sneak $70,000-$700,000 Fines for Vax-mandate Violation into Budget Bill

Florida Judge Halts City’s COVID-19 Vaccine Mandate – “The court agreed that the city doesn’t own its employees’ bodies,” – September 24, 2021

Johnson & Johnson: ‘Kids Shouldn’t Get A F*cking [COVID] Vaccine;’ There are “Unknown Repercussions, September 27, 2021

We warned this would happen back in 2007 and still primary care doctors are recommending that vaccine and TV ads are still running about how it protects your son or daughter: French Oncologist Analysis of Gardasil Vaccine Finds Higher Rates of Cervical Cancer Associated with High Vaccination Rates, August 7, 2018

Dr. Peter Breggin: Covid-19 and the Global Predators

CDC allows hospitals to classify dead vaxxed people as “unvaccinated”

Project Veritas: FDA Official Wants ‘Nazi Germany Registry’ for Unvaccinated Americans, September 22, 2021

Defiant Ohio Sheriff Says ‘No’ to Enforcing Vaccine Mandates

You Can No Longer Ignore the Call

By Rob Pue

I don’t know about you, but for me, this has been a tough year. It’s been even harder than last year, mentally and emotionally. It’s hard to not become depressed when you see what’s happening to our country and our world, when you see how the demonic realm seems to have total control now, of the entire planet. Of course, the demons that influence and inhabit the Luciferian globalists only have as much power as God Almighty allows them to have, but clearly, at least for now, it seems they’ve been given authority to do as they please.

In spite of the fact that I’ve been sounding the warning for more than two decades in ministry — and others far longer than I have — it seems the Church in America has paid no attention at all. We have church-goers with faith a mile wide but only an inch deep. Biblical illiteracy is truly pandemic and the people are destroyed for lack of knowledge. They go to church simply to “feel good.” They will tolerate everything carnal and worldly but will not tolerate sound biblical doctrine.

How quickly we have fallen! God, in His great mercy, gave us chance after chance after chance to repent. His patience with us was well beyond anything we deserved. From Heaven, the Holy Spirit continued to loudly blast the warning as well: “Repent!” Yet we refused to hear and heed every warning, preferring instead to remain in our comfort, affluence and apathy toward spiritual matters. 1 Thessalonians 5 reminds us, “Do not quench the Spirit. Do not despise prophecies. Test all things; hold fast what is good. Abstain from every form of evil.” In one ear and out the other for most, if they ever heard that to begin with.

The LORD warned His people through the prophet Isaiah in chapter 30 of his book, “Now go, write it before them on a tablet, and note it on a scroll, that it may be for time to come, forever and ever: That this is a rebellious people, lying children, children who will not hear the law of the Lord; Who say to the seers, ‘Do not see,’ and to the prophets, ‘Do not prophesy to us right things; speak to us smooth things, prophesy deceits. Get out of the way, turn aside from the path. Cause the Holy One of Israel to cease from before us.’ Therefore thus says the Holy One of Israel: ‘Because you despise this word, and trust in oppression and perversity, and rely on them, therefore this iniquity shall be to you like a breach ready to fall, a bulge in a high wall, whose breaking comes suddenly, in an instant.’” In one ear and out the other.

Today we find ourselves in a socialist nation, ruled by lawless tyrants. Where once the Word of God was our Foundation, our Rock, the conviction of every heart, the Textbook in every school, that sacred Book on which our leaders took their oaths of office and to which they pledged their vows of integrity and honor, we now live in a country that’s forgotten God, and has even come to despise Him. So here we are.

This year is harder for me than last year because last year, I still held out a shred of hope that our Creator might yet show us His great mercy and spare us what has now come. I prayed for repentance in the land — a land laboring under the tremendous burden of blood guilt and every sort of wickedness and perversion. I prayed for a great revival and awakening of God’s people. Perhaps that prayer has been answered. Many, most definitely, have had a great personal revival of their faith and Christian conviction, and many have awoken from their apathy and slumber. But this remnant is small, and we seem to have no voice among the cacophony of God-haters.

But then, God’s Word said it would be this way. Jesus said we would be hated of all men. In Mark 13, Jesus warned, “But watch out for yourselves, for they will deliver you up to councils, and you will be beaten in the synagogues. You will be brought before rulers and kings for My sake, for a testimony to them…brother will betray brother to death, and a father his child; and children will rise up against parents and cause them to be put to death. And you will be hated by all for My name’s sake. But he who endures to the end shall be saved.”

Are you ready for that, friends? The time is upon us now. Faithful Christ-followers are, right now, being delivered up to “councils.” Those who dare try to warn and speak truth in our modern American churches may not be being physically ‘beaten’ — yet. But they’re certainly not welcome. The faithful of Christ are, right now, being brought before rulers and kings and county health officials and judges and they ARE giving testimony as the Holy Spirit speaks through them. Yet the persecution continues. And it’s clear that family members will soon be made to betray one another, as their lives are threatened by the “New World Order” Luciferians.

I stated earlier that we’re now living in a socialist nation, ruled by lawless tyrants. I didn’t say “socialism is coming.” It’s already here, friends. The wheels were set in motion long ago and now we have arrived. We have not learned from history. Not from biblical history nor from secular world history. Our downfall was inevitable once we tossed the Word of God out of our schools and ceased teaching God’s truths to our children. But like all third-world countries that have fallen to Socialism and Communism, it began with a political coup. A corrupt election in which an illegitimate leader was placed into power. We’ve seen it time and again in recent history.

How many countries have had coups such as this, and then the world denounces the election as a fraud, and refuses to acknowledge the new leadership as legitimate? The people of these countries then proceed to suffer under great tyranny. By the way, our country is also guilty of instigating coups such as this around the world. Now other countries have helped to accomplish it here.

November 3rd was a coup, make no mistake. But we still held out hope that because it was such an obvious coup, justice would prevail. That was not to be, when those who were supposed to be on the side of “good” refused to bring justice on January 6th. Just as we’ve seen in third-world countries when a coup takes place, our US Capitol was surrounded by a high fence topped with razor wire, to protect the illegitimate regime. Our Constitution, which, for all practical purposes, was done away with years ago, did not save us either.

And just as we’ve seen in other places where such coups have taken place, the tyranny immediately began. Dissidents and protestors were illegally arrested and jailed. We still have at least 600 political prisoners being held without bail or legal recourse. Let us not forget about them.

Let us also remember Venezuela. Once the wealthiest nation in Latin America, Venezuela has fallen to Socialism. Their Constitution was replaced with a new Socialist Constitution in 1999. The new version declared employment, healthcare and housing as basic rights that must be provided by the State. The government also took control of agriculture and manufacturing, marking the end of the free market there. Then redistribution of land and wealth, uncontrolled government spending on social welfare programs, such as subsidized food, education and healthcare. When the money ran out, they simply printed more, thereby devaluing the currency, which led to hyperinflation.

This made it nearly impossible for the majority of citizens to purchase food, medicine and other necessities. Inflation there is now at 1 million percent. Children and adults alike are dying of hunger, innocent people are being killed by the Venezuelan security forces and millions of citizens are deprived of basic freedom.

According to Human Rights Watch, the illegitimate government of Nicolas Maduro is responsible for “extrajudicial executions” and forced “disappearances.” They have jailed political opponents, prosecuted civilians in military courts, tortured detainees and punished all dissenters. Venezuelans fleeing repression and shortages of food, medicine and basic healthcare represents the largest migration crisis in recent Latin American history. There are persistent concerns over brutal policing practices, impunity for human rights violations, lack of judical independence and harassment of human rights defenders and independent media.

Nearly 6 million have fled their country since 2014, but finding no refuge in other countries, it’s estimated that 150,000 or more have been forced to return — to face torture and death.

I could go on about the situation in Venezuela, but this is what Socialism brings. And Socialism is merely a stepping-stone to Communism, the ultimate goal of the New World Order Luciferian tyrants. Look also at the living conditions in other countries that have suffered the same fate: Angola, Bangladesh, Bolivia, China, Cuba, Ecuador, El Salvador, Ethiopia, Laos, Nepal, Nicaragua, North Korea. …Look at CANADA.

Following the November 3rd coup here in America, we are now under an illegitimate tyrannical regime. We have a Constitution in name only. It hasn’t been followed in decades. Our justice system is corrupt. Indeed, it seems their main goal is to protect criminals, while persecuting all who object. Hillary Clinton’s crimes; Obama’s crimes, Hunter Biden’s crimes, Joe Biden’s crimes; Anthony Fauci’s crimes — all completely ignored by the FBI, the DOJ, the House, the Senate, the Supreme Court and everyone else, while Constitutional Patriots and Christians are now declared “the most dangerous threat to our nation.”

Now the Tyrant-in-Chief has ruled jab mandates must be enforced. With no power to do so, he has coerced private businesses to carry out his edicts. Mandatory injections for all military and government employees. Mandatory injections of all employees of companies with 100 or more workers — or employers face a $14,000 fine for each “violation.” We no longer have autonomy over our own bodies. And in this post-truth world we’re living in today, real science is forbidden. We KNOW what’s in the “kill shots” — thousands of reputable doctors and researchers have been able to tell us the truth, at the risk of losing everything, including their lives. More people have died from these injections in six months than have died from all other REAL vaccines in history. So make no mistake: the COVID jab is not a “vaccine.” It’s a deliberate “kill shot” and they intend to force it into as many human beings as possible.

The increase in COVID cases and deaths that we’ve seen in recent months has nothing to do with any “variant” or virus mutation. It’s the JAB that’s killing people. Whistle-blower doctors and nurses have clearly stated that those who are dying now are the “vaccinated.” Not the “unvaccinated.” But still, the Tyrant requires more blood, more death.

Because this is beyond just him. This is beyond just the United States. Friends, it’s now world-wide. The Luciferians have made their “Great Reset” plan known. Their “Utopian” New World Order doesn’t include us, because most of us will be dead. THAT is the plan. Those who manage to survive will simply be their slaves. THAT is the goal. Yet so many have been brainwashed and coerced into compliance. They don’t want to lose their lives of luxury and ease. They want to be able to travel. They want to keep their stuff. Understand, the days of luxury and ease are over. You can’t keep your “stuff” and very likely, you won’t be able to keep your life either.

And the brainwashing continues. It’s in the atmosphere. Just the other day, I had a conversation with a Christian friend who stated it would be better to just go to the FEMA camp “green zones” they’re setting up for us than to be outcasts from society, fugitives, “outlaws.” “At least we’ll be with other people, at least we’ll have friends there,” they said. Make no mistake, they call them “Green Zones” because calling them “concentration camps” would not be expedient to their cause. The only thing “green” there will be the mold on your daily crust of bread, after you’ve been beaten and tortured and if you’ve behaved properly during your daily “re-education” classes.

Friends, understand, the country we grew up in has been overthrown. There is no longer any “political” solution. Our only hope is in Jesus. Even as we descend now, into abject slavery here in the US, we can still cry out to God for His mercy and grace upon US, as individuals. Our nation has been judged and judgment was long overdue. But today is the day of salvation. You can no longer ignore the call. Today is our opportunity for individual repentance. Turn to God. And remember we overcome the enemy ONLY by the word of our testimony, by the blood of the Lamb, and loving not our own lives, even unto death. And please — don’t cower in fear. We have nothing to fear. If we are His children, He will never leave us or forsake us, even in the darkest of days.

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066 or email: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com. Ask for message number 336.

COVID-19 Vaccine Facts Media Ignores, Part 1

By Roger Anghis

For the last two years, all we’ve heard was how dangerous COVID-19 is. I had it in October of last year. Every cold I ever had was worse than my bout with COVID-19. That was not the case with a friend who ended up in the hospital twice because of it. I also had a friend die who had COVID-19 but he had other health problems including diabetes. I am not saying that it isn’t dangerous but it does have a 99.998% survival rate. The H1N1 virus in 2010-2011 had a mortality rate of 1%-4%[1] But COVID-19 has been dismal in comparison. Data on deaths following COVID-19 vaccination were obtained from the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS) from December 11, 2020, through January 8, 2021. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) COVID Data Tracker was used to identify the total number of people receiving COVID-19 vaccines during the same period to estimate the mortality rate. Stratified analysis was conducted by the location of vaccination. Results: As of January 8, 2021, 55 deaths were reported (.00005% mortality rate), and the mortality rate of COVID-19 vaccination was 8.2 per million population (.000008% mortality rate). A total of 37 deaths were reported among long-term care facility residents, and the mortality rate was 53.4 per million population. Top reported comorbidities associated with deaths included hypertension, dementia, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), diabetes, and heart failure. In addition, dementia was more likely to be associated with deaths vaccinated at long-term care facilities than at other locations.[2]

I never believed the numbers they gave out on the amount of COVID-19 cases we experienced. Its symptoms are quite similar to the regular flu. People that died of heart failure were listed as COVID-19 victims. One thing I noticed was the flu simply disappeared. From 2012 to 2020 the average annual number of cases of influenza was 33,250,000, but the 2020-2021 season only saw 1822 cases. If you believe that, I have a bridge I’d like to sell you. Here is information straight off the CDC website:

Age Group:             Infection Fatality Rate:                       Survival Rate:
0-19                          0.00003%                                              99.997%
20-49                       0.0002%                                                 99.998%
50-69                       0.0054%                                                 99.5%
70+                           0.054%                                                    94.6%

The H1N1 virus was much worse than this and there were no lockdowns, no mask mandates no vaccine mandates. One has to ask what is the difference. I have my theories and I doubt that I am wrong. Democrats are trying to take advantage of the chance they have to grab as much power as they can. They stole the 2020 election, the special Senate election in Georgia, and the recall election in California. It is only Democrat-run states, with few exceptions, that are still pushing lockdowns, mask mandates, and forced vaccines. I would like to remind my readers that in 2011 Bill Gates called for depopulation through forced vaccination. You have to remember that democrats actually believe in climate change and that the world is too populated. The Georgia Guidestones calls for the reduction of the world’s population to around what they consider ‘sustainable’, 500,000,000 people,[3] the same figure that Bill Gates thinks we need to reduce the population to.

There are hundreds of articles that address the dangers of this vaccine. The Pfizer and Moderna vaccines are what is called mRNA technology. The inventor of the technology, Dr. Robert Malone, says that no one should take the shot: Dr. Robert Malone invented the mRNA technology, which has been used to create the Pfizer and Moderna COVID vaccines. He has been speaking out about the dangers of the COVID shot, such as the damages the Coronavirus spike protein causes in the body. In this interview with Del Bigtree, Dr. Robert Malone calls for a stop of COVID vaccines. He explains that the COVID vaccine can cause an enhanced immune response, which creates a worse reaction when exposed to the natural coronavirus. He says that it can create autoimmunities in the the body. Dr. Robert Malone also said that the spike protein is the most dangerous part of the virus (which is in the COVID vaccine) is similar to spike proteins in our bodies, and can open up (not just pass through) the blood brain barrier. This has very dangerous implications for the human body, and why there have been so many adverse reactions to the COVID vaccine.[4] This explains why Israel, the most vaccinated country in the world has a massive amount of people vaccinated yet still get COVID-19: “95% of the severe patients are vaccinated”. “85-90% of the hospitalizations are in Fully vaccinated people.” “We are opening more and more COVID wards.” “The effectiveness of the vaccine is waning/fading out”.[5] Just what good is a vaccine that doesn’t protect you from the virus unless it wasn’t intended to be a vaccine. One doctor, Dr. Mercola, says that this vaccine is not a vaccine at all but gene therapy. mRNA “vaccines” created by Moderna and Pfizer are gene therapies. They fulfill all the definitions of gene therapy and none of the definitions for a vaccine. This matters because you cannot mandate a gene therapy against COVID-19 any more than you can force entire populations to undergo gene therapy for a cancer they do not have and may never be at risk for

mRNA contains genetic instructions for making various proteins. mRNA “vaccines” deliver a synthetic version of mRNA into your cells that carry the instruction to produce the SARS-CoV-2 spike protein, the antigen, that then activates your immune system to produce antibodies
The only one benefiting from an mRNA “vaccine” is the vaccinated individual, since all they are designed to do is lessen clinical symptoms associated with the S-1 spike protein. Since you’re the only one who will reap a benefit, it makes no sense to demand you accept the risks of the therapy “for the greater good” of your community
Since mRNA “vaccines” do not meet the medical and/or legal definition of a vaccine — at least not until the CDC redefined “vaccine” — marketing them as such is a deceptive practice that violates the law that governs advertising of medical practices
SARS-CoV-2 has not even been proven to be the cause of COVID-19. So, a gene therapy that instructs your body to produce a SARS-CoV-2 antigen — the viral spike protein — cannot be said to be preventive against COVID-19, as the two have not been shown to be causally linked

This information came from Mercola’s site but has been forced to remove information concerning the truth about this vaccine within 48 hours of posting it. Nice how our government treats people who attempt to inform us of the truth.

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

The Truth About Mass Extinction Vaccines

by Lex Greene

Don’t ask me why because I don’t know…yet. But the graphs presented in this piece were captured directly from the CDC-VAERS site, updated as of September 17, 2021, as so indicated.

In this first VAERS image, notice that the report numbers the total COVID19 vaccine adverse events reported at 726,963 Americans, as of 9/17/21. It’s no secret that as much as 99% of all adverse events go unreported, or that these reports are highly incomplete of the real total number of adverse events caused by the so-called vaccines, just since January 1, 2021. (The real number of vaccine adverse events could number between 7-million and 70-million.)

In this next graph presented by the CDC and VAERS, you can see that for 30-years since the creation of the VAERS reporting system, the reporting of adverse vaccine DEATH reports remained very low and constant throughout.

However, beginning in December 2020 with the first COVID19 vaccines hitting the open market, and escalating every day since, the adverse event DEATH reports have skyrocketed to levels never before seen in 30-years of vaccine adverse event reporting.

This graph proves beyond any doubt whatsoever, that these vaccines are extraordinarily dangerous and even fatal, unlike any vaccine used in history. It also proves beyond any doubt, that all of the so-called “experts” forcing the vaccines on humanity, are well aware of these indisputable facts. Yet, they all continue to lie about it through the government censored media and social media, ratcheting up the pressure on every man, woman, and child, to shut up and “take the shot!” It’s mere mass propaganda.

It further proves that the American news media either doesn’t engage in investigative journalism anymore, or that they too, are intentionally lying to the public as they continue to conceal vital information regarding these vaccines (mRNA bioweapons) causing illness, permanent damage and even death to countless American citizens.

Last, the next CDC graph demonstrates that people are dying from these vaccines at an alarming rate, and that a high percentage die within the first 7-days of receiving these vaccines, by all manufacturers. This explains why the CDC has issued the directive to not count anyone as “vaccinated” until two weeks after receiving the inoculation. Most who have died from the vaccination, died within the first few days after receiving the shot.

But you can also see that people continued dying after the first few days, although in smaller numbers so far, based on the data currently posted by the CDC and VAERS.

Medical professionals have been directed to not count anyone as “vaccinated” until 14-days after their vaccination, seemingly because most who have died from taking one of these vaccines, died within that 14-day period. Therefore, they are not being marked as “vaccine related deaths” even though thousands have died within minutes, hours, or days of taking one of the inoculations.

If you think that any of the vaccines in current use have been “approved by the FDA,” you’re wrong. They have only been approved for “emergency use.” Obviously, anyone who is not sick, not showing any symptoms of being sick, is not experiencing a “medical emergency.” No “boosters” have been FDA approved either, but they are all in use today.

A few days ago, I wrote about an independent Vaccine Death Report. Ahead of that, I issued a report on an exported copy of actual VAERS event reports and posted them for everyone to see. That report was pulled for all types of adverse post-vaccine events. But when you start reading these reports, you will note that even most that were not originally filed as “death reports,” later died.

In fact, before resigning their posts as heads of the vaccine review and approval board at the FDA, the two top officials of that department refused to approve the vaccines or any booster, again.

As the old saying goes, if there’s nothing to hide, why is everyone working so hard to hide it all?

Many “front-line” doctors and nurses are being relieved of their positions for refusing to take these vaccines. Hundreds of “expert” doctors all over the world are working hard to stop the fatal use of these vaccines, and they too, are coming under extreme attacks for speaking the truth in an effort to save innocent citizens.

Meanwhile, even the “pro-vax” experts are insisting that their own vaccines do not protect anyone from infection, illness, or death, calling upon their patients to still wear a mask and avoid the “unvaxxed,” even though they have allegedly been inoculated against COVID19. Now they are telling the vaxxed that they will need to keep taking more vaccines, maybe for life, of the same type and form that are currently not saving any lives, while indeed, costing other lives.

Even Hollywood could never dream up a horror story to rival this disaster that has been thrust upon global citizens for the past 20-months. It’s nothing short of gross inhumanity.

Then we can talk about the illnesses caused by breathing our own toxins under a mask, the mental and social damage done by preventing normal human contact, and the economic doom impending as a result of the ongoing interruption in all global economic activity. Meanwhile, U.S. Democrats are rushing to force through more than $3.5 Trillion in more vote-buying spending, leading the USA to more than $35-trillion in unsustainable debt.

In speaking with numerous medical professionals over the past 20-months, the common message has been unmistakable. COVID19 is the biggest tyrannical medical scam ever perpetrated on mankind, throughout world history.

Why do we have to rely on secondary news sources to get the truth presented in this video interview by Dr. Carrie Madej HERE? Or, any other truth?

Can you explain why the USA is ranked #1 in COVID Deaths in the world, with an alleged 2,127 deaths per million from COVID, while China, where the Wuhan Flu was first released from a Wuhan bioweapons facility, is rated #111 in the world, with only 3 COVID deaths per million population?

Can you explain why Israel, the most vaxxed country on earth, is ranked #30, with a reported 824 deaths per million, after vaccinating almost the entire country? Can you explain why the most vulnerable in society, the aging with comorbidities, were placed at the top priority for deadly vaccines, killing thousands in nursing homes?

Can you explain why we allegedly have a 300% increase in COVID cases and related deaths in 2021 over 2020, in a 70% vaccinated America today? Or why other countries like the UK, are reporting that 2/3 of their new COVID cases are fully “vaccinated?”

Are the unvaxxed really a threat to the vaxxed? Or are the vaxxed the real threat now, the Delta variant“super-spreaders?”

Can you explain why over 70% of the U.S. medical community is going along with this insanity? I can…

55% of all hospital revenue comes from Medicare and Medicaid, aka the Federal Government. Through these agencies, the Federal Government controls which medical treatments are “approved” for use by the medical community. The Federal government simply will not pay for any treatment that is not approved for use by the Federal government.
Only 45% of all hospital revenue comes from private insurance. But the hospitals are held to government approved treatments (under Medicare and Medicaid) even when it’s being covered by private insurance. If the hospital breaks rank with federal mandates, they could lose all Medicare and Medicaid funding, (55% of the revenue), even if the breach is for a patient covered by private insurance.YOUR DOCTOR IS NOT IN CONTROL OF YOUR MEDICAL CARE! The Federal Government is…
After years and thousands spent to become a medical professional, most simply do not want to lose their job, their income, and their license to practice, by issuing treatments that have been prohibited by the federal government via the CDC, Medicare, and Medicaid, such as prescribing Hydroxychloroquine and Ivermectin.

When we actually stop following the government experts and instead, “follow the real science,” there is only one way to make sense of any of this…

Nothing we have done over the past 20-months has “followed the science” on how to properly treat any coronavirus event. In fact, what has been done is 100% in direct opposition to how the medical community has dealt with past coronavirus events for decades. The public has even been denied the very treatments known to quickly and quietly cure SARS1 (2002-2004), Hydroxychloroquine.

Instead, Dr. Fauci rushed approval in 2020 for the use of his drug Remdesivir, now being blamed for the deaths of numerous other COVID patients.

All scientific evidence points in one direction… that there is a mass extinction event underway. Deeper research indicates that COVID19 was not the first of these events, and it won’t be the last either. We expect to see more “new viruses” emerging from the same folks who brought us SARS1 and SARS2, COVID19, the Delta variant and now these fatal vaccines.

The real science is quite clear! Masks don’t work and neither do the so-called vaccines…in fact, the vaccines are killing, and so are the masks.

God help us all if I’m right!

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

An Agenda for World Domination is Real

By Tom DeWeese

For the better part of thirty years I have been trying to sound the alarm over the dangers of Agenda 21 to human society. For my efforts I have been labeled a conspiracy theorists, spreading fear and hate against a reasonable and sound desire to simply protect the environment for future generations.

The Southern Poverty Law Center has issued four separate reports on me. I’ve been attacked on the front page of the Sunday New York Times. Atlantic Magazine scoffed that we Anti-Agenda 21 nuts declared that the UN was using “bike paths to achieve world domination.” And Newsweek called us Extremists who are spreading untruths about Agenda 21 to discredit the UN by claiming it is a attempting to enforce a New World Order to “seize private property and advance the causes of communism and to crush all dissent.” And on and on the charges have gone.

The funny thing about those charges is that all I have ever done is quote the proponents of Agenda 21 and its policy of Sustainable Development. It started with Agenda 21, then we got a remake called Agenda 2030, followed by the Green New Deal, and most recently the Great Reset. In every case, proponents assure us it’s all just a progressive (and voluntary) drive toward a better life for everyone.

Well, is it? I have an idea! Why don’t I let them tell us in their own words – you know – the ones I’ve been quoting for the past thirty years. Then you can decide for yourselves – conspiracy theory – or threat to all human society?

In Their Own Words – Not Mine!

Comprehensive Blue Print for the Reorganization of Human Society

“The common enemy of humanity is man. In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill. All of these dangers are caused by human intervention, and it is only through changed attitudes and behavior that they can be over come. The real enemy then, is humanity itself.” Club of Rome

“Effective execution of Agenda 21 will require a profound reorientation of all human society, unlike anything the world has ever experienced. A major shift in the priorities of both governments and individuals and an unprecedented redeployment of human and financial resources. This shift will demand that a concern for the environmental consequences of every human action be integrated into individual and collective decision-making at every level.” United Nations on Agenda 21

“Current lifestyles and consumption patterns of the affluent middle class – involving high meat intake, use of fossil fuels, appliances, air-conditioning, and suburban housing – are not sustainable.” Maurice Strong, Chairman UN Earth Summit 1992

“We must go through a wrenching transformation to rid us of the horrors of the Twentieth Century’s Industrial Revolution.” Al Gore, Earth in the Balance

Climate Change – Truth or Fiction – It Doesn’t Matter

“We’ve got to ride this global warming issue. Even if the theory of global warming is wrong we will be doing the right thing in terms of economic and environmental policy.”

Timothy Wirth (President, United Nations Foundation)

“No matter if the science of global warming is all phony…climate change provides the greatest opportunity to bring about justice and equality in the world.”

Christine Stewart (Former Canadian Minister of the Environment)

“It doesn’t matter what is true. It only matters what people believe is true.”

Paul Watson (co-founder of Green Peace.)

“This is the first time in the history of mankind that we are setting ourselves the task of intentionally, within a defined period of time, to change the economic development model that has been reigning for at least 150 years, since the industrial revolution.”

Christiana Figueres (Executive Secretary, UN Framework Convention on Climate Change)

Population Control – Get Rid of the Worthless Humans

“My three main goals would be to reduce human population to about 100 million world-wide, destroy the industrial infrastructure and see wilderness, with its full complement of species returning throughout the world…”

Dave Foreman (Co-founder of Earth First)

“The native ecosystems and the collective needs of non-human species must take precedence over the needs and desires of humans.”

Reed Noss, (A Creator of the Wildlands Project)

“Human beings, as a species have no more value than slugs.”

John Davis (Editor of Earth First Journal).

“Among environmentalists sharing two or three beers, the notion is quite common that, if only some calamity could wipe out the human race, other species might once again have a chance.” Richard Conniff (Audubon Magazine)

“If I were reincarnated I would wish to return to Earth as a killer virus to lower human population levels.” Prince Phillip (World Wildlife Fund)

“Childbearing should be a punishable crime against society, unless the parents hold a government license. All potential parents should be required to use contraceptive chemicals, the government issuing antidotes to citizens chosen for childbearing.”

David Brower, Sierra Club

Sustainable = Globalism

“All countries and all stakeholders, acting in collaborative partnership, will implement this plan… We are determined to take the bold and transformative steps which are urgently needed to shift the world onto a sustainable and resilient path. As we embark on this collective journey, we pledge that no one will be left behind.”

Preamble to Agenda 2030

“The emerging ‘environmentalization’ of our civilization and the need for vigorous action in the interest of the entire global community will inevitably have multiple political consequences. Perhaps the most important of them will be a gradual change in the status of the United Nations. Inevitably, it must assume some aspects of world government.” Mikhail Gorbachev (address to the State of the World Forum)

“A massive campaign must be launched to de-develop the United States. De-Development means bringing our economic system into line with the realities of ecology and the world resource situation.” Paul Ehrlich (Prof of Population Studies, Stanford U.)

Enforcing the Global Agenda Locally

“Regionalism must precede Globalism. We foresee a seamless system of governance from local communities, individual states, regional unions, and up through the United Nations itself.” UN Commission on Global Governance

“No one fully understands how, or even if, sustainable development can be achieved. However, there is growing consensus that it must be accomplished at the local level if it is to be achieved on a global basis.”

The Local Agenda 21 Planning Guide, published by ICLEA, 1996

“We believe planning should be a tool for allocating resources…and eliminating the great inequalities of wealth and power in our society…because the free market has proven incapable of doing this.” Statement of Principles, Plannersnetwork.org, American Planning Association.

Resetting the Entire Economic System

“What then is the most effective transition strategy? The essential aim is not to fight against consumer-capitalist society, but to build the alternative to it.”

Author Ted Trainer, Transition to a Sustainable and Just World.

“Simply shutting down the economy is not going to get us to our goal. So, just like we need innovation for COVID-19, we also need to get rid of emissions from all the different sectors and bring down climate change… This crosses many areas, transportation, industry, electricity, all those things, and agriculture – contribute to emissions…”

Bill Gates on the Covid lockdowns.

“Individual rights will have to take a back seat to the collective.”

Harvey Ruvin (ICLEI)

“The right to full employment and ending unemployment by guaranteeing a job at a living wage in a safe workplace, empowered by labor unions; single-payer Medicare for all, tuition-free education from pre-school to college, and the right to affordable housing.” The Economic Bill Of Rights – the Green New Deal

“Within a year, 77% of institutional investors intend to stop buying into companies that aren’t, in some way, Sustainable. If it’s not done by following Sustainable rules, it will not be financed.” The Great Reset

“No industry or business will be spared from the impact of these challenges. Millions of companies risk disappearing and many industries face an uncertain future; a few will thrive.” Klaus Schwab, Covnd-19: The Great Reset

“The chaotic growth of cites will be replaced by a dynamic system of urban settlement…The region is formed by the economic interdependence of its development… The region has a single system of transportation, a centralized administration, and a united system of education and research.”

Soviet Russian architect Alexei Gutnov. The Ideal Communist City. 1968

Well, there you have it. Now what do think they really want? Am I the nut for simply telling on them? There are tons more quotes I could use, but it would just be over-kill.

Our nation is in chaos,

with our economy locked down,
the ability to own and control our own property is disappearing,
the public schools are becoming factories turning out compliant global village idiots,
the national debt is soaring,
gas prices are skyrocketing,
the nation’s health care system is being destroyed,
Christianity is being assaulted,
and the growing threat of a total surveillance society is watching our every move.

Do you see any connection to the above quotes and these current realities taking place across the globe?

It’s interesting to note that Klaus Schwab, head of the World Economic Forum, issued his book titled Covid 19; The Great Reset, claiming it is based on what has been learned during the Covid lockdown. Yet the book was published in August, 2020, just five months into the lockdown. The purpose of the book, claims Schwab, is to take what we learned during the lockdown to guide us on how to govern in this new, dangerous era. The book clearly hints that the pandemic is a result of man-made climate change, and we will suffer endless pandemics unless we reorder society – exactly the same message of Agenda 21.

Considering that an idea for a book takes time to conceive, research, write and then publish – to do it all within five months from the beginning of the pandemic, is either super human — or the Covid experience and its Great Reset were all planned way in advance. Add to that the fact that Dr. Fuchi said in 2017 that Donald Trump was definitely going to face a surprise pandemic – well you get the picture.

Let me finish with one more quote. This one is from my friend and powerful warrior against Agenda 21, the late Rosa Koire. “UN Agenda 21/Sustainable Development is the action plan to inventory and control all land, all water, all minerals, all plants, all animals, all construction, all means of production, all information, all energy, and all human beings in the world. INVENTORY AND CONTROL!”

That’s what we are truly facing. That is what every one of these quotes is advocating – regulation of every aspect of our lives to enforce their agenda to inventory and control everything on earth. Their words – not mine!

Either we stand up to stop it, or suffer the consequences. I rest my case!

E-Mail Tom DeWeese: Contact Tom DeWeese

Save My Mommy’s Life – Traumatic Update!

By Jytte Walter

Dear NWV Readers,

Our daughter-in-law, Tiffany, was making great progress with the alternative treatment she was given through Hope For Cancer in Tijuana and everyone was elated and thankful to the healing powers of God and to the generosity of you and other donors.

The small tumors in her breast disappeared, the lymph node was shrinking and the main tumor was calcifying.

Then she started getting new symptoms and we all got a shock! The cancer is spreading. We are dumb founded! Why?

She was due to go back to the clinic for an update and further treatment and left last Monday. Family and friends thankfully jumped in to babysit for Keira, so dad could go to work. Little Keira is so full of energy and joy! And, thankfully, she’s too little to understand. She just misses mom, when she’s gone. They are very close.

Tiffany is returning today and we are anxious to hear what the clinic’s new plan of attack is. Click below on Go-Fund-Me and Tiffany will explain how she discovered her new symptoms.

We are still hopeful and have not given up by far. But please continue to keep her in your prayers. We need all the help we can get.

With much appreciation and love,

Jytte Walter

Tiffany posted a new update to “Help Save A Young Mothers Life”

Hello Everyone, Unfortunately this update is not as positive as the last. We have hit a speed bump in my healing journey. For the past month, I have been feeling pain in … Click Here to Read the Rest.

Tiffany Kerwin E-Mail: newbornlivinginfo@gmail.com

Critical Mass

By Andrew C. Wallace

Consensus Before Critical Mass, Confrontation, and Freedom.

(A) WE, AS AMERICANS, MUST HAVE CONSENSUS ON THE ISSUES BEFORE WE CAN ATTAIN CRITICAL MASS AND CONFRONT BIDEN (”THE USURPER”) AND HIS INSURRECTIONISTS TO REGAIN OUR FREEDOM.

This paper is not an academic exercise, it is deadly serious, every word is critical, and chosen for its exact meaning. It is written as succinctly as possible.

First of all , we must accept the fact that we are at War with the PSRRC and their Communist minions including Biden,”THE USURPER”, who overthrew our Constitutional Government in an election insurrection.

Biden, “THE USURPER”, and his Faux Administration have absolutely no Constitutional Authority or Legitimate Power, none. The power they exercise is fake, but it can still harm you until we stop them.

Our Enemy is the “Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class” (PSRRC) who run this country by controlling everybody, including Biden, ”THE USURPER”, using money and power.
Elected officials, Bureaucrats, Corporate Officials, Judges, Military Flag Officers, Media, POTUS, SCOTUS, DOD, FBI, DOJ, CIA et al. take orders from the PSRRC. Remember these are minions who take orders from the few in the PSRRC; they do not call the shots.

People must realize that BOTH political parties also take orders from the PSRRC.
Members of BOTH parties are mostly corrupt Quislings. Democrats are Communists, and most Republicans, except for “America First” Republicans , are cowardly fellow travelers.

(B) THE FOLLOWING CRIMINAL AND UNCONSTITUTIONAL ACTIONS BY THE PSRRC AND THEIR COMMUNIST INSURRECTIONISTS ARE RAPIDLY DESTROYING OUR COUNTRY AND WE MUST STOP THEM BEFORE IT IS TOO LATE:

Social Security, Medical Care, Voting Rights, American Dream and all government benefits are being destroyed by open borders and illegal invaders. The Military must be used to close borders and deport every last illegal; otherwise, fed-up citizen militias will make a bloody mess of it.

2. “Green New Deal” is a scam causing the inability to heat and cool our homes. It is also increasing the cost of all consumer goods and services to an unattainable level.

3. “Climate Change” can’t be controlled and is a hoax designed to enrich the PSRRC at our expense.

4. Printing Fiat money is impoverishing us.
Unlimited distribution of Fiat money “in the short run” is misleading the public into expecting a national income program that is economically impossible, period. This flood of fiat money must end now as it is causing economic collapse and inflation.

5. The SCOTUS, DOD, DOJ, FBI, CIA, et al. could have prevented the overthrow of our Republic if they would have obeyed the Constitution, but they ignored their Oaths and were compromised. Most of the ranking officials should be charged, fired or impeached and the FBI should be disbanded.

6. COVID-19 and Related Shots, are the largest, Deliberate, Genocidal Global War on people ever attempted to gain power and control. This was a cooperative action by the Chinese Communists and our own National Institutes of Health. It is now clear that the horrendous loss of life and economic destruction was deliberate and expected. All related measures to control the people are unconstitutional.

7. Many of our so-called “Officials and Judges” will not comply with Constitutional requirements for elections, leaving citizens no other remedy or option, but confrontation.

8. Biden, “THE USURPER” and his associates committed treason when they issued unlawful orders to Border Patrol, NGOs and others to ignore existing laws. These unlawful directives ordered, among other things, that borders be open and that illegal invaders be allowed to inter America and be transported and cared for at government expense. Those who complied with these unlawful orders are also guilty of treason. (Research the Nuremberg Code for yourselves!)

9. It is impossible to prosecute Biden, “THE USURPER” and his fellow travelers for treason for giving aid and comfort to illegal invaders and overthrowing our Republic until we have an uncompromised, functual law enforcement and justice system.

(C) IF WE HAVE CONSENSUS ON THE PRECEDING POINTS WE ARE AT CRITICAL MASS, AND MUST PROCEED AT ONCE WITH CONFRONTATION AS THE ONLY REMAINING ALTERNATIVE.

CONFRONTATION is absolutely essential because it is the only action that can be effective with the “Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class”(PSRRC) and their Communist minions. Writing, speaking , demonstrations, parades, and protests have been to no avail and are almost a waste of time, and are an opportunity to be framed by the FBI.

Confrontation must be accomplished even though it is fraught with real danger for both parties. Communists and their greedy partners in the PSRRC are noted for their violence, and no crime is beneath them.

There will be conflict when compromised Federal Officials who have no Constitutional Authority (as a result of election insurrection) attempt to enforce some edict on a Citizen.

The Citizen has every RIGHT and DUTY to resist unlawful and criminal actions. Confrontations must occur; there is no lawful alternative available. Citizen’s actions of defiance are supported by the Constitution and Declaration of Independence because faux administration is unconstitutional. I would never say this if we had a legal and legitimate government. Whenever an elected official is required to make a solemn Oath to our Constitution, and fails to obey its mandates, he is disqualified from his Office and his actions are nullified. He is then a usurper operating under color of law, and has no power or authority.

Citizen actions of defiance will increase in number, and the Communist Administration, as they have done recently , will respond violently, while the FBI frames everyone involved, as is their SOP.

The people, not being forgiving, or stupid, will respond with guerrilla warfare while continuing face-to-face confrontations. I am not aware of any determined guerrilla force that was ever defeated in the field.

A blood bath can only be averted if the PSRRC and their Communist minions abandon their efforts to destroy our republic and resign from all public offices which they took by fraud, force, and insurrection.

Citizens have no option but to do whatever is required to restore their Constitutional Rights even though they may suffer for doing their duty in the short term. The only other option is oppression, degradation, cruelty, slavery and starvation.

Senior citizens, called “Useless Eaters” by Communists, will be the first to die due to destruction of Social Security, retirement programs and Medicare (mostly caused by illegals and excess fiat money).

It is my duty, obligation and right to exercise my freedom of speech to report my honest appraisal of circumstances. I pray that Donald Trump was not our last President. I welcome all comments except those calling me a racist for telling the truth. I am not a racist and neither is my country, even though it elected a Black racist as president, twice.

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

The Origin of Covid-19— Updated, Part 5

by Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

In Part 3 of this series, I referred to Dr. Peter Daszak (CEO of EcoHealth Alliance) promoting the lab leak theory concerning Covid-19 as a baseless conspiracy theory. However, on September 10, 2021 THE TELEGRAPH published Science Editor Sarah Knapton’s article “Revealed: How scientists who dismissed Wuhan lab theory are linked to Chinese researchers” with the subtitle “Cover-up alleged over LANCET letter that effectively shut down scientific debate into whether coronavirus was manipulated or leaked from lab.”

All but one of the 27 scientists who signed the letter had connections with Chinese researchers. Dr. George Gao, head of the Chinese Centre for Disease Control and Prevention, had supported Daszak’s nomination to the National Academy of Sciences. Knapton wrote: “Angus Dalgleish at the University of London and Norwegian scientist Birger Sorensen, who struggled to have work published showing a link between the virus and Wuhan research, said there had been an ‘extreme cover-up.’ Commenting on the discovery that so many of the signatories were linked to China, they said: ‘this article is the first to show beyond reasonable doubt that our entire area of virus research has been contaminated politically. We bear the scars to show it.'”

One of the signatories of the LANCET letter was Prof. Kanta Subbaras, who spoke at a conference in Wuhan on emerging disease in 2016 while she was still chief of Dr. Anthony Fauci’s National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases Emerging Respiratory Viruses Section. Knapton continued: “Five other signatories had all published articles with Prof. Ralph Baric (UNC), who was collaborating with Shi Zhengli and the Wuhan Institute of Virology on research about manipulating coronaviruses to see if they could be made to infect humans. Emails have recently come to light between Mr. Daszak and Prof. Baric ahead of the LANCET letter showing that the pair decided to blur their association in case it looked ‘self-serving.'”

On August 18, 2021, Dr. Rochelle Walensky, head of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) said there are 3 new studies that indicate the efficacy of the vaccines has decreased among people who received their shots early in the pandemic She also indicated that although protection against death and hospitalization is “holding up well,” the vaccines’ effectiveness in preventing severe illness or death is “waning.” One of the new studies indicated the efficacy of the Pfizer and Moderna vaccines against infection has dramatically declined to 53.1%. The CDC’s recommendation? Everybody get a booster shot. But here’s the dirty little secret. Those who get Covid-19 and are treated usually get well unless there is some underlying condition. While they are sick and being treated, they stay isolated and do not infect others. However, those who are vaccinated feel relatively well or asymptomatic, go out amongst the public and can become superspreaders because the vaccines do not prevent transmissibility, especially with the Delta variants. Dr. Walensky admitted this on August 5 told CNN: “Our vaccines are working exceptionally well for Delta with regard to severe illness and death—they prevent it. But what they can’t do anymore is prevent transmission.” You will recall that in one of my previous Parts to this series, I said Delta was the product of a rare double mutation, one which increased the transmissibility of the virus and the other decreased the efficacy of vaccines. I also said it is highly unlikely that Delta appeared by accident and just at the time Covid-19 was coming under control!

There seems to be a massive cover-up regarding what the vaccines are doing to people. For example, have you seen the following reported by the national media and press? Lt. Col. Theresa Long is Brigade Flight Surgeon at Fort Rucker, and the following is from her affidavit in support of a motion for a preliminary injunction order against vaccination.(her entire document can be found online). One of her primary concerns are the complications from myocarditis some of the 4000 people on her military base for whose care she is responsible have developed after receiving vaccinations for Covid-19. She is also concerned about the Polyethylene Glycol (PEG) in a vaccine. She states: “PEG is the active ingredient in antifreeze. While it is hard to believe this is a key ingredient in these vaccines, it would explain the increased cardiovascular risk to users of the BioNTech or Comimaty shots….According to the VAERS data, which admittedly underreports by as much as 100 times the actual SAEs, there are well more than 600,000 documented Serious Adverse Events (ones requiring medical attention) alone and more than 13,000 fatalities directly linked to this particular vaccine….I believe it is reasonable to conclude that many humans are allergic to these dangerous and deadly toxins and therefore should not take vaccinations with either BioNTech or Comimaty….I personally observed the most physically fit female Soldier I have seen in over 20 years years in the Army go from Collegiate level athlete training for Ranger School to being physically debilitated with cardiac problems, newly diagnosed pituitary brain tumor, thyroid dysfunction within weeks of being vaccinated….Today I received word of one fatality and 2 ICU cases on Fort Hood; the deceased was an Army pilot who could have been flying at the time. All three pulmonary embolism events happened within 48 hours of their vaccination. Each person was in top physical condition before the inoculation and each suffered the event within 2 days post vaccination….”

So who do you trust regarding vaccine safety, the media? Where was the media when Monday (September 27) night tens of thousands of New Yorkers took to the streets to protest the Governor’s Vaccine Mandate for all healthcare workers by midnight. And have you seen the media investigating why Walmarts are now stocking “Cadaver (Body) Bags” (video available)? How about hospital doctors? Do you trust them, like the ones at UNC Healthcare in Raleigh, NC who said my mother did not have Covid-19 when she really did and died? How about Brian Legere, a physician at Coastal Pulmonary Medicine in Wilmington, NC where he said on September 9, “To all you who are unvaccinated by choice. F— YOU !!! ” Or how about Dr. Mary Rudyk at Novant Health’s New Hanover Regional Medical Center in Wilmington, NC, who was filmed saying: “So I just want to say we have to be more blunt, we have to be more forceful, we have to see something coming out: ‘If you don’t get vaccinated, you know you are going to die! I guess my feeling at this point in time is, maybe we need to be completely a little bit more scary to the public!”

E-Mail Dennis Cuddy: recordsrevealed@yahoo.com

Shut Up and Pay

by Lee Duigon

Once upon a time—in the real world—if you bought something, if you paid for it… you owned it.

The public pays for what people who don’t know any better call “public education.” But the public doesn’t own it. In that very real sense, “public education” isn’t public. Every moment of instruction, every textbook, school building, teacher pension, administrator’s gorgeous salary, every visual aid, locker, sports equipment—every cent of it, the public pays for.

And has no say in what that money buys.

Which brings us to former Clinton bagman and former governor Terry McAuliffe, now seeking another stint as governor of Virginia (replacing the abortion guy, whatever his name was), who recently had this to say about Virginia’s public schools:

“I don’t think parents should be telling schools what they ought to teach”.

Shut up and pay.

There’s been a great deal of vehement controversy in Virginia lately over what is being taught in public schools. It’s due to the COVID panic: when they closed the schools and required students to try to learn via “remote learning” at home, tens of thousands of parents, for the very first time, saw and heard what their kids were being taught. And they don’t like it. They have descended on their local school board meetings to tell the educators they don’t like it.

Which the Bagman doesn’t think they should do. Just shut up and pay.

What don’t they like?

Well, the biggest fly in the salad is “critical race theory,” which, er, “teaches” kids that white people are born racists, inherently evil, always looking to oppress the other races, and America’s a dirty racist country that has to be radically changed. Children are taught to hate themselves, hate other kids, hate their country, and hate their no-good racist families.

To add insult to injury, school boards usually deny they’re doing this—even as the teachers’ unions double down on it: “We’ll show you, you racists! You aren’t going to stop us from pumping this poison into children’s minds!”

They also “teach” that the whole reason the United States of America was established was to promote and protect slavery.

And when they’re not busy with that, they’re “teaching” the doctrine of Transgender. Trans this, trans that, you can be a boy one day and a girl the next, depending on how you feel. It’s a wonderful thing, you really ought to try it! Why else do you think we spend the public’s money on “comprehensive sex education?” It’s so tremendously liberating! Cast off the shackles of binary gender! And so on and so forth.

The parents don’t like that, either.

But they shouldn’t say so, should they? I mean, what business is it of theirs, what their kids are taught? Boy howdy, don’t they trust the teachers’ unions?

If you pay for it but don’t own it, what does that make you? Does the English language even have a word for that? Maybe “sucker” comes close.

For years and years, the American people have entrusted public schools with their children. They went about their business and left the schooling up to the professionals. But somewhere along the way, “education” turned into political and cultural indoctrination and not that many people noticed—although some did, and shouted warnings from the housetops.

Too many didn’t listen. “Oh, not in our schools!” Uh-huh. They didn’t want to rock the boat. Didn’t want to get involved.

Well, now they have to get involved.

Governor-wannabe Terry McAuliffe thinks they shouldn’t. He thinks you should just shut up and pay.

But if you do shut up and close your eyes and ears, that’s how you wind up paying for Critical Race Theory in your child’s classroom.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week in my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Greg Gutfeld: He Is Funny, PERIOD!

By Frosty Wooldridge

In this age of political corruption, worthless Congressional Critters, our president advocating for open borders, useless wars and political pundits…humor might keep you sane. At least, if you’re laughing, you’ve got a chance to keep your sanity. Otherwise, you’d be reduced to balling your eyes out daily. In a word, what’s going on in America is simply: nuts!

Okay, yes, I write serious commentaries twice a week. My latest book causes distress if not depression because it’s not a happy look at your children’s future as to what’s happening to our country in and around 2050. Yes, we can change that negative eventuality for America if we heed the contents and change course. And yes, I’m still offering free E-book copies to every American. I’ve already sent out over 10,000 copies to you who asked for the book. If more Americans understand our dilemma, we might stand a chance to start a national discussion-debate on what kind of a civilization we are bequeathing to our children. If we remain on our present course, we’re headed over a demographic-resources cliff.

At the same time, I am a good-hearted, humorous guy who loves to laugh, tell jokes and I love to tell heartwarming stories that inspire. If you’ll visit this website of the Colorado Serenity Magazine, you’ll see a heartwarming story about adventure, the loss of my dad when I was a teen, and what I did about it. Visit: www.coloradoserenity.com and look up “Grief is Circular: On the Long Ride” by Frosty Wooldridge on page 44. It’ll pop up on the front page. I think you will enjoy the story of hope after grief and loss of a parent. You might write the publisher Doug Kinzy to tell him how much you liked it: doug@coloradoserenity.com

At the same time, I’m inviting you to visit Foxnews.com and tap into a 15-minute FUNNY opening by Greg Gutfeld. It’s titled: Biden’s presidency so far! You’re going to laugh your head off! It’s THAT funny!

Gutfeld holds the newest, largest audience in the nation as to political satire. He talks about Biden’s dementia. He hits you square in the jaw with the fiasco in Afghanistan. He calls Critical Race Theory what it is: pure and simply…stupid and inane…highly racist in content and downright dangerous to our country if pursued in academia. He mocks stupid senators and House members. Maxine Waters doesn’t stand a chance against him. He’s got an open season verbal doe permit on Nancy Pelosi.

His guests include a funny blond named Kat Timpf. Big wrestler Tyrus makes uncommon and penetrating comments throughout the show. He brings on Judge Jeanine Pirro. He said, “She drove all the way from New York.” Then, he showed a car careening off the road into several containers and wiped out in the parking lot. The audience went wild!

In Nashville on Tuesday, he introduced Larry Gatlin of the Gatlin Brothers as the Wild Bunch in the 1970’s, but now the brothers are all in their 70’s. Today, they cut their coke with Lipitor. They replaced orgies with orthopedics…and today, California Dreaming is a guy sleeping on your front porch while puking his guts out. There’s over 100,000 homeless in California’s streets.

“Remember when we were told that ‘adults’ were taking back the White House?” said Gutfeld. “Instead, we got the Creature from the Black Lagoon.” He showed a picture that resembled the Creature and Biden looking pretty much the same.

But more than the humor, Gutfeld painfully exposes the failures of 545 Congressional Critters who create crisis after crisis after crisis. They solve little. Right now, they’re on the road to causing our country to suffer default. Will they correct our financial ship? If they do, they will create another crisis in the months ahead.

As to humor, I loved George Carlin. Same with Robin Williams. Larry the Cable guy doubles me over with laughter. Lewis Black kills me. The late John Pinette caused me a sore face from laughing so hard. Jeff Foxworthy with that skit on his “colonoscopy” caused me to laugh until I cried. Check it out on YouTube. You’re in for a heck of an uproarious laugh.

In reality, nothing happening at the national level today can be described as “funny, humorous or comical.” We continue hearing lies, excuses, and justifications. I mean, come on…that exit from Afghanistan equated to pure stupidity and incompetence. Our own president invited the invasion of our borders that has left us with the loss of our sovereign nation. And, we’re about to take care of 100,000 Afghanistan refugees with our tax dollars with God knows how many dedicated Jihadists among them. I wonder how the mainstream media will spin the next 9/11-type attack caused by those refugees. It could be big, or it might be one of us gets our heads cut off walking down the streets of Philadelphia or Detroit. It’s already happened multiple times in London, Montreal, Paris, NYC and the list grows. At the same time, we’ve got millions of Americans subsisting in food kitchens, soup lines, food pantries, tents in the streets, Chicago as a war zone with so many killings, and dozens of other anomalies Congress and this president refuse to solve.

I have to tune into men like Gutfeld because I fear that I’m losing my mind as to what’s happening in Washington DC. Do you feel the same?

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions? Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future? If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

Go to www.Balance.org for greater information on immigration’s impacts to our country. Help David Durham and this organization with your support.

Share these videos all over America:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

This Is How The People’s Representatives Should Be Upholding The Law Against ALL Crimes

By Bradlee Dean

“Write a sex scene you wouldn’t show your mom…”, “Describe a time when you wanted to orgasm but couldn’t…”, “Write a sermon for a beloved preacher who has been caught in a sex scandal…”, “Write a X rated Disney scenario…”, “Choose how you will die…”, “Write a scene for the first time I killed a man…” “You have a dream that you murdered someone, who is it? How and why did the murder happen, and what happens afterwards…”, “You are a serial killer…”, -Content found in schools curriculum

After speaking at hundreds and hundreds and hundreds of high schools across the country, I have to say that if I were to publicly promulgate what these bureaucrats have decided to put into the curriculums in public schools, I would be placed under arrest as a deranged pedophile in promoting child pornography and suggestive content (Luke 17:2).

[Rumble Video]

Conclusion: After watching the video I have to personally say that the criminal intent of the school board members towards the students was already revealed (Romans 3:20).

If I were in the position of this mayor I would not have given them the option of resigning, they were guilty and everyone knows it and should rightly be held accountable for their crimes though he did take it the right direction (Proverbs 8:20).

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

E Pluribus Unum2021 – Out of Many, ONE!

By Lex Greene

E pluribus unum – Latin for “Out of many, one” – is a traditional motto of the United States.Its inclusion on the Great Seal of the United States was approved by an Act of Congress in 1782, six years after the signing of our Declaration of Independence, and five years before the adoption of our Constitution on September 17, 1787.

It’s a good thing they didn’t wait for someone else to “do something,” or give up along the way!

Also appearing on the Great Seal isAnnuit cœptis, “favors [our] undertakings,”and Novus ordo seclorum, “New order of the ages.” Later, the United States Congress passed an act, adopting “In God We Trust” as the official motto in 1956.

E pluribus unum – Latin for “Out of many, one”
Annuit cœptis, “favors [our] undertakings”
Novus ordo seclorum, “New order of the ages”
“In God We Trust” – in man, we do not!

From day one following our Founders 1776 Declaration as a free, independent sovereign people empowered to control our own destiny via a Constitutional Representative Republic formed by the U.S. Constitution, We the People are the “supreme power” in the United States. All public officials are mere public servants of the people. All governmental powers are derived from the people.

Contrary to modern confusion over what our Charters of Freedom actually say and mean, too many Americans believe that the U.S. Constitution defines our Rights, along with the Bill of Rights. The opposite is true…

The U.S. Constitution narrowly defines the limited power, authority and duties of the Federal government formed by the adoption of the U.S. Constitution. The Bill of Rights is an additional enumeration of specific restrictions placed upon Federal authority, designed to prevent the Federal government from doing most of what it is doing today.

Constitutional Representative Republic

Republics and democracies both provide a political system in which citizens are represented by elected officials who are sworn to protect their interests.
In a pure democracy (socialism), laws are made directly by the voting majority leaving the rights of the minority largely unprotected. (This is also true with elections if we lose our Electoral College)
In a republic, laws are made by representatives chosen by the people and must comply with a constitution that specifically protects the rights of the minority from the will of the majority. (The Electoral College also exists to prevent a majority from enslaving a minority of citizens)

Anything the government does that is repugnant to the Constitution or Bill of Rights, is without any force of law. Anything our government does must represent the “will of the majority” without “infringing upon the Rights of any minority group.” Our republican form of self-governance guaranteed every state and Citizen in Article IV, Section 4 of the U.S. Constitution, must be both constitutional, and representative of the primary interest of all Citizens. Anything less, is a failed government.

In truth, the United States federal government has been acting well beyond its constitutional authority for more than one-hundred years now. People often say, “we will never allow America to become a socialist country.” Meanwhile, over 50%of the federal budget is wasted in “social spending” beyond the authority of the government. Any country that robs from some of its citizens to provide “social benefits” to others, is engaged in “socialism” and if that country spends a majority of resources on such things, then that country is already a “socialist country.”

That is the very definition of socialism, according to Karl Marx, “From each according to his ability; to each according to his need.”

After decades of Marxist indoctrination in American education, even taught from many church pulpits, we now have a few generations who no longer believe in freedom and liberty. Instead, they believe in Marxist “social engineering” — “From each according to his ability; to each according to his need.”

It’s unconstitutional!

It’s also an economic system that has failed 100% of the times it’s been tried, all over the world. These are all well-documented facts. However, Americans no longer function on facts. We function on feelings today. If the facts don’t make us feel good, then we choose a different set of facts to believe in…even when those facts are blatant lies.

This is why “In God We Trust” was added as a national motto in 1956. History had already well shown that men (human nature) were in no way trustworthy. This is why our Founders based everything they created on “The Laws of Nature and Nature’s God.”

Our Rights are NOT “constitutional Rights” issued by men. Our Rights are inalienable Natural Rights, gifted by God, or as our Founders said it, “endowed by our Creator,” and beyond any authority of men. This is not a religious statement at all. This is a statement securing all freedom and liberty from an authority that reigns above all mere men.

This was the Novus ordo seclorum, “New order of the ages”that also appears on our Great Seal, because these precepts Annuit cœptis, “favors [our] undertakings.”

Unfortunately, the Great Melting Pot (USA) of people seeking freedom and liberty from all corners of the earth, stopped melting some years ago. Instead of One Nation under God, E pluribus unum – Latin for “Out of many, one,” we are now a nation more divided than ever.

In pursuit of their own unbridled power, our government has turned citizens against each other, on the basis of race, ethnicity, religion, sexual orientation, education level, economic standing, individual medical choices, political leanings, you name it…if it can be used to divide us, it IS being used to divide us.

The political class elites understand this, even if the average Americans no longer do… “if a house be divided against itself, that house cannot stand.”

There is only one solution to this primary fatal flaw in modern American society…

“Out of many, one” – E pluribus unum! We are one team, sane Americans, the 99% that is us, verses the 1% that is them, insane ruling class elites! We simply need to realize it and act accordingly!

We can no longer allow ourselves to be divided against one another by our rulers. From the many, there must arise one voice…a voice for freedom, liberty, honesty, decency, real justice, peace, and tranquility for all.

Americans currently live under an increasingly brutal and tyrannical dictatorship, that is “running out of patience” with us. That dictatorship is coming from our federal government, via unconstitutional Executive Orders (unlawful decrees of the ruler), court opinions (unconstitutional judicial activism), and lawmakers who make laws overtly repugnant to the Constitution and Bill of Rights, exempting themselves from the laws they make, of course.

The American people are the final arbiters of truth, justice and the future of freedom and liberty. Public officials, be they federal, state, or local, are mere public servants of the people. All political powers are derived from the people, and those who grant government that power, can also strip government of those powers!

We have reached a moment in history when 100% of federal democrats are anti-American, and two-thirds of republicans are too! The people can stop the tyranny any time they want, but they will have to unite in one voice, one people, to do it.

E Pluribus Unum 2021 – Out of Many, ONE!

United we MUST stand…

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

Trump 2024?

By JB Williams

President Trump is filling his fans full of hope at his ongoing record rallies, but is it false hope based upon a false premise?

In the first five-minutes of his rally speech in Georgia over the weekend, Trump said two things that I found to be somewhat amazing… first, that “we will take back Congress in 2022, and the White House in 2024” …followed by “we won’t even have a country by then.” These seem like mutually exclusive ideas to me!

Knowing full-well that the last remotely legitimate election in America was in 2016, and that the 2020 elections were rotten with massive fraud in all fifty states, Trump seems willing to mislead his fans into thinking 2022 and 2024 will somehow miraculously be better. A hope recently proven hopeless, in the California recall election of Gavin Newsom, also rotten with the same massive fraud.

In April 2016, I co-wrote and released a book foretelling the future in TRUMPED: The New American Revolution to save America. As that book was being written, Trump was only at 1% in the GOP primary polls. It remains a FIVE STAR rated book still today, often selling at double the original price. (NEW signed copies are available at TNALC.org for a $25 donation. Mark TRUMPED in the subject box to receive your copy)

Personally, I’m not a fan of any politician and today, I know that 100% of the Democrat Party is anti-American, while two-thirds of the Republican Party is as well. Still, I also know that politics is a team sport, which means, if you don’t play the game on one of the two national teams, you’re not even in the game.

I also know that if we lack the power to control the direction of our political party of choice, then we certainly lack the power to control the direction of our entire country. To think otherwise is a mere fantasy, just like expecting legitimate elections in 2022 and 2024…without overturning 2020.

The only way America will ever see another legitimate election is to overturn the fraudulent elections of 2020. There is no other way. We would have bank robberies on every corner every day if there were no consequences for robbing banks. Unless there are severe consequences for election fraud, massive election fraud is our new norm!

So, as President Trump seems willing to allow 2020 to stand, how does he think we can win in 2022 and 2024, unless he plans to out-cheat the anti-American democrats…? And personally, I think his second statement is the true statement – at our current direction and rate of decline, we won’t even have a country, much less elections, by then!

I find it highly disappointing that the man who was supposed to “drain the swamp” and “save the USA” was drained by the swamp, allowing a totally fraudulent administration to run roughshod over America for the past nine-months…totally free from any consequences!

Further, Pelosi’s House just passed an overt assault on all active and former military personnel in HB 4350, which makes every dissenting current or past service member guilty of “violent extremism” if they dare to speak out against the maniacal tyranny flooding out of Biden’s D.C. regime these days.

Unfortunately, 135 House Republicans joined House Marxists in passing HB 4350, many of them Republicans we elected to stop the utter destruction happening at the hands of global Marxists in total control of the Democrat Party (and all of D.C.) today.

Where’s the foundation for HOPE in any of this?

Trump openly admits that “we may not have a country by 2022 or 2024,” but askes us to place our faith in future fraudulent elections regardless. Meanwhile, he’s raising funds for more Republicans, like the 135 that just voted with Nancy Pelosi on HB 4350, among other anti-American bills rushed through congress to destroy what’s left of our Constitutional Republic.

This is all quite troubling to me, a great disappointment from President Trump. But even worse is the mindless blind fans who somehow, find hope in all of this nonsense. No man is worthy of blind faith. That’s the purpose for “In God We Trust!”

But even those of us who place our faith in God alone understand that once the prayers were raised up, David still had to pick up that rock to slay Goliath…

To be sure, Trump has huge star-power with millions of Americans, and many fans as a result. But how did they lose touch with the reality that Trump left office peacefully, after having won the election in 2020?

How did they lose touch with the reality that unless we overturn 2020, we will never have another legitimate election ever again?

And, why on earth is President Trump leading this insanity? Is he still following advice from the same people responsible for removing him from the Oval Office?

If you figure it out, let me know!

E-Mail JB Williams: JB_Williams@comcast.net

Mike Pence, a History of Treachery and Betrayal

By Kelleigh Nelson

Trickery and treachery are the practices of fools that have not the wits enough to be honest. —Benjamin Franklin

Sometimes the people you’d take a bullet for are the ones behind the trigger. —Taylor Swift

There is no act of treachery or meanness of which a political party is not capable; for in politics there is no honor. —Benjamin Disraeli

It’s time to take a break from the totalitarian control of citizens via the plandemic and forced jabs. On December 19, 2020, Mike Pence allegedly received the Moderna COVID-19 jab live on TV. I have trouble believing any federal politician has actually received the jab because none of them have had adverse effects or died. But on April 14^th, Mike Pence underwent surgery for a pacemaker since his heartbeat had slowed. In 2016, he had informed candidate Donald Trump that he had a heart diagnosis of an asymptomatic left bundle branch block. One wonders if Pence actually received the inoculation or if the necessity of a pacemaker was coincidental.

Stalinists v. Trotskyites

Here’s the latest from the comrade in our White House…Joe Biden hates patriotic America so much that he fired Lee Greenwood from the National Council of the Arts. Greenwood wrote God Bless the USA in 1984 and was appointed to the council by George W. Bush.

Why do I hear no outrage from the Republican Party? Most folks have figured out that the neo-con Trotskyite republicans aren’t much better than the democrats. Like Stalin and Lenin, Trotsky was a communist, but he wanted the “slow” acceptance of communism and only murdered three million whereas Stalin and Lenin used iron fists and boots to stomp on any rebellion. Stalin’s death toll was over 20 million and Lenin claimed the lives of tens of millions of people all over Europe.

The comrades in the Democrat Party are Stalinists, those in the Republican Party are Trotskyites…little difference except for a handful of brave men and women who cling to the truth of our God given rights and the US Constitution.

Back in February of this year, I wrote three successive articles on former VP Mike Pence. The first article exposed his lifelong congressional friends. The second article was about his upbringing, his voting record from the time he entered politics, the people he chose for the Trump administration, and his failure of every job President Trump tasked him with, including the hellish nightmare of the Covid Task Force with Fauci and friends. The third and final article in the series was about the people who funded Pence throughout his political career, big name people who still support him.

Koch Organizations

The Koch brothers have been long time friends and financial supporters of Michael Pence. Accordingly, VP Pence stacked his own office with former Koch brothers’ employees. Even Kellyanne Conway was affiliated with the Kochs, and she and Pence have been good friends for years and even have family members who have intermarried. In June of 2017, 16 of 23 senior white house officials had ties to the Koch brothers, including Reince Priebus, Jeff Sessions, Mick Mulvaney, Rob Porter and Don McGahn. Even Treasury Secretary Mnuchin helped the Kochs out with a change in tax laws. The Trump administration was packed full of Koch operatives, brought in by their water boy, Mike Pence. Here is a shocking list of the Trump transition team Koch beneficiaries.

The Koch organizations, including Americans for Prosperity, are anathema to Constitutional conservatism. They prefer open borders with cheap labor, amnesty for illegals, across the board abortion, Agenda 21 sustainability and environmentalism and the financing of American Legislative Exchange Council (ALEC) who has promoted an Article V Constitutional Convention for decades.

Dick and Betsy DeVos

Financial support from Dick and Betsy DeVos commenced when Pence first entered politics. Betsy DeVos is known for her support for school choice, school voucher programs, and charter schools.

Betsy and Dick DeVos were impressed by Pence’s support for their pet project of charter schools. One wonders if Pence and DeVos back American tax-funded charters by Islamic Imam Fethullah Gulen, Rudolph Steiner’s Anthroposophical Waldorf Schools and Communist Chinese charter schools. Chinese investors are putting millions into Florida Chinese charters.

Pence’s devoted financier, Betsy DeVos was nominated for Education Secretary after Michelle Rhee was dropped. DeVos donated to Bush’s unsuccessful presidential campaign and was lauded by Jeb Bush as she previously sat on the board of his Foundation of Excellence in Education which promoted common core.The two share an education reform policy that supports the transfer of public dollars to privately run schools, such as for-profit charter schools and voucher programs that use taxpayer funds to pay for private schools.

Columnist Diane Kepus researched Betsy DeVos and knew she would be a disaster; her two articles on DeVos are well worth your time, Link and Link, and her fears were well founded.

Mike Pence played an important role in the confirmation of DeVos for Education Secretary. Amid protests from Democratic critics and teachers’ unions that DeVos, a billionaire charter school supporter with no public-school experience, was unqualified for the position, the Senate deadlocked in a 50-50 tie. Republican Senators Susan Collins of Maine and Lisa Murkowski of Alaska joined their Democratic colleagues in voting against DeVos. Normally we wouldn’t laud their votes, but this time they were right. On February 7, 2017, Vice President Pence cast the historic tie-breaking vote to confirm her, the first-time a vice president has been called on to break a tie in a cabinet nomination.

DeVos announced her resignation on January 8^th, 2021 in the wake of the assault on the U.S. Capitol. She said in her resignation letter to President Trump there is “no mistaking the impact your rhetoric had on the situation, and it is the inflection point for me.”

On September 25^th, at a Republican Leadership conference in Mackinac Island, DeVos implicitly criticized the GOP’s ongoing capture by former President Donald Trump insinuating that Trump supporters were like a cult, when it’s Betsy and her ilk who are the real cultists.

Heritage Foundation

Mike Pence joined The Heritage Foundation as a distinguished visiting fellow in February 2021 after serving four years as President Trump’s VP. They are old friends. Three decades ago, it was The Heritage Foundation’s influence that inspired Pence to help create a think tank in his home state of Indiana. After coming to Washington as a congressman and later as vice president, Pence frequently collaborated with Heritage.

In 1991, Pence became president of the Indiana Policy Review Foundation (IPRF), which is part of the State Policy Network in Indiana. Link They are satellite affiliates of the Heritage Foundation whose goals and interests are similar to the Koch’s. The IPRF was a small group back when Pence was their president, but in the years since, it has amassed an enormous budget thanks in great part to the largess of the Koch network of donors and others.

Pence now advises Heritage experts on public policy issues and ensures Heritage remains the leading conservative voice on solutions to America’s biggest challenges. Pence also writes a monthly column for The Daily Signal, Heritage’s multimedia news outlet.

Heritage is well-known controlled opposition. They are funded by long time pro-aborts and Council on Foreign Relations members. Heritage fellow Richard Allen (CFR member) wrote NAFTA, and Stuart M. Butler wrote a Heritage monograph mandating all households obtain adequate health insurance.

In early August of 2021, Pence spoke at Young America’s Foundation, an “associate” member of the State Policy Network, and was immediately booed when he told them to get the COVID jab, despite telling the audience that he and his wife Karen and their children had all had the inoculations.

Pence and the Leadership Institute

A few months ago, I received a 12-page letter from Mike Pence extolling the virtues of Morton Blackwell’s Leadership Institute and pressing me for a large donation. I saved the 12-pages, and last week I received another letter from David Horowitz asking me to pledge funds to the same organization. Mr. Horowitz is now promoting an Article V Constitutional Convention.

Morton Blackwell is a long-time member of the rightwing Council for National Policy (CNP), and back in the late 90s he was urging a chaplain friend of mine to join the CNP. One Sunday, Blackwell took my friend to his Episcopal Church in DC, and the female preacher asked for prayer for her husband as he was an abortion doctor and was doing a particularly difficult abortion that morning. The chaplain was horrified, got up and left, and refused to join the council.

The Leadership Institute is also an “associate” member of the State Policy Network. Their past students include:

Mitch McConnell (who in 2020 had a Freedom Index score of 20, which means he voted against President Trump and the US Constitution 80% of the time. Don’t forget that he and his wife Elaine Chao are very connected to a Chinese shipping company through Chao’s father and sisters.
David McIntosh – head of pro-amnesty Club for Growth who spent $2 million to defeat Donald Trump in Iowa in 2016.McIntosh was also a co-founder of the Federalist Society. Kellyanne Conway and her husband are members and they urged Trump to use the Federalist Society for a list of possible supreme court justices. (Mike Pence urged Trump to also use the Heritage Foundation for possible justices.)
Grover Norquist – head of Americans for Tax Reform and board member of the National Rifle Association is also married to a Palestinian Islamist and has allegedly become one himself. Norquist has a strange alliance with radical Islam and introduced the Muslim Brotherhood to the George W. Bush White House. Frank Gaffney has fully exposed Norquist.
Ralph Reed – originally the head of Christian Coalition for Pat Robertson and mailed out voter guides where many true constitutional conservatives were lied about or ignored and neo-con RINOs and Trotskyites were promoted. Reed was also involved with Jack Abramoff who went to prison for the Native American Lobbying scandal. According to Abramoff’s book, Capitol Punishment, Reed made at least $5 million and should have gone to prison with Jack. Abramoff also promotes his friend Grover Norquist in his final chapters.
Mark Souder – Congressman from Ft. Wayne, Indiana who promised to serve only six terms, but ran for a seventh and resigned when he was exposed for having an affair with a married part-time staffer.

Mike Pence’s good friend, Nikki Haley also endorses and promotes the Leadership Institute. Many people believe Nikki would make a fine President or Vice President, because she did what her boss, President Trump, asked her to do at the UN. One of Trump’s business friends in South Carolina called him in early 2017 and asked him to give Haley a position in his administration. He told Trump that their Lt. Governor was far more conservative and South Carolina needed to be rid of Haley. After January 6^th, 2021, Nikki Haley excoriated her former boss by saying, “We shouldn’t have followed him.”

The old saying, “Better to keep your mouth shut and be thought a fool than open it and have it known,” describes Haley to a T.

Advancing American Freedom

Mike Pence joined the advisory board of Advancing American Freedom with several former Trump hands, including his close friend, Kellyanne Conway, Larry Kudlow and David Bernhardt.

The advisory board includes a number of heretical doctrine “Christians” who are confirmed dominionists, several neo-con Trotskyites, and even members of the Council on Foreign Relations. My friend, JW Bryan has thoroughly exposed the CFR in his articles as a globalist enemy organization within America. Pence’s old Indiana buddy, David McIntosh is also on the board as are several people who are promoting an Article V Constitutional Convention.

John Guandolo Exposes Pence

In this video starting at 5:10, John Guandolo exposes VP Mike Pence and his actions during his four years as Donald Trump’s VP.

He states that when Pence was Governor of Indiana and John’s organization, Understanding the Threat, was doing work in Indiana, “Pence had no desire to hear or deal with the truth about jihadi threats in Indiana. The Islamic site of North America’s headquarters is there in Plainfield, Indiana, and Indiana is one of the three states where the Muslim Brotherhood settled in the United States in the early 60s, and he did nothing. Even though we were working with state legislators, who got it, we couldn’t get him to budge, but that’s a different story.”

John states, “On January 5^th, there was a massive meeting in the Trump Hotel in Washington DC with every major player, ten US Senators, their staffs, all the key players in the entire voter fraud game. The president’s staff and the VP had people there and people who I know directly. I have looked at their briefs and looked at the information and been briefed about what was apprised there regarding the evidence of the fraud and it’s undeniable. It’s factually rock solid. Mr. Pence agreed that he would go with what the decision was. He was going to do a number of things, but essentially, for the sake of this discussion, he pushed it back to the states. There were some other things he agreed to do, investigative stuff, and before the clock struck midnight on the 5^th, he recanted and told the president, I’m not going to do it. We know that somebody met with Mr. Pence and we still haven’t identified who it was who got him to turn, but I think Mike Pence is a turd and I think he’s a traitor.”

“He was the guy in the Trump administration who was leading the Republican establishment turncoats and there’s more evidence than just what I’m saying right now. Just that one point should be enough to make people realize that guy is not batting for the American people in any way, shape or form.”

The interviewing host is absolutely right when she said that Donald Trump supporters have been labeled domestic terrorists. “The Revolutionary Movement against the Constitutional Republic all said that the people at the capitol on January 6^th were involved in a coup and were insurrectionists, when in fact they were the people the Dems supported for the previous year…the Antifa and BLM communist agitators on the streets of America. They openly supported them and everything that supports that ideology.”

“Mr. Trump’s greatest failure was to rely on the RNC to fill his administration and they filled it, not with Phil Haney, not with Stephen Coughlin, not with Rich Higgins (fired by McMaster), not with people who actually knew the threat. They intentionally blocked those people. John Gallagher, one of the two people vetting national security positions, was the CEO of the Institute for Global Engagement, a Muslim Brotherhood political think tank front in Washington DC. He was the guy the RNC put in there to screen national security positions. That’s why you got only bad guys in the administration.”

Pence in 2024

Pence and his wife Karen have always wanted the presidency, but what he doesn’t understand is the fact that he followed the advice of his good friends from Congress, Paul Ryan and Jeff Flake, rather than standing with the man who gave him the chance to one day lead the country. Pence is our 21^st Century Benedict Arnold…he stabbed the president in the back and the Republic in the heart.

He’s working on an $18 million war chest. His group, Advancing American Freedom, is shaping up as a vehicle for testing the waters and building the infrastructure needed for a White House bid. The group is staffed by some of Pence’s top allies and ex-aides, including former Koch employee and Pence chief of staff Marc Short, political adviser Marty Obst and former senior Trump White House staffer Paul Teller.

Pence is touring states and lecturing on election integrity after previously refusing to address it. Unlike James Comey who is a guest lecturer at Howard University, the same university exposed in Manning Johnson’s book, Color, Communism and Common Sense, as being loaded with communists, Pence is lecturing on something he knows nothing about. Not surprisingly, Federal Judge Emmett Sullivan who was in charge of General Michael Flynn’s case and would not dismiss it, received his undergraduate degree and JD from that very university.

Pence has become persona non grata amongst Trump supporters; someone needs to tell him his political career is over and lock both him and his frumpy control-freak wife in a closet. I’d go further, but this is for public fare. When Pence allowed the certification of Biden as the winner under very shady circumstances and then elbow bumped with Pelosi, we saw it all.

Pence admits that he is proud Biden was certified on January 6^th, but there are over eighty million Americans who know the truth.

Conclusion

Few people know that America’s Front-Line Doctors headed by Dr. Simone Gold who is also an attorney, went to VP Pence in July of 2020 and told him that if President Trump made Hydroxychloroquine and over-the-counter drug as it is in so many other countries, that lives would be saved as well as the President’s second term.

She told Pence, “Once it’s Over-the-Counter, there’s nothing Congress can do, there’s nothing the doctors and pharmacists can do to stop it…They were going to hold this coronavirus thing over him [Trump], so if the death rates went down to zero, it would have been beautiful.”

She said she met obstruction at every turn.

Mike Pence truly is a modern-day Judas.

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

The Death of Freedom in America

By Paul Engel

Ronald Reagan warned us that unless we fight for liberty, we would one day have to explain it to our children.
Today, we have to explain to the younger generations what is was like when freedom of religion, freedom of speech, freedom of press, even to be secure from unreasonable searches and seizures were cherished in America.
So will the American people fight for their liberty, or will we sit by and watch it be destroyed?

. . . freedom is never more than one generation away from extinction. We didn’t pass it on to our children in the bloodstream. The only way they can inherit the freedom we have known is if we fight for it, protect it, defend it and then hand it to them with the well thought lessons of how they in their lifetime must do the same. And if you and I don’t do this, then you and I may well spend our sunset years telling our children and our children’s children what it once was like in America when men were free.

Ronald Reagan “A Time for Choosing” Speech

Ronald Reagan’s words have come true. We now live in a country where we have to explain to the rising generations what it was like to live in America where people were free. While this day has been coming for decades, recent events show us the real level of rot and decay when it comes to your rights and liberty. No longer must those of us who cherish our freedom and liberty concern ourselves solely with the acts of government. Today businesses, society, and even our neighbors, are out to crush the last vestiges of the rights and liberty we enjoy. It’s not that we weren’t warned this day would come, but like in so many other situations, we never thought it would happen in our lifetimes.

Some of you may think I’m being hyperbolic when I claim that the day Ronald Reagan warned us about has come or that so many are out to destroy our rights. As the drafters of the Declaration of Independence said: “To prove this, let Facts be submitted to a candid world.”

Usurpations

As I said, this has been going on for decades. While there are plenty of clauses in the Constitution we’ve allowed to be violated, there are two at the heart of the problem.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

The first is called the Supremacy Clause. Like much of the Constitution, its language is quite clear: The Constitution of the United States is the supreme law of the land. Only laws of the United States made pursuant to the Constitution or treaties made under the authority of the United States, which comes from the Constitution, are considered supreme. This clause means if Congress passes a law that is not pursuant to the Constitution or if the President and the Senate enter a treaty that is not within the powers of the United States, then that action is not supreme. In fact, that action is void.

It is a proposition too plain to be contested that the Constitution controls any legislative act repugnant to it, or that the Legislature may alter the Constitution by an ordinary act.

Between these alternatives there is no middle ground. The Constitution is either a superior, paramount law, unchangeable by ordinary means, or it is on a level with ordinary legislative acts, and, like other acts, is alterable when the legislature shall please to alter it.

Certainly all those who have framed written Constitutions contemplate them as forming the fundamental and paramount law of the nation, and consequently the theory of every such government must be that an act of the Legislature repugnant to the Constitution is void.

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

If an act of the legislature, or for that matter of the President or the courts, is repugnant to the Constitution is void, how were or how have they been allowed to be enforced? Simple. The people who should have known better didn’t stand up to those who were breaking the law.

The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment X

We seem to forget, or perhaps most of us were never taught, that the states ratified the Constitution that created the United States government. That means the states created the federal government, not to be its servant, but to be served by it. It also means that when the states created the United States, they also set boundaries on it and its government. While this was assumed by those who drafted the Constitution, it was later confirmed when the states ratified the Tenth Amendment. So when the federal government exercises a power not delegated to it by the Constitution, it’s stealing powers rightfully owned by the states or the people

This reminds me of a third “clause”, although this one is not from the Constitution:

[T]he constitutions of most of our states assert that all power is inherent in the people; that they may exercise it by themselves, in all cases to which they think themselves competent, (as in electing their functionaries executive and legislative, and deciding by a jury of themselves, both fact and law, in all judiciary cases in which any fact is involved) or they may act by representatives, freely and equally chosen; that it is their right and duty to be at all times armed; that they are entitled to freedom of person; freedom of religion; freedom of property; and freedom of the press.

From Thomas Jefferson to John Cartwright, 5 June 1824

When any government acts beyond the powers delegated to it in the Constitution that formed it, they are stealing your powers. When any government infringes on your rights, they are stealing your rights. In short, whenever any government acts beyond their mandate, they are usurping your powers. It seems this has been going on so long with no one standing up to these usurpations they not only have become normal, but many Americans believe they are legal.

Legal Interference

Once the governments in America started assuming the powers to do pretty much whatever they wanted, with little interference from the people, they started using the judicial system to reinforce those powers. If, like me, you actually read what comes out of our judicial system, you may notice how rarely our judges actually quote the Constitution. Article VI, Clause 3 states:

The Senators and Representatives before mentioned, and the Members of the several State Legislatures, and all executive and judicial Officers, both of the United States and of the several States, shall be bound by Oath or Affirmation, to support this Constitution;

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 3

Every officer, including judges at both the state and federal level, is required to include support for the Constitution of the United States in their oath of office. So why does the supreme law of the land appear so rarely in the opinions of these judges? While I cannot read the mind of these judges, a quick look at what is included in their opinions should provide a good answer.

Have you heard the terms “case law” or “constitutional law”? How about “precedent” or “stare decisis”? Do you know what all of these terms have in common? They are “laws” created by the judiciary. Now there are plenty of good reasons to consider the opinions of those who have gone before. However, the Constitution states that all lawmaking power is vested not in the courts, but in Congress.

All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House of Representatives.

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 1, Clause 1

Yet today, not only do the courts make law, they claim the authority to overrule the acts of the other two branches of government. They do this first by claiming that their opinions are law, then by elevating those opinions above not only the laws made by Congress, but above the Constitution itself. That is why the opinions of judges are all but devoid of references to statutory law or the Constitution, while they are jam packed with references to judges opinions euphemistically called “case law”. In effect, we no longer have checks and balances between the three branches of governments, since one branch has assumed the incontestable power to overrule the others. And who stood up against this usurpation of power? Did the other two branches stand up? Did the states stand up against their creation? Did the people stand up to restore the judicial branch to its legally authorized role in government? The answer to these questions is no. And that is another reason why the republic, and the liberty it was created to protect, is dying. No one stood up when one branch of government usurped the powers of the others.

Then, into this crippled republic, came the chance of a lifetime for those who desire power and believe they have the moral authority to rule over others.

Lockdowns and Shutdowns

Many people blame COVID-19 for the attacks on liberty we are experiencing, when actually, the tyranny that has run rampant the last 18 months is the consequence of decades of unchecked government overreach. If the antipathy that the people and the states have shown toward instances of government overreach was the explosive, then COVID-19 was the detonator. Suddenly, millions of Americans were afraid that they might get sick and die. And who was ready to assume all the powers necessary to “save the American people”? That’s right, those who are drawn to power, and therefore to government. COVID was the excuse to determine what businesses could be open and who could work. And the icing on the cake? All those unemployed people were now begging government to take care of them. “Enhanced unemployment” benefits allowed thousands to stay home and live on the government dole. And let’s face it, who among us wouldn’t prefer to go about our lives doing what we want while someone else picks up the bill?

There was also another beneficiary lockdowns had: Big businesses. Small businesses cannot afford to lobby government for special dispensations. That’s why a California restaurant owner had her patio shutdown while a movie company had their catering tent open across the street. It’s also why the Walmarts, Targets, Lowes, and other large corporate stores were “allowed” to stay open while their competitors were “forced” to close. This led to a surge in small business closures while large corporations survived just fine.

Mandates

Of course, lockdowns and shutdowns were just the opening salvos, because the divide between small and large business is not just government lobbying. Large business not only have the capacity to absorb the cost of federal regulations, but the legal staff to fight them in court. Combine this with the cozy relationship large businesses have cultivated with government and you should recognize how these two work together, to both regulate your lives and to suppress their competition. Business licenses, promoted as tools to keep the people “safe”, are instead more often used to control those businesses. This was on full display with the advent of the COVID mandates.

First, governments instituted public mask mandates. Never mind that these mandates deprive you of your liberty and the property you have in your own body, which are violations of both the Fifth and Fourteenth Amendments of the Constitution of the United States. Then, governments issued mask mandates for private businesses, a blatant deprivation of the owner’s property and again without due process. Many businesses gladly joined in the deprivation of the rights of their customers. Yes, private businesses have the right to control how people are allowed to access their property, and many citizens willingly submitted to the whim of the store owners. What do you think happened to those few who recognized not only the infringement on their rights, but the fact that these mandates are void? If you guessed that their precious licenses were threatened with another deprivation of property without due process, you are correct. What did the people do when their states started violating the very constitutions that created them? How did the people react when the governments they formed to protect their rights instead violated them? What happened when governments exercised unjust powers that the governed had not consented to? Most people did nothing. Even worse, many people took it upon themselves to become the enforcer of these illegal and immoral mandates. That’s right, many people saw the opportunity to enforce their will upon their fellow citizens and jumped at the chance.

Now we have government issued vaccine mandates. It started locally, then in some of the states. If you wish to go to a restaurant or other public gathering, you need to show that you’ve been vaccinated. If you wanted to attend school, you need to show you’ve been vaccinated. In many cases, both governments and businesses started requiring their employees be vaccinated as a condition of employment. The federal government has even taken these draconian measures to the next level. Thinking of flying? The TSA wants proof you’ve been vaccinated. Working for the federal government or serving in the military? You need to get the vaccine. Own a business with more than 100 employees? You’ll be fined if you don’t require vaccination as a condition of employment. If you resist these enforced vaccinations, you are ostracized and in some cases bullied, both in person and online. It seems that we must tell the rising generation what it was once like in America, when men were free.

Conclusion

Yes, freedom is dying in America. The very idea of freedom and liberty seem to be on life-support when the American people take the opportunity to impose their will on others; the very idea of allowing others to live as they see fit is no longer an American value. Like a comatose patient, or maybe like Sleeping Beauty, there is a spark of life, but only just. George Washington said:

And since the preservation of the sacred fire of liberty, and the destiny of the Republican model of Government, are justly considered as deeply, perhaps as finally staked, on the experiment entrusted to the hands of the American people.

George Washington’s First Inaugural Address, 1789

It appears that in the 21st century, our founder’s trust was misplaced. We have worked hard over the past few decades to cut off the fuel to that sacred fire of liberty, and today it seems many are doing everything they can to put it out. Fortunately, the embers of that fire still exists in the hearts of some Americans. I pray that for many more, the idea of freedom and liberty has not died, but merely fallen sleep. Who will breathe on the embers of that fire? Who will awaken the beauty of liberty in America? Who will stand their ground against those who wish to control others? Will it be you? If so, you are not alone. There are others for whom the sacred fire of liberty burns strong in their hearts. There are still others for whom the fire burns, but it’s being stifled by fear and doubt. Just as a kiss was able to awaken Sleeping Beauty, the kiss of freedom can awaken the fire of liberty in the heart of others. If freedom and liberty are dying in America, it is because We the People have stood by and let it happen. That also means that the American people can restore liberty, if we’re willing stand and fight for it, protect it, defend it, and hand it on to our children.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

This Is HOW Angry Most Americans Feel Today

By Frosty Wooldridge

In the past week, U.S. Border Patrol agents tried their best to stop 18,000 Haitian illegal migrants from violating our borders. All of it caused by President Biden’s insane invitation to illegally invade our country. Biden can now take credit for the dumbest retreat of our military in the history of the United States: Afghanistan of the Taliban. He personally, along with his inept General Milley, caused the deaths of 13 military personnel. Their families weep as you read this column. Biden and Milley lied about 300,000 “well trained and equipped” troops defending democracy in Afghanistan. What an absurd joke on the American people! What an insane waste of $6 trillion on those two bogus-bankers wars for 20 years.

Do you buy that bunch of balderdash?

Now, Biden will make the horsemen Border Patrol agents “pay” for trying to stop 18,000 invaders from entering our country! Whose side is he on, anyway? For heaven sakes, he’s invited in excess of 1.4 million illegal aliens in the past nine months. He just imported another 100,000 Afghan refugees. Now, 18,000 Haitians. That’s on top of 1,000,000 (million) legal immigrants being imported this year. These people suffer major illiteracy, which will make them wards of the state, while sucking our tax dollars into the toilet. If this keeps up, our welfare and food systems will collapse.

The fact is, Biden violates Article IV, Section 4 of the U.S. Constitution. It states: “The United States shall guarantee to every State in this Union a Republican Form of Government, and shall protect each of them against invasion; And on Application of the Legislature, or of the Executive, against domestic violence.”

Already, several of the Muslim refugees have raped or attempted to rape small girls and our own female military staff at one of the forts where Biden is processing them. You can’t make this stuff up!

Are You As Angry As Fellow Citizen Zeb Bell?

Zeb Bell flat out said what most Americans are thinking, “The Invasion of Illegal Aliens (NOT migrants…there’s a BIG difference), yes, there is a huge invasion of people that do not belong here in the U.S. and they must be stopped! The Border Patrol has been thrown not just under the bus, but thrown over a cliff with the senseless, brainless and witless…or just plain stupid comments and actions of two twits that “lead” our nation, “Bumbling” Biden and “Piggly Wiggly” Harris! I personally wish the Border Patrol Mounted Agents HAD whipped the illegals back to the other side AND I’d even favor using long rod hotshots!!! We’re seeing an invasion folks, and this invasion is going to kill our Medicare, our medical staffs and overload our hospitals, schools and entire welfare system. This invasion is taking away the money and resources for us…the CITIZENS of the United States! Don’t anyone come up to me and say “You’re a racist, you’re a bigot and you’re not a Christian…have a hankie for your nose Pard! My dear friend Frosty Wooldridge in Colorado predicted this Chaotic Invasion to a “T” and now with Dumb and Dumber at the helm, we are hitting a big iceberg to sink us…all of us! Our citizens on the border are being walked on, stolen from and live in 24-hour fear! D*mn you Biden, d*mn you Harris, get back in your clown car and find another circus! I refuse to share my Country with illegal invaders – you should feel that way, too!”

If you’re aren’t angry beyond words, you aren’t paying attention. These invaders will eventually be placed in your community and schools. If this invasion continues under the guidance and invitation of President Biden, as one historian said, “Mass immigration creates cultural conflict and ultimately, war…with violence delayed.”

There’s no way to sustain the kind of cultural violence we’re importing/internalizing with our Muslim refugees. The rape counts in Europe, which are every day for hundreds and thousands of women, will be our fate here in America. Why? Because that’s what their religion engenders. There’s no way to bring Haitians into mainstream America. They will form enclaves and live on welfare, and/or they will revolt with violence…just like Black Lives Matter or Antifa. In the end, there’s no way we can absorb all these cultures and remain viable. Everyone pulls in different directions. We won’t hold in the middle as Americans.

Biden engineered the greatest disaster of a retreat from war in the history of America. He’s now in the process of creating the greatest “Balkanization” of America with an invasion out of the third world.

Can you see what’s coming? Do you see how fast it’s moving at the hands of Biden, Harris, Pelosi, Schumer and the entire U.S. Congress? Do you think America will survive this nightmare?

Maybe the historian that said, “…with violence delayed” will grimace as America starts tearing apart at the seams. If you think our “political” separation today is bad, you ain’t seen nothin’ yet—when it comes to our impending “cultural” separation! When we lose America’s culture do to mass importation of “multiculturalism”, we lose the glue that binds us as one people. Do you think we will recover or survivea?

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions? Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future? If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

Go to www.Balance.org for greater information on immigration’s impacts to our country. Help David Durham and this organization with your support.

Share these videos all over America:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

SARS-CoV-2: Isn’t It Time Someone Did this?

By: Devvy

Never in my long life have I seen what we’re seeing now around the world regarding those experimental injections being passed off as vaccines to “protect yourself and those around you”. In Australia, their lockdown situation is akin to being in prison; their coppers have resorted to violence to beat compliance into their citizens. If anyone doesn’t see this type of brute coercion is history repeating itself, they’re either in denial or so brain washed they are un-reachable as far as truth is concerned.

However, there’s always courage to be found among the cowards: Australian Police Officer Speaks for Fellow Officers against Vax – “Alexander Cooney, a senior Highway Patrol officer in the Australian NSW Police Force, resigned his position to speak for his fellow officers who are not allowed to speak publicly without violating the terms of their employment.

“The message he delivers is that most of his friends on the force are unhappy about their orders to enforce vaccination rules and to break up anti-vax demonstrations.” You can watch a short video, Cops for COVID Truth here. Interesting Cooney uses the word ‘alleged’ virus in the video. He very much reminds me of another individual of about the same age as Cooney at the time he resigned his high paying position as a CID agent for the IRS because, like Cooney, Joe’s conscience wouldn’t let him ignore the truths he had uncovered. I’ve known Joseph Banister (Lord, where has the time gone?) for twenty years. One of the finest Americans I’ve had the privilege of knowing.

Canada, like Australia is a constitutional monarchy of the British Crown. Their PM, Justin Trudeau, is another dangerous nitwit. Their citizens have an iron fist governing their lives: Day 3: Canada Goes Full Nuremberg Law 1935. The Unvaccinated Cannot Marry or Hold Most Jobs

Contrast that to Norway: Norway reclassifies Covid-19: No more dangerous than ordinary flu – Very informative article with the truth. As of September 25, 2021, all plandemic restrictions were lifted.

This brings me back to – isn’t it time someone did this and what would ‘this’ be? I have no doubt most of the world is fed up with this endless coronavirus nightmare. One thing I am fed up with is the lies from the FDA, the CDC, the prostitute media and political whores (governors, mayors, members of state legislatures and Congress) about this alleged virus tagged as COVID-19.

At the risk of repeating myself because I’m going to: Go back to the beginning. Please go back to January 19, 2020. A male who became known as Patient Zero went to an urgent care clinic near Seattle, Washington. That man had seen a travel warning from the State Department about an outbreak of respiratory pneumonia in Wuhan, China where Patient Zero had just returned from. Reports state Patient zero had his blood drawn and nasal and throat swabs were taken. Those samples were flown overnight to the CDC lab in Atlanta. On January 20, 2021, the CDC pronounced Patient Zero had this new novel coronavirus.

I’m just waiting for my dear friend, a lawyer, to make any final corrections to another FOIA I’m getting ready to file with the CDC. The first one I filed on May 7, 2021, was non-responsive. In record time for an alphabet soup agency, their “final response” provided me with several links. None of them addressed the question: What scientific protocol(s) was used to determine this “new novel” coronavirus existed?

“Coronavirus Disease 2019 Testing Basics – “Swab samples use a swab (similar to a long Q-Tip) to collect a sample from the nose or throat. The types of samples include: Anterior Nares (Nasal) – takes a sample from just inside the nostrils; Mid-turbinate – takes a sample from further up inside the nose; Nasopharyngeal– takes a sample from deep inside the nose, reaching the back of the throat; Oropharyngeal– takes a sample from the middle part of the throat (pharynx) just beyond the mouth.

“Saliva samples are collected by spitting into a tube rather than using a nose or throat swab.Blood samples are only used to test for antibodies and not to diagnose COVID-19. Venous blood samples are typically collected at a doctor’s office or clinic.”

As you can see, that didn’t answer my question. Please keep in mind the word isolation as it’s been used and abused throughout this nightmare. CDC’s second link and this is, I believe crucial: Pathology and Pathogenesis of SARS-CoV-2 Associated with Fatal Coronavirus Disease, United States, Sept. 20, 2021– “The clinical distinction between SARS-CoV-2 and other respiratory viral infections is difficult because there are overlapping clinical features characterized by febrile illness with cough that lasts for several days before progressing to acute pneumonia. In addition, persons with SARS-CoV-2 and other respiratory viral infections may have atypical or minimal symptoms (25–27)” (febrile: pertaining to or marked by fever)

Uh, oh: 07/21/2021: Lab Alert: Changes to CDC RT-PCR for SARS-CoV-2 Testing – “In preparation for this change, CDC recommends clinical laboratories and testing sites that have been using the CDC 2019-nCoV RT-PCR assay select and begin their transition to another FDA-authorized COVID-19 test. CDC encourages laboratories to consider adoption of a multiplexed method that can facilitate detection and differentiation of SARS-CoV-2 and influenza viruses.”

Why the sudden decision to find new testing methods? Because the con using the PCR has been caught naked and I believe, they fear lawsuits which will prove through discovery and depositions this whole “pandemic” was a damn lie from day one.

Go back to the link Pathology and Pathogenesis above, in several sections, i.e., Histopathology and Immunohistochemistry, they use a PCR test. In that section you’ll see a host of cocktails that directly is in contradiction of the word isolate and sure has nothing to do with purified.

This is the FDA document cited since last year: CDC 2019-Novel Coronavirus (2019-nCoV) Real-Time RT-PCR Diagnostic Panel originally dated July 13, 2020. The FDA shows a change of date to Dec. 1, 2020; the text remains unchanged. Pg 9: “Equivalence and performance of these extraction platforms for extraction of viral RNA were demonstrated with the CDC Human Influenza Virus Real-Time RT-PCR Diagnostic Panel (K190302). Performance characteristics of these extraction platforms with 2019-nCoV (SARS CoV-2) have not been demonstrated.”

Pg 40 of report: The analytical sensitivity of the rRT-PCR assays contained in the CDC 2019 Novel Coronavirus (2019-nCoV) Real-Time RT-PCR Diagnostic Panel were determined in Limit of Detection studies. Since no quantified virus isolates of the 2019-nCoV were available for CDC use at the time the test was developed and this study conducted, assays designed for detection of the 2019-nCoV RNA were tested with characterized stocks of in vitro transcribed full length RNA…”

So, they have nothing. No virus, no isolation and nothing resembling purified. Going to the CDC’s response to my FOIA: “The SARS-CoV-2 virus may be isolated from human clinical specimens by culturing in cells. In January 2020, CDC isolated the SARS-CoV-2 virus from a clinical specimen from the first confirmed case of COVID-19 in the United States.”

That would be the man from Washington State. They isolated this phantom virus from Patient Zero using what? Just when did the CDC actually “discover” COVID-19 because looking at Dr. Lanka’s controlled experiments, it took up to five days to prove his findings. Recall what I quoted in a previous column:

“Now, if you click on the link above, a confirmed case, it goes to a January 21, 2020, CDC page. “CDC has been proactively preparing for the introduction of 2019-nCoV in the United States for weeks…” One day after Patient Zero’s swabs and blood are sent to Atlanta, the CDC had already been preparing for this previously unknown COVID-19.

That’s why the patent issue is key: Read: Nothing about the “novel” coronavirus is new: Dr. David Martin with Reiner Fuellmich, July 11, 2021

Remember this phrase saturated in every news item all last year, this from The Omega Brief: “GOAL #1: Create “The New Normal campaign” for the purpose of “getting people to accept,universal pan influenza, pan coronavirus vaccine” as scripted by MERCK in 2004 and adopted,by the World Health Organization in 2020.”

This brings me to the questions I have in my new FOIA:

All tangible evidence, documents (whether printed or electronic), notes, computer data or any other form of memoralization, for Patient Zero showing which exact nasal swab was used, i.e., nasopharyngeal swab or oropharyngeal swab.

All tangible evidence, documents (whether printed or electronic), notes, computer data or any other form of memoralization, showing blood testing used for COVID-19 for Patient Zero.

All tangible evidence, documents (whether printed or electronic), notes, computer data or any other form of memoralization, showing results of the PCR test from the swabs mentioned above.

Why is this so important? There have been reports some people believe they became infected with this phantom virus back in November & December 2019 at the same time the annual influenza flu season starts cranking up. Those folks reported they thought they had a bad case of the flu, but now think they had COVID-19.

Why are the swabs so important re Patient Zero? Because it’s January 20, 2020. Nasopharyngeal and Oropharyngeal (I highlighted above in red) are the gold standard for using a PCR test for this SARS-Co-V-2. Coronavirus Disease 2019 Testing Basics – “There are different types of tests – diagnostic tests and antibody tests.

“Diagnostic tests can show if you have an active COVID-19 infection and need to take steps to quarantine or isolate yourself from others. Molecular and antigen tests are types of diagnostic tests than can detect if you have an active COVID-19 infection. Samples for diagnostic tests are typically collected with a nasal or throat swab, or saliva collected by spitting into a tube. Antibody tests look for antibodies in your immune system produced in response to SARS-CoV-2, the virus that causes COVID-19. Antibody tests should not be used to diagnose an active COVID-19 infection.”

If a PCR test was used on Patient Zero to detect this “new novel” coronavirus then you have nothing because a PCR test doesn’t detect any virus or infection. In fact, this goes much deeper regarding discovery of a new virus which I cover below.

This is why the response from my May 2021 FOIA request didn’t answer my question. I requested what scientific protocol(s) was used to detect this new virus? I didn’t ask for how to test for a “new novel” coronavirus. Jan. 20^th all you have (reportedly) is a blood sample and nasal swabs to test in a CDC lab which comes back with the desired – not science – diagnosis. There is a second part to my new FOIA which I’ll cover in an upcoming column; hopefully I’ll have a response from the CDC by then.

January 22, 2020, President Trump tells America, “We have it totally under control. It’s one person coming in from China. It’s going to be just fine.” Who told him that? Well, that would be his “advisors” like HHS Secretary, Alex Azar. By March 9, 2020, a million Americans had been tested using a test that doesn’t test for any virus. Then along comes career criminal, Anthony the Faker Fauci courtesy of globalist Mike Pence.

How the PCR is Being Misused in Detecting the Supposed Sars-Cov-2 Cases – An excellent, easy to understand explanation. How the world was tricked into panic: “The specifics of the PCR/RT-PCR technique that might lend itself to manipulation and fabrication of a delusion and the creation of fear and anxiety:

“1. Size of amplicon (amplified product): The smaller its size, the higher the probability that the product could be found on a variety of DNA sequences from a variety of organisms; including humans.The laboratory amplification of an alleged, specific, very short DNA/RNA segment does not prove the existence of any virus or bacteria and could never predict illness and death for that matter.

“That is why PCR should not be used for clinical diagnosis. The size of the amplified DNA segments, supposedly only coding for various proteins of the Sars-Cov-2 are very small; about 112 bp long or slightly longer.

“Our bodies are awash with DNA and various RNA molecules which are constantly floating about both intracellularly as well as extracellularly…A swab sample will contain a mixture of DNA and RNA as well as huge amounts of proteins belonging to human cells, various bacteria, viruses, protozoa and fungal species.”

Now, this has bothered me for most of this year, well, actually back to October 2020 when I wrote a column about the proposed class action lawsuit: International Class Action Lawsuits Against Corona PCR Test Manufacturers – “Dr. Fuellmich is one of four members who make up the German Corona Investigative Committee. He discusses in detail why they are pursuing tort lawsuits which should then be deemed class action lawsuits globally.

“All of their evidence will be made free of charge for attorneys around the world to pursue class action lawsuits. The manufacturers of the PCR Corona tests and those who promote it – my words – are guilty of fraud and in the words of Dr. Fuellmich – guilty of the greatest crime against humanity.

“He explains how these tort cases will be the largest ones ever in history. As you watch his 49:00 presentation he mentions T-Cells. Very important.” In email to me December 14, 2020, Dr. Fuellmich informed me at that time there were no lawsuits filed in the U.S. as yet. As of this date, I haven’t found one which really bothers me as the evidence of fraud using a PCR test is clearly there. (I am aware of the Children’s Health Defense successful lawsuit in NY to stop PCR testing for schools.)

I’ve seen all the headlines about 1,000 lawyers having filed a class action lawsuit or CORONAVIRUS LITIGATION: Class Action Lawsuit Filed by German Attorneys for Covid Crimes Against Humanity but, again, I have not found such a lawsuit actually filed in the U.S.

Dr. Fuellmich did inform me in that email, “I have filed the attached PCR-test complaint (it´s the English version) in Berlin. But there will be more such complaints filed. The one filed in Berlin is clad in a defamation suit, this gives us the advantage of the burden of proof being on the so-called “fact checkers” (who, as you know, are simply goons hired by the social media to defame opinions that are not in line with the government). Reiner. This site covers quite a bit but there are no links to complaints or lawsuits.

The use of the PCR test was justification for locking down nearly the entire planet and need for a vaccine. This is a lengthy 56-pg legal approach by Reiner I encourage everyone to read. In fact, it’s quite important because, using Reiner’s words, this has been a PCR scandal, not a pandemic.

Besides suing the manufacturers of those tests, hospitals, clinics pharmacies, labs and any other testing facility (whoever is responsible at a location) should also be sued for fraud. Courts say ignorance of the law is no excuse and neither is ignorance of science. So, why don’t we have one big class action lawsuit or even several at this stage of this monstrous scheme?

Fact: Neither the CDC or any other government health agency in more than 40 countries has a purified, isolated particles sample of this SARS-C-o-V-2. This continues to be ignored like a drunk uncle at a wedding reception:

Dr. Stefan Lanka, a microbiologist over in Germany with decades of experience proved in a court of law in 2017 measles is not a virus. Yet, here in the U.S. and other countries, parents are guilt-shamed into getting their child a measles vaccine. Dr. Lanka doesn’t deny measles is a disease, it’s just not a virus and neither is this COVID- 19.

SARS-CoV-2: Isn’t It Time Someone Did this?

This video is 22 minutes long. In it you will see how Dr. Lanka conducted real science vs the pseudo-science which produced this “new novel” coronavirus.The gold standard used since Robert Koch came up with his ‘postulates’ to identify a virus well over a hundred years ago is still top dog today. As I’ve learned about all this, at times I find it amazing no scientists seem to be interested. Science and technology has grown leaps and bounds over the past 50 years. Lanka: We’re still vaccinating our children using 18^th& 19^th century science.

I ask this in an older column – why haven’t any virologists, scientists or doctors here in the U.S. done the same controlled experiments as he did? Why is as old as time: MONEY. Research and grant money not to mention keeping a prestigious job at some university studying viruses.Money from vaccine manufacturers for research on viruses so they can come up with new vaccines. Not to mention the wee problem: Using modern science, proof not only is measles not a virus, neither is COVID-19 and a whole list of other viruses.

Certain diseases like cancer are not treated with a vaccine and if all those viruses requiring a vaccine aren’t really a virus, well, you can see how this turns the scientific world upside down. CDC NOW Admits NO ‘Gold Standard’ for the Isolation for ANY Virus!

It also blows apart this diabolical demand everyone take one of those non-vaccines being passed off as vaccines and there goes those double-digit billions in profits year after year.

This is text of one of Dr. Lanka’s interviews. While he speaks very good English, it’s a bit difficult sometimes to understand him on video; reading this was easy and incredibly educational. Stefan Lanka: “Viruses are not microbes and have no infectious capacity”

January 31, 2021 – Phantom Virus: In Search of Sars-CoV-2 by Torsten Engelbrecht, Dr. Stefano Scoglio & Konstantin Demeter, Off Guardian

February 19, 2021 – Statement of Virus Isolation | Conclusion: The SARS-CoV2 Virus Does Not Exist, by Dr. Tom Cowan, Dr. Andrew Kaufman, Sally Fallon Morell

July 31, 2021 – Leading Corona researchers admit that they have no scientific proof for the existence of a virus

Here we are close to October and not a peep out of the “mainstream” media, print or electronic; not a whisper on any cable TV network and nothing on the majority of “conservative” talk radio shows. Yes, I’ve seen the hit pieces from all of the above the SARS-CoV-2 virus was isolated. Fake news.

The number of doctors and scientists speaking out is now in the double-digit thousands around the world thanks to independent media. But, in the meantime, Americans (and other countries) continue to lose their jobs and paycheck based on a mountain of lies. An illusion crafted by evil people. The number of deaths is beginning to escalate while governors refuse to stop distribution of those injections in states.

This is quite a long video so I watched about half an hour at a time. Vaccines Have Killed 200,000 Americans. It is narrated by Steve Kirsch, a billionaire who has offered $1 million dollars to anyone who can prove him wrong. Like Dr. Lanka, Kirsch has no challengers to date. A million bux. Kirsch uses precise methodology in his analysis that over 200,000 Americans have now died after taking those injections and the real number of adverse “events” is 2 million. Not sure the date of that video but at the end he mentions no autopsies, but a number have actually been done.

Video: Alarming COVID-19 Vaccine Discussion between Dr. Robert Malone, Steve Kirsch and Dr. Brett Weinstein.

There are too many lawsuits to mention, many are winning but some are not. If we are going to stop this planned destruction, lawsuits need to be filed against those PCR manufacturers, et al, as I wrote at the beginning. Where are lawyers in this country who can get this done? My goodness, you’ll have tens of thousands of plaintiffs from people who lost their jobs and businesses all because of fraud: The PCR test. Someone snarked at me the other day and said forget the courts.

Listen: If you do nothing, nothing gets done. In this case, the real science is crystal clear. Many big lawsuits have been successful even when the prevailing opinion was they were losers: Merck has paid out $4.5 BILLION in damages for their VIOXX killer. Tobacco companies prevailed and many others. Either we put a dagger through the heart of this hell or keep watching videos, keep watching as the number of dead and injured climbs and more of our freedoms are crushed.

Here in Texas, we are hammering on our Attorney General Ken Paxton to file a State Little RICO ACT against all the dirty players. For the backstory: COVID-19 Patents: State Little RICO Acts Prosecution?, July 19, 2021 and COVID-19: The Omega Brief, Sept. 13, 2021. They are tied together and the paper trail leads right to criminal acts. My recommendation for your group or organization: Print out the Omega Brief. Print out the entire text below this video along with the title and URL. You can put both on a CD, but they can’t ignore a physical copy. Well, they can, but that’s where your power of persuasion takes over. If you can get an appointment with your state AG or his/her chief of staff (forget blue states), that’s best. If not or your capitol is too far away, use the post office.

Three or four go to the meeting with your package and a signature page – gather as many signatures as you can; friends, family the more the better. It shows there are more than just you wanting this to happen. Stress how important it is for the AG or Chief of Staff or both to have a meeting with Dr. David Martin (covered in the RICO Acts link above).

There’s more than enough evidence to prosecute all the individuals specifically named by Dr. Martin, Anthony the Faker Fauci and persons/corporations in the Omega Brief.

This needs further looking into: WORLD BOMBSHELL: Leaked DARPA document, DRASTIC analysis confirms attack on humanity using aerosolized, skin-penetrating nanoparticle spike proteins AND “The DARPA DEFUSE Project” AND REJECTION OF DEFUSE PROJECT PROPOSAL

Her opinion down at No. 35 should shock everyone. She’s a Lt. Colonel who is jeopardizing her career and pension by becoming a whistleblower: AFFIDAVIT OF LTC. THERESA LONG M.D. IN SUPPORT OF A MOTION FOR A PRELIMINARY INJUNCTION ORDER

If we want to win this war, we have to be the aggressor by suing and we need just one state AG to start the dominoes collapsing. Or, we can keep getting kicked around by the criminal imposter in the WH and governors. Flu season is inching closer and you can take money to the bank dictator governors like Newson, Whitmer, etc., will do what they did last year (lockdowns, masks, social distancing nonsense) all the while screaming, DEMANDING we all take those injections.

Please share this column on every social media and email lists. Networking works which is why there’s a historical rejection of those vaccines. We’re getting the truth to millions. Now we need to go after the evil ones who brought this nightmare to the world.

Awesome speech, and a warning for all people who are in positions of power. [Click the Picture]

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Sickening: Teachers to rat on students for breaking COVID rules and it gets worse

Child Abuse: Viral Video of Toddler Being Forced to Wear Mask Sparks Outrage Over NY Mask Mandate

My last vaccine was by age 5. Never had another one or one of the popular flu shots. Don’t need them. It’s a personal choice. Having said that, I highly recommend you read this short book, Vaccination the Hidden Facts by Ian Sinclair. It’s FREE on line and I guarantee you’ll be shocked. The author did a tremendous amount of research.

Can the CDC, FDA, Fauci & NAID Be Sued for Fraud?

3,000 Physicians, Scientists Sign Declaration Accusing Governments of “Crimes Against Humanity” Through Covid Regime, Sept 25, 2021

COVID-19 vaccine boosters could mean billions for drug makers

COVID-19 Not a Virus: Can Any Scientist Prove Dr. Stefan Lanka Wrong?, July 12, 2021

COVID-19: Why Are American Scientists Silent on This?, July 26, 2021

3,000 NYC Teachers Asked for Vaccination Exemptions, Union Says

Latest: Lockdown Lawsuits Update By Top International Lawyer, Reiner Fuellmich

Backstory

Politics and the Politicization of the US Military

by Caren Besner

“If there is one basic element in our Constitution, it is civilian control of the military” – Harry S. Truman

Americans traditionally have been wary of a large permanent military establishment, believing it to be a threat to democratic institutions. This attitude goes all the way back to the Founding Fathers who deliberately kept the army small, preferring to rely on local militia in case of an emergency. This was done in order to prevent the army from being used to repress the rights of any individual state during the long and ongoing battle over the issue of states’ rights; the echoes of which still reverberate to this very day. The past nine months’ events show how wise this attitude was.

During major conflicts, such as the Civil War and the two World Wars, the military would expand exponentially, only to revert to the size of a constabulary force when hostilities ended. This lasted until the onset of the Cold War, when our newly established rivalry with the Soviet Bloc compelled us to maintain a large standing military force.

All American soldiers swear the same oath to preserve, protect, and defend the Constitution of the United States. Their oath is not to any political party regardless of which one currently holds the reins of power.

Career military officers occupy a unique place in American society. Ideally, they are supposed to be apolitical. They vote in elections of course, but they are not free to criticize politics openly nor to deride their Commander-in-Chief, whoever that might be. Senior officers are supposed to be promoted based on competency, efficiency, and ability, not because of loyalty to any political party.

Officers who violate these rules can be dismissed from the military. The most famous example was President Truman’s firing of General Douglas MacArthur in 1951. An open critic of the Truman administration’s handling of the Korean War, MacArthur delved into the area of foreign policy, urging the Nationalist Chinese on the island of Formosa (now Taiwan) to attack the Chinese mainland. Since this would have entailed an expansion of the war, possibly involving the Soviet Union, this was the last thing Truman wanted. MacArthur had to go.

Seventy years after MacArthur’s ignominious dismissal, another American general is in the spotlight: General Mark Milley, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff and the highest-ranking military officer in the armed forces. MacArthur’s actions took place at a time when America was beginning its ascendency to the position of global superpower; Milley’s deeds have occurred during a time when America’s dominant position is clearly in a state of decline. Both men believed in the righteousness of their cause and both served under presidents whose actions they deemed harmful to American interests. Both men acted in ways that clearly overstepped the boundaries of their authority and both fervently defended their actions, causing a great deal of controversy.

According to Bob Woodward’s and Robert Costa’s newly published Peril (and subsequently reported in the Washington Post), in October 2020 and January 2021, Milley placed phone calls to his Chinese counterpart in Beijing (which he later admitted doing). These calls were meant to reassure the Chinese we were not going to launch a nuclear strike against them. Milley stated, “If we’re going to attack, I’m going to call you ahead of time. It’s not going to be a surprise.”

Milley also allegedly asked his senior commanders to take an oath to him promising to obtain his approval if Trump launched a nuclear attack. A spokesman for the general stated he acted within his authority as the senior military advisor to the President and the Secretary of Defense, yet Milley failed to consult any civilian authority, a fact confirmed by his superiors in the Trump administration, and by the former President himself.

General Milley also undertook at least two other controversial programs. The first was adopting Critical Race Theory as part of the reading curriculum for the military; a program which he personally defended during recent congressional hearings. American soldiers have historically sacrificed themselves on battlefields from Europe to Asia and the Middle East to save their brothers in arms. All that mattered was that the other guy wore the same uniform. Under Critical Race Theory, a soldier would be compelled not to look at the color of a fellow soldier’s uniform, but at the color of his skin, before acting. Just how this adds to the cohesiveness, comradery, and fighting efficiency of the military is not explained.

Second, Milley worked closely with Defense Sec. Lloyd Austin, who ordered a “stand down” of the entire military to hunt down “extremism” in the military. This was done in response to Joe Biden’s announcement of “white supremacists” as the greatest threat to our democracy. Accordingly, an internal review was conducted to identify any “offenders” within the ranks. Given these facts, it seems that the entire military is being both indoctrinated and politicized.

A large military establishment is now a permanent part of the American landscape. Just exactly how and against whom this force is to be used is now the question. China’s recent history provides one possible outcome. In June 1989, more than one and a quarter million protesters gathered in Beijing’s Tiananmen Square to advocate for democratic reforms. Those protests had been going on for several weeks and had spread to dozens of Chinese cities. The Chinese Communist Party, perceiving an existential threat to their power, ordered the Chinese army, the People’s Liberation Army, to crush the demonstrators, most of whom were unarmed students. No one knows how many were killed, but estimates run from hundreds to several thousand.

Given Biden’s identification of the “real enemy” as white supremacists, it’s possible that the military is directing its attention to this new perceived domestic threat. According to the radical left, which appears to control the Democrat party, this enemy consists of the 75 million Americans who voted for Donald Trump in 2020.

For now, we don’t know how this will play out. Would the US Army or any segment of it, thoroughly imbued in Wokeism and Critical Race Theory, open fire on a mass of peaceful unarmed protesters if ordered to do so? Only time will tell.

Seven decades separate the actions of Douglas MacArthur and Mark Milley. During those years, the United States of America has fundamentally changed. In 1951, most Americans were fervently anti-Communist. In 2021, only 30 years after the fall of the Berlin Wall and the collapse of Communism, countless millions of Americans seem willing and even eager to embrace it. This shift to the far left is only going to accelerate as more of our younger generation, thoroughly indoctrinated in Wokeism and Neo-Marxist ideology comes of age.

Just where the U.S. military will fit in this “Brave New World” is yet to be realized. One thing, however, can be stated with a degree of certainty: the army can never be used as an instrument of repression against our own people. The current politicization and indoctrination of the armed forces must cease. The public trust in our social institutions; not just the military, but also law enforcement agencies such as the FBI, the Justice Department, and organizations such as the CDC, NIH, FDA, and indeed the government itself is at stake.

[BIO: Caren Besner has written articles published by American Thinker, The Front Page, Dr Swier, Renew America, Sun-Sentinel, NewsWithViews, Published Reporter, The Moderate Voice, The Florida Veteran, Independent Sentinel, and others.]

E-Mail Caren Besner: greta1953@aol.com

Democrats: Architects of the Destruction of America, Part 4

By Roger Anghis

What the Present illegal administration is doing to America is nothing short of treason. If you disagree with that statement you are part of the problem, This administration is trying hard to make elections irrelevant. Their demand to use mail-in ballots guarantee they never lose another election. Look at California’s recent recall election. Exit polling showed 95% of the people voting to recall but election ‘results’ showed a figure of 36%. Pelosi did say they had insured Newsome would be retained. Voter fraud was that insurance. Devvy Kidd with NewsWithViews.com wrote an excellent article about this fraud: The Gavin Newsom’s, a long string of them just with different names, along with a state legislature dominated by socialists (liberals) and communists (progressives) for forty years have destroyed the state where I was born and raised. But, over the past couple of decades, I believe a large number of Californians, regardless of party, have finally begun waking up to see the carnage and destruction – especially when it touches their lives.

Newsom, like other Democrat Communist Party USA governors, choked the people of California nearly to death with all the bogus COVID-19 restrictions along with locking down the state for many months. And, he’s not letting up just like his Comrades in other states. As time has worn on, even Democrats who’ve become educated on the planned pandemic, wanted Newsom gone.

The only way to keep Newsom in office was to ensure vote fraud controlled that recall vote last Tuesday. I don’t give a damn what the paid liars at the LA Times or ABC or any of the prostitute media print or vomit up on the nightly news.

This is the same steal method that’s been used for decades. I’ve been writing and exposing vote fraud since 1993. When the Motor Voter Act came up in Congress, so many of us tried to slap a sleeping population and warn what would happen if it became law – which it did. The biggest door for vote fraud was now opened and here we are today.[1]

I can attest to the fact that the Motor Voter bill creates an excellent opportunity for fraud. I live in Colorado and we have been taken over by liberal Democrats. I renewed my driver’s license a couple of years ago and they asked me if I wanted to register to vote, I asked them if they needed to know if I was a legal citizen and I was told that it was illegal for them to ask that question! Seeing that it is illegal for a non-citizen to vote in a federal election one would think that verifying citizenship would be a good thing. Not in a Democrat-controlled state. If verification is required then voter fraud is much more difficult which is why democrats fight it so hard.

Democrats have made it more profitable to hold patents in foreign countries than in America. Profits from that Intellectual Property is taxed differently. You can see that here[2] and here[3]. As is typical of the democrat party this is a direct attack on the American entrepreneur. Don’t get me wrong, I don’t believe for one minute that Biden is the one behind this. He doesn’t have the cognizance to go to the bathroom by himself let alone set these kinds of directives. He is nothing but a puppet for, I believe, Obama and his anti-American crowd. That’s my opinion but I have rarely been wrong on these kinds of things.

Biden has proposed the so-called Equity Act which is anything but. This bill eliminates your right to your opinion that certain lifestyles are an abomination as the Bible states they are. This is an attack on our religious freedoms something the democrats want to eliminate in its entirety.

This bill also requires that everyone accept and embrace these lifestyles that for all of history have been called an abomination by God. Virginia high school teacher Peter Vlaming lost his job for something he did not say.

A county school board voted unanimously to fire the veteran teacher over the objections of his students after he refused to comply with administrators’ orders to use masculine pronouns in referring to a female student who identifies as transgender.

Vlaming did his best to accommodate the student without violating his religious belief that God created human beings male and female, using the student’s new name and simply refraining from using pronouns altogether.[Read] No one should have to accept or embrace something that is obviously unnatural and perverted.

This bill would put many charities in jeopardy because under this bill you have to embrace the perverted thinking of someone who cannot discern the obvious. In Philadelphia, just days after the city put out an urgent call for 300 additional families to foster children, the city halted child placements by Catholic Social Services because of the organization’s belief that every child deserves both a mother and a father.[Read] In even more insanity it would force social service organizations to allow men in women-only facilities; In Anchorage, Alaska, a biological male born Timothy Paul Coyle goes by the name of Samantha Amanda Coyle. On two occasions, Coyle tried to gain access to the city’s Downtown Soup Kitchen Hope Center, a shelter for homeless, abused, and trafficked women.

In one attempt, authorities said, Coyle was inebriated and had gotten into a fight with a staffer at another shelter, so Hope Center staff paid Coyle’s fare to the emergency room to receive medical attention. Coyle sued the center for “gender identity discrimination.”

A federal sexual orientation and gender identity law could force any social service organization to open up private facilities—including single-sex bathrooms, showers, and sleeping areas—to members of the opposite sex.[Read]

All of this idiocy is being pushed on us by the Democrat Party and their ‘all inclusive’ policies that refuse to include moral common sense. The democrats think that it’s okay for males to compete in female sports events. Female sports events are not places for failed male athletes to continue their attempts to win their events.

The insanity of these policies is nothing more than a slap in the face to people who live moral lives by moral principles. The is no equality in the Equality Act. It is a forced acceptance of immoral principles on a moral society. If a child decides that there are the opposite sex of what they were born and the parent attempts to work with the child to correct their confused thinking the state could take all parental rights away from the parents. This has already happened. In Ohio, a judge removed a biological girl from her parents’ custody after they declined to help her “transition” to male with testosterone supplements.

After the Cincinnati Children’s Hospital’s Transgender Health Clinic recommended these treatments for the girl’s gender dysphoria, the parents wanted to pursue counseling instead. Then the county’s family services agency charged the parents with abuse and neglect, and the judge terminated their custody.

Similar cases are proceeding through the courts with children as young as 6 years old.[Read]

If the democrats are allowed to continue on the path they have America on, America will be a failed experiment. I don’t believe that God is done with America. I don’t believe that He will let this party of the anti-christ take America away from Him. He will do a suddenly that will find the democrats trying to figure out what happened. Our work for God is not finished and that work will not be delayed.

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

What Else Do You Need To See?

By Michael Peroutka

Only days after presiding over the worst military disaster in American history, Joe Biden told us that his “patience is running thin” with those who have not agreed to be lab rats in the most massive human experiment in the history of mankind.

Chastising those who have not yet taken the jab, he asked, “What more do you need to see?”

In just seven months, Biden has decimated the American economy, destroyed the livelihoods of millions of Americans, opened our borders to our enemies, allowed the massacre of at least 13 American soldiers, left Americans in Afghanistan to be tortured and murdered….

And now,… HIS PATIENCE IS RUNNING THIN…?!?

Please allow me to test your patience just a little further…

Video Column

Did you know that Biden’s vaccination mandates for every American don’t actually apply to every American?

That’s right.

There are some groups who are exempt.

For example, United States Senators and Representatives are exempt. White House Officials are exempt. Likewise, the Judiciary. So, these people who make the laws, execute the laws, and make judicial rulings about the laws, don’t have to follow the laws. They are exempt,…and so are the members of their staffs.

Isn’t that interesting?

It gets worse.

Those folks who work for the vaccine makers, Phizer, and Moderna, and Johnson…They’re exempt, too. Oh, and so is everybody at the CDC, the FDA and the WHO,

More interesting still…

Oh, and although American soldiers and sailors are required to take the shot, all those thousands and thousands of Afghan “refugees” are also exempt.

Do you get it yet?

Well, as Joe said, “What else do you need to see?”

E-Mail Michael Peroutka: Michael@theAmericanView.com

Majority of Government Was Fake, Now it’s all Fake

Andrew C. Wallace

Our Declaration of Independence and Constitution remain as the Supreme law of the Land. In simple terms the only valid laws remaining in force are those of the states, and our founding documents. The Unconstitutional Election Insurrection effectively removed any authority or semblance of our Republic. The greatest Constitution in the world still exists, and its protections are binding on everyone in the United States, even if the Republic itself exists in name only.

Most of ‘government’ was without lawful authority before the Election Insurrection, which then ended all illusions of constitutional and lawful authority. The faux administration now only has the power of fear, blackmail, and the barrel of a gun…with no authority. The Constitution reserves ALL powers to the states and to the people, except for Defense, Foreign Relations, Immigration, Currency, Post Office, and some household functions. Federal government has these enumerated powers ONLY. This means that MOST government departments, agencies and related laws are unconstitutional because they have usurped those unconstitutional powers from the states. The states have become mere political subdivisions of the “United States”, subject to its coercion and blackmail.

The Communists and Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) have been attempting to take over our country since its founding. They have been very successful in concentrating power in the federal government by unconstitutionally usurping state powers. Some examples of this usurpation are departments of Education, Energy, Agriculture, Labor, Health and Human Services, Housing and Urban Development, Transportation, et al. All laws relating to these departments are also bogus. Using these powers (and others) has made the PSRRC and their minions in government and the corporate world very wealthy, while impoverishing and enslaving the people. It is imperative that people know that their real enemy is the PSRRC, and that their corrupt minions have no lawful or constitutional authority to call the shots. To be even more specific, the minions are bribed government employees, elected officials, corporate officials, et al. of BOTH parties, excluding valid America First Republicans.

The Election Insurrection was a terrible tragedy and a costly treason, but it also gives us the greatest possible opportunity that we have ever had to return our government to what it was at the founding. The Communists and the PSRRC have made this possible by scaring the hell out of people, denying them constitutional rights and equal justice. The PSRRC has effectively forced the people to open their eyes and demand MAJOR reform and a return to our original Constitutional government.

Politicians should understand that they will not be welcome home or anywhere else, unless they support “The Requirements for Freedom and Liberation” listed below, among many others. I acknowledge that our corrupt politicians would never vote for these items unless we are involved in a major political and economic upheaval (which we now are) and they are dreaming of being on the receiving end of pitchforks, tar and feathers. Professionals must put these recommendations into proper form.

The Requirements for Freedom and Liberation

1. Stop all illegal immigration, give no amnesties, end chain migration, and deport every last illegal in the country. Any future immigration would be subject to the “Public Charge Doctrine” whereby they are no cost to the government.
2. Use anti -trust laws to break up major internet companies.
3. Media companies must be regulated to report honest news, not narratives.
4. Internet and media companies that block anyone from saying anything against the socialist narrative will no longer be immune from lawsuits.
5. Government officials who refuse to enforce the law will be prosecuted and removed from office, as their sacred Oath is a qualification for office.
6. Government Officials and judges who make their own laws will be charged with crimes and impeached.
7. Corporations will not be allowed to support political candidates with money or anything else of value.
8. Politicians can only accept money from constituents. Political donations to be limited.
9. Reinstate the draft as a deterrent to no-win wars and to educate our young people to defend themselves and the country.
10. Transfer all benefit programs to the states except for Social Security and Medicare.
11. Banks can’t be both investment and commercial.
12. Corporations can’t be sold without approval by 60% of employees.
13. Stock market must be fair for large and small investors alike.
14. If you don’t own the precious metal, stock or other securities, you can’t sell it short.
15. The Unconstitutional Private Federal Reserve Bank is impoverishing average citizens and enriching the wealthy by printing unlimited quantities of fiat money with no backing. The Federal Reserve bank is also causing rampant inflation, a falling dollar, and an economic collapse. It would be impossible to finance no win wars if the Federal Reserve could not print unlimited quantities of unconstitutional fiat money.

16. We must follow the Constitution, terminate the unconstitutional Private Federal Reserve Bank, and back our currency with gold and silver as required by the Constitution. It is the only way to rein in the government’s propensity to spend money and wage no- win wars for corporate profits.
17. FBI is the most corrupt, incompetent and expensive police force in the world, and it must be disbanded. The Constitution calls for the Militia of the Several States to enforce laws of the Union.
18. Senators should serve no more than 2 terms and representatives not more than 4 terms.
19. There should be no huge retirement benefits for elected officials, none. They can use 401Ks like everyone else, and be subject to all laws like everybody else.
20. Violations of federal laws by elected officials and government employees and others will be investigated, charged, and tried. Otherwise, responsible judicial and law enforcement officials will be charged for not doing so.

21. “The American Dream” must be safeguarded by making it unlawful for anyone but individual American citizens to purchase single family homes for their own personal use. Corporate stock manipulators can’t be allowed to use the Federal Reserve’s fiat money to price average Americans out of home ownership and the American Dream.
22. The draconian efforts by state and federal governments to force people to wear masks, maintain physical separation, quarantine, lock down, deny right of assembly and travel, and take life-threatening Covid shots are unconstitutional, and must be considered as “suggestions” only.
23. Federal government to transfer 50% of taxes back to the state governments to finance governmental functions that would now be performed by the states.
24. Federal government should not be involved in any social programs because they have no authority under the Constitution to do so.
25.Any federal expenditures to support legal and illegal immigrants are to be prohibited. That is the proper responsibility of charities.
26. States should give vouchers to parents so children can go to any desired school acceptable to the state.

27. Since a majority of college courses have little value in future employment, no employer should be permitted to require a degree, except in professional areas such as medicine, engineering, business, et al. Public funding of higher education which does not result in marketable skills is a fraud on taxpayers. Public has no responsibility to finance four years of fun, games and debauchery. Economists could say that the “Economic Opportunity Cost” of most higher education is exorbitant and not the best use of time and money.
28. We must follow the advice of our founders and bring our troops home from all over the world. Our troops should only be used when the security of the United States is at risk. When our troops are in combat their rules of engagement must not endanger them.
29. Pushing critical race theory in the military or anywhere else is a crime.
30. The days of useless no-win wars for profits of the PSRRC’s Military Industrial Complex must end. Many millions of innocent people have died for no good purpose except to enrich the PSRRC and impoverish our citizens. The people responsible are guilty of crimes against humanity and should be tried and hung.

31. There is never any excuse to give money to foreign governments for ANY reason (with or without kickbacks) . It is especially heinous when our own people are living in the streets, our infrastructure is falling apart and fiat money must be printed.
32. We must stop Financialization which temporarily increases stock price by investing growth capital in non-productive schemes like stock buybacks, high dividends and other areas which provide no benefit to the corporation other than temporarily increasing the price of the stock The money wasted is detrimental to the corporation, the employees and the long-term stockholders. This reduces employment and corporate viability.
33. All “Green New Deal” efforts to restrict fossil fuel energy production in favor of solar and wind must stop. Promotion of electric vehicles to replace ALL fossil fuel vehicles must also stop as there is an inadequate supply of electricity and the means to deliver it.
34. Stop the Climate Change scam. Climate change is natural, not man-made, and attempts to control it are a scam to impoverish the people for the benefit of the PSRRC.

I will not now support ANY political party, or vote for ANY existing candidates, as none are worthy. We must primary all politicians and elect patriots who will support “The Requirements for Freedom and Liberation” listed above.

Diabolical, is the best way to describe the fraudulent recall election in California. The PSRRC and their Communist minions have left the people of California no choice but to rebel. This is a simple fact.

I fear that the PSRRC and its minions will resist with all available force resulting in unlimited bloodshed and destruction. I don’t condone a conflict that will cause a total economic and social collapse and a Pyrrhic Victory for both sides. I don’t think that either the People or the PSRRC will compromise, so the die is cast. Prepare for the worst. But, know that after the hell, if we really fight hard, we could have our country and Original Constitutional Republic back with the PSRRC and their Communist minions under control, or gone.

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

Elder Cleansing and the Falling Away From Constitutional Judeo-Christian Governance

By George Lujack

Coronavirus and its variants, when acquired by a healthy person, have about the same mortality rate as the common cold. The Covid vaccine has been shown to be completely ineffective in preventing the onset of Covid or one of its variants. People are not getting the Covid vaccine to prevent getting Covid. So why are people getting the vaccine?

People are rolling up their sleeves and taking the death jab because of government-induced mandates. People are injecting toxins in their blood so that they can go grocery shopping, to restaurants, to concerts and sporting events, for employment, school, and travel.

Side effects of the Covid vaccines include: chills, fever, headaches, muscle pain, nausea, redness, swelling, tiredness, blood clotting, Guillain-Barré Syndrome, myocarditis, and death.Long term effects are not yet known, but if the Covid vaccine clots the blood, it may lead to premature death. Life is in the blood (Genesis 9:4; Leviticus 17:11-14; Deuteronomy 12:23).

Recipients of the Covid vaccine are more likely to acquire Covid than non-recipients. Covid vaccine advocates say that if you do acquire Covid after receiving the vaccine, the symptoms will be less severe. Yet the fact remains that vaccinated persons are more likely to acquire Covid after receiving the vaccine and the vaccine is far more lethal than the disease itself.

Dr. Fauci is not our national doctor, no matter how much the Communist News Network (CNN) thinks he is. We are not “all in this together.” Human beings have a right to alternative medical opinions, other than the government’s, and have the sovereign right to make healthcare decisions regarding their own God-given body.

CONSCIENTIOUS OBJECTOR – MY BODY, MY CHOICE

We have been dealing with dishonest government officials for years, primarily Democrats, who are Covid vaccine mandate proponents. They expect you to forget that for decades it was they who justified infanticide by proclaiming it was a woman’s choice. Now they want you to believe that you have no choice over your own body and must receive the Covid vaccination for the greater good of society. They expect you to give up all logic and reason and obey them.

It cannot be stated often enough, as counter-propaganda sayings…

If masks work, the masked have nothing to fear from the unmasked.
If vaccines work, the vaccinated have nothing to fear from the unvaccinated.
If you need me to wear a mask and get a vaccine, in order for your mask and your vaccine to work, you are a special kind of stupid and I am not that stupid.
I am not in this together with you. I am an individual who makes individual decisions.
I am sovereign over my own body and my body is not the property of the State.

As far as Covid is concerned, I have made an informed decision and I have chosen my doctors, and Dr. Fauci is not one of them. I am relying on my immune system and the advice of America’s Frontline Doctors for any and all information and treatment, if necessary, for coronavirus and any of its variants and for any new disease the globalists wish to bring upon humanity.

UNDERSTANDING THE ENEMY

“Obama is ‘the one’” – Oprah Winfrey, 2007

“We are the ones we’ve been waiting for.” – Barack Obama, 2008

“And there’s a whole generation I say this, you know, I said this, you know, for apartheid South Africa, I said this for my own, you know, community in the South. There are still generations of people, older people, who were born and bred and marinated in it, in that prejudice and racism, and they just have to die.” – Oprah Winfrey, 2013.

Oprah Winfrey, with a net worth of 2.6 billion dollars, is the world’s richest black woman according to Forbes.Winfrey has not suffered oppression at the hands of old white people.

It can be argued that much of Winfrey’s success is attributable to old white people.

This may sound surprising, but Winfrey’s statement concerning wanting older wanting people to die was not based primarily on racism against white people in general or because she is telling the truth that old white people are prejudiced and racist. What she is saying is that she wants old white people with Judeo-Christian values to die, so that those traditional values can be replaced by interfaith connected New Age philosophies.

UNDERSTANDING EVIL

Many good natured people do not understand, or do not want to believe, that there are many people in the world that do not have their best interests at heart.

PSALM 2:1-3 [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
Why do the nations rage, and the people plot a vain thing? The kings of the earth set themselves, and the rulers take counsel together, against YHWH (the Lord) and His Anointed, saying, “Let us break Their bonds [COMMANDMENTS] in pieces and cast away Their cords [PEOPLE] from us.”

MATTHEW 11:12 [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
“And from the days of John the Baptist until now [REPRESENTATIVES OF] the kingdom of heaven suffers violence, and the violent [GOVERNMENT ENTITIES] take it by force.”

REVELATION 18:23 [WITH INTERPRETATION]:
For your merchants [BUSINESSMEN, INDUSTRIALISTS] werethe great [WEALTHY] men of the earth, for by your sorcery [DRUGS, MEDICINES, PHARMAKEIA, VACCINES] all the nations were deceived.

UNDERSTANDING EVIL

Watching conservative-valued Covid vaccine rejecting persons trying to reason with eugenic-minded Covid vaccine mandate proponents reminds me of a scene from the movie Goldfinger.

James Bond:
“Do you expect me to talk?”

Goldfinger:
“No, Mr. Bond. I expect you to die! There is nothing you can talk to me about that I don’t already know.”

Covid vaccine government mandate proponents already know a few things. They know that the Covid virus is not that deadly, with a 99.97% survival rate for healthy persons, and that the vaccine is dangerous, ineffective, and is likely to reduce people’s lifespans. Any injection that clots blood will, over time, certainly contribute to premature deaths. People who are Covid vaccinated, obese, and have other health issues will all but certainly be dying from their ailments sooner than normal in the future. Covid vaccinated persons will not be surviving heart attacks and strokes, as they will be dying from them if their blood is clotting due to the Covid vaccine. Covid vaccine induced deaths, i.e. elder cleansing,will appear to be natural deaths and will be blamed on everything except Covid vaccinations.

So, what we are sure to see from government statistic manipulators in the decades ahead, and have already seen, is Covid death rates exaggerated / inflated, as anyone with a comorbid pre-existing medical condition who dies from their condition and has Covid will be tallied as a Covid death. Covid vaccine deaths will be underreported / deflated, as anyone who dies from Covid vaccine complications or side effects will be ruled death by the ailment, but not the contributing factor to the ailment: the Covid vaccine.

Attempting to reason facts and statistics about the dangers of the Covid vaccine with eugenic-minded government bureaucrats is like trying to argue the value of the lives of Jewish citizens to Nazis. Many people cannot understand this: They don’t want to give you a vaccine because they care about you. THEY WANT YOU TO DIE!

Why do they want you to die?

1 TIMOTHY 6:10:
The love of money is a root of all kinds of evil.

ethnic cleansing:
the mass expulsion or killing of members of an unwanted ethnic or religious group in a society.

elder cleansing:
the senior is systematically isolated from family members and friends, then is drugged (or ventilated) until they die.

If the governments, here and around the world, can rid themselves of the elderly, by reducing people’s lifespans, think about how much money they can save on unfunded pensions and social security payments. They have certainly thought about it. We are talking billions and trillions. They talk of “resets,” and they would certainly like to wipe their government deficits and liabilities slate clean by trimming the human herd.

Many global politicians rightly know that global warming is a hoax, but some may have convinced themselves it is true. They speak of increased carbon emissions, but fail to report that this has not led to an increase in global temperature, as global plant life has increased its carbon intake and oxygen output to offset human behavior. The world is not in such a delicate balance as the global warming proponents would have us believe. Regardless, the fear of global warming is used as justification to reduce the world’s population by any means necessary.

And finally there is the matter of resources. The globalists want to reduce the human population because they think that there are too many people using up the world’s resources.

Many movies come to mind, as either projections, propaganda, or prophetic imagery of the times we are living in or the times that the globalists want us to live in. Movies that have forecasted and reinforced the idea of mass population control and the trimming down of the human race either through technology gone wrong, outbreaks of diseases, global warming, or by totalitarian government intervention include, but are not limited to:
1984, 2149: The Aftermath, Artificial Intelligence, Blade Runner, Brave New World, Contagion, The Day After Tomorrow, The Hunger Games, Logan’s Run, Mad Max, The Matrix, Outbreak, The Terminator, V for Vendetta, Waterworld, Westworld.

Over the last century, eugenic-minded, population control rulers have tried many things to keep the human population down, such as funding abortion domestically and internationally, promoting LGBT lifestyles at the expense of traditional life-bearing heterosexuality, and of course there were many wars.

FAKE PRESIDENT BIDEN: “We’ve been patient, but our patience is wearing thin.”

Everything this usurper in chief says about Covid is a lie. “Many of us are frustrated with the nearly 80-million Americans who are still not vaccinated, even though the vaccine is safe, effective, and free.” Well, the death jab being free (at taxpayer expense) is the one thing he didn’t lie about.

Indeed the fake president and his global partners’ patience is wearing thin. Whilethe Biden regime has opened the floodgates on the Mexican border, inviting into America unvaccinated illegal immigrants and relocating them to various states, it has simultaneously opened up Covid quarantine camps, internment camps, or community isolation centers (CICs). The internment camps are not for the illegal immigrants who are flooding into America.No, they are for the unvaccinated people with Judeo-Christian values who just need to die.

KNOWING THE ENEMY

1 JOHN 2:18:
It is the last hour; and as you have heard that the Antimessiah (Antichrist) is coming, even now many antimessiahs (antichrists) have come, by which we know that it is the last hour.

2 Thessalonians 2:1-3:
Now, brethren, concerning the coming of our Lord Yeshua Messiah (Jesus Christ) and our gathering together to Him, we ask you, not to be soon shaken in mind or troubled, either by spirit or by word or by letter, as if from us, as though the day of Messiah (Christ) had come. Let no one deceive you by any means; for that Day will not come unless the FALLING AWAY comes first…

The New World Order globalists with their anti messiah / antichrist allies at every level, under the guise of a medical crisis, have exerted control over the world’s nations, many of which were formerly governed by Constitutional Judeo-Christian principles. They have imposed and will continue to try to implement draconian measures, including mask wearing requirements, medical malpractices, forced lockdowns, closures of businesses and schools, quarantines, forced hospitalizations, travel restrictions, medical testing, and forced vaccinations.

As we find ourselves in the falling away period, the pre-great tribulation years, do not be shaken in mind or troubled in spirit by these things, because these days were foretold to occur before the glorious return of Yeshua the Messiah (Jesus the Christ).

REVELATION 22:20:
Even so, come, Lord Yeshua (Jesus).

E-Mail George Lujack: georgelujack@gmail.com

Saving Privately Milley

by Servando Gonzalez

Over the years, and particularly after the events of September 11, 2001, and the popularization of the Internet, even the most gullible American citizen has suspected that there must be a secret reason why more often than not our government acts against the best interests of the American people, as well as helps our enemies and betrays our friends. Just a handful of scholars, however, have seriously studied the phenomenon.

The ones who have done so concluded that the U.S. Government has been hijacked by a group of rich, powerful individuals, who have been using it to advance their own private interests. This super-elite of a few hundred immensely wealthy and powerful individuals has been called different names: the Power Elite, the High Cabal, the Secret Team, the Secret Government, the Insiders, the Usurpers, the Invisible Government.

Probably the first author who rightly pointed to the Council on Foreign Relations as the true source of the invisible Government of the United States was Emanuel Josephson in his 1952 book Rockefeller “Internationalist”: The Man Who Misrules the World. [1] Josephson titled Chapter XIII of his book, “The Council on Foreign Relations: “Foreign Office” of the Rockefeller Empire. The Invisible government.”[2]

A few pages below he added, “So consistently have high, policy-making positions in the government been filled from the ranks of the Rockefeller’s Council that it can be called the invisible government of the United Sates.”[3]

Another author who identified the CFR as the center of the invisible government of the United States was Dan Smoot in his 1962 book The Invisible Government.[4] Smoot, a former member of the FBI Headquarters staff in Washington, D.C., expressed his conviction,

“I am convinced that the Council on Foreign Relations, together with a great number of other associated tax-exempt organizations, constitutes the invisible government which set the major policies of the federal government; exercises controlling influence on government officials who implement the policies; and, through massive and skillful propaganda, influences Congress and the public to support the policies. I am convinced the objective of this invisible government is to convert America into a socialist state and make it a unit in a one-world socialist system.” [5]

Later, John Stormer in his book None Dare Call it Treason,[6] Gary Allen in None Dare Call it Conspiracy,[7] and Phoebe Courtney in her The CFR, Part II,[8] further identified the CFR as the center of the invisible government of the United States. [9]

Like ninja assassins, the main weapon used by the CFR conspirators to commit their crimes with impunity has been their invisibility. [10] Until recently, this group of rich, powerful people, who has an almost total control over the three branches of the U.S. government, the mainstream press, Hollywood’s film industry, [11] the educational system, and currently is extending its tentacles to fully penetrate and control the U.S. armed forces, has been almost unknown to most of the American people.

But we should not blame the people. This group of powerful conspirators is very rarely mentioned in the mainstream press and is totally absent from textbooks. [12] Though their names are known, their ties to the CFR have been kept secret, and the conspirators have thanked the press for their good job on their behalf.

Speaking in 1991 at one of the secret Bilderberg meetings in Baden-Baden, Germany, David Rockefeller expressed his gratitude to a servile press for their “discretion” for almost 40 years of blackout. At the same time, he seized the opportunity to proselytize for his treasonous work undermining the constitutional principles of this country. According to David, a government run by an elite of bankers like him is much better than national sovereignty. [13]

Unknowingly, the authors who first pointed to the CFR as the true seat of this anti-American conspiracy were practicing the science of historical forensics. And, despite the efforts of the criminal conspirators at the CFR to erase all traces linking them to their crimes against the American people, these authors discovered an amazing fact: behind every act of treason to this country and its people there is always one or more members of the Council on Foreign Relations or their parasite organizations working hard in the shadows against us.

The list of events in which they have conspired to destroy this country is very long, and even a non-exhaustive macro forensic historical analysis of the CFR treason can extend for hundreds of pages. Nonetheless, the authors I have mentioned above are enough to prove beyond any reasonable doubt that what many people have suspected is true: a cabal of non-elected people is making the big decisions behind our backs and controlling our destinies.

One can claim that the facts I mention above are not true, or difficult to confirm. Still, even if only half of them were true —and all of them are in the public domain and easy to verify— this should be a motive of concern for the American public.

Likewise, some may argue that my conclusions are fallacious, because this small group of people has joined the CFR only because of their prominence and money, and that is precisely what has made this organization so powerful. But, as in the cases of Dwight Eisenhower, Henry Kissinger, Jimmy Carter, Alexander Haig, Bill Clinton, Zbigniew Bzrezinski, and Maurice Strong, just to mention a few, many of them reached prominence and fortune thanks to their membership in the CFR and not the other way around.

So, how to explain without resorting to conspiracy theories the fact that this small group of people control to such extent the foreign policy of the United States and of most countries in the world? How can one explain without resorting to conspiracy theories, the fact that, being so important and powerful, and having such control over the American mainstream media, the Council on Foreign Relations is almost unknown to the majority of the people in the United States and the world?

The Council claims that it has no affiliation with the U.S. government. Then, how can we explain these facts: Since the end of World War II, almost every Secretary of State, CIA Director, Secretary of Defense, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, National Security Council member, Federal Reserve Bank Director, is or has been a CFR member. Currently, at least 124 high-ranking U.S. military officers and several U.S. senators and Supreme Court Justices are CFR members. Actually, no other organization, not even any of the three branches of the U.S. government, exerts such control over this country.

Further proof that the Council on Foreign Relations is the true invisible government of the United States is the fact that in critical situations CFR agents infiltrated into the U.S. government bypass the legal government to report first to the invisible one. Examples of this are presidential adviser McGeorge Bundy (CFR) secretly informing the CFR about the alleged missiles in Cuba before informing President Kennedy, [14] and CIA’s Richard M. Bissell, Jr.(CFR), secretly reporting to the CFR about covert operations. [15]

When the chips are down, the conspirators’ agents infiltrated in the U.S. government know perfectly well where the true center of power is located in this country —and it is not in Washington D.C.

Consequently, we have to conclude that there is an Invisible Government, a High Cabal, a Power Elite, a Secret Team, a Secret Empire, a group of Conspirators, Infiltrators, Usurpers, Insiders, or whatever name you choose to call it, who, using gradual infiltration techniques, have penetrated the three branches of the U.S. Government as well as the Department of State, the CIA and the U.S. military, and currently has almost total control over them. It also controls the mainstream media and public education. Unfortunately, this group is currently working hard to take control of the governments of most countries in the world.

On its part, the Council on Foreign Relations describes itself as a social club where the rich and powerful meet to discuss national and international politics. Nothing farther from the truth. Actually, the CFR is the core of an evil conspiracy by a group of criminal psychopaths without any ideology at all except maximum power and control.

Their ultimate goal is the implementation of a New World Order, a communofascist totalitarian dictatorship with just two social classes: the all powerful masters and the poor serfs. To carry out their plans, the CFR conspirators have infiltrated the U.S. government, the military and the media, and now, under the excuse of protecting us from from an allegedly mortal virus, are ready for the final assault on freedom in this country and the world.

And this group of conspirators whose ultimate goal is the implementation of a totalitarian communo-fascist New World Order resides at the Harold Pratt House in Manhattan, headquarters of the Council on Foreign Relations.

Not surprisingly, the CFR has devoted so much time and effort to control key members of the U.S. military, and they have been highly successful.

At least on two occasions, on May 3, 2016 and on June 1, 2017, Gen. Mark Milley was invited to attend the CFR’s secret conciliabula. [16] One can only guess what was discussed at those meetings, because, though they publish a most likely sanitized account of the meeting, the questions and answers that follow are kept secret. Actually, the CFR statutes clearly state that a member who talks about the content of the secret meetings will be immediately expelled from the CFR.

Most likely it was at those meetings when Gen. Milley discovered the true center of power of the U.S. and, like all careerists and opportunists with a keen sense of smell, he realized on which side the bread was buttered and began acting accordingly to advance his career. This explains his total disregard for the Constitution and the role of the military in this country and his full allegiance to the CFR globalists conspirators and their traitorous goals.

But he is not alone. Currently there more than two hundred senior members of the U.S. military with membership in the Council on Foreign Relations. [17] What is simply incredible is why key senior members of the U.S. military are allowed to belong to such an organization that is so openly anti-American.

The fact perhaps explains why, despite their oath to protect the Constitution from all enemies, foreign and domestic, never in the history of this country has any senior member of the U.S. military protected this country from its domestic enemies. Paraphrasing Pogo (Walt Kelly), they can say: “We have not seen the domestic enemies because they are us.” Actually, the very few ones who have mentioned their willingness to see them, such as George Patton, James Forrestal and, more recently, Pat Tillman, have either seen their careers ended or their lives suddenly terminated.

General Milley consciously betrayed a cardinal principle of the U.S. Constitution: the subordination of the military to the civilian authorities elected by the American people, one of the few things that still distinguishes the American republic from a banana republic. For this conscious act of betrayal of one of the most sacred principles of the laws of this country he took and oath to defend and protect, he must be penalized with all the force of the law.

If one is to believe the assertions expressed in Peril, a recently appeared book by Washington Post journalists Bob Woodward and Robert Costa, Gen. Milley called a couple of times, in October 2020 and again on January 6th, 2020, to his Chinese counterpart, Gen. Li Zuocheng, giving him assurances that he would not allow President Trump to launch a nuclear attack on China. Apparently it didn’t cross his narrow mind that Gen. Li was familiar with Sun Zu’s advice to his generals: “All warfare is based on deception.” [18]

In his desperation to prove his worth to the globalist conspirators, Gen. Milley never thought that these calls might be interpreted as deception because in fact the U.S. was getting ready to launch a devastating attack on China. It would be interesting to know if by the time of his calls the Chinese nuclear forces went on alert. If this happens to be true, Gen. Milley’s stupid behavior put the U.S. on the brink of a nuclear war with China.

Nevertheless, despite the damage he has done to his country and the Constitution he swore to defend, his good friends at the CFR are doing everything they can to save privately Milley from his well-deserved disgrace and keep him in the military doing a great job promoting the indoctrination of critical race theory and other idiocies among the U.S. military. Already CFR members in the government and the media are working hard not describing him as a traitor who colluded with the enemy, but as a hero who saved the nation from a deranged President.

Now we can understand who Milley was really talking to when he confessed his mistake for having joined Trump on his weird walk to a nearby church and who he was really talking to when he expressed his full support to the brainwashing of the military on critical race theory. This also explains why he told, full of pride, to the authors of a book about his private conversations with a Chinese general who one may assume is not friendly to America. He was not talking to the American people but to his secret masters, so they can’t have any doubts about his total allegiance to the globalist’s New World Order.

But it would be unfair to blame Gen. Milley alone. The main culprit is not him, but his former boss, Donald Trump, who didn’t fire Milley after his weird apology, who didn’t fire Fauci after so many scientist told him Fauci was a liar, who appointed more CFR members to his administration that Obama did, who willingly surrounded himself with traitors.

President Truman once said that the buck stopped at the president’s desk, meaning that the President is the man with the ultimate authority. Nevertheless, for reasons we ignore, President Trump refused to use his authority to defend from its domestic enemies not only the Constitution but also the people who had elected him. —Servando’s latest book, Coronavirus for Dunces, is available at Amazon and other bookstores online.

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

[1]. Emanuel Josephson, Rockefeller “Internationalist”: The Man Who Misrules the World (New York: Chedney Press, 1952).
[2]. Ibid., p. 237.
[3]. Ibid., p. 245.
[4]. Dan Smoot, The Invisible Government (Boston: Western Islands, 1962)
[5]. Ibid., p. 3.
[6]. John Stormer, None Dare Call it Treason (Florissant, Missouri: Liberty Bell Press, 1964).
[7]. Gary Allen, None Dare Call it Conspiracy (Rossmoor, California: Concord Press, 1972).
[8]. Phoebe Courtney, The CFR, Part II (Littleton, Colorado: The Independent American, 1975).
[9]. Allen, op. cit., p. 13.
[10]. For a short, but insightful analysis of the invisible government of the United States, see Richard J. Boyland, “The Secret Shadow Government: A Structural Analysis,” wwwworldnewsstand.net/history/ShadowGovt.htm.
[11]. Hollywood stars who have joined the CFR are Khris Khristofferson, Angelina Jolie, Michael Douglas, Richard Dreyfuss, George Clooney and Warren Beatty.
[12]. Nelson Rockefeller’s biographer Joseph Persico mentions that, to his utter surprise, political journalist Richard Reeves found out that, after Nelson Rockefeller’s twenty years in politics, his associates had produced “no books, no memoirs, no nothing. Think about it. It’s unique.” Joseph E. Persico, The Imperial Rockefeller: A Biography of Nelson A, Rockefeller (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1982), p. 14.
[13]. David Rockefeller, addressing the Bilderberg Group in Baden-Baden, Germany, June 1991.
[14]. On the evening of October 15, 1962, CIA deputy director Ray Cline informed JFK’s national security adviser McGeorge Bundy (CFR) that U-2 planes had discovered what appeared to be Soviet medium-range nuclear missiles bases on Cuban soil. But Bundy didn’t tell the President immediately. Instead he told the news to his associates at the CFR. A few minutes later, while the President was kept in the dark, CFR members Dean Rusk, Paul Nitze and Robert McNamara were informed about the findings. See, Walter Isaacson and Evan Thomas, The Wise Men: Six Friends and the World They Made (New York: Touchstone, 1986) P. 619.
[15]. The minutes of the Bissell report to a select group CFR members on January 8, 1968, are reproduced in Victor Marchetti and John D. Marks, The CIA and the Cult of Intelligence (New York: Dell, 1974), pp. 358-376.
[16]. Milley talking at CFR in https://www.cfr.org/event/challenges-facing-usmilitary
[17]. For a list of senior members of the U.S. military who are also CFR members see Servando Gonzalez, I Dare Call It Treason: The Council on Foreign Relations and the Betrayal of America (Oakland, Caifornia: Spooks Books, 2013), pp. 229-236.
[18]. In his book The Art of War, Sun Tzu, a general who lived in China 500 B.C., he advises his generals: “Al warfare is based on deception.” See Samuel B. Griffin (translator), Sun Tzu, The Art of War (Oxford University Press: Oxford, 1963), p. 66. Sun Tzu’s book is mandatory reading for Chinese People’s Liberation Army officers.

Are the Dems Winning the Political Vaccine Wars?

By Cliff Kincaid

[DISCLAIMER: The opinion in this article is the sole opinion of this author and is not the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

In an article about Governor Gavin Newsom decisively beating the Republican recall effort in California, conservative activist Steve Baldwin argued that California voters have become so radicalized that they will accept the chaos and devastation in the state “as a small price to pay in order to transform California to socialism.” He makes a good point. Socialism is destroying the state.But one element of that chaos and devastation is the impact of the China virus. This was a major factor in the voting that Newsom won by a 63.5 percent to 36.5 percent margin.

A CNBC analysis found a link between support for Newsom and counties with high Covid vaccination rates in California. These people fear the virus and have been vaccinated against it. They look on the anti-vaxxers as backward thinkers and Luddites standing in the way of progress.

Newsom’s support of the vaccine was a political winner and he claimed the moral high ground over the Fox News candidate Larry Elder, who opposed vaccine mandates and lost big. A talking head, Elder was known for selling dietary supplements in commercials airing on the channel.

Politically, the evidence indicates that the voters, including many Republicans, want tougher action against the unvaccinated. They increasingly want to ostracize and isolate the anti-vaxxers.

The new Fox News poll finds that big majorities support mask and vaccine mandates advocated by the Biden administration and other Democratic Party politicians. Republican politicians who oppose more aggressive action to control the virus will follow Larry Elder’s fate.

The Fox poll found that 74 percent of the people are “extremely” or “very” concerned about the pandemic. By contrast, I keep hearing from Republican voters who believe that the virus is no more deadly than the seasonal flu or the common cold. They emphasize their “freedom of choice,” with some contending the vaccine is an instrument of the anti-Christ to usher in a New World Order.

The Fox poll finds 65 percent think the vaccines are safe and effective.

This isn’t the only state where tougher action against Covid has become a key issue. In Virginia, in a neck and neck race, Republican gubernatorial candidate Glenn Youngkin has just released a political ad urging more people to get vaccinated. That’s in response to an ad from Virginia Democratic gubernatorial candidate Terry McAuliffe titled “Don’t Florida Our Virginia,” which argues for imposing vaccine and mask mandates.

What this demonstrates is that people in general fear the virus more than the vaccine and are willing to take their chances on the shots.

Former President Trump, who takes credit for getting the vaccines approved in record time, says, “Our country has gone really downhill in the last eight months, like nobody’s ever seen before.” If present trends continue, he told Newsmax, “we’re not going to have a country left in three years, I’ll tell you that.”

The irony is that his Warp Speed vaccines can take Covid off the table as a political weapon that the Democrats are using against Republicans. But many of Trump’s own people – his voters and base – are rejecting his signature achievement. Their “My body, my choice” argument plays into the hands of Biden and the Democrats. They are increasingly being seen as obstructionists who are frustrating a solution to a pandemic that has claimed more than 650,000 lives.

The results in California, seen in the context of the new Fox News poll, demonstrate that the public wants the virus stamped out through government action.

The left-wing New York Times insisted that Newsom’s strategy of running against Trump was a warning to Republicans who think they can take back the Congress in 2022. That’s only because Newsom used the issue of the success of the Trump vaccines against Trump and the Republicans.

In the Virginia race, in a debate, Republican Youngkin wisely offered a strong endorsement of the vaccine, saying, “I have been a strong, strong advocate for everyone to get the vaccine. I do believe that individuals should be allowed to make that decision on their own. But that’s why I launched a public service announcement to encourage people to get the vaccine.”

Later in the debate, he emphasized, “My position on the vaccine has been very clear. I absolutely encourage all Virginians to get the vaccine.”

He went on to say, “I’m not anti-vax. In fact, he [Terry McAuliffe] appointed a woman to the George Mason [University] board that was absolutely anti-vax.”Indeed, the Washington Free beacon reported that McAuliffe appointed two prominent anti-vaccine advocates to coveted administration positions after they donated more than $50,000 to his campaign.

It remains to be seen if this strong pro-vaccine message will be enough for Youngkin to defeat McAuliffe on November 2 in Virginia, as the public demands stronger action to control the spread of the disease. But the fate of Larry Elder demonstrates that business-as-usual in the face of a pandemic that continues to claim lives is a political loser. Youngkin understands that fact.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

Gabby Petito: Tip of the Iceberg of Violence Against Women in America

By Frosty Wooldridge

A beautiful 22-year-old, naïve, innocent and cherished young woman lost her life to her fiancé in the last week. The major news networks splashed the drama all over America. Brian Laundrie, her fiancé, remains on the run.

What’s almost beyond understanding stems from the fact that a motorist called 911 to report that Laundrie hit and slapped her alongside the road. A cop intercepted the couple. He talked to them. He could see her distress and the cut on her face, but for some reason, he allowed her excuses to not arrest Laundrie. Of course, Laundrie showed his best, kind and friendly behavior for the cop. She, like so many women, even defended Laundrie. From there, the cop let them drive away.

When in fact, she should have told the police officer, “Please take me into protective custody. I think I’m in grave danger.”

When the entire sordid affair comes to a conclusion, more than likely, Laundrie will be found as the killer…and then a trial…and life in prison.

I remember 30 years ago when I was walking with a friend in Fort Lauderdale, we saw a guy and girl arguing. He slapped her, so we walked over to investigate. Just as we walked up, he round-housed her with a punch. He knocked her to the ground.

“Hey, dude, we’re going to kick your ass,” my friend said as we rushed toward him.

She jumped up from the ground pleading, “Don’t hurt him…it was my fault.”

I muttered to my friend, “Man, this is sick and there’s no fixing this mess…let’s get out of here.”

We left the couple to their own drama. There’s endless male-on-female violence in this country and many countries around the world. From a lifetime of watching it, and also from stories of my police veteran brother, such violence toward women continues on a massive scale. Men just punch, kick and degrade their significant-other or wife, and or kill them. Most likely, it’s been going on for centuries.

Let’s face it, rapes have been going on for centuries. No matter the consequences, some men stalk and rape women. Men enjoy superior strength to overpower woman at any time.

“Despite the fact that advocacy groups like National Organization for Women, (NOW) have worked for over three decades to halt the epidemic of gender-based violence and sexual assault, the numbers are still shocking. It is time to renew our national pledge, from the President and Congress on down to City Councils all across the nation to END violence against women and men, girls and boys. This effort must also be carried on in workplaces, schools, churches, locker rooms, the military, and in courtrooms, law enforcement, entertainment and the media. NOW pledges to continue our work to end this violence and we hope you will join us in our work.” NOW spokeswoman

Three Women Murdered Daily in the USA from Male Violence

In 2005, 1,181 women were murdered by an intimate partner. That’s an average of three women every day. Of all the women murdered in the U.S., about one-third were killed by an intimate partner. This pattern continues in 2021. Three women die daily at the hands of their partner.

DOMESTIC VIOLENCE (Intimate Partner Violence or Battering)

Domestic violence can be defined as a pattern of abusive behavior in any relationship that is used by one partner to gain or maintain power and control over an intimate partner. According to the National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, women experience about 4.8 million intimate partner-related physical assaults and rapes every year. Less than 20 percent of battered women sought medical treatment following an injury.

SEXUAL VIOLENCE

“According to the National Crime Victimization Survey, which includes crimes that were not reported to the police, 232,960 women in the U.S. were raped or sexually assaulted in 2006. That’s more than 600 women every day. Other estimates, such as those generated by the FBI, are much lower because they rely on data from law enforcement agencies. A significant number of crimes are never even reported for reasons that include the victim’s feeling that nothing can/will be done and the personal nature of the incident.” NOW spokeswoman

As to religious violence in America, Muslim men commit an average of 23 to 27 honor killings in the USA annually from middle eastern immigrants. Also, over 500,000 cases of female genital mutilation, which is assault and battery, are performed in the USA annually. The United Nations reported that 20,000 women annually lose their lives to honor killings in the Muslim world. (Source: Staff report, DHS, Assistant DA Ed O’Callaghan, February 18, 2018)

So, America, not only did Gabby Petito lose her life to a violent man, but three other women lost their lives on the same day to violent men. As you read this column, three more women will lose their lives today to violent men.

What can change here in America? I flat out don’t know! Hopefully, good parents teach their boys to respect girls, women, mothers, grandmothers and all other human beings. As well as all animals! Perhaps schools could teach mandatory classes on anger-management and working out anger issues with sports. In the end, while researching the facts for this column, and realizing how widespread the violence in America against women is…I’m sick to my stomach. My dad was always kind to my mom. I’ve always been kind to women. I can’t imagine taking my 6’2”, 190-pound frame to do violence to the weaker sex. To have seen that kind of violence in action that one night in Florida, still haunts me all these years later.

We simply MUST work toward a kindlier, loving and more protective civilization toward women, children and animals.

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Read! Read More!

By Lee Duigon

I’m a writer, so naturally it distresses me when I hear someone brag, “I never read!”

And bragging it is. Genuine illiteracy is seldom involved. It’s much more a conscious decision not to read at all—or to read only when one’s job requires it. I know so many people like this, it’s easy for me to believe that scholastic reading scores, nationwide, are racing toward the bottom; and that many people will never read a book again—on purpose—once they’ve finished high school or college.

Why is reading so distasteful to them? Was it the way it was pitched to them in school? When I was in high school, I sometimes suspected that the curriculum designers went out of their way to find the most boring, the most irrelevant, and the least entertaining books they could lay their hands on, and then giggle slyly to themselves as we poor students plodded through them. They also dug up monstrously abridged versions of literary classics: the alleged “Ivanhoe” we had to read had all the guts, all the spirit, gouged out of it, leaving nothing but a rather silly story. Many years went by before I decided to give Sir Walter Scott another chance. The difference between the “Ivanhoe” he wrote and the “Ivanhoe” they had us read was like the difference between the living and the dead.

If I had had to rely on just the reading provided us in school, I might’ve been forever put off reading, too. But my family was full of readers, our houses full of books, I could see my mother and my aunts and my grandparents enjoying them—so I became a reader, too. School had nothing to do with it.

Choosing not to read, to me, seems like choosing not to go outdoors. If you’re a good reader, a habitual and effective reader, there’s almost nothing you can’t learn. Whatever it is you want to know and understand, someone has written it down. Reading can expand your scope of knowledge.

And it can do so much more than that. Escape. Relief. A good long laugh. Insight into what it means to be human. Excitement. The benefit of other people’s experiences. Good and bad examples. Thousands of years’ worth of tradition, discovery, knowledge gained and knowledge lost, wisdom and folly, adventure, amazement—it’s all there in the books.

Oh, come on! What about the internet? All that stuff in the books, you can get online.

If only it were so.

Yes, there’s all sorts of treasure on the internet. There’s also all sorts of crapola, and more and more people cannot tell the difference. And it’s so easy to get distracted! In fact, it requires much discipline not to be distracted. Read the headline, skim a paragraph or two, and then go on to something else. Or just stop reading and see what’s hot on YouTube. Or play another video game. And of course you’ll want to chat with other users, keep up with the latest trends, get influenced by—ugh—“influencers,” and revel in conformity.

I call it a digital stupor. The never-reader lives in a bubble of now, has no interest in anything that happened more than a few hours ago and probably isn’t even aware of it, and is a sitting duck for any pseudo intellectual twaddle being peddled on the screen.

This is serious. How are we supposed to maintain a constitutional republic—and keep our liberties!—if hardly anybody knows, or cares, what a republic is, how a constitution works, or what history tells us will not only not work, but can actually lead us into disaster? Ignorance is bad civics. It’s not bliss; it’s a great big “Kick Me” sign that every tyrant, every snake-oil politician, every prating socialist doofus, can read. They home in on ignorance like heat-seeking missiles.

Read! Read the Bible, the classics, and everything else that might appeal to you. Learn how to tell wisdom from idiocy.

Because all the trendy chit-chat in the world will not keep us free.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . See? Another thing to read! My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

We Know Who Is Funding Evil, Who Is Funding Good?

By Dave Daubenmire

That was the question we asked when Ohio Brett, Dr Sherri Tenpenny and I sat down at a recent conference in Ohio.

We all know who is funding evil. George Soros and his army of Luciferians, BLM, which has raised over $1 BILLION, and a long list of others who are hell bent on destroying all things good. Perhaps you could name a few of the culprits on your own.

Does anyone remember when the former Muslim-in-Chief said this?

“We cannot continue to rely on our military in order to achieve the national security objectives we’ve set. We’ve got to have a civilian national security force that’s just as powerful, just as strong, just as well-funded,” Barack Obama said in July 2, 2008.

It appears that his team has been very successful in their mission. Over the past couple of years. we have witnessed this “army” as the ravaged the streets of Minneapolis, Milwaukee, Portland, and a myriad of other cities all across America.

We witnessed the burning of many American cities by a bevy of bussed-in BLM and antifa-funded punks. We watched a well-funded caravan of interlopers pour across America’s southern border. We watched aghast as long-standing statues of America’s historical figures were toppled in the same manner that we witnessed in Communist countries all across the Eastern world.

Obama and his Communist buds unleashed hell on America in an effort to turn America into Cuba. Obama’s “just as well funded” army attacked everything good and now stand on the cusp of overthrowing our once cherished American Way.

Who is standing up against that Luciferian Army? Our government has been seized. Christians are no longer in charge of ANY of our National Institutions. Education? Entertainment? Medicine? Media? Christians have relinquished control of every one of the cultural-impacting institutions. We don’t even control the CHURCHES anymore!

Which brings us back to the original question. Who is standing up for what is right? WHO IS FUNDING GOOD?

A month ago in Buffalo, NY, we launched TheChristianRevolution.net. Please take a moment and visit the website.

We are looking for 1 million Americans to donate $100 to begin the process of fighting back against the forces of darkness. We are going to use the funds to fight for everyday Mom’s and Pop’s who face the danger of losing their livelihoods simply because they believe in “my body-my choice” in regards to medical decisions. We want to hire attorneys to fight for Drs, Nurses, firefighters, police officers, military, and others who do not have the money to hire attorneys. We want to fight for the MILLIONS of precious children in our government schools who are being forced to wear useless dog muzzles.

We have already hired attorneys that are filing law-suits even as you read this.

Please visit our website. Check out our plans. We ask you to help us fight back. Pray, give, and share the story. Your donations are NOT tax-deductible. We are tired of asking the government’s permission to do what our Constitution clearly permits.

We know who is funding evil…who is funding good?

Now is the time for The Christian Revolution.

Help us overcome evil by fighting for good. This may be the final opportunity for Christians to fight back!

We think this nation is worth fighting for. Please join us in the battle.

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

Meeting Invitation and Special Presentation

By Sidney Secular

COUNCIL OF CONSERVATIVE CITIZENS (CofCC), NATIONAL CAPITAL AREA CHAPTER—SAMUEL FRANCIS

FORUM—SATURDAY, OCTOBER 9, 2021 AT 2 PM AT A CONVENIENT LOCATION–RSVP ONLY

Casual, informal, and friendly atmosphere. The event will be held outdoors, weather permitting. There is no charge. There are no membership requirements. Pot-luck format, but food or beverage donations are not required. Unrestricted Q&A will be encouraged. A great variety of free newsletters and newspapers will be available.

TITLE: COUNTERING RACIAL DOUBLE STANDARDS—THE FIRST STEP IS TO GIVE A DIFFERENT ANSWER

BACKGROUND AND DISCUSSION: The extent of Big Brother’s control and takeover of North America and Western Europe and the exponential speeds at which it proceeds is shocking even to our most pessimistic patriot prognosticators. Any dissent at all is met with prompt persecution or prosecution. Big Brother marches us down the path of suicide in “double time”. The simple act of protesting against the bizarre: “knee taking” of millionaire footballers to protest the invisible or imaginary “institutional racism” by booing is viciously condemned by the Thought Police. Every hero of Western history is now seen as wicked, with the taking down of the almost Christ-like figure of General Robert E. Lee being the latest depredation.

All were “evil” and must be vilified and given no appreciation for the honorable deeds they did. Ditto for all patriotic songs, anthems, marches and symbols. These incarnate a people’s self-respect and desire to pass along their inheritance to their descendants and to the future welfare of their country. All must be abandoned and condemned to a nihilistic, communistic, completely unrealistic future where the inspired and inspirational white creators and innovators of Western Civilization are condemned to second class status or worse. All the failures of the multi-racial/multi-cultural/diversity Frankenstein experiment are attributed to a lack of zealousness and ruthlessness in their applications and impositions. They say we need more reverse discrimination, more imprisonment of those defending the Historic American Nation, more re-writing of history, and defamation of all our people’s heroes,songs, rituals and traditions.

The National Football League will be playing the “black national anthem” of “Lift Every Voice and Sing” BEFORE “The Star Spangled Banner at every game this season as a probable “prelewd” to phasing out the latter. Columbus Day now is now either phased out entirely or shares the spotlight with the trumped/drummed up Trojan horse of “Indigenous People’s Day”. What does the “respectable right” say to all of this? “Republicants” can only muster/mutter, “well in the context of their times, the ideas of earlier heroes were then accepted “. But surely that is no excuse–if “racism, sexism, homophobia” etc. are objectively and inherently evil, how can social context excuse them? If you agree in the slightest to such charges, they “have you” and you have guilt-tripped yourself.

That leaves the “respectable right” with nothing but retreat. Perhaps a robust and intelligent defense and positive presentation of the beliefs of 99% of the white population before the infiltration of Cultural Marxism is in order. Our ancestors were not evil people but had the basic wisdom of empirical evidence and social traditions developed over thousands of years. If you cannot articulate these basic truths, you cannot defend yourself. Giving in to the worldview of our lying and evil detractors and adversaries will only lead us down the path of destruction.

Mr. Jim Schneider, a veteran CofCC member, will be speaking about a major aspect of our overall problem, that of supposed “racial justice” and the many double standards that work against us. He will discuss the efforts he is making to counter these problems. Mr. Schneider is a local political activist.

You must be registered to attend for security reasons and because space is limited. Please RSVP at your earliest convenience and indicate how many people will be in your party. Contact information follows. The location is a quiet residential area a bit north of the Capital Beltway. There should be plenty of free street parking nearby. I will furnish exact location and directions when you RSVP. The meeting concludes at sunset.

Sidney Secular
Local CofCC Chapter Director
301-920-2211
sidsecular1@aol.com

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

Detroit TV Asks For Stories Of Unvaxxed Dying From COVID – Gets Over 180K Responses Of Vaccine Injured And Dead Instead

by Bradlee Dean

“Cannot hide the facts.”

We all knew that this was coming. You can only hide it for so long. They can lie, they can manipulate, and they can censor only for so long before it all comes to the light (Luke 8:17).

Health Impact News reported: Local Detroit TV Asks for Stories of Unvaxxed Dying from COVID – Gets over 180K Responses of Vaccine Injured and Dead Instead

The corporate media narrative that unvaccinated people are filling up the hospitals and dying from COVID is quickly falling apart, perhaps faster than they even expected.

WXYZ TV Channel 7 in Detroit asked their viewers on their Facebook Page last Friday to direct message them if they lost a loved one due to COVID-19 if they refused to get one of the COVID-19 vaccines.

This is a clear indication that they are getting desperate to find these stories, and are having a difficult time finding them.

I don’t know if they got any such stories through direct messaging, but the post on their Facebook Page, as of the time of publication today, had received over 182,000 comments, and they seem to be all comments of those who have lost loved ones after receiving a COVID shot, and comments asking them why they are not covering that story.

I paged through many dozens of the comments, and did not see a single one stating that they lost someone to COVID after refusing a COVID-19 shot.

People who have been silenced and censored on Facebook and other Big Tech platforms took advantage of the opportunity to share their stories instead. It is amazing that Facebook left these up, but after so many had commented, it would probably have been an even bigger story if they had taken down the post and comments.

I wonder what WXYZ will do now? Will they do what most corporate media companies do, fueled by almost unlimited resources from their billionaire Wall Street owners who are almost all connected to the pharmaceutical industry, and just go out and hire actors instead to do the story and make them up?

[Rumble Video]

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

Agenda 21: Cancel Culture on a World-wide Scale

By Tom DeWeese

Since 1992, we, at American Policy Center have been pointing out that one of the major goals of Agenda21/Sustainable Development is to reduce the human population by over 90%. Yet many laugh and call us conspiracy theorists. What I don’t understand about this statement is that we had been hearing for decades that the world is overpopulated; that we will run out of space and room for everyone; that we can’t feed so many. At the same time that we were reading Paul Ehrlich’s Population Bomb and Population Explosion and the Club of Rome’s The Limits to Growth, America was being called the breadbasket of the world. Of the world! We were sending food all over the world to feed people. So, the problem was not about feeding us dirty hordes of skeptical people. It was, and is, that some of us – especially Americans – believe in the right to property and liberty, which prevents the globalist cabal from just taking all the land they want, reducing the whole world’s population by some 90+%, and living in “Marxist Nirvana” (contradiction of terms notwithstanding).

But because we never stopped saying that this catastrophic reduction of humans on the earth was a major part of the plan, we were seen as nut cases since, by then, they had already either got people to believe in their catastrophic scenario or because many more didn’t think a reduction was going happen. Nevertheless, the globalists have been using many methods to reduce the population for decades, but none as huge as COVID. Remember the Tuskegee Experiment from 1932 to 1972? For 40 years the goal was to “observe the natural history of untreated syphilis” in black populations, but the subjects were completely unaware and were instead told they were receiving treatment for bad blood when in fact, they received no treatment at all. And the Gates Foundation putting birth control meds in vaccines in Africa?

Then there is the fact that every day in the United States, abortions kill more humans than were killed in the 9/11 attack on the Twin Towers. That is a substantial number, no matter what your view is on abortion. I would love to go into the Food Pyramid, school lunch programs, and others to show how the general populace is being lied to about health and diet. But I’m not. I do suggest that, if you are interested, check out Bedrock Living or Natural News.

Now, Bill Gates and the Chinese have bought up a great deal of America’s farmland. This globalist acquisition of farm and ranch land has also been in the works for years, but in the past few years, it has been accelerated greatly. Excuse me if I suppose that their aim is to starve us Americans to death – or capitulation (I expect it to be a lot of the former and a little of the latter). America is the only truly free nation in the world with a constitution that was written to protect the individual and his/her God-given rights – from other people and, especially, from the government.

The sad thing is that we are not – yet – leading the revolt against all the unconstitutional laws, edicts, and orders being levied on us and most of the world. I see three reasons for this:

Most of the population under 40 has been brainwashed and dumbed down in our education system that was set up for that very reason. (See Cancel Culture on Education.)[1]
The asymmetrical warfare we have been under attack from for decades is now on overdrive and many people are having a hard time coping with it psychologically.
Many, who do understand at least some of the problem, do not understand that we are in a mind-war, not an arms war, and they are waiting until they can begin firing. By the time we reach that stage, it will either be too late, or that the civil war to help erase a great number of us will have begun – either by provoking patriots who are itching for a fight, or for staging red flag events to precipitate the war. And this will help reduce the human population, whatever is used to ignite it.

So what I want to address are the reasons behind the reduction of the human population, who are instigating and carrying it out, and how it is being done.

According to Ted Turner, media mogul and a founder of the Club of Rome, “The total population of 250-300 million people is ideal That means a reduction of 95% from present levels, which would be even more ideal.” Many of the other numbers I have heard from world leaders is usually around 500 million, which would be a reduction of only just over 90%.

World Wildlife Fund President Prince Phillip of the UK said, “Human population growth is probably the single most serious long-term threat to survival. We’re in for a major disaster if it isn’t curbed. We have no option. If it isn’t controlled voluntarily, it will be controlled involuntarily by an increase in disease, starvation and war.”

He went on to say: “I was in Sri Lanka recently, where a United Nations project set out in the late 1940s to eradicate malaria. It’s an island and it was, therefore, possible to destroy the mosquito carrying the disease. What people didn’t realize was that the malaria was actually controlling the growth (ital. mine) of the population. The consequence was that within about 20 years the population doubled.”[2] Definitely a negative outcome in his mind.

In 1971, the UN Population Commission designated 1974 as World Population Year and requesting the UN Secretary-General to “… study the possibilities of developing a global population strategy, including population movements, for promoting and coordinating population policy in Member States with the objective of achieving a balance between population and other natural resources (ital. mine).[3]

Now we are told, “The transferable birth quota plan proposes that scale and distribution of the rights to bear children be determined by the community at large, but that these rights then be traded in the free market.

“This plan is based on the perception that the right to reproduce can no longer be treated as a free good. It must be seen as a scarce good in a full world.”[4]

I could give you a hundred more quotes re population reduction needs, but let me just give one more, by Mr. Population Bomb himself, Professor Paul Ehrlich, in the prolog to his book The Population Explosion: “Our position requires that we take immediate action at home and promote effective action worldwide. We must have population control at home, hopefully through a system of incentives and penalties, but by compulsion of voluntary methods fail…. We can no longer afford merely to treat the symptoms of the cancer of population growth, the cancer itself, must be cut out.” (ital. mine)

But how many must die? What numbers will be allowed to live on this mortal coil if the Deep Greens, Deep State, and Globalists get their way? Let them tell you:

Ted Turner, “A total world population of 250-300 million, a 95% decline from present levels, would be ideal.”
Mikhail Gorbachev, “We must speak more clearly about sexuality, contraception, about abortion, about values that control population, because the ecological crisis, in short, is the population crisis. Cut the population by 90% and there aren’t enough people left to do a great deal of ecological damage.”
MIT professor Penny Chisholm, “The real trick is, in terms of trying to level off at someplace lower than that 9 billion, is to get the birthrates in the developing countries to drop as fast as we can. And that will determine the level at which humans will level off on earth.”
Jacques Costeau, “In order to stabilize world population, we must eliminate 350,000 people per day. It is a horrible thing to say, but it is just as bad not to say it.”

Last, but not least, the co-founder of Earth First and founder of the ReWilding Institute, •Dave Foreman, “My three main goals would be to reduce human population to about 100 million worldwide, destroy the industrial infrastructure and see wilderness, with its full complement of species, returning throughout the world.”

We were not lying about the globalist plan to reduce the world. It is a key to all the rest of the plan – “wilding” at least 50% of the earth’s surface, canceling the right to property, and establishing a one-world Marxist government. Just because we understand that a Marxist government can only destroy, not build or “build back better”, otherwise this one-world government will soon be on the ash heap of history, it doesn’t sit well with me that we will allow this.

Most people consider themselves environmentalists. And I would claim that the true environmentalist is a farmer, rancher, landowner, logger, fisherman, and all those who live closest to the land and work in symbiosis with it. Those who live in high-rise buildings, fight to “protect” nature from any human use, and, as Ted Nugent said, “never put their hands in a gut pile”, are fake environmentalists. They have little or no understanding of the biological workings of the flora and fauna on this earth. And they do not realize we humans are part of nature, part of the food chain. They speak of how important it is to save every little species – otherwise, the whole ecosystem of the world will collapse. Then, how much more important must it be to save one of the most prevalent species on earth? Where are the common sense, reason, and logic in their thinking?

For at least two reasons, I would suggest that they start using sound science, critical thinking, and logic and realize that 1. Human extinction will likely collapse the system, and 2. We “useless eaters” in their vernacular are the ones who make their world go round – produce not only the food but all the stuff that gives them great living standards – housing, clothing, computers, you name it.

We are on the verge of civilization collapse, but not for the reasons the environmentalists, globalists, and anti-humans believe. We are on the verge of collapse because of the evil, anti-humanity schemes, plots, and plans they are forever coming up with. Now is the time for us to throw the sabot into the machinery and stop the Marxist, Communist, Globalist plans, and bring back the Great American Experiment. And now is the time for people to wake up to the fact that we have tried to get through to them that a cataclysmic restructuring of the world is in the near future if people don’t finally accept that when the Globalists declared a needed reduction of the human population on a scale that is unfathomable to any thinking being, is a major part of their plan.

E-Mail Tom DeWeese: Contact Tom DeWeese

[1] https://americanpolicy.org/?s=cancel+culture+education

[2] “Environment”, People, December 1981, p.56

[3] Claire Chambers, The SIECUS Circle: A Humanist Revolution, 1977, p.338.

[4] For the Common Good, by Daly and Cobb. 1994

The Unvaxxed ARE Following the Science

By Lex Greene

I’m going to keep this one very short and get right to the most critical point today!

STOP THESE FATAL VACCINES IMMEDIATELY!

We have been lied to every day since day one of the so-called COVID19 pandemic. When we were told to put on a mask, we read the mask manufacturer’s WARNING on the side of every box, which states unequivocally that none of these masks are designed to, or capable of, preventing the spread of any virus. We also read the damage done to human beings who breathe carbon dioxide all day, behind that mask. We followed the real science.

When we were told to voluntarily self-quarantine, we read up on the benefits of quarantining healthy people and quickly learned that never in the history of medicine worldwide, have healthy people ever been quarantined for any reason. We also learned that human beings are not designed to be cooped up for weeks, months and years, for very real and well-known physical and mental health reasons. We followed this science too.

We looked up “corona virus” and quickly realized that this medical label covers a wide variety of “common colds” and flus.

“Coronaviruses are found in avian and mammalian species. They resemble each other in morphology and chemical structure: for example, the coronaviruses of humans and cattle are antigenically related. There is no evidence, however, that human coronaviruses can be transmitted by animals. In animals, various coronaviruses invade many different tissues and cause a variety of diseases, but in humans they are only proved to cause mild upper respiratory infections, i.e. common colds. On rare occasions, gastrointestinal coronavirus infection has been associated with outbreaks of diarrhea in children, but these enteric viruses are not well characterized and are not discussed in this chapter.” (Source)

We researched and found that “COVID19” is allegedly a new “variant” of SARS1 (2002-2004) which was very quickly and quietly eradicated in the USA with the Fauci and FDA authorized use of Hydroxychloroquine, Zinc, Vitamin D and a powerful anti-inflammatory. This is the very therapeutic treatment denied the American people in 2020 and 2021 and still denied the people today. Meanwhile, we were told to stay indoors, away from the sun, which is a natural source of Vitamin D.

We tried to follow this science, but the “experts” denied the American people access to this known cure for SARS.

Throughout all known science, the best defense against illness is the natural immune system. “Herd immunity” has most often been achieved by allowing humans to acquire a mild version through normal human contact, until a majority of society had built natural immunity to the illness. When I was a kid, mothers would rush their kids down the road to the neighbor’s house on first news of someone catching the mumps, chicken pox, or measles, so that all of the kids in the area would become immune for the future. It’s called “natural herd immunity.” Past doctors used to tell mothers to do this.

This science was prohibited by today’s “experts” as well, as they put the entire world on isolation and self-quarantine to prevent natural immunity from occurring.

Once today’s “experts” prevented natural herd immunity through their insane W.H.O. and CDC guidelines, they rushed to market so-called “vaccines” (mRNA DNA gene manipulation injections) under the guise of herd immunity via inoculation.

But the unvaxxed watched as those so-called vaccines didn’t prevent infection, spread, illness or even death from COVID19. The REAL experts on the subject were trying to warn the entire world NOT to follow the herd into a death march…but were being threatened and silenced by the government experts responsible for creating COVID19 in the Wuhan “gain of function” lab, and then selling $$$ billions $$$ in fatal vaccines to the government.

We (the unvaxxed) simply refuse to follow the mad scientists behind all of this, like Fauci, Gates, Soros, and many others. We ARE following the real science, instead.

As of this writing, NONE of the “vaccines” in use today are FDA approved. However, Hydroxychloroquine and Ivermectin have both been approved for human use for more than 40-years now and prescribed for human patients millions of times since. This is the science “we the unvaxxed” have been following the whole time, while those with a herd mentality simply failed to do their own research and have followed Simon says…towards the cliff!

But most importantly, We the Unvaxxed, have followed this indisputable science…

Tens of thousands of Americans have already died after taking any one of the “vaccines” currently in use. Millions of others suffer life altering adverse effects from ALL of these vaccines. READ THEM FOR YOURSELF HERE. This is why the top two FDA officials over review and approval of all vaccines just resigned, after refusing yet again, to approve any of the COVID vaccines or boosters.

As I have warned in previous columns, the so-called “Delta variant” is coming from these vaccines, as the UK now seems to confirm in this video report.

The simple fact is, no one who has received any of these “vaccines” had the opportunity to offer their “informed consent” because they have been fed outright lies, and denied access to the REAL SCIENCE associated with the “vaccines” the Biden Administration is working around the clock to FORCE ON EVERY MAN, WOMAN AND CHILD in the USA.

WE MUST STOP THIS RIGHT NOW! The truth must be known by all immediately.

No intelligent human would ever take one of these vaccines after reading these adverse event reports. No decent human being would ever suggest anyone else take one, much less force them on anyone, after reading these VAERS Reports. I feel sorry for those who have been duped into following the herd instead of following the science. Hopefully, there will be a means to reverse what lays in store for their future.

This mass genocide MUST END NOW! Every American must stand together in critical mass, or we will not survive the escalating deprivation of the Natural Human Right to LIFE!

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

Secret Communist Plan Fulfillment, China’s Role, Part 3

by Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

The next part of any successful Communist Chinese plan is to infiltrate American industry without the public’s knowledge and to have a current “useful idiot” at the top of our military. In terms of infiltrating American industry, the Chinese have been quietly acquiring American property and companies, and the American people have not a clue about it. For a very brief list of American companies owned by Chinese investors, look at CNBC’s article “10 iconic American companies owned by Chinese investors” (May 11, 2017). They include the Chicago Stock Exchange, Smithfield Foods, General Electric Appliances, the Waldorf Astoria, etc.

A man named Barry, who has been reading my articles, recently emailed me the following: “My neighbor worked for Cudahey Meat Packing in Milwaukee. Cudahey was purchased by Red China and all meats are sent over there for ‘processing.’ What returns is not U.S. food. Red China purchased Black and Decker, Milwaukee Electric Tool, the old Bell & Howell name, and a host of other companies. They are trying to purchase U.S. Defense contractors, so they can take down our military power from the inside. Years ago, it was against the law to allow a foreign enemy to buy any land or company here, but now they buy them on the cheap. When I was working with U.S. Customs/Secret Service, during my work on the Taiwan case, one of the agents said to me that ‘nothing will ever change the U.S. until the problems effect the wallets of every man, woman and child in the nation.’ He was right and I believe we have arrived at that time today.”

You may be wondering what Barry meant when he said the Chinese do not export to the U.S. “food.” You can go on the internet and see video showing Chinese exported fish and eggs to Nigeria, for example. The fish looks like fish, but when you cook it, the fish starts to flake apart because it is made of plastic! And the eggs when scrambled can be rolled in a ball and will bounce off the floor because they contain rubberized material !

Secondly, for the ChiComm plan to succeed, they have to have a “useful idiot” at the highest level of American military command, like General George Marshall was during the 1940s and Korean War, as I described in an earlier part of this series. Today that person is General Mark Milley, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff. According to Bob Woodward’s forthcoming book, PERIL, Milley told ChiComm General Li Zuocheng four days before the 2020 election, “We are not going to attack or conduct any kinetic operations against you. General Li, you and I have known each other now for 5 years. If we’re going to attack, I’m going to call you ahead of time. It’s not going to be a surprise.” According to a September 15, 2021 Associated Press report: “‘I have great confidence in Gen. Milley,’ Biden said when asked by a reporter whether Milley had done the right thing.” Furthermore, Sen. Dick Durbin (D-IL) indicated he had no concerns that Milley might have exceeded his authority.

This is outrageous, and on September 14, 2021, Sen. Marco Rubio (R-FL) sent President Biden a letter urging him to fire Milley, saying the general worked to “actively undermine the sitting Commander-in-Chief.” Not only are Republicans infuriated, but also retired Lt. Col. Alexander Vindman, who testified at President Trump’s first impeachment trial. Vindman tweeted: “If this is true GEN Milley must resign. He usurped civilian authority, broke Chain of Command, and violated the sacrosanct principle of civilian control over the military. It’s an extremely dangerous precedent. You can’t simply walk away from that.” No matter who the president is Trump or Biden, a nation cannot have its military officers telling our adversaries when secret military operations will be conducted. This can result in either our adversaries secretly setting a trap for our soldiers and slaughtering them, or our adversary could launch a surprise attack against us first! If a military officer reveals classified information that aids our enemy, that could even be considered treason!

E-Mail Dennis Cuddy: recordsrevealed@yahoo.com

Forced Jabs, Health Fascism and Medical Apartheid

By Kelleigh Nelson

We could lower the rise in population by 10-15% through vaccines, healthcare and reproductive services. —Bill Gates

Propaganda works best when those who are being manipulated are confident that they are acting on their own free will. —Joseph Goebbels

The CDC is now listing vaccinated COVID-19 people as Unvaccinated deaths if they died within 14 days of the vaccine. —Dr. Simone Gold

Unless we put medical freedom into the Constitution, the time will come when medicine will organize an undercover dictatorship. To restrict the art of healing to one class of men and deny equal privilege to others, will be to constitute the Bastille of medical science. All such laws are un-American and despotic and have no place in a Republic. The Constitution of this Republic should make special privilege for medical freedom as well as religious freedom. —Benjamin Rush, M.D. Signer of the Declaration of Independence

The restrictive protocols on safe and inexpensive drug treatments for COVID-19 are in place for two reasons, to depopulate the entire world and to enrich Big Pharma and their globalist friends.

There’s talk of boosters but there were fireworks at the recent “Vaccine” Advisory Committee meeting. The 18-member committee voted 16 to 2 against approving the booster shots, although later they did give their endorsement on approving them for people 65 and older. They seem to want those they refer to as “useless eaters” to die off first, saving Medicare and Social Security for illegal aliens.

In a recent interview with British funeral director John O’Looney, he said that during the COVID “pandemic,” he saw no more deaths than he’d seen the previous years. However, after Big Pharma’s jab came out, deaths skyrocketed like he’d never seen before and the top causes were blood clots, strokes, heart attack, and multiple organ failure. He stated unequivocally that Delta is a vaccine injury.

Meanwhile, thousands of people injured by the jab are calling Project Veritas wanting to tell their stories. James O’Keefe of Project Veritas reads a few of the emails in this video following a short clip from Tucker Carlson.

O’Keefe video here.

Conspiracy and Collusion

Yes Virginia, there is a conspiracy.

Rep. Thomas Massey (R-KY) tells us that Facebook’s fact checker is funded by an organization that holds $2 billion of vaccine maker stock. Thomas Massey consistently scores 100% on New American Magazine’s Freedom Index.

In 1995, Dr. Archie Kalokerinos’ interview in the International Vaccine Newsletter, stated, “My final conclusion after forty years…the unofficial policy of the World Health Organization and the unofficial policy of ‘Save the Children’s Fund’ and almost all those organizations is one of murder and genocide. They want to make it appear as if they are saving these kids, but in actual fact they don’t. I am talking of those at the very top. Beneath that level is another level of doctors and health workers like myself, who don’t really understand what they are doing.”

West Virginia Governor Jim Justice stated on September 3^rd, 2021 that WV is seeing a positive increase of 26% of people who are fully vaccinated over the last eight weeks. And a 21% increase in break through cases requiring hospitalization for people fully vaccinated. WV has also seen a 25% increase in deaths of people who are fully vaccinated over the last eight weeks. What is not shown in the link is that he tells people to get the boosters. We know that if a “vaccine” doesn’t even protect for a year and doesn’t have more than a 50% chance of saving people that it is worthless.

COVID case rates are exploding in areas with high clot-shot rates. Several scientists and physicians have openly stated that the Delta strain is from those who’ve had the jab…that it enhances the virus. A preprint paper by the prestigious Oxford University Clinical Research Group, published Aug. 10 in The Lancet, found vaccinated individuals carry 251 times the load of COVID-19 viruses in their nostrils compared to the unvaccinated. Link

Sharyl Attkisson reported on a study of why vaccinated people are getting so sick. It’s called Antibody Dependent Enhancement (ADE). We’ve heard this from several physicians and scientists. According to scientific study, the ADE risk was well known prior to the Covid-19 vaccines being allowed on the market.

Scientists say that with ADE, after people get vaccinated for an initial virus, infection by a subsequent variant or strain of the virus can result in “increased viral replication and more severe disease, leading to major safety risks.”

The vast majority of people who are getting injected for Sars-coV-2 will die within a few short years from heart failure, warns Dr. Charles Hoffe, M.D., a medical practitioner in British Columbia, Canada. Hoffe explains that he is observing in his patients who took an mRNA jab from either Pfizer-BioNTech or Moderna that their capillaries are now plugging up, which he says will eventually lead to a serious cardiovascular event.

Sars-coV-2 mRNA shots are programmed to turn a person’s body into a spike protein “factory,” and Dr. Hoffe says that over time these mass-produced spike proteins cause progressive blood clotting. No fewer than 60 percent of people who take an mRNA injection will suffer from these blood clots – and in the end, an overwhelming majority will end up six feet under due to the damage caused.

Dr. Robert Malone, the inventor of messenger RNA says to please ask yourself, “Why is the USA requiring vaccination for all with an outdated vax, when many have already been infected, recovered and developed natural immunity? Stop. Think. Why the censorship? Why the mandates? Why the constant propaganda push?”

Woke editors of 220 leading medical, nursing and public-health journals from around the world, including The Lancet, who lied about Hydroxychloroquine, the New England Journal of Medicine and the British Medical Journal are calling for action on climate control. They’re warning that current efforts aren’t enough to address health problems resulting from rising global temperatures caused by emissions of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases. What utter rubbish!

COVID-19 unvaccinated get ratted out everywhere by neighbors, friends and even family, but at St. Paul’s Catholic Church in Lexington, Kentucky, two priests were ratted out prior to the close of mass by their Bishop, John Stowe. I’m not sure these two priests would be covered from their “boss,” as “employer” under HIPAA, but it would be nice if they could sue their Bishop.

President Joe Biden recently announced that all nursing home employees must be vaccinated against COVID-19. Failure to comply could result in nursing facilities losing Medicare and Medicaid funding. This vaccine mandate will further exacerbate the shortage of nursing home workers, lead to the shutting down of many long-term care facilities and have severe adverse effects on America’s frail and elderly citizens. Since the jabbed carry 251 times the load of COVID-19 viruses in their nostrils, they will easily spread the Delta strain throughout nursing homes.

Advisers to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration voted on September 17th to recommend COVID-19 vaccine booster shots for Americans 65 and older and those at high risk of severe illness, after overwhelmingly rejecting a call for broader approval.

The panel also recommended that the FDA include healthcare workers and others at high risk of occupational exposure to the virus that causes COVID-19, such as teachers. Link

Despite the narrowed scope of the proposed authorization, the panel’s recommendation would cover most Americans who got their shots in the earliest stages of the U.S. vaccination campaign.

“Today was an important step forward in providing better protection to Americans from COVID-19,” White House spokesperson Kevin Munoz said. “We stand ready to provide booster shots to eligible Americans once the process concludes at the end of next week,” he said.

The FDA advisory panel declined to endorse Pfizer BioNTech booster shots for age 16 and over.

Pfizer actually claims their COVID jab is safe and effective for ages 5-11. Why? Children don’t get COVID!

Pfizer‘s COVID jab could be rolled out to babies as young as six months in America this winter under plans being drawn up by the pharmaceutical giant. The company intends to apply for authorization to immunize American infants within the next two months. Why? So, they’re permanently damaged or dead?

Mississippi nurses report a toxic work culture growing between the jabbed and un-jabbed. A huge division is taking place in the medical arena.

It has gotten worse. Leo Hohman’s recent article exposed a Cartersville, Georgia hospital who weaponized Biden’s vax mandate, and held a couple against their will for days. The couple’s daughter had power of attorney, but the hospital would not release the couple to the daughter unless she could prove she was jabbed.

All three COVID vaccines have changed their names. “The Pfizer-BioNTech vaccine is Comirnaty, the Moderna vaccine will be named SpikeVax, and the AstraZeneca vaccine will be named Vaxzevria,” Health Canada said in a tweet Thursday.

Fascism

The 19^th century notion that God was dead led to man becoming an untamed beast in the 20^th century. The 21^st century is reaping the rewards of predatory evil and harvesting the fruits of their demonic labors using the top factor of “fear.” “Ye shall not surely die.”

Don’t take that jab!

Remember the Nuremberg Codes of 1946 which came about after the horrors of the Holocaust. Dr. Peter McCullough says, “Never put risk on someone else by telling them, ‘I took it, you should too.’ Whenever we take an injection, the risk is on us and only on us. The principle of autonomy says, ‘Under no circumstances will anyone have anything forced into their body in any form of pressure, coercion or threat of reprisal.’”

“Pressure means any type of peer pressure from teachers, athletes or schools. Coercion means, ‘You take it or you’re going to lose your job.’ Threat of reprisal means, ‘If you don’t take it, then I’m going to go get you.’”

He tells in the video link that military men are being held down and given the jab when they didn’t want it. “A needle in every arm” is the mantra. He exposes that at Houston Hospital there are 200 nurses who have contraindications for taking the jab, pregnancy, allergic reactions, blood clots, etc., but the hospital still fired them all.

Tucker Carlson’s September 20^th show exposed that Navy SEALS are being threatened to immediately take the COVID jab giving them little time to mount a defense. There are only 2,500 of them and their training is extensive and expensive. Hundreds of them are saying they don’t want the jab because they live in close quarters, have had COVID and have natural God-given immunity. Others have religious or moral reasons but are told none of these reasons count. Military readiness is being destroyed by forcing these unnecessary inoculations. Davis Younts is their military defense lawyer.

Dr. McCullough tells us there are six cornerstones of ethics and research and they are coveted by the Office of Human Protection and Research in the United States. First comes the Nuremberg Code, second is the Declaration of Helsinki which is a set of ethical principles regarding human experimentation developed for the medical community by the World Medical Association. It is regarded as the cornerstone document on human research ethics. Fauci has said that “vaccine” immunity is far better than natural immunity, but Dr. McCullough explains we’ve had thousands of jab failures, but not one failure with God’s natural immunity.

The good doctor commented that small businesses, military and so many others should choose those who’ve recovered and have natural immunity to run the businesses, to be on the missions…we need those who are “naturally immune.” The CDC when they conduct the “vaccine program” never ask if someone is naturally immune! They never ask if they had COVID-19. Once again, denying God’s handiwork of natural immunity in His Creation. He also stated that 25 to 30% of those who were inoculated should not have had it as they had natural immunity.

Please don’t miss Dr. McCullough’s important video where he is speaking to a church audience in Michigan. He gives us stats from the CDC’s website, none of which we hear from our Pravda media. He tells them, “If you’ve had no repercussions from the COVID jab, thank the Lord.”

UK Professor and M.D. Sucharit Bhakdi’s short four-minute video is telling. He explains that like his colleague, Dr. Peter McCullough, using the clinical combination of drugs for Sars-coV-2, they can reduce the death rate lower than the seasonal flu. In the UK, they’re now starting to jab children and the BBC is promoting this with Boris Johnson.

Totalitarianism has become the norm and our God-given freedoms are being shredded. After the “stealing of America,” one party gained control of the entire political system. Opposition parties are prohibited, individual opposition is outlawed, and they’re flexing their muscles with unconstitutional control over both our public and private lives.

During the Nuremberg trials, even the media was prosecuted and put to death for lying to the public. The propaganda spewing mainstream media have brainwashed Americans with lies since the 1964 Supreme court decision in NYTs v. Sullivan.

Victor Frankl, the great psychiatrist, neurologist and author who survived the Holocaust, wrote this stinging critique:

The gas chambers of Auschwitz were the ultimate consequence of the theory that man is nothing but the product of heredity and environment—or, as the Nazis like to day, “Of Blood and Soil.” I’m absolutely convinced that the gas chambers of Auschwitz, Treblinka, and Majdanek were ultimately prepared not in some ministry or other in Berlin, but rather at the desks and in the lecture halls of nihilistic scientists and philosophers.

Ideas do have consequences, and today we are facing some of the most demonic brought to us by Bill Gates, Anthony Fauci, Big Pharma, the Rockefeller Foundation, Soros and Klaus Schwab to name just a few.

Hitler was a thoroughly demonized being whose body was but the shell for the spirit that inhabited him. Those named above, politicians who have usurped their authority and trashed our Constitution, the medical industry who has failed to help rather than injure, sports figures who won’t stand for our flag, abortionists who murder and then make money selling little one’s body parts, actors who spew their venom against anyone who loves freedom and yes, even our pulpits have been filled with demonic entities.

Our once beautiful venerated Judeo-Christian heritage and society is being desecrated, stomped on and destroyed. Our Jewish brothers and sisters are especially targeted and have been throughout history. Christians have suffered the similar attacks, but now these attacks are openly carried out in the streets of America. The God we both worship is hated by the enemies of freedom.

These entities seem to own and run everything. Read Jim O’Neill’s Monolithic Monopoly an investigative report regarding the primary shareholders of top companies, Vanguard, Blackrock and State Street.

Health fascism has arrived.

Jab Mandates

Tens of millions of Americans face being fired, kicked out of school, removed from our military, refused medical care, for having faith in the immune system God gave them to overcome a virus with a 99.75% survival rate for the overwhelming majority of the population.

A hospital in upstate New York won’t be delivering newborns after six employees in the maternity ward resigned instead of taking the jab. There is a good side to this. My daughter gave birth to all five of her children at home with a mid-wife. None of her babies received the dozens of vaccines they immediately give newborns; vaccines which have been linked to an increase in autism, now affecting one in 82 children.

Biden has ordered COVID-19 jab mandates for federal employees and for workers in private companies. His unconstitutional and dictatorial mandate could affect 100 million Americans and applies to federal employees, health care workers, companies that contract with the government, and private companies that have 100 or more employees. The mandate allows for weekly COVID-19 testing as an alternative to getting the vaccine. Newsweek reported Biden has exempted federal judges, congress and their staff and the postal workers. There’s one other group Biden has assiduously avoided targeting with his vaccine pronouncements: illegal immigrants. Why? Because the CDC endorsed giving them ivermectin.

“As part of this effort, the Department of Defense, the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Indian Health Service, and the National Institute of Health (NIH) will complete implementation of their previously announced vaccination requirements that cover 2.5 million people.”

How nice! Unbelievable…for a flu bug with a 99.75% recovery and for those with comorbidities, the recovery rate is 94.68%. We don’t need a clot shot and we certainly don’t need this “warp speed” experimental jab being given to everyone from infants to the elderly. We need the clinical drugs so many top-rated physicians and scientists around the world have used to save their patients.

Teens are 50 times more likely to have heart disease after COVID jabs than all other FDA approved vaccines in 2021 combined. The CDC admits this is true but still recommends the jab!

The VAERS COVID data from September 9, 2021 should frighten anyone away from this medical apartheid. There is a dark history of experimentation on black Americans, our military, prisoners and the general population. We are seen as guinea pigs ripe for experimentation and this COVID jab is no different.

There are now 675,591 reports on the Vaccine Adverse Effects Reporting System (VAERS). It takes physicians 30 minutes to fill out the questionnaire, with risk of losing their license to practice if they do it improperly. This is the primary reason only one percent is reported.

Corona Investigative Committee Summary

Attorney Dr. Reiner Fuellmich, an experienced trial lawyer licensed in Germany and California and co-founder of the Corona Investigative Committee, summarizes their findings in a 40-minute interview.

Video here.

Conclusion

Political cartoonist, Ben Garrison commented that livestock are involuntarily medicated, but we’re not livestock. The government considers America’s masses their chattel and are grinding our God-given rights under their bootheels. Medical apartheid has arrived, just not for Biden’s fellow comrades.

Gab President, Andrew Torba tells us, “Companies without mandates will perform better and get all of the best talent. Doctors will start private practices. Families will begin to homeschool their children. Blue states and major cities will see a mass exodus unlike anything in American history.

All we have to do is say no and start building a new society for ourselves. We need to take control of our own destiny and do what needs to be done to protect our families and preserve our values and indeed our own humanity.”

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

The Evidence Is In! COVID-19(84) Jabs Really Are Very Dangerous!

By Steven Yates

“The devil’s agents may be of flesh and blood, may they not?”
― Arthur Conan Doyle, The Hound of the Baskervilles

I hate to keep beating this drum when other issues are crying out for attention, but circumstances leave me little choice.

Solid evidence is now in! The Covid-19(84) jabs really are very dangerous!We could be on the verge of the biggest health catastrophe since the Black Death of the fourteenth century, during which bubonic plague caused the deaths of somewhere between 75 and 200 million people in Eurasia and North Africa — over a third of the world’s population.

Were something to come along today that killed that percentage, it would have killed close to 3 billion people before it ran its course!

Most of the rest would be left completely traumatized! Many would be helpless!

That’s what we’re looking at!

How do I know this? Didn’t I admit, just one article back, that I’m not a scientist?

You don’t have to be a master mathematician to put five and seven together and get twelve. This came my way this past weekend. Author Mike Whitney has put together a frightening assemblage of information in one package.

For almost two years, starting with the super-elite Gates Foundation and World Economic Forum sponsored Event 201, a “tabletop” simulated coronavirus pandemic (which Gates now appears to be denying actually took place!!!), ending where we are now: nations like Australia are locked down under de facto tyranny, and all roads have led to the mRNA vaccines.

Along the way, we’ve been fed a steady diet of fear by co-opted politicians, bureaucrats, and global corporate media. Information about effective cures for COVID have been suppressed. When people can be made fearful, especially of something they can’t see, most tend to turn to “leaders” who promise relief.

That would be people like Dr. Anthony Fauci, a career bureaucrat posing as America’s leading infectious disease expert.

Remember: nurses are being told by employers to get the jab or be fired, and some are resigning! Students are not being allowed to reenroll in many colleges if they’ve refused the jab. People are being refused service in restaurants, not being allowed to board planes,and refused entry to certain countries without proof of them!

The Bidenista regime is trying to force all employers with more than 100 works to mandate them. Lawsuits are coming.

Corporate media is demonizing “antivaxxers.”

Meanwhile, injuries and deaths from these mRNA vaccinesas reported by VAERS is climbing!The CDC and other co-opted agencies insist that these numbers are very small, compared to the number of people vaxxed. What we see now, though, exceeds all previous vaccines combined! Very few deaths and injuries are reported! And as Dr. Mercola explains, if you get the jab and suffer debilitating effects, you’re essentially on your own! If a relative dies, you’re on your own! You cannot sue a Big Pharma corporation, nor can you sue “your” government! You will likely be ignored by major media, and your YouTube video will be removed for “violating community standards” or promoting “vaccine misinformation” or some such BS.

Were everything on the up-and-up, would we see this level of narrative control? Would we see the coercion we are seeing? When COVID vaccine coercion reaches the point where men with guns are ordering you to get the shots or be locked indoors indefinitely, what will you do?

Suppose authorities remove you from your home at gunpoint and put you in a “camp” for refuseniks.

Is it crazy to think that could happen in America?

I’m sure there were Jews in Nazi Germany who thought the same thing!

Mike Whitney presents his findings in an interview-style staccato better than I ever could, so at this point, I’m going to do what Paul Craig Roberts did and just hand him the floor! I’ve not done this before: reproduce someone else’s article inside one of my own. But this really is the most important article on the subject you will ever read!I fixed two typos and truncated the first sentence. Otherwise this is unedited.

“… If everyone on the planet were to get Covid and not get treated, the death-rate globally would be less than half a percent. I’m not advocating for that, because 35 million people would die. However, if we follow the advice of some of the global leaders– like Bill Gates who said last year said “7 billion people need to be vaccinated”– then the death-rate will be over 2 billion people! SO, WAKE UP! THIS IS WORLD WAR 3! We are seeing a level of malevolence that we haven’t seen in the history of humanity!” Dr. Vladimir Zelenko, Author of The Zelenko “Early Treatment” Protocol that saved thousands of Covid-19 patients. (“Zelenko schools the Rabbinic Court”, Rumble; start at 11:45 minutes)

Did the regulators at the FDA know that all previous coronavirus vaccines had failed in animal trials and that the vaccinated animals became either severely ill or died?

Yes, they did.

Did they know that previous coronavirus vaccines had a tendency to “enhance the infection” and “make the disease worse”?

Yes.

Did Dr Anthony Fauci know that coronavirus vaccines had repeatedly failed and increased the severity of the infection?

Yes, he did. (See here: Fauci on ADE)

Did the drug companies conduct any animal trials prior to the FDA’s approval that would have convinced a reasonable person that the vaccines were safe to use on humans?

No, they didn’t.

Did they complete long-term clinical trials to establish whether the vaccines were safe?

No, there were no long-term clinical trials.

Did they conduct any biodistribution studies that showed where the substance in the injection goes in the body?

They did, but the data was not made available to the public.

Do the contents of the vaccine largely collect in various organs and in the lining of the vascular system?

Yes, they do.

Do large amounts of the substance accumulate in the ovaries?

Yes.

Will this effect female fertility and a woman’s ability to safely bring a baby to term?

The drug companies are currently researching this. The results are unknown.

Does the vaccine enter the bloodstream and collect in the lining of the blood vessels forcing the cells to produce the spike protein?

Yes.

Is the spike protein a “biologically active” pathogen?

It is.

Does the spike protein cause blood clots and leaky blood vessels in a large percentage of the people that are vaccinated?

It does, although the blood clots are mostly microscopic and appear in the capillaries. Only a small percentage of vaccinees get strokes or suffer cardiac arrest.

Should people be made aware of these possible bad outcomes before they agree to get vaccinated? (“Informed consent”)

Yes.

Did the FDA know that Pfizer had “identified vaccine-associated enhanced disease, including vaccine-associated enhanced respiratory disease, as an important potential risk”?

Yes, they did, but they did not demand that Pfizer fix the problem.

Here’s more:

“The FDA noted that Pfizer, “identified vaccine-associated enhanced disease, including vaccine-associated enhanced respiratory disease, as an important potential risk”. The EMA similarly acknowledged that “vaccine associated enhanced respiratory disease” was “an important potential risk… that may be specific to vaccination for COVID- 19”.

Why neither regulator sought to exclude such dangers prior to emergency use authorization is an open question that all doctors and patients are entitled to ask. Why medical regulators failed to investigate the finding that large vaccine particles cross blood vessel walls, entering the bloodstream and posing risks of blood clotting and leaky vessels is yet another open question again.” (“Open Letter to the EMA and European Parliament”, Doctors for Covid Ethics)

Did the drug companies vaccinate the people in the placebo group after the clinical trials in order to conceal the difference in the long-term health outcomes between the two groups?

That is the conclusion a rational person would make.

So, they nuked the trials?

Yes.

Did the FDA largely shrug-off its regulatory duties and abandon its normal standards and protocols because

a– It wanted to rush the Covid vaccines into service as rapidly as possible?

b– It knew the Covid-19 vaccine would never meet long-term safety standards?

We don’t know yet, but the adverse events report strongly suggests that the Covid-19 vaccine is hands-down the most dangerous vaccine in history.

Is the FDA rushing the “boosters” without proper testing?

Yes, it is. Here’s a clip from author Alex Berenson’s latest at Substack:

“Pfizer basically hasn’t bothered to test the booster AT ALL in the people actually at risk – it conducted a single “Phase 1” trial that covered 12 people over 65. The main Phase 2/3 booster trial (beware efforts to cover multiple “phases” of drug research at once, you want it bad you get it bad) included no one over 55.

No one.

As in, NONE.” (“Are you kidding me, Pfizer, volume 1 gazillion”, Alex Berenson, Substack)

Have the boosters been modified or improved to meet the changes in Delta variant?

No.

Is there any additional risk in taking a booster-shot after already taking two experimental gene-based vaccines in less than a year?

Considerable risk. Here’s more from the Doctors for Covid Ethics:

“Given that booster shots repeatedly boost the immune response to the spike protein, they will progressively boost self-to-self immune attack, including boosting complement-mediated damage to vessel walls.

Clinically speaking, the greater the vessel leakage and clotting that subsequently occurs, the more likely that organs supplied by the affected blood flow will sustain damage. From stroke to heart attack to brain vein thrombosis, the symptoms can range from death to headaches, nausea and vomiting, all of which heavily populate adverse reactions to COVID-19 vaccines.

As well as damage from leakage and clotting alone, it is additionally possible that the vaccine itself may leak into surrounding organs and tissues. Should this take place, the cells of those organs will themselves begin to produce spike protein, and will come under attack in the same way as the vessel walls. Damage to major organs such as the lungs, ovaries, placenta and heart can be expected ensue, with increasing severity and frequency as booster shots are rolled out.” (“Open Letter to the EMA and European Parliament“, Doctors for Covid Ethics)

So, it’s the double-whammy. On the one hand, the booster will perform largely like the original vaccine, penetrating cells and forcing them to produce spike protein which, in turn, generates blood clots and leaky blood vessels. And, on the other, the newly-produced S proteins trigger a damaging immune response in which the complement system attacks and destroys the cells that line the inside of the blood vessels. Every additional booster will intensify this process weakening the vascular system and increasing the clotting. If the Doctors are correct in their analysis, then we could see a sharp uptick in all-cause mortality in the heavily-vaccinated countries in less than a year. Cardiac arrests are already rising.

Here’s another question that’s worth mulling over: Was there any reason for the regulators at the FDA to think that these problems would not arise following the launching of the vaccine campaign?

No. They should have known there would be problems as soon as they saw that the vaccine did not stay in the shoulder as it was supposed to. The vaccine wasn’t supposed to enter the bloodstream and spread across the body leaving billions of spike proteins in its wake. (The spike protein is a cytotoxin, a cell killer. It is not an appropriate antigen for stimulating an immune response. It is a potentially-lethal pathogen that poses a threat to one’s health even if it is separated from the virus.) Nor was the vaccine supposed to trigger Antibody-Dependent Enhancement (ADE) which is the condition we hinted at above when referring to “vaccine-associated enhanced disease”. Here’s a brief explanation:

“ADE has proven to be a serious challenge with coronavirus vaccines, and this is the primary reason many have failed in early in-vitro or animal trials. For example, rhesus macaques who were vaccinated with the Spike protein of the SARS-CoV virus demonstrated severe acute lung injury when challenged with SARS-CoV, while monkeys who were not vaccinated did not. Similarly, mice who were immunized with one of four different SARS-CoV vaccines showed his topathological changes in the lungs with eosinophil infiltration after being challenged with SARS-CoV virus. This did not occur in the controls that had not been vaccinated. A similar problem occurred in the development of a vaccine for FIPV, which is a feline coronavirus.” (“Is the Coronavirus Vaccine a Ticking-Time Bomb?”, Science with Dr. Doug)

Is this what we are seeing right now? In all the countries that launched mass-vaccination campaigns early (Israel, Iceland, Scotland, Gibraltar and UK) cases, hospitalizations and deaths are rising faster in the vaccinated portion of the population than the unvaccinated. Why?

Are they really experiencing a fourth or fifth wave or have the vaccines generated “inactivity-enhancing” antibodies that make the disease worse? This 2-minute video helps to clarify what’s going on:

“Vaccines are made to a specific variant. And when that variant mutates, the vaccine no longer recognizes it. It’s like you are seeing a completely new virus. And, because that is so, you actually get more severe symptoms when you are vaccinated against one variant and it mutates and then your body sees the other variant.

The science shows, that if you get vaccinated in multiple years (for the flu), you are more likely to get severe disease, you are more likely to get viral replication, and you are more likely to be hospitalized…. We are seeing the same thing in Covid with the Delta variant. So we are actually mandating that people get a vaccine when they can actually get more sick when they are exposed to the virus…In fact, this week, a paper came out that showed that–with the Delta variant– when you are vaccinated your body is supposed to make antibodies that neutralize the virus, but they were supposed to neutralize the old variant. When they see this new variant, the antibodies take the virus and help it infect the cells.” (“Expert testimony on mandatory vaccinations”, Dr Christina Parks PhD., Rumble, start at minute 5:05)

Repeat: “If you get vaccinated in multiple years, you are more likely to get severe disease, you are more likely to get viral replication, and you are more likely to be hospitalized…. With the Delta variant– when you are vaccinated …. the antibodies take the virus and help it infect the cells.”

This is ADE, and this is probably why hospitalizations and deaths are rising among the vaccinated in Israel, UK and the rest. True, the Delta variant is less lethal than the Wuhan virus but, unfortunately, that rule does not apply to those who have been vaccinated and whose antibodies promote the uptake of the virus into their cells. This increases the viral replication function that increases the severity of the disease. In short, people are getting sicker because they were vaccinated. Here’s another short video that helps to explain:

“…The vaccine-induced antibodies will stand up against the virus. and once a virus is under pressure; it changes, it becomes a variant, and the variant cannot be stopped by vaccine-induced antibodies. Vaccine-induced antibodies. also shut down your innate immune system… so variants can come straight through and infect those that are vaccinated. That is viral immune escape, and that means that the vaccinated are defenseless against variants. This is no longer a pandemic of Covid-19. It is a pandemic of variants…

And there is something called recombination, and recombination means a vaccinated host can be infected by more than one variant at a time. …If a vaccinated host is co-infected by more than one variant, the variants will mix DNA, and change and camouflage and produce a super variant. And if super variants are produced, nothing can stop them. And already they are saying that the latest variant to come out is vaccine resistant. And this is just the beginning.

Dr Geert Vanden Bosche warns that if we do not immediately stop mass vaccination campaigns around the world, the world will experience an international catastrophe of mass mortality. I didn’t say that, he did. The vaccinated are a threat to us all.” (“Viral Immune Escape Explained”, Dr. Michael McDowell, Rumble)

It’s not the variant that intensifies the disease, it’s the fact that the vaccine targets one narrow endpoint, the spike protein, that gradually adapts to survive. As the virus progressively learns to avoid the vaccine, vaccine-induced immunity wanes. Natural immunity produces broad, robust immunity to the whole virus not merely one part of it. It is strong and enduring.

So how will the vaccinated fight new forms of the virus, after all, the vaccine is not a medicine that overpowers a particular pathogen. It is a subtle (genetic) reprogramming of the immune system that forces one’s cells to produce a particular version of the spike protein. Boosters that stimulate production of the same protein will have only modest impact. In short, boosters are still fighting the last war.

Also, as we mentioned above, coronavirus vaccines tend to create antibodies that “enhance infectivity” when they encounter adapted forms of the virus. That means that millions of inoculated people will now face forms of the virus for which they have almost no protection and for which their compromised immune systems can only provide limited help. Here’s more from the article above:

“Right now, the fatality rate of the virus is estimated to be approximately 0.26%, and this number seems to be dropping as the virus is naturally attenuating itself through the population. It would be a great shame to vaccinate the entire population against a virus with this low of a fatality rate, especially considering the considerable risk presented by ADE. I believe this risk of developing ADE in a vaccinated individual will be much greater than 0.26%, and, therefore, the vaccine stands to make the problem worse, not better. It would be the biggest blunder of the century to see the fatality rate of this virus increase in the years to come because of our sloppy, haphazard, rushed efforts to develop a vaccine with such a low threshold of safety testing and the prospect of ADE lurking in the shadows.” (“Is the Coronavirus Vaccine a Ticking-Time Bomb?”, Science with Dr. Doug)

“Blunder”, he says?

It wasn’t a blunder. It was deliberate. The Covid-19 vaccine was supposed to fail like all the coronavirus vaccines before it. That’s the point. That’s why the drug companies skipped the animal testing and long-term safety trials. That’s why the FDA rushed it through the regulatory process and suppressed the other life-saving medications, and silenced all critics of the policy, and pushed for universal vaccination regardless of the risks of blood clotting, cardiac arrest, stroke and death. And that’s why the world is on the threshold of an “international catastrophe of mass mortality.” It’s because that’s how the strategy was planned from the very beginning.

The vaccine isn’t supposed to work, it’s supposed to make things worse. And it has! It’s increased the susceptibility of millions of people to severe illness and death. That’s what it’s done. It’s a stealth weapon in an entirely new kind of war; a war aimed at restructuring the global order and establishing absolute social control. Those are the real objectives. It has nothing to do pandemics or viral contagion. It’s about power and politics. That’s all.

Steven Yates again. Did you get all that? Take your time. Also note this. Note the last line. Those with power protect their own.

I won’t try to sum this up. I’ll just ask: what kind of minds —outside apocalyptic science fiction writers, that is— are capable of conjuring up something like this?

Evil minds!

No other word fits!

The question occurs to me: is something demonic at work here? Satanic, even?

Could people like Gates and Fauci and Schwab actually be demon-possessed?

I don’t know, and I know how that sounds. I’ve also never seen a naturalistic account of human psychopathy that would enable me to get my brain around the idea of simply culling who-knows how many billions of people (not millions or tens of millions but billions) in the name “absolute social control,” of establishing a Great Reset!

We’ve just looked into the face of pure evil, and I wonder if anyone but God Himself can save our civilization now!

Steven Yates’s new book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (Wipf and Stock, 2021) is available here and here.

September is here, and it is time to renew my call for donations. In the present hostile environment, any of us — this site, or myself — could be canceled at any time! (My computer has been hacked more than once; I once had to replace a device when hackers damaged the operating system beyond repair.) Donate to NewsWithViews.com here. Donate to my Patreon.com site here, or to me via PayPal (use my email address available below) if Patreon is not to your liking. Any pledges or donations I receive exceeding $25/mo., I will match with a donation to NewsWithViews.com out of appreciation for this site.

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

America’s Wide Open Borders: You Can’t Fix Stupid

By Frosty Wooldridge

My friend, Zeb Bell, who hosts a weekly radio show about America’s dilemma as well as writes a daily column “Zeb at the Ranch”, www.ZebBell.com , spoke about how stupid President Biden and Congress prove themselves.

Zeb Bell wrote, “There is a saying, “You can’t fix stupid”, and “We the People” of the United States are realizing how true that is with the Biden Administration. “You can’t fix stupid” by increasing severely high taxes on the wealthy or by condemning or lessening corporate business. Why?…DAH! The wealthy and corporations will leave our shores and create job opportunities and wealth-generation elsewhere! “You can’t fix stupid” by demanding and insulting Americans to get Covid vaccinations when an impious government allows 1000’s of illegal aliens to flood through our borders nightly and endanger our families because of non-vaccination. “You can’t fix stupid” when you have “leadership” say that by passing trillions of dollars of new debt – they can play God and control the thermostat and weather around the world! “You can’t fix stupid” when police give tickets to grocery store shoppers for NOT wearing masks, BUT, they allow worthless criminals to shoplift without any punishment!! Beyond any reasonable doubt…Joe Biden and his band of “sluggish dolts” are the reason for this saying “You can’t fix stupid”. I hope and pray that we can weather his storm of incompetency and still remain the greatest Country in the world…its gonna’ be tough! Old sayings become old sayings from generation to generation because of their truthfulness and with this President “You can’t fix stupid.”

Joe Biden Proves Himself Either One Dumb President or Simply and Totally Out Of Touch With Reality

In the past nine months, over 1.4 million illegal refugees violated our borders and now reside in our country at a cost of upwards of $65 million per month of our taxpayer dollars. That’s on top of the 1,000,000 legal immigrants that entered our country this year. That’s on top of the 300,000 anchor babies and their mothers that subsist on our tax dollars.

Right now, in Del Rio, Texas, 14,000 illegal migrants have set up camp in our country in their desperate surge to escape their own countries’ poverty, misery, disease and overpopulation. Distressingly, Biden allows them into our country, in fact, invited them into our country—without requirement for Covid 19 vaccinations, identity, skills, or terrorist ties. And, he’s flying them to any city in America where Catholic and Lutheran Charities choose. You don’t get a choice! You get the illegal migrants whether you like it or not. They and their children will invade your schools and communities.

And now, thousands of Haitians clobber our shores with their endless line of children, illiteracy and poverty. There’s no escaping what’s coming. Whether it’s an Afghanistan terrorist or an anchor baby mother or drug dealer infecting your kids, you PAY, and PAY, and PAY.

Hear this: there is NO end of the line of refugees streaming into America. There is NO solving their dilemma. There is no way to cure anything for them. But we will soon become victims of cultural decay, mass illiteracy—that will create endless ghettoes in America from which there is no escape. What they fled; they will recreate in America. It’s that simply and THAT ugly.

Why Nothing We Do Will Save The World’s Refugees

How many refugees are in the world in 2021?

“Refugees in the world: 82.4 million forcibly displaced people worldwide in 2021: 26.4 million refugees, 48 million internally displaced, 4.1 million asylum seekers, 3.9 million Venezuelans. Finally, 83 million new babies born into the world, net gain, annually.” (Source: www.state.gov)

Africa houses millions of people in refugee camps that are filthy, putrid, no sanitation, no food, no clean water, and no end of women either pregnant or holding babies on their hips. Africa houses 1.4 billion people in 2021. The United Nations predicts that Africa will reach 2.1 billion people by 2050—a scant 29 years from now.

Each year the third world adds 83 million babies, net gain, that it cannot feed or sustain, year after year after year. Yes, they starve, suffer and live in abject misery.

Question for you dear fellow American: can we save the world by importing 20 million a year? How about 50 million? What about 100 million, ANNUALLY?

Would you agree that we stand desperately in DEEP trouble? How about up to our eyeballs in turmoil with a man like Biden and/or the incompetents who talked him into open borders.

If this invasion continues, (Article IV, Section 4 of the US Constitution defines this incursion as an invasion.), how much longer do you think we will last? I suggest you watch the videos below to show you graphically what I am writing about in this column. It’s your future and your children who will be existing in a living nightmare. Can we change it? Yes, but it will require your actions to make an enormous public outcry to your senators, House members and the president…along with all the media outlets like CNN, FOX, NBC, CBS, ABC, NPR and PBS. Engage all your networks on Twitter, LinkedIn and Facebook. I cannot do it by myself. I need your help. If you remain silent, your kids don’t stand a chance in the coming years.

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions? Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future? If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

Share these videos all over America:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Second Amendment: Massive, Dangerous Foreign Invasion by Illegal Aliens

By: Devvy

Ronald Reagan opened the flood gates for illegal aliens back in 1986 when he signed the Immigration Reform and Control Act. Instead of deporting millions of illegals, that Act rewarded illegals for smuggling themselves across our border and stealing jobs that belong to Americans and naturalized citizens. The Democrats right NOW are trying to get amnesty passed for 30 MILLION + illegal aliens. We MUST defeat them. We’ve done it before we can do it again. $1 Trillion Mass Amnesty and Explosion of Legal Immigration in Reconciliation Bill

In 1993, former U.S. Senator Dirty Harry Reid who “won” his election thanks to vote fraud, introduced the most comprehensive anti-illegal aliens bill ever (77 pgs) that would force tens of millions of them to self-deport. ALL forms of welfare gone. S. 1351 (103^rd): Immigration Stabilization Act of 1993.

Our Federal Wallet Stretched To Limit By Illegal Aliens Getting Welfare’ “Even worse, Americans have seen heinous crimes committed by individuals who are here illegally.” He also said that the U.S. open door policy is being abused at the expense of honest, working citizens. August 5, 1993, Dirty Harry’s office issued the following:

“In response to increased terrorism and abuse of social programs by aliens, Sen. Harry Reid (D-NV) today introduced the first and only comprehensive immigration reform bill in Congress. Currently, an alien living illegally in the United States often pays no taxes but receives unemployment, welfare, free medical care and other federal benefits. Recent terrorist acts, including the World Trade Center bombing, have underscored the need to keep violent criminals out of the country…

“Our borders have overflowed with illegal immigrants placing tremendous burdens on our criminal justice system, schools and social programs. The Immigration and Naturalization Service needs the ability to step up enforcement. Our federal wallet is stretched to the limit by illegal aliens getting welfare, food stamps, medical care, and other benefits often without paying any taxes.”

“Safeguards like welfare and free medical care are in place to boost Americans in need of short-term assistance. These programs were not meant to entice freeloaders and scam artists from around the world. Even worse, Americans have seen heinous crimes committed by individuals who are here illegally.”

At the time, dirty traitor, Bill Clinton[1][2] was allegedly president. I say allegedly because there were problems with counting of the votes, an issue I was yelling about back then. But,Clinton was the selection of the shadow government; the vote of the American people didn’t matter.

Dirty Harry’s bill had a whopping 3 cosponsors. In 1993, there were 173 Republicans in the U.S. House. 2 cosponsored that bill, Richard Shelby and Duncan Faircloth. 1 Democrat, James Exon. Neither party wanted to stop the flood of illegals.

One of the sections of that bill was crucial as I explained in a 2014 column. I’m betting it [the bill] was not written by Dirty Harry, but by DNC lawyers who knew what they’re doing and the sure to come legal challenges. It covers the whole gambit of turning off all forms of welfare; trillions spent over the past 28 years since Reagan sold us out. One section I want to highlight: TITLE X–CITIZENSHIP

SEC. 1001. BASIS OF CITIZENSHIP CLARIFIED.

“In the exercise of its powers under section 5 of the Fourteenth Article of Amendment to the Constitution of the United States, the Congress has determined and hereby declares that any person born after the date of enactment of this title to a mother who is neither a citizen of the United States nor admitted to the United States as a lawful permanent resident, and which person is a national or citizen of another country of which either of his or her natural parents is a national or citizen, or is entitled upon application to become a national or citizen of such country, shall be considered as born subject to the jurisdiction of that foreign country and not subject to the jurisdiction of the United States within the meaning of section 1 of such Article and shall therefore not be a citizen of the United States or of any State solely by reason of physical presence within the United States at the moment of birth.”

Dirty Harry was speaking about the fiction called ‘anchor babies’, something I have been very vocal about: States Must Fight Legal Fiction Called Anchor Babies. Judge Jeanine ‘Illegally Entering U.S. Is Not a Right to Citizenship‘ – She is on point and says it like it is: “I draw but one conclusion: Barack Obama is intentionally using the immigration crisis as an excuse to change the demographics and ultimately the electorate of this nation.”

By 2014, Dirty Harry had long abandoned supporting enforcing our immigration laws and said the (southern) border is secure, time to give amnesty to tens of millions of illegal aliens.

From 2003-2007, Bush Jr. was president, Republicans controlled Congress and did NOTHING to stop illegals crossing the border nor did they do anything to stop all forms of welfare which is what Reid’s bill does in capital letters.

Trump was sworn in January 2017. Democrats allegedly swept the House in 2018. Don’t believe that vote count. It was imperative to stop Trump getting the wall built as well as his other campaign promises. All the new Marxists were sworn in January 2019.

Republicans controlled Congress under Trump long enough to fix this nightmare. They did NOTHING to stop the invasion. Three months after Trump was sworn in, I sent him a letter with Reid’s bill, description, etc. and told him he needs to tell his party in no uncertain terms: While I fight for the wall, you get Reid’s old bill introduced, passed and I will sign it into law. Never received a response in any form but then again, in Trump’s world, I am nobody.

I also sent the same to Senators Cruz, Tom Cotton, Rand Paul, Marco Rubio and Marsha Blackburn who was a House rep at that time. Sent to these U.S. House reps: Jim Jordan, Louis Gohmert, Andy Biggs, Mo Brooks, Thomas Massie. I received not a single response. I waited another three months and repeated my effort; not a single response. But, I’m not a constituent of any of them. In all fairness to them I’m no one;their staff control all in-coming mail so likely none of them ever saw my letter – including President Trump, again.

This real invasion is almost beyond words

This was back in 2018 while Democrats were fighting Trump tooth and nail to stop the wall.

This is today while the criminal impostor president, Joe Biden, is gone on vacation again no doubt sucking down another of his favorite ice cream flavors. Ho Harris who was tasked to “fix” the border problem, spent last week in California stumping for Gavin Newsom and chowing down at an In-N-Out Burger joint. Over the weekend: Border Czar Kamala Harris Leads Coin Toss at Howard-Hampton Football Game as Thousands of Illegal Aliens Storm Border in Del Rio (VIDEO) / College Football Fans Chant “F*ck Joe Biden!” Third Week in a Row (VIDEO)

At the Rio Grande last week.

Del Rio, Texas – Massive invasion. At least he did something: Governor Abbott Deploys DPS Troopers, National Guard to Build Barricade Along Border Around Del Rio Amid Surge of Illegal Aliens

Some 14,000 Haitians have flooded the border at Del Rio, Texas last week. The roar from the American people must have been substantial as the fake Biden Administration announced they will – at OUR expense – be flown back to Haiti beginning yesterday. Notice they all seem to be healthy males, clean, stylish looking t-shirts and gold chains around their necks.

All those people regardless of where they’ve come from are not vetted. Statistics have proven over the decades the obscene number of Americans raped, murdered, killed by drunk drivers, child molesters, thieves and other crimes by illegal aliens regardless of country of origin.

We know some 85,000 Afghani’s were imported after the withdrawal disaster in Afghanistan. No one in the fake Biden “administration” seems to know how many interpreters and Afghani’s were working to help while we occupied their country by force for 20 years. But, it sure as hell isn’t 85,000.

Will they all go to work? 70% of male Afghan’s cannot read. Most of them likely speak little to no English. They’re being dumped in red states; each getting thousands. Guess who pays their medical bills while you struggle to pay your health care premium? Outbreak of Measles in Virginia and Wisconsin Afghan Refugee Settlements Forces Pause in New Arrivals. Most will end up on the unconstitutional federal welfare program making more than many people do in some states working 40 hours a week. Some were logically transported to Muslim countries like Dubai; all should have been relocated to a culture friendly country.

Most are Muslims;poorly vetted until they get here. Afghan “Refugee” Terrorist Had Explosive Bomb Materials Boarding Flight to US, Stopped at Ramstein Air Force Base, Sept. 9, 2021 / Report: Pentagon officials clueless on how many Afghan refugees on terrorist watch lists are now in the U.S., August 28, 2021

Numbers

We’re talking about hundreds of thousands of illegals simply walking or swimming onto U.S. soil since this fake Biden regime took over. Border Patrol is over run, border towns drowning in illegals and crime. Ranchers along the border and their families at grave risk from roaming predator illegals. Texas Ranchers Dealing With Armed Smugglers on Land

This is a foreign invasion. This has set up an even more EXTREME DANGER to these united States of America. Many were worried about a terrorist attack on the Sept. 11, 2021. I wasn’t because it would be too anticipated. No, I’m very worried it won’t be long before there is either a single huge event or multi-prong as before.

Second Amendment: A well regulated militia, being necessary to the security of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear arms, shall not be infringed.

Tens of millions of gun owners, the majority of law enforcement and even our military believe the Second Amendment is only to protect an individual right to ‘keep and bear arms’. The first thirteen words of that amendment are completely ignored, when in fact, they are the teeth of that amendment.

The U.S. Constitution:

Article I, Section 8, Paragraph 15: The Congress shall have the Power (to) provide for calling forth the Militia to execute the Laws of the Union, suppress Insurrections and repel Invasions;

Article IV, Section 4, Paragraph 1: The United States shall guarantee to every State in this Union a Republican Form of Government, and shall protect each of them against Invasion; and on Application of the Legislature, or of the Executive (when the Legislature cannot be convened) against domestics Violence.

Dr. Edwin Vieira: “States” in “homeland security.” Congress has a constitutional power and duty, when “necessary and proper,” “[t]o provide for calling forth the Militia to execute the Laws of the Union, suppress Insurrections and repel Invasions.” Article I, Section 8, Clauses 15 and 18. The Preamble shows this to be a grave responsibility. For among the six overarching purposes of the Constitution set out there, no less than three parallel the mission of the Militia to provide “homeland security”: namely, to “establish Justice” (“execute the Laws of the Union”), “insure domestic Tranquility” (“suppress Insurrections,”) and “provide for the common defence” (“repel Invasions.”) Doubtlessly, the Founding Fathers foresaw that “the Militia of the several States” would provide the primary forces to serve the Preamble’s purposes, and for that reason specifically empowered Congress to “call[ them] forth” for those ends. The perfect juxtaposition of purposes and powers can have no other plausible explanation…

“Thus, hardly surprising is that the Framers of the Second Amendment, many of whom had been among the delegates to the Constitutional Convention that drafted or the State Conventions that ratified the Constitution, asserted that “[a] well regulated Militia” is “necessary to the security of a free State.” For Articles I and IV had earlier made abundantly clear that “the Militia of the several States”–considered on the basis of 150 years of experience to be “well regulated,” if any Militia could be–were empowered to provide that security to every State through the “guarantee” of “a Republican Form of Government.”

“Furthermore, the Constitution presumes that, in the direst extreme, when “actually invaded, or in such imminent Danger as will not admit of delay,” the States will be able to “engage in War” through their Militia, which, unlike “Troops,” the Constitution allows them to keep and govern “without the Consent of Congress.” See Article I, Section 10, Clause 3.

“Perhaps most notable, however, is that, because “the Militia of the several States” may be “call[ed] forth * * * to execute the Laws of the Union,” and because the Constitution is “the supreme Law of the Land,” the Militia may be “call[ed] forth” to “execute the [Constitution]” itself. See Article I, Section 8, Clause 15, and Article VI, Clause 2. In a normal situation, this would occur pursuant to such “provi[sions]” as Congress had made, and under direction of the President as Commander in Chief. Article II, Section 2, Clause 1. But the Constitution protects America in abnormal situations, too–especially inasmuch as abnormal situations doubtlessly will confront this country with the most immediate and gravest dangers.”

Neither the National Guard or our military are a “well regulated milita”. This thorough explanation should be read by every law enforcement official, military, every state legislator, every gun owner in this country and mandatory for every high school senior class: True Vs. False Militia & Why the Difference Matters

Border Patrol arrests heavily-armed member of ‘Texas Militia’, August 20, 2015

He was arrested because there is NO Second Amendment well regulated militia even though Rivera claimed to belong to a Texas militia. While there are quite a lot of groups throughout the states who call themselves militia, they have ZERO legal authority.

Back in 2013, then AZ governor Jan Brewer signed a new bill into law: Arizona Gov. signs Bill to establish State Militia to be used at her Discretion. Toothless, meaningless and is certainly not in alignment with the history and intent of the first thirteen words of the Second Amendment. First, you have to be age 45 or older. How ridiculous. Second, if you read this article, you might want to laugh: Arizona’s Volunteer Militia On Call For Public Safety. While the idea was embraced by border patrol, where’s this so-called State Militia been the past eight years while their border continues to be overrun like Texas?

“I’m very excited that she signed it, of course. With the national funding for the National Guard on the border expiring in June, I would like to see the governor sign an executive order that immediately establishes the guard.”

“Brewer will not reportedly be mandated to create a volunteer state militia, but will now have the authority to establish a new guard group which can serve as a safety net in times of trouble. The military provision pertaining to the formation of a volunteer militia was added to the Arizona Constitution in 1910.

“The Arizona volunteer state militia does not have a legislatively defined command structure – the governor can choose who is in charge of the group. Representative Harper has been consulting with Arizona National Guard Adjutant General, Major General Hugo Salazar, about utilization of the volunteer militia. Harper referred to conversations with Salazar on the topic of border security deployment, “encouraging.”

One hell of a safety net while your border is still like a spaghetti sieve. Here’s the bill. “C. Appropriations made to the national guard shall be deemed appropriated to both the national guard and the Arizona state guard, if and when the latter organization is established, and any funds which THAT are unexpended from appropriations to the national guard may be used for establishment and maintenance of the Arizona state guard.”

Jeez. I know Dr. Edwin Vieira spoke at length with a couple of their senators at the time. When that bill passed, it was like, what a waste of time. A well regulated militia, being necessary to the security of a free state doesn’t mean a half dozen groups of well-meaning, patriotic Americans scattered around the state. For crying out loud, this reminds me of the disastrous Afghanistan withdrawal that should have begun at least six months before the August deadline.

It takes many months to move tens of thousands of tanks, trucks, Humvee’s, weaponry, stripping down air bases, human resources and Americans who would be leaving. Some can be moved with huge aircraft: “The Lockheed Martin’s C-5M Super Galaxy is the workhorse of US strategic airlift capability. Also it is the largest aircraft, routinely operated by the US forces.” Rail roads (if available) are a staple along with caravans. Bottom line is all takes planning, training, a lot of lead time and money. So where is Arizona’s well regulated militia, funded, trained, command, etc., or will they instantly produce such a “safety net” in times of trouble? If they were there and operational, choking off the masses of illegals crossing their border could and should have been accomplished years ago.

Our governor, Blabbet aka Greg Abbott: Where is Texas’ constitutional militia? Our state is drowning with thousands coming across every week. Instead of turning them around and letting them swim back across the Rio Grande or back across an international bridge or wherever they crossed, illegal aliens are being given transportation and shipped around the country – oh, and don’t forget to show up for your court date! Booming business for charities sucking off federal tax dollars, hotels and restaurants.

Abbott rolled out his you’ll be arrested for run of the mill infractions of the law a couple of months ago but it’s all for show for the primary next year. He shouldn’t worry with $55 MILLION bux in his war chest.

Texas is about to get 4,481 Afghani’s. So, Gov. Blabbet, why didn’t you tell the walking corpse in the WH: No. Washington DC is getting zero. Here’s How Many Afghan Refugees Are Headed to Each State in the US – “I was on the ground in Afghanistan and there is no way that we can properly vet these people,” Oklahoma Republican Party Chairman John Bennett said. “If the government says otherwise, they are lying to you.” Muslims are taught to lie in the name of Allah by the time they can walk:

“We’ve vetted all the folks and we’re excited to welcome them,” Oklahoma Republican Gov. Kevin Stitt said.“We’re excited to open up our arms…we’re excited to welcome them and show them the Oklahoma standard,” he added.”

You ignorant damn fool. Muslims do NOT integrate into western cultures. This is the same as occupying their country for 20 years and trying to defeat their toxic, putrid “religion”and force feed them what they don’t want. Muslim Who Beheaded Woman in Oklahoma: “I Beheaded Her… I Read The Koran… It’s Easy To Understand. No One Guides Me But Allah” / Muslim major screamed ‘Allahu Akbar’ before slaughtering 13 at Ft. Hood, TX

The three biggest issues right NOW are fixing the vote counting systems in all 50 states, stopping this dangerous invasion, exposing and demanding criminal charges be brought over the monstrous plandemic called COVID-19. Dr. Edwin Vieira has been writing about the constitutional militia since 2005; his columns archived here.

If only ten million gun owners would demand their state legislatures enact a Second Amendment constitutional militia law, things would turn around quite quickly. Remember: This is OUR country, our governments. We the people are the boss so quit acting like servants. It’s most unfortunate the NRA won’t touch the true meaning of the Second Amendment and charge up their millions of members to organize and demand their legislatures pass a law reconstituting the constitutional militia. They’ve been fully aware of Dr. Vieira’s work for more than a decade.

Gun Owners of America is a great organization who very much support Dr. Vieira’s work. Hopefully, they will organize in all 50 states: lobby the hell out of state legislatures, collect signatures from all your members in each state and demand they pass a true Second Amendment constitutional militia bill. I’ve been writing about this since I read Dr. Vieira’s columns starting in 2005 trying to get gun owners in this country to do the one thing that WILL stop gun control. Crickets. Oh, and be sure to send donations to support more Band Aids (lawsuits) to stop gun control!

I tried years ago when I sent a letter to every Republican in our state legislature then followed up with phone calls to tea party legislators. All I got was thank you for calling, blah, blah, blah. Homeland security is OUR responsibility. The federals have refused to protect the states: “Furthermore, the Constitution presumes that, in the direst extreme, when “actually invaded, or in such imminent Danger as will not admit of delay,” the States will be able to “engage in War” through their Militia, which, unlike “Troops,” the Constitution allows them to keep and govern “without the Consent of Congress.” See Article I, Section 10, Clause 3.” Dr. Vieira.

Our national security is SEVERELY compromised right now. What are millions of gun owners going to do about it?

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Footnotes:

[1] Journalist details how FBI and DOJ covered up Bill Clinton’s “sale” of U.S. nuclear warhead tech to China in the ’90s

[2] The Marxist Influence

READ:Ship Illegal Alien Minors Back to Their Parents Now – “Border cages reek of urine and vomit! Scabies, lice, flu, COV are rampant, March 24, 2021 – Not to mention illegals, minors or other adults have been bringing in TB and other diseases long eradicated from this country. Those minors are then shoved into YOUR schools while getting “free” dental and medical paid for by you while you struggle to pay for your child’s dental needs.

Montana A.G.: We’re Worried Migrants Will Be Relocated to our State and We Won’t Be Able to Keep Them from Being Released – CALL THEIR BLUFF, AG Knudsen.Just say NO.

Mexican pirates vs. constitutional militia, May 10, 2010 / White House: OK, Amnesty Cuts Wages, But Not for the ‘Longer Run’ (Liars) / Housing Shortage Crisis in California – Blame Yourselves

Democrats: Architects of the Destruction of America, Part 3

By Roger Anghis

We can see almost throughout the history of the Democrat Party how they have seemed to make every effort to tear America down. They did all they could to keep slavery in place, they established the Jim Crow laws even though they try to make you think that Republicans wrote the laws. It was the Democrats that formed the KKK and did all they could to keep blacks suppressed: In 1857, the Supreme Court, with seven of the nine justices being Democrat, decided that Dred Scott was not a citizen, but property. Chief Justice Roger Taney, appointed by Democrat President Andrew Jackson, referenced in his decision that slaves were “so far inferior … that the Negro might justly and lawfully be reduced to slavery for their own benefit.”

After the Civil War, Republicans pushed through the 13th Amendment, adopted Dec. 6, 1865, officially abolishing slavery in America. Once Southern Democrats were forced to free their slaves, they effectively attempted to re-enslave them by passing “black codes” and “Jim Crow” laws, which required former slaves to be “apprenticed” to “employers” and punished those who left.

On Nov. 22, 1865, Republicans denounced Mississippi’s Democrat legislature for enacting “black codes,” which institutionalized racial discrimination, even stating: “No freedman, Negro, or mulatto shall carry or keep firearms or ammunition.”

On Feb. 5, 1866, Republican Rep. Thaddeus Stevens introduced legislation to give former slaves “40 acres and a mule,” but Democrats opposed it, led by President Andrew Johnson. On April 9, 1866, Republicans in Congress overrode President Johnson’s veto and passed the Civil Rights Act of 1866, conferring rights of citizenship on freed slaves.[1]

The 14th Amendment was passed to give blacks citizenship and was opposed 100% by the Democrats.[2] There was almost the same opposition, 97%, from the Democrat Party to giving blacks the right to vote, the 15^th Amendment.[3]

America was intended to let all men be free. Most of the Founders were opposed to slavery in spite of what the revisionist historians say. The American experiment has been the most successful form of government the world has ever seen yet the Democrats have tried for decades to make America no better than the average dictatorship.

America was founded as a Christian nation on Christian principles. John Jay, our first Chief Justice of the United States Supreme Court stated; “Providence has given to our people the choice of their rulers, and it is the duty, as well as the privilege and interest, of our Christian nation to select and prefer Christians for their rulers.” Democrats don’t seem to care about those principles. They are more concerned with the power they can acquire and control over the population than the freedoms of the people.

One of the biggest stabs in the back to Americans that the Democrats have done concerns Social Security. When you look at the history of it you see that Democrats have done all they could to take your money away from you. Keep in mind that this is NOT an entitlement program. The American people fund this with their own paychecks which means Congress has no right to do anything with it except fund the Social Security program. Democrats feel they have to tax everything except their own paycheck. This program was originally voluntary, Democrats voted to make it mandatory. There was supposed to be only a 1% tax on the first $1400, now it’s 7.5% of the first $90,000. The funds originally put into the fund were deducted from your annual salary for tax purposes. Those funds are no longer deductible. All funds that were put into this fund were used only for Social Security but President Lyndon Johnson moved it into the General Fund and has been spent on other Democrat projects. The payments to the people from the fund were never to be taxed as income but under the Clinton administration, 85% of those payments are now taxed. Remember, these funds were taken out of American’s paychecks for the American people when they retired but under the Carter administration, they started giving the funds to illegal immigrants that never put a dime into the program. Now they say that the program is running out of funds and blaming the Republicans for that situation.

Our monetary system was destroyed by democrats as well. Woodrow Wilson took our economic system out of the hands of the American people and gave control to the banks in England. It was like he was oblivious to the results of his actions. After he gave up our monetary system to foreign entities he stated: “I am a most unhappy man, I have unwittingly ruined my country. A great industrial nation is controlled by its system of Credit. Our system of credit is concentrated. The growth of the nation, therefore, and all of our activities are in the hands of a few men. We have come to be one of the worst ruled, one of the most completely controlled and dominated governments in the civilized world. No longer a government by free opinion, no longer a government by conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by the opinion and duress of a small group of dominant men.” Democrats again take the freedoms of Americans and give them to foreign powers. This can be confirmed in a comment by Senator George Malone speaking before Congress in 1957: “I believe that if the people of this nation fully understood what Congress has done to them over the past forty-nine years, they would move on Washington. It adds up to a preconceived plan to destroy the economic and social independence of the United States.”

One of the things that both parties are guilty of, which I find to be nothing less than treason, is neither party has done anything to curb the flow of illegals coming across our southern border. Ronald Reagan attempted to get some security on the southern border in 1986 by agreeing to amnesty for the illegals that came across our border because Senator Schumer agreed to establish some form of security. Schumer got the amnesty he wanted and has seen to it that the security never happened. Another stab in the back by the Democrat Party.

Donald Trump promised border security and delivered on it but was opposed every inch of the way by Democrats and when they stole the election Biden stopped the building of the wall and is spending $3 million a day to not build the wall.[4] Allowing illegals to flood our border taxes our welfare system, lowers hourly wages because it floods the job market with cheap labor which is just what Democrat business owners love. It also increases human trafficking, drug cartels make millions and threaten the lives of Americans. None of this seems to bother Democrats. They are creating a situation that they tell us they can fix but we have to give up freedoms and rights. Their base is stupid enough to fall for that but most of us aren’t. We see through the game and will stand against it.

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

Time For a Serious ‘Sit-Down’ Discussion

By Rob Pue

In March of 2020, the vast majority of American churches dutifully closed their doors when we were all told “two weeks to flatten the curve.” Like small businesses, churches were willing to take the government warnings seriously and err on the side of caution. But weeks and months later, even after the businesses reopened, it seems most of the church doors remained shuttered, the leadership there agreeing with the government that they were, indeed, “non-essential.”

Of course, they continued with their services over the internet, with online streaming. We saw “worship teams” on the stage with each member wearing a mask, while playing their instruments and singing to an empty auditorium. Then the pastor would come up and give his “talk” — again, while wearing a mask on stage, speaking only to the camera operator in the back of the empty room.

Millions of people stopped attending church services in 2020, because the churches were closed. Pastors across the country cowered in fear when seeing other pastors make the news…. pastors who refused to close their doors and instead continued preaching the whole counsel of God, even in the midst of a fake “PLANNED-demic.” These fearful ones saw what happened to those who refused to comply: more and more draconian measures taken by so-called “health officials,” police and government agencies. Things like “no singing.” “Only 20 percent capacity.” Stiff fines and penalties for churches that dared to remain open. Pastors going to jail.

When some pastors attempted a reasonable “compromise” by holding services outdoors, preaching to people sitting in their cars in the parking lot, people were fined and jailed for simply sitting in their cars in the church parking lot! And of course, enormous fines and jail time for those pastors who refused to submit to all the unjust and ridiculous dictates from “on high.” At least one church was even set on fire and burnt to the ground as a way to intimidate them and keep them silenced.

Throughout this insanity, millions of people stopped attending church altogether. When the government finally eased their restrictions, and the churches were “allowed” by the government to open again, many never returned, and will never return. They’ve either started their own home churches, gathering with like-minded, truth-seeking believers for worship and Bible study, as the early disciples did, or they’ve moved on to one of those churches with courageous pastors who never closed their doors or bowed to the commands of Caesar. They’ve moved to churches with pastors unafraid to tell the truth — no matter how “counter-cultural” the truth may be; no matter how “controversial” the truth may be; no matter how badly the truth clashes with the “Official Narrative.”

And now, a year and a half later, studies show that one in four churches that were open and active at the start of 2020 have now closed forever. Forgive me for saying that I think that’s probably a good thing. Stay with me and perhaps you’ll agree.

For far too long, our American churches have been increasingly compromised. They’ve become salt that has lost it’s savor — good for nothing but to be thrown out and trampled under the feet of men. In other words, “non-essential.” How did this happen in a country that owes it’s very existence to God Almighty and the mighty men of God — the PASTORS — who preached the Word, in season and out, when it was convenient and when it most definitely was NOT. Pastors who led their flocks out of the church house and confronted every evil of the day?

Compromise. “Go along to get along.” “Don’t make waves.” The Johnson Amendment and the 501c3, making covenants with wicked governments for financial gain. I realize I’m being pretty hard on the pastors here, but not without cause. Note that I’m not talking about ALL pastors. I know a lot of great ones personally, but they are the rare minority. Today, you’ll be very hard-pressed to find a pastor who cares more about the approval of God than the approval of men. Most all of them want nothing more than to be well liked and popular by the people. I challenge you to find even ONE mighty man of God or one true prophet of God in all of Scripture who was well liked and popular among the people.

Following God rather than men comes with a price. Most who act as pastors today don’t want to have to pay any price. They just want to collect a paycheck. And a hefty one at that. During the COVID scam, 66 percent of churches applied for and received a Payroll Protection Program loan from the federal government. Not surprising. While shuddering at the thought of speaking “politics” or “controversy” from their pulpits for fear of being unpopular, pastors and church leadership were perfectly fine with accepting filthy lucre from Caesar, as long as they kept their doors closed when told to do so.

The pastors were silent in the 1960s when God’s Word and daily prayer were removed from our public schools. Now our public schools are cesspools of perversity, teaching the LGBTQP + agenda to our children, mandating that boys can be girls if they want and girls can be boys if they want — and use the restroom and locker room facilities of their choice as well. Public schools continue to re-write American and World history (if they teach it at all), they indoctrinate children from the youngest of ages with the communist manifesto, they teach “Critial Race Theory,” causing further division and hatred among our kids and shaming white kids for simply being white.

The pastors were silent in 1973 when the Supreme Court forced the Roe v Wade scheme on the American populace. They continue to remain silent on the holocaust of the unborn as parents have now sacrificed 70 million babies to Molech. The pastors were silent when that same Court forced sodomite so-called “marriage” to become the perceived “law of the land.” Now we have a pandemic of “transgenderism,” “Pride” parades and Drag Queen Story time, while child sex trafficking is rampant. Ninety-nine percent of pastors said not one word from the pulpit on any of these things. Too “political.” Too “controversial.” Too “intolerant.”

So what are pastors talking about every week? I did just a very brief check on some of the recent online sermons from some of the local churches in my area. Topics included “Learning How to Rest,” “How to Forgive,” “How to Love Others,” “How to Have Joy,” “How to Handle Anger,” “What To Do When You Fail,” “What To Do When You Succeed,” “Waiting on God,” “Don’t Judge,” and “The Golden Rule.” Meanwhile, America is in the midst of perhaps the most intense spiritual warfare we’ve ever seen in this country. But the pastors will say not one word about it.

First the SCAM-demic, which we all pretty much figured out was a scam after about a month. Then the “cancel culture,” when Christians, Conservatives and reputable doctors and scientists were censored, banned and removed from just about every social media and internet platform, simply for speaking the truth. You may say it was only their opinion. Fine. When did having an opinion become a crime? Last year, obviously. First Amendment? What’s that?

Let me tell you what that is. The First Amendment of our US Constitution states: “Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances. How are we doing these days with our First Amendment rights as American citizens, after sixty years of silence from our pulpits?

Now, obviously, CONGRESS made no laws prohibiting any of these rights. In fact, Congress did nothing at all except push our country further into destruction. But courts and “health officials” and governors embarked on a reign of terror — terrorizing citizens into believing blatant lies and forcing them to willingly comply with their tyranny. We had no right to freely exercise our religion. Our freedom of speech absolutely was and IS ended. There is no freedom of the press anymore, no real journalism, other than “alternative media” sources — and those are openly mocked and ridiculed from the pulpits. How about the right of the people to peacably assemble? “Close your churches peasants, or face our wrath!” says the Almighty State. Our right to petition our government for a redress of grievances? Our legislators LAUGH at us, friends. They laugh at us. While they jail us for seeking a redress of grievances. Do you realize there are still 600 people rotting in jail, held without bond for simply being IN Washington DC on January 6th? These are innocent people who did nothing wrong, other than go to seek a redress of grievances.

After they launched the SCAM-demic, they launched the race wars and anarchy, they tore down our statues, renamed streets, took over cities, burned, looted, destroyed and killed — while our police were told to “stand down.” “Go write a parking ticket or something,” they were told. “Go make yourself useful. Nothing to see here.” Now we have cities with crime rates soaring, murder rates soaring and police departments defunded.

Then came the stolen election. If you can’t see, from all the clear and concise evidence that has already been presented, that the 2020 election was fraudulently stolen, then I’m sorry, you don’t have the brains that God gave an avacado. Then came the Vax. “It won’t be mandatory,” they said. “But do it for your own good and for the good of all society so we can all get back to normal.” When hundreds, if not thousands of doctors and scientists came out and warned us that this stuff is pure POISON — including some of those who manufactured the stuff — they were ridiculed and mocked, they lost their jobs, their homes, and in some cases even their lives because they dared to speak the truth.

Now Caesar is setting up “Green Zones” — concentration camps for the un-jabbed. Obama signed a law in 2011 paving the way for these detention centers, and now they’re becoming a reality. “Vaccine Passports” are already being implemented around the country, by government AND businesses. If you cannot see that the day is soon coming when you will not be allowed to buy or sell or have any part in society without taking the jab, I’m not sure what more I can tell you. I could go on. Skyrocketing inflation. Supply chain disruption. Farmers being paid by the USDA to destroy their crops, threatened with bankruptcy if they refuse.

And meanwhile, our pastors preach on “Learning to Rest.” This is not the time to rest, folks. If you’re still attending one of these churches led by a limp-wristed so-called “pastor,” the time has come to have a serious “sit-down” talk with him. It’s time to DEMAND that he either begin speaking the truth and leading his people to action or vacate his position. Because he is leading the sheep directly to the slaughter. And many of them know it. But you may not.

Are you aware of the “Clergy Response Team?” This is a group formed by FEMA and run by the Department of Homeland Security. Initially, 26,000 pastors were recruited for this assignment. Today, there are estimates of 1.5 million pastors as part of the Clergy Response Team. Their job is to preach obedience to the government, to minimize any public dissent toward government actions or mandates, to “keep people calm” in the event of martial law or national catastrophe and to assist the government in their official narrative during emergency situations. In other words, to LIE.

To that end, we now have churches opening up as “vaccination centers” and no doubt these Clergy Response Team “pastors” will be key players when it comes time to round up the “vaccine hesitant” and help them onto the bus to the FEMA camps. I urge you to do your own research on this, and while you’re at it, look up the word “hireling” in your Bible Concordance. Yes, it’s well PAST time for a serious sit-down discussion with your pastor!

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066 or email: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com. Ask for message number 335.

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Medical Tyranny Machine – SPECIAL REPORT

By Lex Greene

Since the onset of the COVID19 “regime change” operation that was planned and launched as early as 2013 when Patents were first sought for COVID19 and related mRNA technologies…and later used to unseat Trump and his supporters from power in 2020 via totally unregulated “mail-in” balloting…I have worked with a team of serious Americans to uncover the whole truth.

This is my latest updated effort to help Americans to properly interpret the sea of lies they find themselves swimming in today. Allow me to get right to the heart of the matter… The following sampling of VAERS death cases were taken directly from the VAERS reporting site on September 16, 2021 without alteration.

I have come to realize that most, even in the medical profession, don’t know that the VAERS system was created as an active reporting system for all medical professionals to reference before prescribing anything that is causing adverse effects in other patients. Too many are NOT reading these reports before administering or recommending the use of these vaccines. The news media must not be reading them either.

“The Vaccines are Safe?” (unedited quoted reports)

JANSSEN (J&J) (just a sampling of many)

VAERS “1131084-1” “My sister died in her sleep six days after receiving the J&J vaccine in her sleep.”

VAERS “1117078-1” “Patient died approx. 5 hours after shot was administered. Cause of death reported is Atherosclerotic Cardiovascular Disease. The death certificate was signed by the county coroner without autopsy, based on the report by the onsite deputy coroner. No doctors or hospitals were involved. This report is FYI only; there has been no direct connection made between my mother’s death and the vaccine other than one followed shortly after the other.”

VAERS “1118314-1” “She received the Johnson and Johnson vaccine on Wednesday and died on Sunday 3/14/2021. Her autopsy is pending.”

VAERS “1100865-1” “Patient died within 24 hours of vaccine. Unknown at this time if related.”

VAERS “1108312-1” “Severe exacerbation of idiopathic capillary leak syndrome 48 hours following administration of Janssen vaccine leading to profound vasodilatory shock, renal failure and DIC and death.

VAERS “1185219-1” “Patient was vaccinated on 3/30/2021. Found DOA on 4/8/2021. Last time anyone spoke with the patient was on 4/3/2021.”

MODERNA (just a sampling)

VAERS “0917117-1” “After vaccination, patient tested positive for COVID-19. Patient was very ill and had numerous chronic health issues prior to vaccination. Facility had a number of patients who had already tested positive for COVID-19. Vaccination continued in an effort to prevent this patient from contracting the virus or to mitigate his risk. This was unsuccessful and patient died.”

VAERS “0918487-1” “Two days post vaccine patient went into cardiac arrest and passed away.”

VAERS “0920815-1” “Found deceased in her home, unknown cause, 6 days after vaccine.”

VAERS “0921547-1” “DEATH ON 1/4/2021, RESIDENT RECIEVED VACCINE ON 1/2/21”

VAERS “0966359-1” “Headache, pain in the injection site, threw up. A few hours later she died.”

VAERS “0966844-1” “Patient is reported to have died at home, the day after his COVID test. Family member states that he did good the afternoon and evening after his COVID-19 injection, but that he started not feeling good the next day. The patient ” “was having palpitations””. The family tried to convince him to go to the Emergency Room, but he refused. Patient died at home.””

PFIZER/BIONTECH (just a sample)

VAERS “0944595-1” “Cardiac arrest within 1 hour Patient had the second vaccine approximately 2 pm on Tuesday Jan 12th He works at the extended care community and was in good health that morning with no complaints. He waited 10-15 minutes at the vaccine admin site and then told them he felt fine and was ready to get back to work. He then was found unresponsive at 3 pm within an hour of the 2nd vaccine. EMS called immediately worked on him 30 minutes in field then 30 minutes at ER was able to put him on life support yet deemed Brain dead 1-14-21 and pronounced dead an hour or so later”

VAERS “0947642-1” “died two days after receiving the vaccine; Fever; This is a spontaneous report from a contactable consumer (patient’s stepchild). A 66-year-old male patient received the second dose of BNT162B2 (PFIZER-BIONTECH COVID-19 MRNA VACCINE), via an unspecified route of administration, on 07Jan2021 (at the age of 66-years-old) as a single dose for COVID-19 immunization. The patient’s medical history was not reported. Concomitant medications included an unspecified statin. The patient experienced fever on 08Jan2021. The patient died two days after receiving the vaccine on 09Jan2021, which was reported as fatal. The clinical course was reported as follows: The patient had a fever the day after getting the vaccine and then he just died in the middle of night. It was reported that it was not clear what exactly happened, but they are looking into this. The clinical outcome of fever was unknown and of died two days after receiving the vaccine.

VAERS “0955390-1” “Resident received vaccination on January 15, 2021. She was found unresponsive with shallow respirations on the morning of January 16, 2021 and was sent to ER via ambulance. The resident was admitted to medical center ICU where she passed away later that day.”

VAERS “0967743-1” “Possible seizer, unknown at this time, aprox 1hr and 20min after vac given. Passed away aprox 2hrs after vac.”

VAERS “0969220-1” “Patient expired one week after vaccine. Cause of death unknown to me.”

VAERS “1058033-1” “Patient had a stroke two days after vaccine. Recevied TPA for treatment of stroke due to acute onset of altered mental status. Had a history of a fib, not on anticoagulation, which is likely cause of stroke. Family opted for comfort measures given poor neurologic status. Passed awaiting hospice placement”

Now, these are just a tiny sampling of the thousands of VAERS reported post-vaccine deaths in just this one report. You can read more of them HERE. This is only one of eleven different reporting systems on the matter. (Even this full report is a small sampling of all related vaccine death events.)

Let me say, suggesting that “we don’t know the cause of death” when someone dies shortly after receiving a vaccine, is like saying we don’t know why someone dies after just receiving a gunshot wound. We DO know…

First Takeaway

If you read these and more cases reported to VAERS since January 2021, you will see a few critical patterns in these reports. The first is that a majority of these cases died within 14-days of receiving one of the vaccines and it doesn’t matter at all which vaccine they took. They all have the same set of adverse effects ending in death, as you can see in these reports. This explains why the current CDC Guidelines include NOT counting any deaths that occur within the first 14-days after vaccine as a “vaccine related death.” Instead, they are all labeled a “COVID19 death” to continue driving up the false COVID death toll reported by the CDC and all news media.

Second Takeaway

The CDC and their propaganda machine are still using the false COVID19 death toll number 688,737 (as of 09/17/21) despite previous admissions that 96% of these deaths were due to other unrelated causes, aka “comorbidities,” to include things like car and motorcycle accidents.

However, you will notice in all of these VAERS reports, never does anyone admit or even hint at the fact that every one of these deaths occurred within hours or days of receiving one of the vaccines. Instead, they attempt to blame these deaths on “comorbidities.”

What doctor would inject anyone with a weakened immune system (comorbidity), knowing that the entire COVID19 event has mostly attacked the weakest among us?

Third Takeaway

The CDC and their propaganda machine continue to use a number between 10,000 and 14,000 post-vaccine deaths to date. This is the same number they have been using since January, the first month the vaccines were in broad use. Obviously, since January, the real vaccine related death toll is much higher, estimated somewhere over 200,000 Americans, but hard to quantify due to ongoing manipulation of vaccine related death data.

Fourth Takeaway

Why are approximately 70% of medical professionals advancing FAKE COVID news and mandates, knowing that they are carrying water for an unlawful administration of communist psychopaths, against the best health interest of their patients? Why aren’t they following the real science, while about 30% of the profession is being forced out for trying to tell patients the truth?

The answer is, LOVE OF MONEY! Like the airlines and other public service industries, many hospitals were on the brink of bankruptcy before the “plandemic.” COVID19 has brought in more profits to the health industry than seen in many years. Like lawyers who lie about Constitutional Rights to protect their law license and keep the money flowing, many in the medical profession are doing the same. Hospitals receive an estimated $44,000 (extra from taxpayers) for each patient marked COVID.

If that isn’t enough motivation, the Biden Administration is threatening their licenses to practice as well, just like they are working to discharge Military personnel who refuse these fatal vaccines. It’s an all-out effort to destroy everything, by bribe, by threat, or by removal, and it’s working. The same as the Biden Administration is forcing every major corporation to do the same to their employees, all due to Federal (taxpayer) funds received by these corporations. Once again, it’s all about the love of money!

In Addition

After investigating these VAERS cases, I shared them with a few doctors that I know personally, all of whom work at highly respected Hospitals for many years. In every case, they had not seen these reports until I shared them, which was somewhat shocking to me.

As they started to read through the report, there was a powerful “What the Hell” reaction… and then, they proceeded to tell me more from their end.

The hospitals are NOT full of COVID patients. Beds are not able to be used due to staffing shortages, currently being made much worse as the Biden Administration is forcing record numbers of healthcare professionals out under tyrannical “mandates.”
The vast majority of hospitalized COVID patients are NOT “unvaccinated.” The CDC guidelines are telling all medical facilities to mark patients as “unvaccinated” if they received a vaccine between January and June of 2021. The reasoning used is “these vaccinated patients no longer have any antibodies in their system; therefore, they are unvaccinated.” This is how they are claiming that a majority of COVID patients are “unvaccinated,” despite having been previously vaccinated.

Either you have been vaccinated, or you have not. This is typical wordsmithing by the left in their overt effort to misinform the public.

This is also how they intend to sell ongoing (untested) booster shots and their coming oral regular treatments…worth billions. The FDA just refused to approve the boosters.

COVID “case spikes” have been manipulated by CDC guidelines on how to process PCR tests. Prior to January 20, 2021, the CDC mandated a 40-cycle process for all PCR tests, resulting in millions of “false positives.” But starting on January 20, 2021, a new CDC mandate was issued to cycle the PCR test at the product recommended (more accurate) 28-cycle, and positive tests starting dropping at a record rate. What’s special about that date, January 20, 2021?

Remember how amazing it was to see how electing Joe Biden “saved us from COVID” within hours of his inauguration on January 20, 2021?

In other words, everything we are being told by the massive propaganda machine is FALSE. The vaccines DO NOT WORK – THEY ARE NOT AT ALL SAFE – COVID DEATHS ARE GROSSLY OVERSTATED BY 1600% AND VACCINE RELATED DEATHS ARE ALL BEING LITERALLY BURIED, LABELED A MERE COVID DEATH. According to the massive propaganda machine, no one has ever died of a COVID vaccine…and now you know how. No one is labeling VACCINE deaths as deaths caused by these vaccines!

It’s actually the “unvaccinated” who have been following the science the whole time. Everyone else has simply been following the herd, which has been directed by the mass propaganda machine, and controlled by global Marxists involved in an overt takeover of the USA via fake pandemics, mass propaganda and totally unverifiable mail-in balloting.

According to the current “open VAERS site” recently put up for the general public, nothing we are being told by public officials and the news media is true. According to VAERS, over 76% of Americans have been vaccinated. If that were true, the vaccinated would have no reason to worry about the unvaccinated. If the vaccines worked, the unvaccinated would be no threat at all.

Instead, as you can easily confirm in this report and the links provided, these so-called vaccines are killing thousands of American citizens… but not a single American news network is telling you so, even though the proof is positive.

What do we do now?

If you take time to read the actual VAERS reports, you will never even consider any of these so-called vaccines. Last, if you do not have the Right to deny medical experiments in your own body, against your will, then you have no Rights at all.

VAERS is the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System put in place in 1990. It is a voluntary reporting system that has been estimated to account for only 1% (see the Lazarus Report) of vaccine injuries. OpenVAERS is built from the HHS data available for download at vaers.hhs.gov.

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

More Thoughts on the Impending Break-Up of the U.S.

By Steven Yates

My last article clearly hit home — if the flood into my inbox that day is any indication. I am grateful to those who wrote,and if you didn’t get a reply I apologize. Because of other commitments that day I just couldn’t do it. I do read everything sent to me, and I appreciate your thoughts.

A few emailers pointed out things I missed (e.g., one person pointed out the usefulness of obtaining and storing seeds). I considered advising on weapons and ammo, but decided against that because (1) it’s obvious, and (2) I did not want anything in there that trolls or others unsympathetic (to say the least!) to what we’re about here could interpret as sanctioning violence. The absolute LAST thing liberty people should ever do is initiate violence! It is quite different to be prepared for violence from others, however!

Moving on to further thoughts on why a failed superpower, the U.S., is likely to break up in the near future….

Last week (as I write this morning), “Joe Biden” *pulled a trigger likely to aggravate divisions over the experimental mRNA vaccines. He blatantly violated the U.S. Constitution — as if that matters these days! — by signing an executive order commanding employers with 100 or more workers to get them jabbed,or tested every week with a test known to be invalid and scheduled to be discontinued at the end of the year.

This would directly affect around 100 million American workers!

Almost immediately, governors of 19 states and two attorney generals rose up in criticism. By Sept. 12, the number of states voicing objections to federal overreach had swollen to 26. Some, like Florida governor Ron DeSantis, have said openly, “We will fight back!”OSHA, the federal agency caught in the crossfire, is already preparing for lawsuits.

A substantial fraction of the country opposes vaccine mandates and passports. Some 80 million people are refusing the jab. What is the plan? Deprive as many of them as possible of the ability to work legally? That would cripple the economy as badly as the lockdowns as businesses are forced to close and important tasks do not get done!

Has anyone asked opponents of vaccine mandates why they believe as they do? Yes, and here is where you can’t believe a word that comes from any mainstream source, which is likely to cite some nut who thinks the shots contain a microchip.

A lot of information has come my way about what is, or might be, in these shots. Not being a scientist, I don’t have an effective means of evaluating it all. But some of what comes my way has come from experienced doctors and degreed scientists (epidemiologists, immunologists, virologists). All are casting doubt on both the effectiveness and long term safety of what was an experiment from the get-go.

Legally compelling people to become guinea pigs so that government gets more power and Big Pharma billionaires get richer is morally unconscionable!

Incidentally, members of Congress are exempt, and newly-arrived immigrants are exempt, a dead giveaway that none of this is about public health!

All of this explains a lot of the resistance to the jabs!

What should be clear by now: they won’t protect you from COVID. Otherwise, governments wouldn’t continue to mandate mask-wearing among the fully vaccinated (two shots, now in many places including at least one “booster”). There would be zero cases in places like Israel which have mass-vaccinated almost their entire populations.

The argument applies: if I’m not vaccinated and you are, then if the jabs work, how am I a threat to you?

As to what the shots do, I’ve collected info about their instructing the body to manufacture spike proteins which will accumulate and eventually destroy your immune system, to claims that they contain graphene oxide, to be triggered by 5G technology — already all around us (voted on, you’ll notice, by nobody, but enabling Big Tech billionaires to get richer). 5G, the argument goes, turns graphene oxide into a free radical able to cause a cytokine storm inside the body, whereby it basically attacks itself.

Either of these promises long term damage to vital body organs and one’s immune system, meaning that unless a growing number of doctors and scientists have missed something vital, not mere millions but tens of millions and possibly hundreds of millions of people will be paying for their compliance with their lives, for not rising up and refusing these jabs in sufficient numbers that mandates and passports would not even be conceivable.

Is mass depopulation a prophesy? I don’t know. As I’ve said repeatedly, I don’t make predictions, I sketch scenarios, but as said in previous articles I’ve been to the Georgia Guidestones and have heard super-elites say openly on multiple occasions that there are too many people on the planet. So it is impossible not to give that scenario credibility. Everything I’ve read about the jabs tells me it is not merely possible but likely that there will be a lot of deaths from these things down the road—according to VAERS reporting, there have already been thousands of deaths and tens of thousands of injuries, the casualties from this thing already far exceeding all previous vaccines combined.

None of this has been reported. Down the Orwellian Memory Hole in these Orwellian times. You’re far more likely to hear that so-and-so, a conservative “anti-vaxxer,” just died from COVID — or that some former “anti-vaxxer” now on a ventilator (those things kill people as well!) now says, “Get the shot!”

This is tearing the U.S. apart, as many who have done their homework — including health care workers — will give up their careers before they sacrifice their lives! Incidentally, if hospital ICUs were really being “overwhelmed” by “delta variant” patients, a “pandemic of the unvaccinated,” they would have their hands absolutely full!

Would institutions really fire qualified nurses under such circumstances because they refused to get a shot?

There is already a well-known shortage of nurses in the U.S.

Think, people!

The biggest other factors likely to split the country into fragments in the near future are political and cultural. It’s not just Proud Boys — Antifa shootouts in Portland, Ore. Even if the approved narrative of last year’s janky election were true, it would mean that over 72 million Americans voted for Trump. More than voted for him in 2016.

I’ve no idea what percentage of those who voted for Trump thinks the election was stolen and that the Bidenista regime is therefore illegitimate. There’s no good way of gathering data on something like that, since with all the distrust, many Trump voters would not talk to a data-gatherer they didn’t know, or answer reliably. Who’d blame them?

We know the Bidenistas and their corporate media cohorts don’t consider Trump’s supporters legitimate. Their predecessors worked consistently to destroy the Trump presidency from the get-go. Since the janky election, they’ve done everything to demonize his support base and gaslight the country on the election’s jankiness.

As for January 6, I don’t think any Trump supporter who entered the Capitol that day helped the cause of reversing the steal, if only because it was too late! Trump screwed up by following Rudy Giuliani instead of Patrick Byrne, but that ship’s sailed. Now we have a few hundred de facto political prisoners in the Asylum on the Potomac, people with no previous criminal record now labeled domestic terrorists possibly for life. This ought to speak volumes about legitimacy.

What we should be thinking about now is not whether Trump will run again in 2024, but whether the country will even be able to hold a national election without threats of violence, should solid, well-organized resistance to the presently empowered cultural far left emerge.

At least two other battleground issues have emerged besides vaccine mandates: abortion, and critical race theory. The former promises further legal action; the latter is tearing public education apart as teachers resign rather than be forced to teach white kids that their heritage is “structurally racist.”

We have, as our baseline, two polar opposites, two entirely different political outlooks. One defends personal freedoms and the sanctity of life; the other is about power, draping over it flowering language about the “greater good.”

We also have multiple regional cultures in the “lower 48.” Most of their grassroots is conservative. There are independence movements in both Alaska and Hawaii.

Only an openly totalitarian state will be able to keep all this under the same political roof. With the Asylum on the Potomac unraveling in the wake of the Afghanistan disaster and looking at a massive debt spiral which is a whole separate issue we’ve barely mentioned, will this even be possible?

Use the military to do it? Our present-day “woke” military run by a guy who sanctions drag shows and promotes critical race theory? The military has many African-Americans in uniform. Why would they fight to preserve a nation-state they’ve been told is based on “systemic racism”?

The totalitarians, presently in control of the Asylum,do have super-elite (GloboCorp) backing, which will still give them a significant advantage despite all these problems if the other side has not properly prepared.

They have the power to simply force a lot of refuseniks in all these areas out of the above-ground economy!

This was the point of my preparedness material, however incomplete.

A couple of writers wondered, are you in favor of the country breaking up? Do you want to see this?

Completely irrelevant, but No, of course not! As with the jabs and depopulation, I pray every day that I will be proven wrong!

It’s sort of out of my hands!

This decomposition, if it occurs, will be nothing like the War Against Southern Independence, 1860-65. In that war, there were clear geographic divisions. This one will pull states asunder, pit neighborhood against neighborhood, and in some cases neighbor against neighbor and even tear families apart. The reverse racism critical race theory will precipitate further violence. We already know Black Lives Matter will shut down thoroughfares at peak hours if a white cop shoots and kills a black man. Can you imagine what they will do if a real emergency erupts—and if a few white men with guns get fed up enough to take matters into their own hands? (Some ideas here, incidentally written before the George Floyd riots.)

Watch the trucking industry. America depends on truckers, and on their belief that they can carry out deliveries in safety. As I observed, everything in your stores (grocery, etc.) was brought in by tractor-trailer. If something happens to disrupt the interstate flow of goods by tractor-trailer, stores will empty in a matter of hours!

These are all people who, other things being equal,just want to conduct their own business, lead their own lives, and be left alone.

Versus sociopathic control freaks who have no plans to leave anyone alone.

Many of the former are getting prepared, but many are not!

We must avoid normalcy bias. This is fallacy of thinking that the future must be like the past, so that any disruption is temporary. Things will get “back to normal.” Someone will “restore order.” Somehow.

Those with normalcy bias either procrastinate or outright refuse to prepare for emergencies, believing “the authorities” will ride in on their white horses and save the day.

They underestimate both their probability of disruptions in upcoming days, and tend to minimize their potential to do lasting damage.

Normalcy bias is a common cognitive affliction. Most people do not prepare even for small emergencies like power outages during winter storms when travel becomes hazardous, or gasoline shortages caused by temporary supply-line disruptions.

Imagine if the power went out for an extended period (weeks or even months), whatever the cause!

Just ask yourself how long you could survive without electricity!

How could that happen? By states — or parts of states — pulling free as soon as they believe they could get away with it, inviting retaliation which could include shutting down their grids.

A massive false flag cyber attack could have this result!

Ask yourself if the elderly in your community could survive, moreover, without social security payments, Medicare, or other sources of federal dollars all of which would instantly stop for any state, part of a state, or region that took the radical step of declaring independence from the federal leviathan.

Money is a trap! It has meant dependence, and the feds have spent over a century pulling everyone into their encirclements, because dependence usually ensures compliance when noncompliance means loss of federal dollars.

Is all this alarmist? I’m sure there were Soviet citizens who felt the same way in the late 1980s. Normalcy bias is universal, after all. The Russian people were somewhat prepared. The inefficiencies of Soviet Communism brought about an underground economy of self-reliance / family reliance, if Russian-born author Dmitry Orlov can be believed. They still suffered terribly when the Soviet economic-financial architecture collapsed. Orlovis a good source on collapse, arguing persuasively that it is a process, not a singular event. That process is underway in America, and Americans are far less prepared than the Russians were.

*When referencing something “Joe Biden” did personally I put the name in scare quotes, because the man is in the early stages of dementia, indicated by his chronic stumbling over words and the evident gaps in his memory (forgetting, the other day, details of his daughter’s wedding anyone of sound mind would have remembered). No one really thinks he signs anything his handlers don’t put in front of him.

How do I know Biden has dementia? Because I’ve seen it first-hand! I watched my father’s cognitive decline, first slowly and then rapidly, starting around 2006 when he began to forget how to do simple things on his computer he’d done hundreds of times. Ending with his needing round-the-clock nursing care. He passed away near the end of 2009. Vascular dementia was on the death certificate. So I know dementia when I see it, and Biden has it! He is presently serving super-elite purposes (there was no one else!), but I doubt he will last four years in the White House as his handlers will only be able to cover for him so long. Who will replace him? No one in his right mind thinks Kamala (“giggles”) Harris could do it.If she had an “accident” between now and a year from now, I wouldn’t be surprised! Nancy Pelosi? The results would be instantly catastrophic, leading even more quickly to the unraveling of the nation. So who will sit in that office in 2024? I honestly don’t know, and I’m not sure it much matters!

Steven Yates’s new book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (Wipf and Stock, 2021) is available here and here.

September is here, and it is time to renew my call for donations. In the present hostile environment, any of us — this site, or myself — could be canceled at any time! (My computer has been hacked more than once; I once had to replace a device when hackers damaged the operating system beyond repair.) Donate to NewsWithViews.com here. Donate to my Patreon.com site here, or to me via PayPal (use my email address available below) if Patreon is not to your liking. Any pledges or donations I receive exceeding $25/mo., I will match with a donation to NewsWithViews.com out of appreciation for this site.

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

George Washington Favored Vaccine Mandates

By Cliff Kincaid

[DISCLAIMER: The opinion in this article is the sole opinion of the author and is not necessarily the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

In a bulletin headlined, “It’s Still All About COVID,” the astute observer Amy Walter of the Cook Political Report notes “the prominence of COVID” as the “dominant concern” among voters. She said, “They are frustrated that more than a year later — and with vaccines available to all — we are still battling this virus.” This spells big trouble for both political parties, but especially for Republicans pandering to the anti-vaxxers in their base.

Walter noted, “When asked about how they felt about the state of the country, almost all of them replied with a pessimistic comment. And, that negativity was almost universally centered around issues of the virus and the vaccine.”

Both sides of the political spectrum use the phrase, “My body, my choice,” for their own political purposes. But it’s not your body alone in abortion or disease. In fact, a disease affecting one’s body can influence the fate of a nation.

Hence, General George Washington ordered the Revolutionary Army to get inoculated against smallpox. That sets a precedent for handling the China virus that some Republican conservatives may not like.

The question of vaccine mandates may determine America’s future.

In his 1968 non-fiction blockbuster, The Biological Time Bomb, Gordon Rattray Taylor wrote about the prospect of germ warfare in the context of “undeclared war.” He explained, “In current thinking the best way to wage war is to wage it without your enemy even being aware that it is happening.” He was predicting the use of infectious diseases to cripple a nation. He was predicting the release of the China virus.

China expert Gordon Chang says that, “China is maliciously attacking us, and I don’t take the continued existence of the United States for granted. If we don’t start defending ourselves, it’s possible we will lose our freedom, we will lose our way of life, we will lose our sovereignty, we will lose our country.”

The question is to what extent the state should intervene when more than 660,000 have died from the China virus and the disease keeps spreading.

General Washington was facing a similar challenge

Washington believed that the individual had the “right to choose.” That’s what the revolution was all about. But what if the choice affects the future of a nation?

In the scholarly article about the revolutionary war, “George Washington and the First Mass Military Inoculation,” the authors Amy Lynn Filsinger and Raymond Dwek write that George Washington ordered the inoculation of his military forces against smallpox. Washington had explained that, “Necessity not only authorizes but seems to require the measure, for should the disorder infect the Army . . . we should have more to dread from it, than from the Sword of the Enemy.”

Today’s it’s the China virus.

Sadly, many treat this bioweapon as a cold or flu. If we don’t understand what’s going on in this once-in-a-lifetime pandemic, nothing else matters. This virus can destroy a nation.

We are in the same position as Washington was, but many conservatives fail to grasp that disease is a weapon that can defeat us. Much of the resistance to the vaccines, curiously, comes from those on the right, who might be assumed to be in favor of safeguarding our national security.

The conservative journalist Alex Newman maintains that “the new world order is here, under the guise of keeping people safe from Covid 19.” But keeping the American people safe from Covid is absolutely necessary if the “Great Reset” or a “New world Order” is to be avoided. The American people must defeat the disease and then hold China accountable for what it has done to the world.

General Washington was facing a similar threat.

A 51-page historical paper, “Smallpox in Washington’s Army: Strategic Implications of the Disease during the American Revolutionary War,” was written by Ann M. Becker, who noted that there were religious objections to inoculations, with one clergyman questioning whether such a procedure was a “distrust of God’s overruling care.” One asked, “is not smallpox a judgment of God sent to punish us and humble us for our sins?”

This reminds me of the fanatical religious objections to Trump’s Warp Speed vaccines as the “mark of the beast.”

On a global basis, Nicolau Barquet, MD, and Pere Domingo, MD, wrote about how diseases “greatly affected the development of western civilization,” with the first stages of the decline of the Roman Empire, around AD 180, coinciding “with a large-scale epidemic.”

In March of 2020, as the coronavirus was spreading, I perceived that the virus was China’s revenge on America for President Trump’s trade war. I noted, “The virus has the potential impact to cause a major economic recession and sabotage President Trump’s reelection effort. Health emergencies are being declared around the country as the number of coronavirus cases increase. The interest rate cut by the Federal Reserve is an indication of desperation.”

While freedom of choice is an American value, the SARS-CoV-2 deadly pathogen came out of a Chinese lab and is capable of producing transmissible coronavirus variants that seem to be without end. At this point, we have no idea when the pandemic will end. This is why the voters consulted by Amy Walter of the Cook Political report are so apprehensive.

Conservative personalities such as Tucker Carlson are taking an anti-vaccine approach, even as their own employer requires evidence of vaccination status. His frequent guest, Alex Berenson, screams, “Folks are angry out there. Angry at the lies and the power grab. Angry at being forced to take a vaccine that they know they don’t need and may even hurt them.”

Such rhetoric is divisive and inflammatory and scares away moderates and independents.

In an article, “How Conservatives Must Respond to China and the Virus,” Professor Renato Cristin writes, “Politically dividing ourselves for health reasons would be the biggest nonsense we can do. If we split, we are giving a gift to the left, to the Democrats and to all extremist movements that want to destroy the United States and the entire Western world, and it would also be a gift to Communist China, which caused the epidemic by producing the virus.”

He argues that we must understand the Chinese origin of the virus because of its geostrategic implications.

We should be focused on China’s use of the virus as a weapon and whether we can as a nation survive it.

China Joe Biden is no George Washington. Indeed, former President Trump fulfilled the role of a modern-day George Washington with his Warp Speed vaccines, which have proven to be far superior to the versions produced by the Chinese and the Russians.

Conservatives who argue against vaccine mandates will have to explain why General Washington was wrong when he ordered inoculations for what was to become the U.S. Armed Forces.

Columnist Jeanette Strong notes, “Many of those who refuse vaccinations claim it violates our freedoms for government to require a vaccine. If anyone knew about patriotism and freedom, it was George Washington, the general who won the Revolutionary War. As our first president, he protected our rights. That was Washington’s life work. Washington put his life on the line for our country. He also believed an inoculation mandate was vital for securing our liberty.”

I don’t know if Jeanette Strong is a liberal or a conservative. But her sense of history and logic make sense.

Mandates and boosters seem to be inevitable when faced with a nation-destroying pandemic. If Republicans don’t recognize the stakes, they will lose the support of their fellow citizens and lose their nation.

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

Dancing on the Brink of Doom

by Lee Duigon

Those “Met galas” in New York always give me the creeps. The one this year charged $30,000 a ticket. That’s what assorted high-end leftists paid to show off their overpriced threads—there are always photographers handy.

This year the star of the show was socialist Congresswoman Alexandria O’Crazy-O Cortez and her, ahem, “couture gown”. Click the link to the New York Post article to see pictures of this monstrosity. Someone took a bucket of barn paint and slapped on the slogan, “Tax the Rich.” At a $30,000-a-ticket potlatch. We are not told exactly how much the gown cost, but most of the costumes worn to this wingding cost more than $25,000: some of them a lot more.

So we’re talking, oh, $50,000 to $60,000 (at least) to get the bartender-turned-national-oracle into the gala with the other swells. None of the biggies wore masks like they tell us we had better do, or else. All the servers had to, though.

Why does this make me think of the French Revolution? Betcha there were some pretty snazzy parties at Versailles before the plebs started chopping heads off. Or maybe, more appropriately, a little number by Edgar Allen Poe, “The Masque of the Red Death.” Everybody’s safe in the castle, partying all day and night… until the Red Death gets in and kills them. It’s a disease, sorta like COVID.

O’Crazy-O asserted that her gown was a groovy gown because it was created by An Immigrant Female of Color. I guess anything An Immigrant Female of Color creates has got to be good. We have a condescending left-wing fat-head’s word for it.

She sees no incongruity at all in herself and all her cronies swanning around in $30,000 gowns, some of which look like Halloween costumes, all trying to outdo each other in conspicuous consumption… all the while she and others like her babble “Tax the rich!” and propose to transform America into a socialist paradise like Venezuela. Where they kill and eat the zoo animals because the economy’s shot and groceries are hard to come by. But even in Venezuela, that suburb of Hell, you’ve got a rich-as-Croesus ruling class partying while the common people starve. Something about that scenario has always caused leftist hearts to flutter.

And to top it all off, they fancy they’re making a “revolution”! Living proof that ignorance is bliss. Robespierre’s crew in Paris started off sending “the oppressors” to the guillotine and wound up sending Robespierre, too—and as many of their colleagues as they could get their hands on. Stalin shot all the old Bolsheviks who’d made the Russian Revolution. And in China it turned out there was no room for anybody in the limelight but Mao Tse-tung.

It always turns out Morlocks and Eloi. Always. Except for the American Revolution—only that was just to protect slavery, according to the AOC contingent. America, boo, hiss.

We are told some of the bigwigs at the gala worried about “the optics”—that is, what would this blast look like to ordinary normal people who don’t have $30,000 in mad money to spend on a gown? I believe I can put their minds at rest: Dudes, the optics were terrible! If you were purposely trying to alienate and exasperate people, you could hardly have done a more thorough job of it.

How in heaven’s name did we ever wind up being governed by the likes of Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez? What does that say about our political system? I mean, is it broken? Has it got a virus that makes it crazy? To say nothing of a senile so-called “president,” generals who worry about “white supremacy” and have members of the Chinese Communist Party on speed-dial, former presidents who babble about Jan. 6 being comparable to World War II… Our ruling class is garbage. How did we wind up being ruled by garbage?

God must be awfully mad at us. And who can blame Him?

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and visit: you’ll find a lot to read. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

Part 1: None Of What’s Going On In Washington DC Makes Any Sense

By Frosty Wooldridge

Does anyone of those 545 Congressional Critters possess an ounce of common sense? Do you think what’s going on in Washington DC resembles anything that’s reasonable?

Okay, I grew up on a farm for some of my youth. I learned that if you open a pasture gate, you close it. If you don’t, the cows get out and it takes you an hour to round them up. You wasted an hour of your day for your mistake. You learned from that error. If you plant corn, you’ve got to cultivate it, or, weeds will grow up and overwhelm the corn. If you don’t clean out all the cow manure in the barn regularly, you will find diseases infecting your livestock. It makes common sense to do your chores right and on time.

None of what’s going on in Washington DC right now makes any sense.

Why does our president invite over 1.2 million illegal aliens into our country in the past eight months—knowing that he violates Article IV, Section 4 of the U.S. Constitution? Why would Congress allow Biden to continue breaking our laws? What’s the point? What will be the final outcome if another one, two, three, four or five million illegal immigrants continue crashing our borders? What kind of a country will our children inherit with more foreigners who broke our laws than citizens who followed our laws? Does it make any sense?

Why would Biden force mass vaccinations when he’s allowed over 1.2 million illegal migrants to cross over our borders with NO vaccinations? What about another 800,000 illegals projected by the end of year? And, how many of them are Islamic terrorists? How many bring in deadly drugs for our children? I mean, he’s inviting them in without vetting or limits! How can that benefit our country and our citizens?

Does he understand that we stand $28 trillion in debt? Does he understand that we’re paying billions in welfare for those refugees? Does he understand they are uneducated, unskilled and simply will siphon off our welfare systems until we collapse economically?

What am I missing as I apply my old farm boy “common sense” to the insanity that operates in Washington DC? Are you wondering the same things?

Our president JUST engineered the most incompetent withdrawal from a foreign war that has ever been made in the history of the world. What were his generals thinking? Why did they not cover their rear ends by maintaining Bagram Airfield? Why didn’t they PLAN a reasonable retreat that ensured the safety of our citizens? Why did they allow those 13 soldiers to die, needlessly?

Why did Biden allow 100,000 refugees, all of them Muslims that follow Islamic laws—to jump on a plane without any vetting? Without any plan? Without any understanding of what they will provoke in our country? “Endless immigration into one country by a warlike culture/religion engenders war—with violence delayed.” Does Biden not understand that Islamic Law mandates that its followers, “Convert or kill all non-believers?” What happens when there are SO many brash male Muslims that begin tearing down our cities like the Black Lives Matter terrorists?

Doesn’t anyone see what’s coming as to the final results of this kind of immigration insanity? Just take a look at Europe! Its countries are being overwhelmed and overtaken by third world migrants who are destroying European languages, cultures and quality of life.

On our home front, some stealth revolutionaries have installed “Critical Race Theory” in every educational and governmental area possible. Does anyone understand that CRT teaches each race to despise other races because of the color of their skin? Does anyone understand that if you teach a child to hate or distrust another child because of the color of his or her skin—in their early years—that you’ve planted the seeds of destruction of your own society?

If this kind of thinking and those kinds of people are re-elected and allowed to govern our country—we face a fractious, fragmented and divisive society—from which, we will not recover. Does anyone understand that harsh reality?

Yes, I’ve only covered a few basics in this column, and, if you add them up, we’re in a lot of trouble.

Part 2: Trade, economy, education

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions? Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future? If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

Share these videos all over America:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Tolerating NO accountability, NO performance, America’s NEW Normal

By Karen Schoen

Recently General (Ret) Mc Gregor said, ” When there is no accountability, there is no performance.” Our leaders desire to destroy America proved that statement. We have NO – Zero accountability in Afghanistan and therefore we had NO performance. But that was the plan all along. From 2009 until today millions have been educated on the sinister plan to destroy America, called Agenda 21. The idea of this plan was crafted in 1992 at the Earth Summit in Rio DeJanero, Brazil. This plan was a continuation of the Rockefeller “Unfinished Agenda” addressing government control of human behavior and activity in order to “stop man made Global warming, cooling or actual climate.” Science was tossed because this group wanted the power and control that putting these plans in place gave them. Without being read, or even written, this idea took and the plan was to be implemented ASAP. The plan was pushed through the US Senate, by then Pres.George Bush 41, under the name of Bio-Diversity done in preparation for the “NEW WORLD ORDER (NWO).” [YouTube Video] Due to the actions of one scientist, Dr, Michael Coffman, and his famous map showing the desire to force most land into conservation while pushing people into mega cities the Senate said, “NO.” Map: But that didn’t matter. Under new names of sustainability and conservation the plan is being implemented today. Under the name of conservation, the UN controls massive sections of America, the Florida Everglades is one site, thank you Jeb Bush. One thing to remember, whatever is said by any NWO pusher, think the opposite. They lie. How do you control millions of people, you lie to them.

The Agenda never changed although it keeps getting renamed every time we expose it’s tentacles. Today we have Agenda 21/2030, Green New Deal, Biden 30/30, the Great Reset. They all mean exactly the same. They are United Nations (UN) policies that will bring massive riches to those connected and abject poverty to those who don’t. According to the Agenda, NGO’s will form regional councils (eliminating elected officials) to implement their Agenda. Does your community answer to a “water district” that jumps counties or states? That’s how it works. The government controls every aspect of live in our 700 sq ft government apartment, while social credits instead of currency control our activity. Section from George’s speech, “What is at stake is more than one small country, it is a big idea – a new world order, where diverse nations are drawn together in common cause to achieve the universal aspirations of mankind: peace and security, freedom, and the rule of law. Such is a world worthy of our struggle, and worthy of our children’s future. Really George!

We must remember: Everything is connected. Nothing is random. Everything has a plan. All plans are based on lies. This group of Globalists are only interested in MONEY, POWER, CONTROL. They are only interested in helping you when they benefit in some sort of wealth distribution. Their behavior is that of a Psychopath: The true definition of a psychopath in psychiatry is antisocial personality disorder (ASPD), explains Dr. Prakash Masand, a psychiatrist and the founder of the Centers of Psychiatric Excellence. ASPD describes an individual who shows patterns of manipulation and violation to others. Psychopath and sociopath are often used interchangeably,

Just remember, they hate you. You are in the way of their desire to control everything.

Agenda 21 et al, connects ALL the dots involving any form of human activity: invention, creation, patents, production and distribution for all goods and services. They connect with their 3 E’s but I say there are 4. Equity, Economy and Environment must be connected. All sectors must work towards sustainability (what ever they decide that is). I say nothing works without education to provide the glue by indoctrinating the kids to grow up believing the lies and implementing them. Example: Teacher instructs students to pledge allegiance to gay pride flag after she removed American flag from classroom because it made her ‘uncomfortable’. In the meantime, American troops lose their lives to keep her safe. What country would she be comfortable in?

While the Globalists are intertwining all aspects of human activity – nothing will work without the other, the media divides the narrative into sound bites so you will never see the connection. By calling Americans “domestic terrorists” the FBI can collaborate with the CIA, DHS, etc. to dream up cases against Americans who do not follow the Hate America narrative.

Equity is Critical Race Theory (CRT) or some other fancy word meaning the same thing: inclusion, diversity, equity, social justice, woke, etc. You can see the forced connection whenever you listen to some department head explain how this training will be throughout all industry and government organization. Equity or Equal Outcome means that American industry and departments will no longer be serviced by the brightest and best. Merit is replaced by feelings. America will now be serviced by the person with the right skin color. Look at the extreme failures of the Biden administration. Diversity is embracing mediocrity. Why? To insure that America will NEVER be a superpower again. You can’t have other people in the world wanting what American’s have like air conditioning or cars. Doesn’t look good for the rest of the planet. How dare they… We the new domestic terrorists will be stripped of our personal private property. Homes, land, businesses, children whatever, MUST be controlled by the government to “Make it equitable.” See how that works? Once you control healthcare, people fall in line.

Economy is easy. With the Federal Reserve mismanaging the dollar, America is now trillions of dollars in debt. Inflation is off the charts and will get worse. As soon as possible America will lose its standing as the DOLLAR is no longer the reserve currency for the world. The goal of the globalists – make America meek. No shining example, no American dream. America must be the same as the other countries and will look like Venezuela and Cuba or perhaps I should say San Francisco and Portland. Not to worry, Wall street will be pumped up for a while in order to fool those domestic terrorists into investing. Then the “bubble” that was created will burst and the Hedge Funds will come in and buy your foreclosed neighborhood. No more single family house for you. You will “rent and be happy.” said Klaus Schwab, the Nazi from the World Economic Forum. Since we get all our goods from China, you won’t worry about the high prices there just won’t be any goods from which to choose. Once you control entitlements, and energy people fall in line.

Environment is a disaster with only a few more years left for survival according to AOC and her followers. Make no mistake, it is your fault that the planet is being destroyed. Everything you do and touch that is not controlled by the government will lead to a disaster. You must give up ownership of anything to save the planet. Nothing is based on science. NOTHING humans do will control the weather. Their charts go back less than 200 years. The earth is a living, breathing planet that is 4.5 Billion Years old. Human civilization is about 5000 years old. Globalists would have us believe that there were NO catastrophic incidents on the earth before humans. No earthquakes, no volcanoes, no hurricanes, no tornadoes, rain storms, fires, NOTHING until humans created the problem. IMPOSSIBLE. Climate changes constantly. Our SUN dictates our climate. The moon influences gravity causing the oceans to rise and fall. The Ocean water is constantly evaporating, increasing the temperature and humidity of the surrounding air to form rain and storms. Humans control???? Let us not confuse pollution with environment. Humans used to pollute a lot but as people learned the harm of poor air quality they invented new technology to decrease pollutants. No more gas for your car fulfills their desire to keep you stationary and easier to control. Not enough social credits, you get blackouts, No air conditioning, no food. Once you scare people, they fall in line.

Education: In order for humans to buy into the Globalist lies, indoctrination was started early, in kindergarten. The media reinforced the narrative but using most programs to promote some piece about humans destroying the planet. The Nazi’s learned that by blaming the Jews for crop failure, people joined together to save the planet. Now we have a worldwide plan blaming humans. “The common enemy of humanity is man. In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill. All these dangers are caused by human intervention, and it is only through changed attitudes and behavior that they can be overcome. The real enemy then, is humanity itself.” — Club of Rome, premier environmental think-tank, consultants to the United Nations.

By using the lies and avoiding science, the people were scared into believing it was their fault and they could “fix” it. By using the environment they never had to explain their silent goal – depopulation. No people, no problems.

“No matter if the science of global warming is all phony…climate change provides the greatest opportunity to bring about justice and equality in the world.” — Christine Stewart, former Canadian Minister of the Environment

United Nations climate VP, Christiana Figueres, “This is the first time in the history of mankind that we are setting ourselves the task of intentionally, within a defined period of time, to change the economic development model that has been reigning for at least 150 years, since the Industrial Revolution.”

She even restated that goal ensuring it was not a mistake: “This is probably the most difficult task we have ever given ourselves, which is to intentionally transform the economic development model for the first time in human history.”

Schools today now teach inferior curricula – can’t have smart Americans who will use science and math to disprove the narrative. In 1989, the change was made. According to Shirley McCune from the McRel Foundation:

1. Schools will no longer teach individualism, they will teach collectivism.

2. Schools will no longer educate. The purpose of schools will be for training. The Human Capital MUST work for the state.

3. Replace Fact with Value

The feeling is, Smart people require more from their government. Keep America Dumb.

Today we face a war between Nationalists and Globalists.

You will have to decide. Is America worth saving?

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Tolerating Political Crimes, Crooked Politicians, Is The Recipe For Self-Destruction

By Bradlee Dean

“We the People of the United States, in Order to form a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common defense, promote the general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America.” -The US Constitution Preamble

Recently, I had some one send me a link in my email, which I receive about 2-300 a day, for one of their favorite show hosts highlighting and magnifying the crimes of the corrupt in giving us more information of the same criminals that have been tolerated by the American people for decades.

Do we really need more self-proclaimed Christian conservatives (1 John 2:4) giving us more information concerning the crimes of the same corrupt politicians (Jeremiah 5:28)? No, we do not.

[Rumble Video]

We know that the corrupt are not above the law, though most give them a pass in acting as if they were passed. As a matter of fact, they swore to uphold the laws that they are continuously transgressing (Deuteronomy 23:23).

Are they upholding the law unto judgment, establishing righteousness so that we can have peace (Isaiah 51:4)? No, they are not, just the opposite!

Then why is it that we need more information? How is it that the American people do not see the missing remedy here, which is to bring justice upon the heads of the wicked (Isaiah 26:9)?

Our forefathers exhibited exactly what it is that we are to do in case of the present circumstance (Hebrews 13:7).

“That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their Safety and Happiness. Prudence, indeed, will dictate that Governments long established should not be changed for light and transient causes; and accordingly all experience hath shewn, that mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed. But when a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing invariably the same Object evinces a design to reduce them under absolute Despotism, it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such Government, and to provide new Guards for their future security.
” -The Declaration of Independence

[Rumble Video]

Is it that these self-proclaimed Christian conservatives are cowards, that they are fearful (Revelation 21:8) to actually stand up in honor of where our veterans have fallen in fighting off concerning tyranny in other lands (2 Corinthians 5:15), while desensitized Americans tolerate them in office in our own lands (Hosea 4:6)?

Is it good enough for Americans to enjoy their freedoms at the price of their fathers yet when it is their turn to stand up and fight that are the first ones to capitulate (Psalm 78:9)? This is shameful conduct to say the least (Jeremiah 6:15).

“This republic was not established by cowards; and cowards will not preserve it.”

To expect nothing but highlighting the crimes of the wicked concerning more information of newer crimes being committed are all vain and worthless.

In fact, we are undoing ourselves by tolerating more of their crimes (Isaiah 59).

Without the American people coming to the realization that they are the law under God, all will be lost (Psalm 33:12) and we will self destruct (Numbers 32:23).

“A nation ceases to be republican…when the will of the majority ceases to be the law.” -Thomas Jefferson:

[Rumble Video]

We all know that they are corrupt for if not then where is the justice that guards our liberties.

[Rumble Video]

Post-Pandemic Problems and Prognostications

By Sidney Secular

What is being pushed as the “new normal” is a prologue or prelude to more misery, insanity, deprivation of privacy, coercion, and increased tyranny if the pompous, pugnacious, pernicious powers-that-be are allowed to declare officially and officiously that supposed variants of a non-existent virus are spreading throughout the population. They have even already established names for these imagined critters. They are already champing/chomping at the bit to vaccinate everyone however admittedly unnecessary, issue vaccination passports, and intensify the lockdowns and mask mandates. About 25% to 30% of small businesses failed, remain closed, or are only partially open or have limited hours of operation. Most fast food joints still have their dining rooms closed – its drive through only. This will likely remain as the “new normal” since many places can just give you food in a bag to eat in your car – so they won’t have to pay dining room staff and so keep afloat.

The irony is that everywhere you go you see signs begging for employees, even where the “boorocrats” have forced through higher minimum wages assuming businesses in general have been playing Scrooge with their employees. This situation is more common than commonly realized. Many employers lament that people don’t want to work anymore. They post signs on doors asking patrons to please be patient because they are short on staff and doing the best they can. Recently, signs have sprung up on store fronts and restaurants that say, “Thank you to our employees – they’re the real heroes!” It’s even common now for managers to thank employees for just coming to work. This is because so many refuse to work and have no intention of going back to work anytime soon because of the large GovMint handouts they are receiving. The Federal and state govmints have been doling out free money to people for NOT working. In March, Biden signed the “American Rescue Plan of 2021”, providing more free money and other benefits through September 6th. There already is talk of extending that date INDEFINITELY. The planned future lockdowns would be an easy way to ease into permanent handouts. The system already provides free cash, housing, education, healthcare and more. There’s little incentive to find a job, set goals for the future, or even seek a better life. Drugs and vices and gaming devices feed the feelings of futility and vice versa, and crime is fostered.

Now our politicians have decided to take their inner-city program of entitlement nationwide. But the bennies are not really benefits when they are supposed to be rewards for doing a job well! As it now stands, they aren’t benefiting anyone but the Demonrat politicians The NWO globalists have been unfolding a plan before the sleepy, ignorant eyes of the sheeple for some time now. The goal is Universal Basic Poverty and Dependence as the vehicle to control the masses. The “plannedemic” is all about intensifying that control and increasing the sense of power that bullies possess and for which they crave even more.

The manipulators have stated openly that soon no one will own anything. Personal property and private homes, the envy of those who don’t have much of them, don’t deserve them, or already have too much of them for their own good, will be eliminated. They expect you will like it that way – less responsibility and more time for self-indulgence. You will smile and say “cheese” when you have been hooked by their cheesy inducements and they have clamped down on you with a baited mousetrap. Fear of the bug-a-boo virus just provides another excuse for not working and isolating people from one another, creating more dependence and despondency, and so the vicious cycle/circle gets more vicious.

As you look around you and see the masked multitudes who still feel compelled to continue the “maskerade” and the socialist distancing as they play the game of putting the squeeze on you and then relaxing it, only to squeeze you harder next time, relax it a bit, then squeeze yet harder, you see how effective their control mechanisms and squeeze plays are.

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

America is a Paper Tiger

By Cliff Kincaid

On the anniversary of 9/11, I am used to seeing the claims that Dick Cheney bombed the World Trade Center in an “inside job” designed to drag us into war. This is the Alex Jones school of thought. What’s worse is the tendency to “remember the victims” but refuse to admit that our nation has truly failed to remember them by avenging their deaths. China Joe has forgiven the killers and now wants to do business with them. Shame on the United States, a paper tiger.

I asked former FBI special agent Coleen Rowley about the absurd “inside job” claims during a recent interview. She said the “inside job” nonsense is a lunatic response to those who wanted to use 9/11 for political purposes. She said these people believe those who wanted 9/11, the “new Pearl Harbor,” to happen, were those who were behind it. That’s faulty logic. The real problem is a national security state that refuses to protect the American people.

She said it’s important to ascertain the facts about what happened. And those facts are that a Muslim terrorist group by the name of al Qaeda was on American soil plotting to attack the World Trade Center, the Pentagon, and possible the White House or the Capitol building.

Rowley is not a conservative or a neoconservative. She ran for Congress, after being forced out of the FBI for whistleblowing, as a Democrat. She later left the Democratic Party, concluding it was corrupt.

Rowley’s FBI office in Minneapolis had learned of the 9/11 plot before it happened, when agents were tipped off about an al Qaeda operative, Zacarias Moussaoui, taking flight training in the area. After the fact, the FBI would admit that, on August 15, 2001, “the flight school reported its suspicions about Moussaoui to the FBI, including that he only wanted to learn how to take off and land the airplane, that he had no background in aviation, and that he had paid in cash for the course.” But FBI headquarters failed to investigate and stop him.

If FBI headquarters had taken proper action, 9/11 could have been stopped.

Here we are 20 years later and we still find people blaming 9/11 on Dick Cheney.

But I am also starting to get tired of waiting to hear about the need, 20 years later, to seek revenge on their killers.

Consider the remarks of General Mark A. Milley, Chairman, Joint Chiefs of Staff, at the September 11th Observance Ceremony. “All of the values and principles embedded in our Constitution and made real in our daily lives were paid for with the blood of the fallen on this place at 9:37 on September 11th, 2001,” he said. “Those ideas were and still are hated by our enemies; the Fascists, the Nazis, the Communists, Al-Qaeda, ISIS, the Taliban, authoritarians, dictators, and tyrants of all kinds. They hate those ideas and they hate those values. And on 9/11, they tried to destroy us. They tried to divide us, they tried ultimately in vain to terrify us.”

The Taliban? Didn’t they just defeat the United States? It looks like our soldiers died in a noble cause but it was in vain.

It looks like our enemies are winning.

Milley said, “The horrific acts of terrorism on that day were meant to disrupt our way of life and destroy the idea that is America.”

They succeeded.

America is a paper tiger that remembers its dead but doesn’t take revenge out on its enemies.

Instead, we have the Alex Jones-types who continue to blame 9/11 on America. They refuse to hold the FBI, CIA, and our political leaders responsible for allowing this mass murder to happen.

Milley said the “murderous intent” of the terrorists “was never realized.” Really?

He explained, “Instead of sowing fear and division, we gathered in New York and Pennsylvania and right here at the Pentagon. And we came together as a Nation with acts of heroism, unity and perseverance, many conducted by you in the audience today.”

Yes, but under China Joe Biden, we have come together to remember not only the victims of 9/11 but the dead and wounded American soldiers from Afghanistan who were forced out by a political decision and a suicide bomber.

Not to mention the victims who took their own lives as a result of the trauma caused by their military service.

On top of that, we have learned from the New York Times that the so-called retaliatory drone strike, supposedly carried out on ISIS in Afghanistan, took out a family of people friendly to the U.S.

On the way out, a drone strike killed the wrong people. Let’s remember those victims, too.

Milley went on, “Since that dark day 20 years ago, the men and women of the United States military have fought tirelessly to defeat terrorists in Afghanistan and around the world. Both at home and abroad, their talent, their efforts, their courage, and their personal valor has carried this fight day and night.”

Yes, our soldiers fought in a noble cause. But their political and military leadership betrayed them.

He added, “For two consecutive decades, our men and women in uniform along with our brothers and sisters in the intelligence and law enforcement agencies protected our Nation from terrorist attack.”

Well, not quite. The FBI never solved the post-9/11 anthrax attacks. The evidence shows that the anthrax used in the post-9/11 anthrax attacks was stolen from a U.S. lab and provided to al Qaeda. The FBI has covered-up the truth for 20 years. Now, with al Qaeda and the Taliban running all of Afghanistan, the possibility of another biological attack on America from that territory increases.

And just the other day, the FBI has released new surveillance of somebody dropping off bombs on the evening of January 5 outside the offices of the Democratic and Republican Parties in D.C. It’s another case the FBI can’t solve.

The terror has already returned.

What’s more, Imran Ali Rasheed was reportedly inspired by foreign terrorists when he killed a Lyft driver on August 29, 2021, in a Dallas suburb and opened fire in a police station.The local CBS TV station said Rasheed had previously been the subject of a counter terrorism investigation eight years ago, but authorities determined he wasn’t a threat at that time.

Another failure by the FBI.

But Biden’s people are focusing on “white extremists.”

Rasheed “may have been inspired by foreign terrorism organizations to commit these crimes,” said Matthew J. DeSarno, the special agent in charge of the FBI’s Dallas office. The terrorist left a letter. But the FBI wouldn’t name the group.

Who do you suppose they are?

The terror has returned.

They say our country never forgets. We have forgotten. We don’t want to know. We hang our heads in disgrace.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

Secret Communist Plan Fulfillment: China’s Role, Part 2

by Dennis Cuddy, Ph.D.

On May 24, 2000, the U.S. House of Representatives, obeying their PE puppet masters, voted to grant Communist China Permanent Normal Trade Relations (PNTR). Up until now, Rush Limbaugh had called anyone who believed in conspiracies a “kook.” However, on May 25, Rush Limbaugh on his national radio talk show commented: “How come George W. Bush and Clinton are on the same side of the PNTR with China issue? New World Order?” According to the Economic Policy Group, our exploding trade deficit with China through the 1990s has cost the U.S. millions of jobs! And on May 24, 2000, in Paul Sperry’s article, “China’s dirty little secret” (WorldNetDaily), he quoted Chinese dissident Wei Jingshing as saying, “President Clinton is trying to save Communist Chinese President Jiang Zemin’s government. It’s very obvious he owes them something.” The next day, WorldNetDaily published David Bresnahan’s column, “China-trade vote: The bribes have it?”, in which he quotes U. S. Rep. Merrill Cook as expressing his concern that “China now controls both sides of the Panama and Suez canals.” This means that for military reasons, Communist China can use them as choke points at any time!

On September 19, 2000, the U.S. Senate approved PNTR in a vote of 83 to 15. In opposition, Senator Jesse Helms warned: “The safety and security of the American people must come first through the principles of this country which were laid down by our Founding Fathers. That safety and security will be assured ultimately not by appeasement, not by the hope of trade at any cost, but by dealing with Communist China without selling out the very moral and spiritual principles that made America great in the first place.” The Communists had wanted both Sen. Helms and U.S. Rep. Larry McDonald dead, but just before they both were to board KAL007 which was shot down on September 1, 1983, Sen. Helms got a call warning him not to get on that plane!

Elaine Chao has occupied a number of cabinet level positions in Republican administrations, and her father is very close to the Communist Chinese leadership and owns a shipping company that does business with China. In Paul Sperry’s January 16, 2001 column “Chao’s pro-China coup at Heritage,” he describes how a military analyst at the Heritage Foundation was let go after Chao complained about his warnings concerning Chinese threats to American security. Her husband is Republican Senate leader Mitch McConnell whom she “advises” about Chinese-American relations, and he, in turn, “suggests” to others in the Senate how they should vote on all relevant issues.

China sees any war with the U.S. as predominantly a naval war, and that is why China has now built the largest navy in the world! Over the last decade, the U.S. has contributed greatly to the economic success of China, and the U.S. realizes that at any time, China can “dump” a lot of the American debt in her possession, causing the U.S. serious economic problems. The Chinese have been quietly buying properties across America and overseas. They have purchased mineral rights in Zambia and Nigeria, and rain forests in the Congo and Sierra Leone for lumber, etc. In about 3 years, the Chinese plan to go to a digital currency (as does the Federal Reserve) whereby they can track every financial transaction everyone makes. And in case you think you can avoid this by going to Bitcoins, China owns half the Bitcoins in the world! In 2015, the Chinese military produced a 261-page document about how they could use coronaviruses as bioweapons, and their effect upon an adversary’s troops, health care system, etc.

Finally, it was necessary to have elected an American president (Joe Biden) who “had been wrong on nearly every major foreign policy and national security issue over the past four decades,” according to former Secretary of Defense (for President Obama) Robert Gates in his memoir published in 2019. For example, President Biden said in terms of foreign policy that Afghanistan would never fall to the Taliban, for example, between Friday and Monday, but it did (August 13-16, 2021). In addition, Joe Biden is incapable of even heeding his own warning. Shortly after the terrorist attacks of 9/11, at the Council on Foreign Relations on October 22, 2001, he warned that “if we leave Afghanistan in chaos, it will be another time bomb waiting to explode.”

The incompetence and ignorance of President Biden and his advisors is staggering. They said the Taliban is no longer capable of another attack like 9/11, not realizing they do not have to be! The Taliban has received many Chinese weapons from Pakistan. The head of the Pakistani intelligence service at the time of the 9/11 attacks was General Mahmoud Ahmad, who on August 1, 2001 had wired $100,000 to 9/11 ringleader Mohammed Atta. It would be very easy for members of the Taliban using Pakistani passports to enter the U.S., acquire drones, fill them with explosives, and use them to attack simultaneously planes landing or taking off from American airports.

The Communist Chinese also wanted a president whose mental abilities are waning. During the 2020 presidential campaign, former President Obama said: “You know who really doesn’t have it? Joe Biden….Don’t underestimate Joe’s ability to f… things up.” Furthermore, the ChiComms wanted our president to be someone who could be guided primarily by his campaign manager and top White House advisor Anita Dunn, who said Communist Chinese murderous dictator Mao Zedong is her “favorite political philosopher” (according to THE WASHINGTON POST, Mao killed up to 80 million of his own people). Throw in a little financial incentive, like Hunter Biden’s lucrative arrangement with Communist Chinese government, and what more could they want?

With Joe Biden as president, the Chinese Communists may not even have to fire a shot to win. Once again, this reminds one of Sun Tsu’s strategy where he said: “The supreme art of war is to subdue the enemy without fighting….And secret operations are essential.” Could such secret operations in the future include vaccines that can track people by implanted microscopic tags? Joe Biden himself when he was a U.S. Senator asked John Roberts at his confirmation hearings for the position of Chief Justice of the Supreme Court on September 12, 2005 warned: “Can a microscopic tag be implanted in a person’s body to track his every movement? There is actual discussion about that. You will rule on that, mark my words, before your tenure is over.” Remember, Aldous Huxley in his 1958 BRAVE NEW WORLD REVISITED proclaimed “The 21st century…will be the era of World Controllers.”

1- Secret Communist Plan Fulfillment, China’s Role, Part 1

2- Secret Communist Plan Fulfillment, China’s Role, Part 2

E-Mail Dennis Cuddy: recordsrevealed@yahoo.com

Texas Vs. Roe

By Paul Engel

Texas SB8 is not the violation of a “constitutionally protected right established by Roe v. Wade” that you’ve been told.
Texas SB8 is a unique law, apparently crafted specifically tailored to comply with the Roe v. Wade opinion.
The Supreme Court did not “overturn Roe”, they simply refused to issue an injunction against the law because, by their own precedent, they couldn’t.

The recent Texas law SB8 has been described as an attack on the right to abortion. The case challenging the law, Whole Woman’s Health et al, v. Austin Reeve Jackson, Judge, et al, has become a lightening rod for abortion activists. Referring to the law as both extreme and a blatant violation of constitutional rights, President Biden has been one of the chief spokesmen opposing this law and the decision of the Supreme Court. By going to the original documents we can cut through the hype and understand the truth, not only about the law, but the court’s opinion as well.

Texas SB 8

Let’s start with the Texas law that’s at the heart of the current debate. There are three interesting provisions in this law.

Sec. 171.204. PROHIBITED ABORTION OF UNBORN CHILD WITH DETECTABLE FETAL HEARTBEAT; EFFECT.

(a) Except as provided by Section 171.205, a physician may not knowingly perform or induce an abortion on a pregnant woman if the physician detected a fetal heartbeat for the unborn child as required by Section 171.203 or failed to perform a test to detect a fetal heartbeat.

Texas SB 8

The law prohibits abortion of an unborn child once a heartbeat is detected. Section 171.203 requires that “standard medical practices” be used to detect if a heartbeat is present. If one is found, then abortion is generally prohibited. There is, however, an exception.

Sec. 171.205. EXCEPTION FOR MEDICAL EMERGENCY; RECORDS.

(a) Sections 171.203 and 171.204 do not apply if a physician believes a medical emergency exists that prevents compliance with this subchapter.

Texas SB 8

If a physician believes there’s a medical emergency which prevents them from complying with the law, that’s considered an exception. Meaning, if while treating a medical emergency, a doctor induces an abortion, they do not violate this law. But the third section is the one I find most constitutionally interesting.

Sec. 171.208. CIVIL LIABILITY FOR VIOLATION OR AIDING OR ABETTING VIOLATION.

(a) Any person, other than an officer or employee of a state or local governmental entity in this state, may bring a civil action against any person who:

(1) performs or induces an abortion in violation of this subchapter;

(2) knowingly engages in conduct that aids or abets the performance or inducement of an abortion, including paying for or reimbursing the costs of an abortion through insurance or otherwise, if the abortion is performed or induced in violation of this subchapter, regardless of whether the person knew or should have known that the abortion would be performed or induced in violation of this subchapter; or

(3) intends to engage in the conduct described by Subdivision (1) or (2).

Texas SB 8

So what’s so interesting about this section of the law? Rather than making abortion a criminal offense, it makes it a civil one. In other words, rather than being sent to jail for performing an illegal abortion, a person pays damages. Also of interest, the person suing someone for performing illegal abortions cannot be a member of a state or local government. This means means that anyone other than a government official can sue someone for performing an abortion in violation of this law. I believe the reason for this is to comply with the Supreme Court’s opinion in Roe v. Wade.

Roe v. Wade

A state criminal abortion statute of the current Texas type, that excepts from criminality only a life-saving procedure on behalf of the mother, without regard to pregnancy stage and without recognition of the other interests involved, is violative of the Due Process Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment.

Roe v. Wade

When the Supreme Court opined in Roe, they found that a law making it a crime to perform an abortion except to save the life of the mother violated the Due Process Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment. In effect, the court said that such a limitation on abortion deprived the mother and/or the doctor of the liberty to perform abortions without due process of law. Of course, the court did not appear to consider the question of depriving the child in the womb of their life without due process of law, but that’s the problem with the Roe v. Wade precedent. The opinion goes on to say:

(a) For the stage prior to approximately the end of the first trimester, the abortion decision and its effectuation must be left to the medical judgment of the pregnant woman’s attending physician.

(b) For the stage subsequent to approximately the end of the first trimester, the State, in promoting its interest in the health of the mother, may, if it chooses, regulate the abortion procedure in ways that are reasonably related to maternal health.

Roe v. Wade

The court created this trimester scheme to determine when and how a state had an interest in regulating abortions. For the first trimester, the court believes the abortion decision is solely a medical one. After the first trimester, the court claimed that states only had an interest in promoting the health of the mother. So when is it about the child in the womb?

(c) For the stage subsequent to viability, the State in promoting its interest in the potentiality of human life may, if it chooses, regulate, and even proscribe, abortion except where it is necessary, in appropriate medical judgment, for the preservation of the life or health of the mother.

Roe v. Wade

The Roe court used the viability of the child to determine when the state has an interest in protecting, as the court put it, “potentiality of human life”. And this is where I think the court really messed up. Understand, in 1972 when this case was argued and decided, medical imaging technology was not nearly as sophisticated as it is today. Meaning, medical science in 1972 did not allow the level of detail we currently have when viewing inside the womb, neither did it provide the information regarding gestational development we have today. Still, the Declaration of Independence says:

We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness. –That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed,

Declaration of Independence

We were not created when we emerged from the womb, we were all created in the womb. So the question of when the state has an interest in protecting life should not be based on viability (the ability to survive outside the womb), but on detection of life. Which is what the Texas bill does. By basing protection of life based on life being detected, Texas fulfills its duty to protect the rights of everyone within their borders.

Criminal vs Civil

Since the Roe opinion specifically states that a criminal abortion statue based solely on the life of the mother violated the Due Process Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment, I believe the Texas Legislature created a civil statue to avoid this legal hurdle. I also think they may have opened up a couple of serious problems with their legislation.

The first potential problem I see is the scope of who can sue for committing illegal abortions. As I noted previously, the law allows, “Any person, other than an officer or employee of a state or local governmental entity in this state, may bring a civil action…” This law places the burden of “prosecution” solely in the hands of the people of Texas. In other words, the State of Texas expects the people to bring suit when the law is violated, rather than the state itself.

This isn’t necessarily a problem, except for the second potential problem. The law states anyone other than a state or local government official can sue under this law. No other limitations are noted. So does that mean that I, as a citizen of Tennessee, can sue a doctor in Texas for performing, or even intending to perform, an abortion on a child without checking for a heartbeat? Does it matter whether or not I have a direct grievance against the doctor, other than the fact that abortion of a living child is murder? I’m not a lawyer, but I believe it’s standard practice for a court to consider a plaintiff’s standing before proceeding with a civil case. Maybe the Texas Legislature expects the courts to weed out the activist cases from those where someone was directly harmed. Unfortunately, that unleashes a potential nightmare of people and organizations filing suits against abortion providers in an attempt to “sue them out of business”. I don’t find that just when the gun control activist do it, and neither would I find that just if pro-life activists do it. That’s why I think this is one part of the law that needs to be fixed: To define what grievance can be used to justify a lawsuit under this statute.

The Courts

Much has been said about how the courts have reacted to this lawsuit and why people should prevent this Texas law from going into effect. Sadly, very little of that talk has been based on the truth and facts of the case.

What the Supreme Court was asked to do was to provide an injunction preventing the law from taking effect until the case had been decided by the courts. This in itself is an extremely dangerous request, since it effectively places the judiciary above the other branches of government. Which is why Justice Alito noted in his opinion:

To prevail in an application for a stay or an injunction, an applicant must carry the burden of making a “strong showing” that it is “likely to succeed on the merits,” that it will be “irreparably injured absent a stay,” that the balance of the equities favors it, and that a stay is consistent with the public interest.

Whole Woman’s Health v. Jackson Opinion on Application for Injunctive Relief

Justice Alito went on to note that what the applicants are asking for is both novel and complex.

For example, federal courts enjoy the power to enjoin individuals tasked with enforcing laws, not the laws themselves. California v. Texas. And it is unclear whether the named defendants in this lawsuit can or will seek to enforce the Texas law against the applicants in a manner that might permit our intervention.

Whole Woman’s Health v. Jackson Opinion on Application for Injunctive Relief

Precedent allows the court to enjoin people, not the law. Since the defendants named can seek to enforce the law, because the law prohibits state or local government officials from filing suit, how can the court enjoin them? Oddly, the power of precedent that the applicants are using to file this suit is the very same one that is preventing the courts from issuing the injunction. It seems that we will all have to wait until the actual case is heard before we know whether the courts will find this Texas law appropriate or not.

Lies, Darn Lies, and Politics

If there is one constant in politics today, it’s that politicians lie. So no one should be surprised when the pro-abortion politicians came rushing to the bulwarks to defend their understanding of Roe v. Wade and the “constitutional right” to abortion.

Today, Texas law SB8 went into effect. This extreme Texas law blatantly violates the constitutional right established under Roe v. Wade and upheld as precedent for nearly half a century.

Statement by President Joe Biden on Texas Law SB8

Funny, how a law whose language appears to have been specifically tailored to not violate Roe v. Wade, is a supposed blatant violation of that opinion. Even worse though, is the constitutional lie President Biden is promoting.

The Supreme Court of the United States cannot establish a constitutional right. That’s not a power delegated to the United States, and since it’s not prohibited to the states, only the states can establish a constitutionally protected right. In fact, what the court found was that before someone can be deprived of the liberty to perform or receive an abortion, there must be due process. Furthermore, the Supreme Court does not have the legal authority to effectively create law by edict or opinion. The findings in the Roe v. Wade case legally impact only Roe and Wade. It is our judiciaries’ slavish devotion to “precedent” that gives power to the Roe decision, not the law or the Constitution.

And, outrageously, it deputizes private citizens to bring lawsuits against anyone who they believe has helped another person get an abortion, which might even include family members, health care workers, front desk staff at a health care clinic, or strangers with no connection to the individual.

Statement by President Joe Biden on Texas Law SB8

To be fair, President Biden is correct in the potential scope of these lawsuits. As I’ve already noted, the fact that anyone other than government officials can sue anyone involved in an abortion that violates this statute, it can easily spiral into a nightmare of frivolous lawsuits.

However, Joe Biden is far from the only person rising to combat this Texas law. He and Nancy Pelosi have promised to take up the “Women’s Health Protection Act of 2021” when the House returns from recess. What is the purpose of this bill?

to permit health care providers to provide abortion services without limitations or requirements that single out the provision of abortion services for restrictions that are more burdensome than those restrictions imposed on medically comparable procedures, do not significantly advance reproductive health or the safety of abortion services, and make abortion services more difficult to access;

U.S. S 1975 – Women’s Health Protection Act of 2021 – Purpose Clause

Lost to the view of the pro-abortionists is the fact that abortion involves the health of two people, not just one. This bill, and others like it, focus on the “health care” of the woman while ignoring the health of the child in the womb. This bill promotes the unlimited access to abortion while ignoring the consequences of that access. They want no more regulation on abortion than on “medically comparable procedures”, yet ignore the fact that those procedures are prohibited from taking human life unless absolutely necessary. History has shown us that the pro-abortion activists are not interested in being regulated along with “medically comparable procedures”; they want as little regulation as possible and it seems many among these activists are ready to do almost anything to get their way.

Republicans promised to overturn Roe v Wade, and they have. Democrats can either abolish the filibuster and expand the court, or do nothing as millions of peoples’ bodies, rights, and lives are sacrificed for far-right minority rule.

Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez Tweet

While many republican politicians have “promised” to overturn Roe, we all know how much we can trust politicians to keep their promises. Let’s face it, what the republicans claim is not so much that they will overturn Roe, but overturn what the Roe opinion has morphed into: An unrestricted right to abortion not supported by law. After decades of getting much of their agenda through the courts rather than the legislature, is it any wonder the more progressive of the Democratic Party are willing to overturn Senate rules (the filibuster), and take over the courts to get their way. Does anyone else find it ironic that a party who is named after a democratic process uses such undemocratic methods to advance their agenda?

Conclusion

There’s a lot to unpack here, both in this legislation and the reaction to it. When does the government’s duty to protect life begin? Is it when life is detected? When life is external, i.e., out of the womb? Or is it at some other arbitrary point? How should a state respond to an almost 50 year old opinion that is not supported by the facts or by science? And how should the American people treat the hyperbole on both sides of the argument? As I’ve said so many times, this is why it’s so important to go back to the original documents before we make up our minds on a subject.

As for the law itself, I can easily see the justification for the heartbeat of the child being the delineation for when life must be protected. However, I do have concerns over the scope of who can sue. As for the Roe opinion, I wish more people would recognize it for what it is: A flawed opinion based on outdated science that considers only one side of the issue. Roe v. Wade is not law. To my knowledge, Congress has never passed a law legalizing abortion across the country. Then again, such a law would be unconstitutional, since not only has the Constitution not delegated such an authority to the United States, the very idea of unlimited abortion violates the Due Process Clause of the Fifth Amendment.

While I don’t expect it from what passes for our judicial class today, I would hope a rational and reasonable look at the law would guide the courts. I fully expect that advocates on both sides will use the Texas law and the court’s decision to demagogue, vilify, and yes, fundraise, for the foreseeable future. I only hope that this article has helped cut through some of the noise and misdirection to help you find the truth.

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

Part 2: Does Anything Going On In Washington DC Make Any Sense?

By Frosty Wooldridge

If you’re a Republican, Independent or Democrat—you must be scratching your head daily as to the utter folly of those 545 people that you elected to serve our nation. Why aren’t they collectively solving our nation’s problems? Why aren’t they making common sense decisions? Why don’t they do what’s right?

But then, you have to ask yourself—why do our citizens keep electing people that have proven themselves corrupt, inept and/or incompetent? I mean, let’s face it, someone like House Member Maxine Waters, who has been jabbering at the mouth for three decades—hasn’t done a single thing to improve the lives of her Black constituents. She oversees over 62,000 homeless in Los Angeles. Her state houses 3-4 million illegal aliens that have bankrupted California’s educational systems. Because of her inaction, those illegals operate the largest and most corrupt underground economy in the world. Why hasn’t she developed educational programs, housing and jobs training for her constituents? Why? Because she lives in a multi-million-dollar house and doesn’t care! Also, she’s incompetent, plain and simple.

Let’s talk about someone like House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, very corrupt as an insider trader on defense contracts, but gets away with it even after she was outed by Steve Kroft at 60 Minutes. She overseas 11,000 homeless in San Francisco, but does nothing to solve that mess. She supports open borders with endless illegal immigration, drug cartels pushing their poisons into our country, and she supported two useless wars for 20 years. Does any of that make sense? Would you consider her the “poster woman” for Term Limits? She’s an old windbag who does nothing to improve our country. Why does an 80-year-old fossil like her continue in DC? Same with 88-year-old Senator Diane Feinstein! As Lord Acton said, “Power corrupts, and absolute power corrupts, absolutely.”

Why would our Congress ship all of our manufacturing and jobs over to China? Why would they support Free Trade instead of Fair Trade? Why are we $1.5 trillion in debt to China? Why would they allow our country to become dependent on China that threatens to literally buy us out of our own country? Does any of that make sense?

What about the fact that we have 38,000,000 (million) Americans subsisting on food stamps or now known as EBT cards? Would it make more sense to create “Workfare for Welfare” as a mandate to learn a trade, become more educated, contribute to our society—rather than remain a leech for your entire life? Why would our elected leaders allow such a travesty of poverty and illiteracy to continue? Does that make sense?

What about our adding 1,000,000 legal immigrants into our country annually? Does it make sense to do that when every added person worsens our overpopulated cities, our toxic air polluted skies, our gridlocked roads and our overwhelmed National Parks? What about their stealing jobs from our working poor, and they cost us in ESL classes, K through 12 education and free breakfasts and lunches? All to the detriment of our own 13,000,000 (million) American children living under the poverty level. And, 1 in 6 American children live with food scarcity! For God sakes, why don’t those Congressional Critters solve our problems first rather than import all those refugees’ problems?

What about 540,000 American homeless and tens of thousands of homeless veterans? Why not solve that problem first before taking on the rest of the world’s poor and destitute? Does it make sense to continue on this path?

Do you realize that we have 430,000 American children in Foster Care? Shouldn’t we afford them the very best instead of taking on millions of foreigners who have not earned or contributed anything to America?

Do you, dear fellow American, realize that we’re not going to be able to keep this nightmare going? Do you realize that something’s got to give? Do you appreciate that our country stands eyeball deep in a world of hurt as to water, energy, resources, climate change causing millions of acres of fires and hurricanes raging across our land, sociological chaos, linguistic confusion and immigration madness?

Do you realize that, at some point, our consequences will become irreversible and unsolvable? I discuss them in my latest book that you can obtain for free. If not, we drive our country over a demographic cliff as deadly and as disastrous as “Thelma & Louise.” It’s that simple and that harsh.

Part 3: Deteriorating infrastructure, sociological impacts

Is anyone in America thinking about these questions? Are we not galloping into America’s twilight years?

Published March 2021: America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, available on Amazon, and/or phone 1 888 519 5121.

As to what these videos report, do you want your children to face this kind of a future? If you don’t, it’s time to speak up across this great country of ours.

Immigration, Overpopulation, Resources, Civilization by Frosty Wooldridge

This video will scare the daylights out of every American as to what’s coming to our country, US Citizenship Act 2021 by Joe Biden.

Share these videos all over America:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

COVID-19: The Omega Brief

By: Devvy

When career criminal impostor president, Biden, issued his handler’s latest unconstitutional mandate, state governors went ballistic. Americans who have refused those gene therapy injections now have even more fear of losing their paycheck. That walking corpse has no clue what’s going on. Just sign this piece of paper, Uncle Joe and your poll numbers will go up!

‘Our patience is wearing thin’: Biden tells employers of 100+ to require vaccines or tests – “We’ve been patient. But our patience is wearing thin, and your refusal has cost all of us,” he said, all but biting off his words. The unvaccinated minority “can cause a lot of damage, and they are.”

“The expansive rules mandate that all employers with more than 100 workers require them to be vaccinated or test for the virus weekly, affecting about 80 million Americans. And the roughly 17 million workers at health facilities that receive federal Medicare or Medicaid also will have to be fully vaccinated.

“Biden is also signing an executive order to require vaccination for employees of the executive branch and contractors who do business with the federal government — with no option to test out. That covers several million more workers.

“Biden announced the new requirements in a Thursday afternoon address from the White House as part of a new “action plan” to address the latest rise in coronavirus cases and the stagnating pace of COVID-19 shots that has raised doubts among the public over his handling of the pandemic.” The fines are enormous. Why not 75 or 200 employees?

Using a PCR test that doesn’t test for any virus or infection. Yeah, the CDC said labs will need to find a new way to test by Dec. 2021. CDC to Withdraw Emergency Use Authorization for RT PCR Test Because it Cannot Distinguish Between SARS-CoV-2 and the Flu / CDC, FDA faked “covid” testing protocol by using human cells mixed with common cold virus fragments… PCR tests are merely detecting the common cold

Sept. 11, 2021: Members of Congress, their staffs will be exempt from Biden’s federal vaccine mandate– I’m not an attorney but doesn’t this have something to do with equal protection under the law? The above are not subject to being forced to take one of those injections, but the peasants who will lose their jobs for not complying are not afforded the same protection?

USPS Not Covered by Biden’s COVID-19 Vaccine Mandate: Spokesman, Sept. 10, 2021

“The unvaccinated can cause a lot of damage and they are”? The damage from those fake vaccines is killing and maiming people by the tens of thousands. BREAKING NEWS: 80% Of The COVID-19 Deaths In August Were Vaccinated People Confirmed The Public Health Data! / COVID Injections: Killing, Permanently Disabling Nurses, Doctors, Teachers / Toronto Doctor Admits VCC Side Effects Are Overrunning Hospitals, NOT CV Patients

“As the doctor says below, hospital admissions should be at their lowest but are not – a lot of admissions are due to the vaccinated. Further, emergency units are not overflowing. He estimates that around 3,000 doctors and nurses are going to quit. (Is this 3,000 for Toronto or the province of Ontario? We don’t know.) He estimates he’ll lose his job within the month.”

The unvaccinated are the problem, Joe? Inflammatory Disorders, Cancer Markers on the Rise, Sept. 4, 2021 – “Dr. Ryan Cole, a Mayo Clinic-trained, triple-boarded pathologist, also said that he’s seeing potential cancer-causing changes, including decreases in receptors that keep cancer in check, and other adverse events post-vaccine:

“I’m seeing countless adverse reactions … it’s really post-vaccine immunodeficiency syndrome … I’m seeing a marked increase in herpetic family viruses, human papilloma viruses in the post-vaccinated. I’m seeing a marked uptick in a laboratory setting from what I see year over year of an increase of usually quiescent diseases.

“In addition to that — and correlation is not causation — but in the last six months I have seen — you know, I read a fair amount of women’s health biopsies — about a 10- to 20-fold increase of uterine cancer compared to what I see on an annual basis. Now we know that the CD8 cells are one of our T-cells to keep our cancers in check.

“I am seeing early signals … what I’m seeing is an early signal in the laboratory setting that post-vaccinated patients are having diseases that we normally don’t see at rates that are already early considerably alarming.” (This, tragically, is just the beginning.)

100+ Ontario Youth Sent to Hospital for Vaccine-Related Heart Problems, Report Shows (mRNA shots)

BOMBSHELL 95% of Israel’s hospitalizations have been vaccinated, Aug. 6, 2021

For God’s sake America, wake up: Besides Fetal Deaths, Breastfeeding Babies are Dying and becoming Sick following Mothers’ COVID Shots, Sept. 6, 2021. Big pharma “fact check” pimps in the media can shut the hell up. Those cases come straight from the VAERS reporting site (1%).

Biden, Fauci, Pelosi, & Newsom All Objected To Mandatory Vaccines, Sept. 10, 2021

“I don’t think you’ll ever see a mandating of vaccine, particularly for the general public,” Fauci said on Tuesday during a Healthline.com town hall. Fauci said everyone has the right to refuse a vaccine. “If someone refuses the vaccine in the general public, then there’s nothing you can do about that. You cannot force someone to take a vaccine,” he said.”

“In April, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi (D-CA) said “we cannot require someone to be vaccinated. That’s just not what we can do.”

Oops: Biden Adviser Says Administration Will ‘Run Over’ GOP Governors Who Resist Vaccine Mandates.

Because the resistance against those experimental injections is massive, the shadow government is attempting to get the job done with threats and not just here. Over in Australia people are essentially locked away, can only travel two miles from their home – with permission – to buy food, don’t talk to your neighbor. How absurd.

I spoke to a lady over the weekend up in Montana who told me people she’s spoken with in the Philippines: Starve the unvaccinated. Can’t leave your house, can’t buy food because you have no money because you can’t get out to work. They’ve got nothing on the Nazi’s.

She also asked me if I’ve heard of people dying after the injections in my area? She said every few days now it’s someone she knows or knows of injected with that mRNA technology has died. My reaction was, my God. Hers: It’s starting, isn’t it?

Immediately after puppet Biden made the announcement 19 state Attorney Generals came blustering out of their fog, outraged: ‘We Will Fight Biden to the Gates of Hell to Protect Liberty‘ – GOP Governors Prepare to Sue Biden Admin Over Unconstitutional Vax Mandate.

What hypocrites – especially our governor, Greg Abbott [R-TX]: “Biden’s vaccine mandate is an assault on private businesses. I issued an Executive Order protecting Texans’ right to choose whether they get the COVID vaccine & added it to the special session agenda. Texas is already working to halt this power grab.” No he didn’t.

Here’s his EO signed August 25, 2021. Private sector employers continue firing those who refuse to get one of those injections;big numbers in the health care industry. Nursing homes, assisted living – they can still kill off your loved one by forcing them to take one of those injections.

“WHEREAS, subsequently, on August 23, 2021, while the legislature was already convened in a special session, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved one of the COVID- 19 vaccines for certain age groups, such that this vaccine is no longer administered under an emergency use authorization for those age groups; and WHEREAS, while this COVID-19 vaccine is now FDA-approved for certain age groups, others are not yet approved and still are administered under an emergency use authorization; and”

I feel absolutely confident Abbott didn’t write that EO. It likely came from the Attorney General’s office, Ken Paxton. Those lawyers write up all those legal documents. Shame on them for misleading Texans. How about your governor?

Scandal Behind the FDA Fake Approval of Pfizer Jab

“US vaccinologist and a developer of the mRNA technique, Dr Robert Malone, has accused the FDA of playing a “bureaucratic shell game” with their supposed early approval of the Pfizer Covid-19 vaccine. He cites the two separate FDA letters, “There is a letter for Pfizer and a letter for BioNTech. The New York Times and the Washington Post got it wrong. The authorization is not for Pfizer. The authorization is for BioNTech, and it will only be initiated at the time BioNTech product becomes available…”

“Adding to the bizarre irregularities, in their two separate letters, one to BioNTech and another to Pfizer, the FDA repeatedly deletes the location of the vaccine manufacturing they approve. Why that? Is it in China where BioNTech has a joint agreement with Fosun Pharma of Shanghai to jointly produce and market Comirnaty vaccine for COVID-19? Why do they need to hide that location data from the public? Would it expose the entire fraud?” That column is well worth the time to read.

Abbott’s statement above, “Biden’s vaccine mandate is an assault on private businesses” is accurate, but what about employer’s assault on the rights of employees being threatened with losing their jobs if they refuse to play Russian Roulette with their health? In his EO Abbott talks about being in special session – there was a bill in the first special session to stop employers from firing employees. Where were you then, Gov. Abbott? It died.

Gov. Greg Abbott slams Biden administration over vaccine mandate for employers, Sept. 9, 2021: “Abbott has encouraged Texans to get vaccinated but insists that they shouldn’t be forced to do so. At the governor’s request, state lawmakers will consider legislation to bar local governments from mandating COVID-19 vaccinations for their residents when they convene later this month for a third special session.”

This could all have been done and over with in the first special session. While this was a good first step, it doesn’t solve the problem of people losing their jobs: Gov. Greg Abbott signs bill to punish businesses that require proof of COVID-19 vaccination – “Texas businesses that require customers to be vaccinated against COVID-19 will be denied state contracts and could lose their licenses or operating permits under legislation Gov. Greg Abbott signed into law Monday.

“Texas is open 100%, and we want to make sure you have the freedom to go where you want without limits,” Abbott said before signing the law, in a video he posted Monday on Twitter. “Vaccine passports are now prohibited in the Lone Star State.

Again, Blabbet aka Abbott is only talking about state agencies and local governments. What about McDonald’s or China (Wal) Mart or Home Depot or car dealerships or restaurant owners? Montana is the only state in the Union which prohibits employers from firing employees because they refuse to be a lab rat for those experimental injections. Texans: Our legislature is now in its third special session. Prohibiting employers from firing employees is NOT on Abbott’s agenda: Governor Abbott Announces Third Special Session Date And Agenda, Sept. 7, 2021. Redistricting which is based the latest census that includes ILLEGAL ALIENS who vote in our elections. Stopping mentally ill individuals from participating in sports where the person claims to be a girl but is biologically and forever a male.

Burn up the phones to your state rep and senator: If a bill is not passed prohibiting employers from firing employees for not getting one of those I WILL vote against you in the primary. Texans should not lose their paychecks. We’ve had it with you and Gov. Abbott on this.Do what the State of Montana has done: No jab you cannot be fired. Call Abbott’s office and tell him no way will you vote for him in the primary next year if he does not sign into law a bill that prohibits employers firing employees for refusing those injections. Only massive heat will get the job done.

As I’ve written in my past several columns, this nightmare all across this country has got to stop. Stop COVID Injections: Cut Off the Head, August 16, 2021. Vaccine manufacturers were given immunity from killing and maiming people decades ago by the bought and paid for whores in Congress. But, are they protected under EUA?

I wrote about this May 10, 2021: PCR Lawsuits – Should Hospitals Be Included? One of the links is to this video interview with Dr. David Martin: Key: Learn Why the 1986 Vaccine Protection Act Does Not Protect Covid-19 Injections(33:40) I watched that interview again over the weekend and highly recommend you find the time to watch it. At 2:27 into the interview, Dr. Martin says in Moderna’s SEC filings they describe those injections as gene therapy. Because I had watched that video back in May, I went and found the SEC (Securities and Exchange Commission) filings and covered them in my Cut Off the Head column cited above:

Pfizer – “Pg 16: “Currently, mRNA is considered a gene therapy product by the FDA.”

Moderna – “Regulatory requirements governing gene and cell therapy products have evolved and may continue to change in the future, and the implications for mRNA-based therapies are unknown…Currently, mRNA is considered a gene therapy product by the FDA.”

Should this be tested in a court of law? Yes, just like the PCR tests. How many Americans were forced into 14-day quarantine because of a PCR test losing two weeks pay? Not to mention the stress and anxiety of believing you have a killer virus that no one can prove exists. If Pfizer & Moderna can be sued, it would cut off the head of this beast.

The next interview with Dr. David Martin I covered in my July 19, 2021 column, COVID-19 Patents: State Little RICO Acts Prosecution?I linked to this very important video: Nothing about the “novel” coronavirus is new: Dr. David Martin with Reiner Fuellmich, July 11, 2021. Reiner Fuellmich, for those unfamiliar with him, is a consumer rights attorney with impressive wins against huge corporations. Dr. David Martin’s bio is given at the beginning of the video.

If you scroll down on that video page above, you’ll see the grounds Dr. Martin lists for a RICO regarding patents. Dr. Martin is one highly intelligent man who should not be underestimated regarding his knowledge in these areas. He’s been shredded by the prostitute media and “fact checkers” who can’t find their arse with a laser driven drone. Do watch that interview with Reiner.

So, imagine my surprise when I became aware of ‘The Omega Brief’ last week posted on Texas Right to Know web site; link directly to the brief.

“WHEREFORE, PREMISES CONSIDERED, we pray that the evidence contained in the following documents will result in the State of Texas pursuing criminal charges against all national and international bad actors who premeditated crimes against humanity by instigating the SARS-CoV-2 pandemic, which is responsible for loss of millions of lives and devastation to world economies. As evidenced, the coronavirus pandemic is a racketeering, criminal conspiracy managed by Anthony Fauci, Peter Daszak, and Ralph Baric outlined in the Fauci Dossier document.

“On behalf of Texans and the people of the world, we plead for Governor Greg Abbott to immediately command actions necessary to file racketeering charges against all perpetrators, for “Terror to Intimidate or Coerce a Civilian Population” in violation of Section 802 of the USA Patriot Act and the other nine criminal activities outlined in the attached Fauci/COVID-19 Dossier.”

All of them now have that Brief: Texas State Elected Officials Received Notice of Pandemic Criminal Conspiracy and Racketeering

Abbott can request actions but a state Little RICO Act has to be filed by a state prosecutor. That 77-pg Omega Brief was send to Texas legislators (I’m assuming that means both the House and Senate), Gov. Abbott, (FAX: (512) 475-2576); Lt. Governor Dan Patrick, House Speaker Dade Phelan (RINO), Department of Public Safety Capitol office, and August 17, overnight delivery to Attorney General Ken Paxton and the State of Department Health and Human Services (DSHS). A huge undertaking by Texas Right to Know folks.

Paxton is the one we want to pound on and demand he and his top prosecutors sit down with Dr. David Martin and go through all the evidence and then file the RICO. That will NOT happen unless we burn up the phone lines. Faxes if you can find one for the above including your state rep and senator.

All these lawsuits across the country take time while people are dying or maimed for life. Too many have been killed by ignorant judges who know nothing about what’s really going on. We have to, I believe, go after the manufacturers and immunity. We only need one state to file a little State RICO Act and the dominoes will start falling.

Texans by the tens of thousands burn up those phone lines. They’re in Austin now in special session; faxing is better if you can find the number. Look at the success we’ve had killing the communist propaganda known as Critical Race Theory across this country. Parents have roared and the bullies have back down. Not everywhere but it’s just a matter of time.

The same goes for school boards and their mask mandates. When they rule against science, you get out and recall them or make sure they do not get reelected. SF School Board Recall Supporters Turn in Over 81,000 Signatures, Guaranteeing Recall Election (Not same issue but recalls can be successful. It takes boots on the ground and commitment.)

The school districts in this state flipping off Gov. Abbott’s EO regarding no masks in schools will have consequences for those ignorant, arrogant school district honchos. Texas AG Paxton suing school districts for defying Gov. Abbott mask mandate executive order

Going back to the Omega Brief. On page 16 they refer to DARPA. That is covered in the video interview I cited above with Dr. Martin. For those unfamiliar with DARPA it stands for Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency. This isn’t a column to go into DARPA but they are not what is sold to an unsuspecting public. Far from it: “On June 5, 2008 – which was around the time that DARPA took an active interest in coronavirus as a biological weapon – Ablynx, now part of Sanofi, filed a series of patents targeting what we’ve been told are novel features of SARS-CoV-2.” SARS-CoV-2 aka COVID-19.

Down on pg 17 of that eye opening brief: “29. PN 68: The script for this was written first January 6, 2004. (My comment: Jan. 6^th, a day that will go down in infamy.)

PN 70: MERCK. At a conference called SARS and Bioterrorism. Bioterrorism emerging,infectious diseases antimicrobials therapeutics and immune modulators. MERCK introduced,the notion of what they called, “The New Normal”, proper noun.”

The third prong of attack is what I covered in my column, Can the CDC, FDA, Fauci & NAID Be Sued for Fraud? No need to cover it again here. Here is a list of law firms that can help but it would be very advantageous if they know what’s going on or you know an attorney who does and can contact them. These firms are fighting mandates, skirmishes. We want to win the war.

There are thousands and thousands of freedom groups and organizations in this country. If we can all get focused on going after Pfizer & Moderna, getting one state prosecutor to file a little State RICO Act and if possible, sue the CDC, et all for fraud and (?) malfeasance, wrong doing by people in authority, then we will see even more scrambling. Networking works. I’ve had more people contact me the last three weeks than I can count after reading my latest columns. I am but one, together we will be a force to be reckoned with because we will not back down. You don’t win a football game by sitting on the sideline.

For months it’s been nothing but a galactic poop show from the CDC and petty dictator mayors, governors, school board honchos and employers who don’t know a damn thing. None of them know what to do at this point. Those injections do not work and will never work – except to kill and maim. Desperation is seeping out of the evil doers like a water fall. This forced, as brain dead Biden put it “expansive rules mandate” regarding employers: Stuff it Biden. We will not comply. Employers: Stand up for the truth, your rights and the rights of your valuable employees who keep your business going.

They also know the clock is ticking. All the scientists I’ve covered and probably more I don’t know about because there are thousands around the globe who’ve been warning for the past nine months about those injections – their time lines are running on schedule. Tragically.

Prof. Cahill said in January the spike in deaths would come around March &April. It did and now we’re seeing more which I covered in a past column: Using Open VAERS the number of adverse events is done by 10 case ID numbers per page. With 463,456 cases posted, that’s tens of thousands of pages to examine by ID number. I did 315 pages looking only for the red dot which indicates death. Just a minuscule sample.

VAERS ID: 1441603. Injected Jan. 29, 2021. Died May 6, 2021, 98 days after injection. 75 days from injection to death. 71 days until death. Different ID, 75 days until death . 127 days until death. Months after getting the injection just as Prof. Cahill, Dr. Tenpenny and others said was going to happen.

Those injected in June, July wait 3-4 weeks until the second shot. Predictions are major spikes in deaths will start again from October – December. Right on target according to all those molecular biologists, microbiologists and doctors. I wish they were all wrong, but I’m afraid “time will tell” is coming to pass. 1/3 of the human race on this planet has been jabbed.

Every bit of negative data is being censored like a million-ton rock on the Internet. The worse it gets the more attacks will happen targeting doctors and scientists telling the truth.But, Americans who believed the CDC and government officials will start figuring things out when they (if they don’t die) begin to develop neurological problems, serious trouble with liver, kidney, heart, lungs, brain & autoimmune diseases even though there’s no history in their family. This is not going to end well. VAERS latest 1% reporting: Nearing the 20,000 mark for permanently disabled.

It’s not enough to say we won’t comply. We need to go after the manufacturers of the PCR tests which gave birth to the hysteria and lockdowns. Go after the pharmaceutical companies outlined in Dr. Martin’s interview linked above which has a long fact sheet. And, the CDC et al for fraud.

That takes lawyers who specialize in those fields and state Attorney General’s getting the facts. That Omega Brief is very well done and documented. I pray this all starts happening.

This is also a must watch video. Dr. Peter McCullough Destroys the Official COVID Narrative – How interesting. The link for Dr. McCullough’s bio which was on Baylor’s web site is now dead. Naughty boy, he believes in his oath of do no harm but we’re talking oodles of money here so it’s time to cancel him. This one is accurate.

Someone the other day asked me when are these governors, mayors, employers and other politicians going to wake up? When they or family members start suffering massive medical problems from those injections. Just like the sailors on the Russian submarine in the movie, Hunt for Red October, their arrogance will do them in.

The Hunt for Red October (8/9) Movie CLIP – You’ve Killed Us (1990) HD

(I am retiring my Why A Bankrupt America booklet for good, 1,675,000 copies later. Have a few copies left so if you would like one (or more), the last date to order is today.)

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Scanning & Transmission Electron Microscopy Reveals Graphene Oxide in CoV-19 Vaccines

“Prominent immunologist now regrets voting for Joe Biden – Blasts ‘unscientific, unethical and illegal’ vaccine mandates – “A prominent immunologist whose advice has formed the basis for a Michigan State University employee’s lawsuit against the institution’s vaccine mandate said Friday he now regrets voting for Joe Biden for president.

“Dr. Hooman Noorchashm, a former assistant professor of surgery at the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine, blasted Biden’s new sweeping vaccine requirements, charging that to “mandate vaccination of any COVID-recovered American against his/her will is unscientific, unethical and illegal!”

South Australia to Exempt Truck Drivers from Covid Vax after Big Rigs Block Highways

NY Hospital Will Stop Delivering Babies as Maternity Workers Resign Over Vaccine Mandate

LA To Require Vaccination For Indoor Spaces, Including Restaurants, Bars, Gyms, Stores

CHD Sues FDA Over Approval of Pfizer Comirnaty Vaccine

Washington County Judge in Arkansas Says they WILL NOT REQUIRE EMPLOYEES TO BE VACCINATED” Pushing Back on Biden Regime

50-state Update on Pending Legislation Pertaining to Employer-mandated Vaccinations

Arizona Attorney General: COVID-19 Vaccine Mandate for City Employees Is Unconstitutional

Pennsylvania Lawmakers, Parents Sue Governor Over School Mask Mandate

Kentucky Health Care Workers Refused to Comply With Vaccine Mandate, Forced Hospital to Fire Them (VIDEOS)

He’s a Uniter: Yankees and Mets Fans Join Together to Chant “F**k Joe Biden!” as They Leave Saturday’s Game (VIDEO)

College Football Fans Chant “F*ck Joe Biden!” In Between Plays on 9/11 (VIDEO)

Must read: It’s happened before: Gov’t launched dangerous mass immunization program during 1976 swine flu ‘pandemic’ – “I can’t believe that they would say that they did not know that there were neurological illnesses associated with influenza vaccination’…In the interview, the 60 Minutes journalist asked Roberts what her reaction would be if she discovered that the CDC and other government officials indeed knew about the risks associated with the vaccines.

“They should’ve told us,” Roberts said. In October 1976, the swine flu immunization program was halted in nine states after three elderly people died following inoculation, just six months after President Ford signed a bill authorizing the immunization plan. By December, the scheme was stopped nationwide. How many need to die?”

Covid horror as CT scan shows swab test causes man’s brain to LEAK for nine months (Rare until you get a CT scan which millions know nothing about or those nasopharyngeal COVID-19 tests which I covered in a recent column.

No Pity for the Ignorant and Apathetic

By Andrew C. Wallace

Those who don’t want to bother with the truth and refuse to support our Constitutional Republic are by definition ignorant and apathetic. This describes Lenin’s “Useful Idiots”, and all of those really stupid people who think that this faux administration, or any administration, can support the unemployed by increasing taxes and printing worthless fiat money forever. It is a proven economic impossibility. It just can’t be done, period.

In 1971, all Constitutional controls of our currency by gold were removed. The value of our dollar is now only four cents, a 96% decline since 1971. The PSRRC (The Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class) controlling the government then printed fiat (faux) money to finance useless no-win wars (of no vital importance to the United States) for their profits (and stars for flag officers). The resulting inflation impoverished many of our people by transferring wealth to PSRRC and their minions. I could give you details, but that would take time and change nothing.

My career as an economist qualifies me to tell you with absolute certainty that you are being treated like stupid lab rats in all respects. They are promising people a guaranteed income and deceiving them with all kinds of benefits now, benefits that can’t continue, while at the same time stealing from these very same people with the increased prices (and inflation) it causes. The inflation, of course, makes the PSRRC and their minions even richer at your expense and the destruction of the country. But I promise you, and challenge anyone to prove me wrong, that they will be stopped by well-established and proven economic laws. This is what they want: a total economic collapse resulting in the PSRRC being your absolute Communist dictators. I can further guarantee that under these circumstances it will be impossible to feed and protect the people (which include their most brainwashed Black supporters) in the communist inner city plantations. After burning and looting they will either starve or be killed by their Communist politicians.

Anyone who seeks further proof of our ongoing economic disaster from recognized experts should read the September 5, 2021 articles by Michael Snyder and David Stockman in Lew Rockwell. You would read about major factory shutdowns, encouragement to buy now while you can, GM closing most plants, Ford down 33%, supply chains failing, Christmas in ruins, economy seems to be in reverse…and this is but the beginning of the end.

If you can’t handle the truth stop reading now.

Our founders came to America to escape life in Europe, now our major cities ARE Europe, and the Communists want all of America to be like our major cities. Not going to happen on my watch. This is why we fight. We are Americans, and our traditional values and ethics and morals and culture define us!

The Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) control this country with an iron fist, and own most of it. The PSRRC own and control government officials of both parties, CEOs, DOJ, FBI, SCOTUS, Judges, Flag Officers and everyone with power. If they cannot control you through bribery or blackmail, you are not allowed to hold any influential position. These “elite officials” are not our rulers, they are the servants (minions) of the PSRRC. Government officials are supposed to be OUR servants. It is time to correct this upside-down world!

Senior Citizens, called “Useless Eaters” by the Communists, are going to be denied medical care and the proper purchasing power of the Social Security Program they paid into their entire lives. This is being done with malice by inflation and bankrupting the program by extending benefits to anyone who crosses the border (mostly illegally!). Guaranteed medical care for everyone means rationing, and then no one gets care. As an 87-year-old on a fixed income and requiring medical care, I would likely be dead of starvation or lack of medical care…and that is part of their plan.

Everything the PSRRC and their Communist minions want to do is ridiculous, impossible or designed out of malice to destroy our Constitutional Republic. They have Zero Constitutional Authority in our Republic now, and they will never get it. They control through the outright ‘owning’ of all politicians and corporate boards.

I think (from long experience) that it is impossible to inform ignorant and apathetic people of the truth. As a group, they are as dumb as a box of rocks. And they refuse to acknowledge any evidence to the contrary. Let me try one more time. Most of them didn’t take an oath to defend our Constitution, but many of us did, and we will . But I don’t think we will have any desire or obligation to defend lazy, ignorant would-be communist slaves, they just aren’t worth the effort, and deserve what they get.

The truth is there to see. If you are old, you are considered a “useless eater” and will die for lack of medical care and /or starvation.

If you are of working age you will own nothing, the American Dream will be dead. You will have no Constitutionally-protected rights. If you have no skills you will be lucky to work for starvation wages along with all the non-English-speaking illegals with no skills. If you have a skill you will be lucky to get Chinese-level pay, otherwise you work as farm labor. The PSRRC are destroying our country with illegals for cheap labor and votes.

The proceeding happy scenario can only come about if you live through the economic collapse with no food in the stores, no fuel, no government benefits, money is worthless, banks are closed, burning and looting are rampant, and you are in the middle of a civil war. If you can’t defend yourself you will probably be dead. It is impossible to feel any pity for the snowflakes and pus – – -s of either sex, who detest firearms and those who use them for self-defense. These useless, hopeless people will mostly die like sniveling dogs at the hands of Communist thugs.

Don’t you think it would be much better if people learned the truth, and helped take back your country from the parasitic super rich ruling class and their powerful Communist minions, before they kill you, and destroy everything we cherish?

Now do you know your real enemy?

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

Anybody Forcing the Experimental Covid-19 Vaccine on You is Guilty of Crimes Against Humanity

Dr. Laurie Roth, Ph.,D

Joe Biden, Medical professionals, Governors and Employers listen up

All controlling and evil Tyrants are boringly similar in how they take and keep control. Hitler taught us so much when he created false flag events then blamed them on the Russians and the Jews. They were the evil spreading through out Germany, destroying their culture, stealing their jobs, blowing up buildings and corrupting any future Germans would have.

Hitler created the huge problems, controlled the media and fake news, training Germans to submit to and obey him. America now finds herself in 1938 again as we allow experimental and dangerous jabs (not real and tested vaccines) to maim and kill us, while continuing to wear the forced masks at work, at the store or at church.

When masses of irregulars, Jews and Russians were being put on Trains, separated from their families and sent to death camps, many controlled and naïve Germans believed the family next door they had just turned in were domestic terrorists and had to be sent to a reeducation camp – i.e. death camp.

Let’s see. What is being built before our eyes

Fake President Biden is now ordering all Federal workers to take the dangerous, experimental vaccines or else get fired. He is now talking about taking away the flying rights of the unvaccinated, and my favorite, he is threatening to take away the unvaccinated person’s health care. He is literally building a barbed wire, electric fence around Americans, vilifying the unvaccinated and pushing the fake pandemic and all its manipulated variants so he and his war crime minions can push the 2^nd, 3^rd, 4^th and then monthly vaccine shot elixir to depopulate and control the masses.

This is not conspiratorial make believe anymore.

Tough Australians whose country was founded by prison inmates are mostly submitting to the forced vaccines out of fear, hoping to keep their jobs and have any kind of carefully doled out freedom. I lived there and have been back there several times and am dumbfounded that any of them are taking this NAZI control behavior. Truck drivers are standing up to the tyrannical controls, but where are the rest of the masses? Its called, rise up. Its called civil war time, or just take the jab, accept being physically maimed or murdered and live in a cage.

Headlines are showing us that Europe is rising up against these forced and draconian vaccination orders. Thousands are massing and fighting against the ruination of their lives and freedom.

Now Biden and America

Biden is busy planning and implementing his own depopulation, satanic event by extending his war crimes committed already to even more volume. Now, all federal workers have a vaccine gun pointed at their head or else, no job. Many war crime Governors, like my own Governor Jay Inslee have already ordered all the state workers in Washington to get the vaccine or else. Only last week one of our headlines was that our State Troopers who claimed the religious exemption (health and religious exemption were the only two allowed by Gov. Inslee) were denied and not allowed to take it. Not surprisingly, when reviewing the details of the alleged religious and health exemptions they were notably written in a complicated, legalize, manner, designed to make it nearly impossible for anyone to comply.

Like so many tyrants, empty and double speak gestures surround them, only used to delay the outcry and rage of the citizens having their Nuremburg rights destroyed along with their Constitutional rights.

The truth is, reviewing real facts, real science, Doctors and whistle blowers, that the Covid 19 virus with its manipulated variants was planned many years ago to be the false flag event to introduce the kill weapon, the experimental vaccines to eliminate hundreds of millions and maybe billions worldwide.

Once the unvaccinated are separated and targeted enough so as to not be able to work most jobs, buy food, travel or maybe even lose their health care, the barbed wire fence will start closing in around them to where they are the domestic terrorists, causing and spreading the killer virus and must be shipped off in a train or bus to a ‘re education’ ‘death camp.’

Whoever is left who sold out, took the jab and turned against the unvaccinated, will walk the streets of what is left of America, only 40% person and 60% Benedict Arnold and coward. However, they will be 100% slave.

Stand and Fight. Stop wearing the masks and resist. Whatever you do or don’t take the dangerous, experimental jabs. Decide what is more important right now, keeping your job at the price of your own health, freedom and even life, or standing up at a critical time in your country, for the truth, for your rights and for our freedom?

Biden, who will lie to us as he always does, especially so we might ignore his horror show of betrayal and incompetency in Afghanistan. must also keep us from hearing more damning evidence about the stolen election from Trump.

All Bidenas going for him, amidst his drooling, is to create more crises, roll out more orders and hope no one notices the War Crimes midget behind the curtain. Stand and fight. Throw your masks off and stand against the forced and dangerous vaccines that are deadly to many and deny your Constitutional and Nuremberg rights.

E-Mail Laurie Roth: drljroth@aol.com

Democrats: Architects of the Destruction of America, Part 2

By Roger Anghis

You may be asking why I am bringing up the facts on the fake planedemic in this article. I am thoroughly convinced that it is a contrived situation to put fear in enough people to be able to convince them to let the government have total control over our lives. This is the goal of the Democrat Party however there are some Republicans that have been pushing toward that goal for decades. One of those republicans is Henry Kissinger. I didn’t like him when he was in the Nixon administration and to me, he has gone full anti-American by supporting the effort to create the New World Order. He stated: “Who controls the food supply controls the people; who controls the energy can control whole continents; who controls money can control the world.” He didn’t say that just to inform someone, this has been his goal since at least the 1970s.

What we are seeing, whether you want to believe it or not, is the attempt of the elite to control all we do. What we do, where we live, what we can drive if we are even allowed to drive, what we can eat and where we can travel if we are even allowed to do that. America is known for our freedoms but they are being taken away from us at an alarming rate. Consider being tested and finding that you are COVID positive. I personally doubt any positive test as there have been so many false positives but under federal law, the lab is NOT allowed to tell either the doctor or you which ‘variant’ it might be.[1]

The attacks on our legal rights have gone on steroids. Last summer domestic terrorist antifa and blm looted stores and burned businesses to the ground but the majority of them have had all charges dropped.[2] But the trump supporters are being kept in solitary confinement and there is one, Chris Worrell has had his cancer medication denied him for 166 days![3] Three members of Congress made an attempt to visit these held in solitary confinement but were locked out of the building by the DOJ.[4] This occurred at the end of July and the Republicans have yet to do anything about it. They should have returned to the DOJ within hours with troops if necessary ready to bust the doors down and arrest everyone involved with the locking down the DOJ. We can not allow this type of treatment of American citizens especially when the FBI has stated that Trump supporters did not work in a coordinated effort to take the government down. The FBI has found little evidence at this point to suggest that the Jan. 6 attack on the Capitol was largely coordinated by supporters of former President Trump or right-wing groups, according to a Reuters report.

“Ninety to ninety-five percent of these are one-off cases,” a former senior law enforcement official told Reuters. “Then you have five percent, maybe, of these militia groups that were more closely organized. But there was no grand scheme with Roger Stone and Alex Jones and all of these people to storm the Capitol and take hostages.”

The wire service, which spoke with four current and former law enforcement officials, reported that investigators for the FBI noted that those involved in the far-right groups such as the Proud Boys and Oath Keepers were intent on entering the Capitol.

However, the officials who spoke with Reuters said that no coordinated plans appeared to be established regarding what they would do once they broke in.[5]

This is only one of our rights that have been attacked. The government’s demand that all Americans be vaccinated is a violation of our rights. Some say that they are legal but you can’t have a pandemic when the survival rate is 99.998%. We’ve had flu shots for decades yet, in my lifetime one has never been mandated even the H1N1 during the Obama administration which affected multiple millions more and had a mortality rate at a much higher rate. What we are seeing is a planned scare that is actually more of a planned panic perpetrated by MSM and the NIH run by Anthony Fauci and supported completely by the Democrat Party.

Democrats have had little regard for our Constitution. Obama didn’t like it because it kept him from doing a lot that he wanted to do. Biden seems to be ignoring it completely. The candidate that is running for governor of Virginia again, Terry McAuliffe wants to implement COVI mandates that will make life difficult for Virginia citizens: Terry McAuliffe says he wants to “make life difficult” for Virginians who don’t comply with his COVID vaccine mandate. He wants to make it impossible for them to fly in planes, go to movies without the vaccine.[6]

In the state of Washington, they’ve gone full-blown communist: A 15-yr-old Eatonville girl was forced to give up her right to privacy as a condition to play volleyball on her high school’s team. Without approval from her parents, the young girl has been wearing a tracking device on her ankle that allows the school to track her every movement. She agreed to wear the ankle bracelet that sends out an alarm when she violates social distancing rules because she wanted to play volleyball for her school.

The TraceTag tracking device used by the school was made by a company called Triax.

According to their website, an alarm will notify the user if they violate social distancing rules.

The main device of Proximity Trace, the TraceTag™, is affixed to any hardhat or worn on the body for proximity detection and contact tracing. Together we can keep people safer by maintaining social distances in the workplace and help support organizations’ strategies for getting back to work.[7] Keep in mind that this is for a virus that hardly affects young people and has a survival rate of 99.998%.

There are some companies that require all their customers to be fully vaccinated to do business with them Biden is pushing that mandate now that there is an FDA approved so-called vaccine. A beloved great grandmother tragically died of Covid after taking a Carnival cruise to Belize earlier this month.

77-year-old Marilyn Tackett, a retired Sunday school teacher from Oklahoma, boarded a Carnival cruise ship on July 31 out of Galveston, Texas.

On August 4th, Tackett, who was fully vaccinated for Covid, began to have breathing problems and decided to stay on the ship as her family disembarked and toured Belize.

The ship’s medical team tested Tackett for Covid and it came back positive.[8] I would almost believe that she was infected by the jab. It has even been reported that the jab makes it easier to get COVID and it takes a bigger toll on those that get it.

These are rights and freedoms that Americans hold dear but Democrats don’t believe that we have a right to. We must wake up and take a stand if we are going to keep America free.

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

9/11 and American Exceptionalism

by Servando Gonzalez

In the case of the 9/11 events, the evidence shows that, first, never before or after 9/11/2001, has a skyscraper with a steel structure collapsed due to a fire. Secondly, never before or after 9/11/2001, a skyscraper has collapsed on its own footprint except as the result of controlled demolition. This is why companies who do controlled demolition are paid large amounts of money to do their job.

If buildings, particularly buildings with a steel structure, could usually fall on their own footprint when demolished, these companies would be superfluous — but they are not. But CFR agents in the U.S. Government want us to believe that, exceptionally, on September 11 2001, not one, or two, but three skyscrapers with steel structure collapsed on their own footprint as the result of fires. Therefore, extrapolating from other verifiable information, any serious intelligence analyst would conclude that the accuracy of the information itself provided by the CFR agents in the U.S. Government could be fairly qualified as improbable.

Consequently, an intelligence appraisal of the 9/11 events will produce something like this: source not usually reliable, accuracy of the information improbable. For the same reasons, based on the evaluation of the information about the 9/11 events provided by the CFR agents in the U.S. Government, any intelligence service in the world can easily decode it as a sloppy, disingenuous attempt to pass disinformation disguised as true intelligence.

The fact that the 9/11 events served as a God-given pretext to carry out policies decided way in advance is a true index that perhaps it actually was not a God-given but a CFR-given one. As some conspirators’ agents have shamelessly declared, never let a good crisis go to waste —particularly an artificially-created crisis.

Moreover, in the case of the 9/11 events, the evidence shows that never before, nor 20 years after 9/11/2001, a skyscraper with a steel-framed structure has collapsed due to a fire, however severe.

Examples abound:

July 28, 1945: A B-25 bomber crashed against the Empire State Building in Manhattan, destroying most of the 79th floor. Flames consumed most of three floors down to the 75th. But the building, the tallest New York skyscraper at the time, did not collapse.

August 5, 1970: 1 New York Plaza, a 50-story office tower, suffered a severe fire and explosion. But it didn’t collapse.

May 4, 1988: The First Interstate Bank Building is a 62-story skyscraper in Los Angeles that suffered the worst high-rise fire in the city’s history. But the building didn’t collapse.

February 23, 1991: One Meridian Plaza, a 38-floor skyscraper in Philadelphia, suffered a severe fire. Philadelphia officials later described it as “the most significant fire in this century.” But the building did not collapse.

October 17, 2004: The tallest skyscraper in Caracas, Venezuela experienced a severe fire. The building did not collapse.

February 12, 2005: A violent fire started in the Windsor building in Madrid, Spain, a 32-story tower. At its peak, the fire, which burned for almost a day, completely engulfed the upper ten stories of the building. During the night the building shredded large pieces, which crashed to the ground, but the building did not collapse.

February 9, 2009: a fire destroyed the nearly completed structure of the Beijing Mandarin Oriental Hotel. But, despite the fact that the fire extended across all of the floors for a period of time and burned out of control for hours, no large portion of the 520-foot-tall building collapsed.

November, 2010: An apartment building in Shanghai caught fire and 53 people died. It burned for more than four hours. The building did not collapse.

April 2, 2112: A violent fire engulfed the still under construction Russian Federation tower, the tallest- to-be building in Moscow. After many hours, the firefighters extinguished it. The building did not collapse.

April 3, 2013: A 40-story skyscraper in Grozny, Chechnya caught fire. Flames engulfed the building for many hours, but it didn’t collapse.

February 20, 2015: A fire ripped through the 86-floor Torch tower in Dubai — one of the tallest residential buildings in the world. The building did not collapse.

July 30, 2017: The Grenfell Tower, a 47-floor skyscraper in London caught fire. The fire burned for 12 hours, about four times longer than the WTC towers and was totally destroyed, but the building didn’t collapse.

Also, on September 11, 2001, United Airlines Flight 93, one of the allegedly highjacked planes, crashed into an open field in Somerset County, Pennsylvania, killing all passengers and crew members. According to the official information, the crash was so violent that everything was pulverized into a thin dust. Not a single part of the plane was found. Even the plane’s engines, which had some titanium parts, were not found. This is something exceptionally unique in the history of aviation.

Moreover, it tells much about who really is in power in America, the fact that, adding insult to outrage, the conspirators ordered their puppet George W. Bush to appoint Henry Kissinger as head of the commission to investigate the 9/11 events. On the other hand, however, perhaps Kissinger was the right choice for the job. The whitewash to cover one of the greatest criminal actions committed by the CFR conspirators against the American people undoubtedly required the help of one of the conspirators’ greatest criminal minds.

All the initial information the American people received about the 9/11 events came from a single source: the American government. With the single exception of Congresswoman Cynthia MacKinney, who since the very beginning questioned the U.S. Government’s version of the events, nobody in the two branches of the Repucratic Party questioned it. The American mainstream media as a whole accepted the Government’s version of the events and became an obedient mouthpiece parroting it over and over ad nauseam. Actually, the only dissenting source of information about 9/11 has been the Internet and books published by minor independent presses.

Most patriotic Americans believe in America’s exceptionalism, which I think is a great thing. For many years, the freedom Americans enjoyed was something truly exceptional. Nevertheless, I don’t think that the exceptional 9/11 events are something to be proud of.

Servando Gonzalez newest book Coronavirus for Dunces is available at bookstores online.

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

A Question of Allegiance

By Michael Peroutka

The disorganized departure of American troops from Afghanistan was difficult to watch and even more difficult for patriotic Americans to contemplate.

On the one hand, Joe Biden is congratulating himself for an “extraordinary success,” despite the fact that his policies resulted in the death of 13 American soldiers, the abandonment of Americans behind enemy lines, and the loss of 85 billion dollars in military equipment.

On the other hand, conservative pundits are denouncing the withdrawal as an historically humiliating defeat – an immense failure by an incompetent administration and a mentally deficient commander-in-chief.

In my view, this public debate over the incompetence of the Biden administration is yet another smokescreen designed to disguise what just happened.

[Rumble Video ]

And what just happened was the largest surrender of the military weapons and machinery in the history of mankind. And at the same time, the airlift of more than one hundred thousand of America’s enemies inside her borders.

This is nothing less than the intentional destruction of our defense capacity, the murder of American troops by their own commander in chief, and the deployment of the enemy behind our lines.

Did this happen because our leaders are incompetent?

Or did it happen because our leaders are our enemy?

There is no question that Joe Biden is incompetent.

But, under the guise of Biden’s stupidity is the very real evidence of his treason – and that of many others.

This is not a question of competence.

This is a question of allegiance.

E-Mail Michael Peroutka: Michael@theAmericanView.com

A 9/11 Every Two Days

By Cliff Kincaid

China Joe berates people for not taking the Trump Warp Speed vaccines but he won’t give Trump credit for them. China Joe has made the American people into the enemy.

The virus is the enemy. By ignoring this fact, China Joe demonstrates his allegiance to China.Interestingly, after he berated the American people, he called Chinese dictator xi for advice on how to proceed. According to reports, he pleaded for a “climate cooperation” deal with China. This followed U.S. Special Presidential Envoy for Climate John Kerry’s “virtual meeting” with various Communist Chinese officials to “address the climate crisis.”

Climate crisis? What about China’s mass murder campaign using the virus?

The publication Axios calls the deaths from the virus a 9/11 every two days, and they’re right. Three thousand Americans are dying every two days from the China virus. Nearly three thousand died on 9/11 because of Islamic terrorism.

In total, more than 650,000 have died from the China virus.

Tina Reed of Axios writes that “Many Americans not directly involved in patient care are paying little attention to, or are even trying to ignore, the ongoing pandemic.”

Sadly, she’s right, except for the fact that she doesn’t hold China responsible for the mass murder.

What’s more, too many people on the conservative side are more upset about the vaccines than the virus. This is nuts. But this is why China Joe gave his Thursday speech. He’s betting the Republicans will overreact.

It’s entirely proper to accuse Biden of behaving in an unconstitutional manner. He should be sued. He is acting like a dictator.

But consider this message, one of many I have received, from a right-wing religious zealot and lunatic: “…either you never read any of the irrefutable facts about the Dangers and horrors of this fake bio weapon falsely called a vaccine or you’ve been bought off by the Demoncratic party i.e George Soros and company or your conscience is seared by a hot iron and you are sadly a Reprobate!”

After years of exposing Soros and his allies, I am now supposed to be his ally because I support the Trump vaccines. I am now in league with the “demons” in the “Demoncratic party.” These people are the equivalent of those who insist that 9/11 was an inside job and that Dick Cheney engineered the bombing of the World Trade Center.

I took the vaccine and its has protected me. That’s a fact. If you disagree, don’t take it.

What most people on both sides are failing to do is hold China and its apologists responsible for the carnage and suffering caused by the virus. Most of our media have the same blind spot, which is fatal. We have to recognize the enemy.

Keep in mind that, until Biden’s Thursday speech, most people could still reject the vaccine and take their chances with the virus. Biden’s orders will be tied up in the courts anyway. It’s all political on his part. If people want to avoid the vaccines, they will probably be able to do so. Good luck and God Speed.

But Biden is betting that the Republicans and their voters will look crazy in opposing the vaccines. He may be right.

Those behind China Joe are betting that the fear of the virus will “trump” fear of the vaccine. Ironically, Joe is using the Trump Warp Speed vaccines to back Republicans into a corner, painting them as obstructionists. It is a clever partisan ploy that also has the advantage of distracting public attention from the establishment of a terrorist narco-state in Afghanistan.

The publication Axios reports a Biden official as saying that Biden is “uniting” the 75 percent in favor of the vaccines and vaccine mandates against the 25 percent in opposition. If these numbers hold up, the Democrats will have a winning issue to use against the Republicans.

True to form, the Republicans are acting like the Stupid Party and some are promising civil disobedience against Biden’s pro-vaccine policies. J.D. Vance, a candidate for the GOP U.S. Senate nomination in Ohio, has urged “mass civil disobedience” to Biden’s plan. This is utter stupidity on Vance’s part. Such talk plays into Biden’s hands.

The Fox News headline, “Republicans explode with fury over Biden vaccine mandate,” illustrates the problem for the GOP. They will huff and puff and makes themselves look like lunatics.

What the conservatives should be doing is taking the fight to China.

After he gave his Thursday speech on vaccines, China Joe called Xi to plead for a deal on “climate cooperation.” Joe is desperate for something, anything, he can claim as a foreign policy victory, even if it does have the effect of making China stronger in the long run.

“Top Chinese officials have snubbed and lectured top Biden aides, and Beijing has used Biden’s botched withdrawal from Afghanistan as a propaganda coup,” Axios reports.

You know Biden is in trouble when even Axios is reporting the truth about the U.S. Administration’s descent into despair.

Biden is a desperate politician who is counting on the bad behavior of the anti-vaxxers and anti-maskers to make him look good.

Republicans should not consider China Joe to be the enemy. He is only a puppet. China is the enemy. And so is the China virus.

Remember all of this as the 26th Conference of the Parties (COP26) to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) is being held October 31 to November 12, 2021, in Glasgow, United Kingdom. This will be another attempt to change the subject and get the attention off China for conducting a 9/11 every two days on American soil.

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

*Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org

For Those of You Throwing Off this “Plandemic” As a Mere Conspiracy Theory

by Bradlee Dean

CONSPIRACY, noun [Latin See Conspire.] 1. A combination of men for an evil purpose; an agreement between two or more persons, to commit some crime in concert; (Jeremiah 11:9)

The National File reported: COVID Quarantine Camps: Inside The CDC’s Plan To Intern People For The Greater Good.

THE CENTERS FOR DISEASE CONTROL AND PREVENTION (CDC) HAS A LENGTHY DOCUMENT ON ITS WEBSITE, SEEMINGLY UNNOTICED WHEN IT WAS ORIGINALLY WRITTEN, EXPLAINING HOW TO PUT PEOPLE IN CAMPS TO KEEP THEM SAFE FROM COVID-19.

In the document released last year, titled “Interim Operational Considerations for Implementing the Shielding Approach to Prevent COVID-19 Infections in Humanitarian Settings“, the CDC offers an operational procedure for “humanitarian settings” in which putting people in camps to prevent the spread of COVID-19 may prove necessary. The document appears to contain procedures meant for use outside of the United States.

The CDC explains that “This approach has never been documented and has raised questions and concerns among humanitarian partners” but nevertheless explains that “The purpose of this document is to highlight potential implementation challenges of the shielding approach” from the perspective of the CDC.

The document explains that “The shielding approach aims to reduce the number of severe COVID-19 cases by limiting contact between individuals at higher risk of developing the disease,” and these “high-risk” people “would be temporarily relocated to safe or ‘green zones’” that can be established at the “household, neighborhood, camp/sector or community” level depending on the need. “They would have minimal contact with family members and other low-risk residents,” the document explains.

[Rumble Video]

Conclusion: What is this all about? You tell me (Deuteronomy 28:63).

https://healthimpactnews.com/2021/official-u-s-government-stats-on-covid-vaccines-13627-deaths-2826646-injuries-1429-fetal-deaths-in-pregnant-women/

[Rumble Video]

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

Land of the Masked, Vaxxed and Terminally Scared

By Lex Greene

It was April 1, 2020, appropriately April FOOL’S Day, when Dr. Fauci and his cast of global Marxist mad scientists warned the world that “if we don’t lock down, put on a mask, social distance and self-quarantine, more than 2-million Americans will die by April fifteenth.” That’s the day they told the world that if we would just follow Simon says for 14 days, we would “flatten the curve and all would be back to normal.”

Today is September 8, 2021, and according to these same “experts,” we are in worse condition now than ever before. They were lying then, and they are lying now!

Here are some DATA FACTS we all can agree on, because they are all well documented and totally indisputable…

Fauci and his commie clan were wrong last April and every day since.
Mask Manufacturers have been proven right. Their masks can’t prevent the spread of any virus.
No one has yet made a true “vaccine” for COVID or any other coronavirus. Instead, mRNA gene sequencing experiments are being injected into millions of human lab rats all over the globe.
None of the so-called “vaccines” prevent getting COVID, spreading COVID, getting sick from COVID or dying of COVID.
Within 15 minutes in any enclosed area, everyone in that area is breathing the same air, mask, or no mask.
Quarantining healthy people does nothing for the sick people…but does do harm to the healthy people.
If your mask or vaccine actually worked, you are the only one who would need them, to protect yourself. Yours, actually protects no one else.
Breathing your own carbon dioxide for eight or more hours a day is far more dangerous to your health than any known virus on earth.
Nothing we are told by government and their controlled mass media machine is true today, nothing.
Millions refusing lab rat status are leaving their jobs, in the Military, in the medical profession, in transport, supply chains, retail and every form of employment, in numbers never before seen.

The REAL experts are on the front lines! (CRITICAL VIDEO)…and they are being fired for doing their jobs correctly! Not only are these honorable brave medical professionals refusing to be lab rats themselves, they are refusing to make lab rats out of you too!

These DATA FACTS are well-documented, but not very well known. That’s because the news media and social media platforms are prohibited from telling you these DATA FACTS.

Fear is a terrible thing. It causes people to lose all common sense and react in fear, all real science and data facts totally ignored and even rejected. If you are moving with the herd, you are likely moving in the wrong direction today.

Let me ask you this…

Who ran our country to more than thirty-trillion in debt? Wasn’t that the “economic experts” who did that?

Who destroyed our Constitutional Republic, our Constitution, Bill of Rights, and our legitimate Constitutional Justice system? Wasn’t that the “legal experts?”

Who is currently destroying our medical profession by firing thousands of doctors and nurses smart enough to decline mRNA lab rat status? Isn’t that the “medical experts?”

In other words, has anyone on earth done more damage on the planet than the so-called “experts?”

How many times have Dr. Fauci, Joe Biden, Kamala Harris, every news network, every social media platform been caught red-handed in blatant lies? Yet, most Americans are still blindly stumbling along behind them, like German Jews marching into Hitler’s ovens. It makes a great case for “chem trails” since I have no clue what else could have created so much ignorance in average Americans.

But the REAL virus killing America is FEAR.

The USA was born FREE by a bunch of junkyard dogs we call our Founders. These people left unbridled tyranny in other parts of the world, and they were determined to create a free, sovereign nation for all who desire individual liberty, peace, justice, and tranquility, free from any tyranny. They committed every ounce of everything they had, to just this one common goal.

Just 247-years later, America is a nation of bumbling fools, more scared of a common cold than a total loss of their freedom and liberty. We are rightfully, the laughingstock of the world today…

We are not currently the “land of the free,” simply because we are no longer “the home of the brave.”

Instead, we are a nation of scared, cowardly, blind sheep, stumbling our way towards the cliff, in lockstep behind proven liars and mad scientists. We are not currently a Constitutional Republic or even a democracy today, instead ruled by unelected dictators with no Constitutional authority whatsoever.

But it doesn’t matter that NO ONE has any legal Right or authority whatsoever, to inject you with anything against your will. If you believe they do, then they do! If you believe they can force their will upon you, then they can!

They didn’t beat you down…you surrendered without a fight!

Our government only has the power and authority we allow it to have. As of today, Americans have not enforced any of the restraints on government codified in our Constitution and Bill of Rights. Most Americans don’t even know what they are anymore, shamefully!

Now let me tell you why that is…

Contrary to poor teaching at the pulpits today, money is NOT the root of all evil. Money can be used for good or evil. Today’s politically correct Christians need to stop worrying about angry tweets and start worrying about the assault on all Christians, all freedoms, coming from a tyrannical government in DC. They must stop waiting for God to save them and start fighting for God!

THE LOVE OF MONEY IS THE ROOT OF ALL EVIL… which means, if you place money (your things) ahead of everything else in life, your freedom and liberty, your family, your loved ones, your own soul and salvation, and the freedom for all future generations…then you love money more than you love anything else and THAT, is the root of all evil.

Today’s billionaires all sold their souls to get there, with rare if any exceptions. That’s why we see most of them on the wrong side of this battle for freedom today.

But many Americans will sell out this country for a lot less, a weekly paycheck, a big screen TV, a family vacation, your prepper dens, a pack of smokes or even a few beers. THAT is why we are no longer the home of the brave. We are the home of the self-indulgent, the terminally entitled.

If this doesn’t change immediately, Americans will soon lose everything. If they can’t put the right things first, stand together and fight this tyranny together, the end draws near, and no one will survive.

The storm isn’t coming, it’s here right now. If you think you can protect your things while losing your country, your freedom and liberty, even your Right to refuse lab rat status, you are wrong. People determined to hold complete dominion over every aspect of your life will not stop, unless we stop them.

What is it going to take to shake Americans back into acting like the Land of the Free and Home of the Brave? I thought it would have happened long before now, but I was wrong.

Stop making excuses…the future of freedom and liberty is in our hands. If we lose it all, it will be our fault.

Cowards and idiots will never live in freedom… The clock is ticking down to zero. What are YOU going to do?

“Those who would give up essential liberty, to purchase a little temporary safety, deserve neither liberty nor safety.” —Benjamin Franklin (1706-1790)

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

9/11: The Unspeakable Film Premiere

By: Devvy

Tomorrow marks 20 years since the day that shocked the world. It’s also the 20^th year families of those slaughtered are still fighting for the truth to be exposed. So many more have died since that day who were there giving their all to help save other lives.As of September 2020, the number of deaths will stun most Americans.

Cancer: A lasting legacy of the Sept. 11 attacks, Sept. 8, 2020: “More than 2,750 Americans died in and around the World Trade Center on 9/11, and more than 2,000 responders and Ground Zero workers have died since from illnesses many attributed to their time at the site.

“While stopping short of calling the cancer outbreak among 9/11 workers an “epidemic,” researchers at Mount Sinai’s Icahn School of Medicine concluded that there’s “evidence of increased risk for certain cancers among WTC-exposed responders.”

“Mount Sinai studied 28,729 police officers and recovery workers from the 9/11 site. Firefighters were separated into a different research group. Similar to some other studies, and compared to the general population, the Mount Sinai research found that 9/11 police officers and recovery workers studied were:” I recommend reading the entire article.

Of course, not mentioned what else was found in the debris: military grade nano-Thermite.

Over the years the official narrative has remained the same. The prostitute media ridiculed, mocked, excoriated and attacked any expert regardless of how experienced in their field as conspiracy nuts. No challenge to the official story was to be allowed – and still isn’t. The same Soviet-style propaganda that’s kept the monstrous lies about COVID-19 alive for the past 18 months.

Just like OKC, the first on-site cover agein real time that day were accurate. My good friend, Jerry Longspaugh, God rest his soul, sent me a film, Cover-Up in OKC, shortly after the building was blown up in 1995. The lies sold remains “truth” today while the guilty not only walk free, those who covered up the truth (FBI) and other alphabet soup agencies, not only kept their jobs, some were promoted.

One hundred sixty-eight Americans died that day. I went to OKC and did my own on-site investigation less than a month after the bombing. My dear friend who passed away Dec. 20, 2019, retired USAF Brigadier General Ben Partin, did his expert analysis. In June 1998, to raise money for our Wallace Institute (Larry Becraft and I started), I put on a fund raiser in Santa Clara, California. It was a huge success. Ben spoke about OKC. The video is here.

Proof of Bombs and Coverup, July 20, 1998, The New American: “The earliest and most compelling challenge to the lone bomb/lone bomber theory came from Brigadier General Benton K. Partin (USAF, Retired), an expert with sterling credentials and a distinguished military career. On May 18, 1995, one month after the bombing, General Partin delivered a preliminary detailed analysis of the event to members of Congress.

“From all the evidence I have seen in the published material,” Partin testified,” I can say with a high level of confidence that the damage pattern on the reinforced concrete superstructure could not possibly have been attained from the single truck bomb without supplementing demolition charges at some of the reinforced column bases.”

“In that report (See “OKC Bombing: Expert Analysis” in our June 26, 1995 issue), and in the detailed study which he released on July 13, 1995 (see “Explosive Evidence” in our August 7, 1995 issue), Partin eviscerated the prosecution’s lone-bomb thesis with a host of findings from the forensic evidence indicating that demolition charges were certainly used inside the Murrah Building.

“Since that time, a veritable mountain of evidence, documents, records, eyewitness testimony, and authoritative support has accumulated to fortify General Partin’s thesis, making the stubborn adherence of government officials and journalists to the lone-bomb scenario truly incredible.”

OKC: What Really Destroyed the Building?, January 18, 2004, “According to the OIG (Office of Inspector General) report, the FBI lab boys have no idea if ANFO was used as “weapons of mass destruction in the Murrah bombing.” Here is just a tiny sample of “evidence” used to send someone to death row:

In Section B: Oklahoma City bombing:

“We conclude that it was inappropriate for Williams to render a categorical opinion in his report that the main charge was ANFO. As discussed with reference to the World Trade Center case, it is inappropriate for a forensic Laboratory examiner to identify the main charge based in whole or in part on prior knowledge of the explosive components purchased by a defendant. Such an identification is not based on scientific or technical grounds and appears to tailor the opinion to evidence associated with the defendants.

“Moreover, Williams’ report does not mention that the defendant’s purchases were the basis of the ANFO opinion. The report is presented as an FBI Laboratory report. It begins with the phrase, Results of examination: The reader is left with the impression that the opinions presented are based on the scientific analyses of the FBI Laboratory.

“Accordingly, Williams’ opinion that the main charge was ANFO appears to be based solely on his technical expertise as an explosives examiner and thus appears to be very incriminating to someone (like defendant Nichols) who allegedly purchased ANFO components before the Oklahoma City explosion. The opinion is thus misleading and presents the case in a way most incriminating to the defendants. Had Williams explicitly stated in his report that the ANFO opinion was based on the defendant’s purchases, the opinion could have been appropriately discounted as a non-expert conclusion that seeks to match the characteristics of the explosion with evidence associated with the defendants.

“As indicated, Williams told us that the crime scene was consistent with the use of an ammonium nitrate dynamite, which could have had a VOD in the range Williams estimated. The major components of ammonium nitrate dynamite (ammonium nitrate and nitroglycerin) were found at the crime scene. A dynamite wrapper was also found. Williams’ report, however, fails to address the possibility that the main charge consisted of dynamite, which an objective report would explicitly have discussed.

“We conclude that Williams’ categorical conclusion that the main charge was ANFO was not scientifically justified and was based on improper grounds.

“And, In Section G of the same OIG report:” Rest at link.

That building was blown from the INSIDE, not from the Ryder truck parked out front.

Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth have been on a journey of extraordinary challenges for close to two decades. Buffoons in the prostitute media, cowards in Congress and government alphabet soup agencies have painted them as liars, conspiracy wackos. The usual menu of labels.

There’s NO question Building 7 was brought down by a controlled demotion. When my late husband and I watched that building pancake down later in the afternoon, the first thing John said: controlled demolition. He was a retired U.S. Army Colonel, 27 years, Army Corps of Engineers. It would have been impossible to set charges and all the other components that goes into bringing down a big building like that in a few hours. No, it was planned ahead of time.

Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth have been on a journey of extraordinary challenges for close to two decades. Legal updates: The Latest on 9/11 Legal Actions / Hundreds of activists send Building 7 film to congressional reps / 9/11 families sue NIST over World Trade Center Building 7 report

Liars for hire in the prostitute media, cowards in Congress and government alphabet soup agencies have also given the same menu of labels to Pilots for 9/11 Truth. I highly recommend you visit their site, too. They’re also seeking to get a grand jury.

Today Architects & Engineers for 9/11 have provided a short preview of their new movie, The Unspeakable. 8:00 PM EST, Sept. 10, 2021. Help Share this Film Widely on the 20th Anniversary.

Every American – except the America haters who reside in this country – were profoundly affected by what happened that day. The families have been trying for nearly two decades to get the truth but have hit stone wall after stone wall. If there’s nothing to hide, why fight to keep the truth from coming out?

TWA flight 800, OKC Bombing, the stolen November 2020 election, COVID pandemic, 9/11. The Patriot Act and every other draconian “law” that grew out of 9/11. The push was on to kill our freedoms and erect a police state in this country. It now all but a fait accompli thanks to the COVID-19 manufactured pandemic.

What if your mom, dad, sister, brother, aunt, uncle, husband, wife, your precious child died that day either in the twin towers, Shanksville, PA., or at the Pentagon? Wouldn’t you fight for the truth when there’s so much evidence being ignored?

I firmly believe Flight 77 did not crash into the Pentagon. In the past 30 years, the three issues I’ve written a million words about after spending a zillion hours doing research are the Federal Reserve, 9/11 and COVID-19.

Where did Flight 77 go? Only one place and if I had Donald Trump’s money, I would have funded, how shall I put it? a recovery effort a long time ago.Watch the video below on nano-Thermite. Let that sink in.

I’ve seen every photo ever posted of the Pentagon that day. Here’s a montage of them. Several show little pieces of alleged plane parts. Where did they come from because if you watch the video below in real time, you’ll be asking yourself that question.

The pain for the families is forever. No words I write or anyone else can alleviate that but what we do owe those who died that day, the families and all the heroes who’ve died since is the truth. Those who planned that day (no, not dim wit Bush, Jr) still walk free. Yes, it is a conspiracy.

This video is just under 20 minutes and is a MUST watch.Evidence of Military Grade Nano-Thermite discovered in Ground Zero & all of Downtown in “9/11 Dust”.

(I am retiring my Why A Bankrupt America booklet for good, 1,675,000 copies later. Have about 200 left so if you would like one (or more), the last date to order will be Sept. 13, 2021.)

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

This is the main page for my 9/11 archives. A massive amount of information. The one I consider to be terribly important covers my trip to Shanksville, PA four years after 9/11. I believe you will find it shocking. Asking Questions at the Flight 93 Crash Site

McVeigh’s Second Trial by Devvy – That is a multi-part series I did after McVeigh’s execution. The government from Clinton, Janet Reno on down lied to the American people; those lies are still considered truth.

9/11: Never Forget the Lies Fed to the American People, Sept. 11, 2016

Videos, 9/11 Pilots for Truth

9/11 INTERCEPTED – Brought to you by Pilots For 9/11 Truth – nearly 2.5 million views

Pilots for 9/11 Truth: Airplane controllability

Pilots for 9-11 Truth – World Trade Center Attack